puffyboa.xyz Speedreed

Speedreed

CHILDREN

OF

THE

MIND

by

Orson

Scott

Card

(c)

1996

Orson

Scott

Card

Chapter

1

--

"I'M

NOT

MYSELF"

"Mother.

Father.

Did

I

do

it

right?"

--

The

last

words

of

Han

Qing-jao,

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

Si

Wang-mu

stepped

forward.

The

young

man

named

Peter

took

her

hand

and

led

her

into

the

starship.

The

door

closed

behind

them.

Wang-mu

sat

down

on

one

of

the

swiveling

chairs

inside

the

small

metal-walled

room.

She

looked

around,

expecting

to

see

something

strange

and

new.

Except

for

the

metal

walls,

it

could

have

been

any

office

on

the

world

of

Path.

Clean,

but

not

fastidiously

so.

Furnished,

in

a

utilitarian

way.

She

had

seen

holos

of

ships

in

flight:

the

smoothly

streamlined

fighters

and

shuttles

that

dipped

into

and

out

of

the

atmosphere;

the

vast

rounded

structures

of

the

starships

that

accelerated

as

near

to

the

speed

of

light

as

matter

could

get.

On

the

one

hand,

the

sharp

power

of

a

needle;

on

the

other,

the

massive

power

of

a

sledgehammer.

But

here

in

this

room,

no

power

at

all.

Just

a

room.

Where

was

the

pilot?

There

must

be

a

pilot,

for

the

young

man

who

sat

across

the

room

from

her,

murmuring

to

his

computer,

could

hardly

be

controlling

a

starship

capable

of

the

feat

of

traveling

faster

than

light.

And

yet

that

must

have

been

precisely

what

he

was

doing,

for

there

were

no

other

doors

that

might

lead

to

other

rooms.

The

starship

had

looked

small

from

the

outside;

this

room

obviously

used

all

the

space

that

it

contained.

There

in

the

corner

were

the

batteries

that

stored

energy

from

the

solar

collectors

on

the

top

of

the

ship.

In

that

chest,

which

seemed

to

be

insulated

like

a

refrigerator,

there

might

be

food

and

drink.

So

much

for

life

support.

Where

was

the

romance

in

starflight

now,

if

this

was

all

it

took?

A

mere

room.

With

nothing

else

to

watch,

she

watched

the

young

man

at

the

computer

terminal.

Peter

Wiggin,

he

said

his

name

was.

The

name

of

the

ancient

Hegemon,

the

one

who

first

united

all

the

human

race

under

his

control,

back

when

people

lived

on

only

one

world,

all

the

nations

and

races

and

religions

and

philosophies

crushed

together

elbow

to

elbow,

with

nowhere

to

go

but

into

each

other's

lands,

for

the

sky

was

a

ceiling

then,

and

space

was

a

vast

chasm

that

could

not

be

bridged.

Peter

Wiggin,

the

man

who

ruled

the

human

race.

This

was

not

him,

of

course,

and

he

had

admitted

as

much.

Andrew

Wiggin

sent

him;

Wang-mu

remembered,

from

things

that

Master

Han

had

told

her,

that

Andrew

Wiggin

had

somehow

made

him.

Did

this

make

the

great

Speaker

of

the

Dead

Peter's

father?

Or

was

he

somehow

Ender's

brother,

not

just

named

for

but

actually

embodying

the

Hegemon

who

had

died

three

thousand

years

before?

Peter

stopped

murmuring,

leaned

back

in

his

chair,

and

sighed.

He

rubbed

his

eyes,

then

stretched

and

groaned.

It

was

a

very

indelicate

thing

to

do

in

company.

The

sort

of

thing

one

might

expect

from

a

coarse

fieldworker.

He

seemed

to

sense

her

disapproval.

Or

perhaps

he

had

forgotten

her

and

now

suddenly

remembered

that

he

had

company.

Without

straightening

himself

in

his

chair,

he

turned

his

head

and

looked

at

her.

"Sorry,"

he

said.

"I

forgot

I

was

not

alone."

Wang-mu

longed

to

speak

boldly

to

him,

despite

a

lifetime

retreating

from

bold

speech.

After

all,

he

had

spoken

to

her

with

offensive

boldness,

when

his

starship

appeared

like

a

fresh-sprouted

mushroom

on

the

lawn

by

the

river

and

he

emerged

with

a

single

vial

of

a

disease

that

would

cure

her

home

world,

Path,

of

its

genetic

illness.

He

had

looked

her

in

the

eye

not

fifteen

minutes

ago

and

said,

"Come

with

me

and

you'll

be

part

of

changing

history.

Making

history."

And

despite

her

fear,

she

had

said

yes.

Had

said

yes,

and

now

sat

in

a

swivel

chair

watching

him

behave

crudely,

stretching

like

a

tiger

in

front

of

her.

Was

that

his

beast-of-the-heart,

the

tiger?

Wang-mu

had

read

the

Hegemon.

She

could

believe

that

there

was

a

tiger

in

that

great

and

terrible

man.

But

this

one?

This

boy?

Older

than

Wang-mu,

but

she

was

not

too

young

to

know

immaturity

when

she

saw

it.

He

was

going

to

change

the

course

of

history!

Clean

out

the

corruption

in

the

Congress.

Stop

the

Lusitania

Fleet.

Make

all

colony

planets

equal

members

of

the

Hundred

Worlds.

This

boy

who

stretched

like

a

jungle

cat.

"I

don't

have

your

approval,"

he

said.

He

sounded

annoyed

and

amused,

both

at

once.

But

then

she

might

not

be

good

at

understanding

the

inflections

of

one

such

as

this.

Certainly

it

was

hard

to

read

the

grimaces

of

such

a

round-eyed

man.

Both

his

face

and

his

voice

contained

hidden

languages

that

she

could

not

understand.

"You

must

understand,"

he

said.

"I'm

not

myself."

Wang-mu

spoke

the

common

language

well

enough

at

least

to

understand

the

idiom.

"You

are

unwell

today?"

But

she

knew

even

as

she

said

it

that

he

had

not

meant

the

expression

idiomatically

at

all.

"I'm

not

myself,"

he

said

again.

"I'm

not

really

Peter

Wiggin."

"I

hope

not,"

said

Wang-mu.

"I

read

about

his

funeral

in

school."

"I

do

look

like

him,

though,

don't

I?"

He

brought

up

a

hologram

into

the

air

over

his

computer

terminal.

The

hologram

rotated

to

look

at

Wang-mu;

Peter

sat

up

and

assumed

the

same

pose,

facing

her.

"There

is

a

resemblance,"

she

said.

"Of

course,

I'm

younger,"

said

Peter.

"Because

Ender

didn't

see

me

again

after

he

left

Earth

when

he

was--

what,

five

years

old?

A

little

runt,

anyway.

I

was

still

a

boy.

That's

what

he

remembered,

when

he

conjured

me

out

of

thin

air."

"Not

air

at

all,"

she

said.

"Out

of

nothing."

"Not

nothing,

either,"

he

said.

"Conjured

me,

all

the

same."

He

smiled

wickedly.

"I

can

call

spirits

from

the

vasty

deep."

These

words

meant

something

to

him,

but

not

to

her.

In

the

world

of

Path

she

had

been

expected

to

be

a

servant

and

so

was

educated

very

little.

Later,

in

the

house

of

Han

Fei-tzu,

her

abilities

had

been

recognized,

first

by

her

former

mistress,

Han

Qing-jao,

and

later

by

the

master

himself.

From

both

she

had

acquired

some

bits

of

education,

in

a

haphazard

way.

What

teaching

there

had

been

was

mostly

technical,

and

the

literature

she

learned

was

of

the

Middle

Kingdom,

or

of

Path

itself.

She

could

have

quoted

endlessly

from

the

great

poet

Li

Qing-jao,

for

whom

her

one-time

mistress

had

been

named.

But

of

the

poet

he

was

quoting,

she

knew

nothing.

"I

can

call

spirits

from

the

vasty

deep,"

he

said

again.

And

then,

changing

his

voice

and

manner

a

little,

he

answered

himself.

"Why

so

can

I,

or

so

can

any

man.

But

will

they

come

when

you

do

call

for

them?"

"Shakespeare?"

she

guessed.

He

grinned

at

her.

She

thought

of

the

way

a

cat

smiles

at

the

creature

it

is

toying

with.

"That's

always

the

best

guess

when

a

European

is

doing

the

quoting,"

he

said.

"The

quotation

is

funny,"

she

said.

"A

man

brags

that

he

can

summon

the

dead.

But

the

other

man

says

that

the

trick

is

not

calling,

but

rather

getting

them

to

come."

He

laughed.

"What

a

way

you

have

with

humor."

"This

quotation

means

something

to

you,

because

Ender

called

you

forth

from

the

dead."

He

looked

startled.

"How

did

you

know?"

She

felt

a

thrill

of

fear.

Was

it

possible?

"I

did

not

know,

I

was

making

a

joke."

"Well,

it's

not

true.

Not

literally.

He

didn't

raise

the

dead.

Though

he

no

doubt

thinks

he

could,

if

the

need

arose."

Peter

sighed.

"I'm

being

nasty.

The

words

just

come

to

my

mind.

I

don't

mean

them.

They

just

come."

"It

is

possible

to

have

words

come

to

your

mind,

and

still

refrain

from

speaking

them

aloud."

He

rolled

his

eyes.

"I

wasn't

trained

for

servility,

the

way

you

were."

So

this

was

the

attitude

of

one

who

came

from

a

world

of

free

people--

to

sneer

at

one

who

had

been

a

servant

through

no

fault

of

her

own.

"I

was

trained

to

keep

unpleasant

words

to

myself

as

a

matter

of

courtesy,"

she

said.

"But

perhaps

to

you,

that

is

just

another

form

of

servility."

"As

I

said,

Royal

Mother

of

the

West,

nastiness

comes

unbidden

to

my

mouth."

"I

am

not

the

Royal

Mother,"

said

Wang-mu.

"The

name

was

a

cruel

joke--"

"And

only

a

very

nasty

person

would

mock

you

for

it."

Peter

grinned.

"But

I'm

named

for

the

Hegemon.

I

thought

perhaps

bearing

ludicrously

overwrought

names

was

something

we

might

have

in

common."

She

sat

silently,

entertaining

the

possibility

that

he

might

have

been

trying

to

make

friends.

"I

came

into

existence,"

he

said,

"only

a

short

while

ago.

A

matter

of

weeks.

I

thought

you

should

know

that

about

me."

She

didn't

understand.

"You

know

how

this

starship

works?"

he

said.

Now

he

was

leaping

from

subject

to

subject.

Testing

her.

Well,

she

had

had

enough

of

being

tested.

"Appareptly

one

sits

within

it

and

is

examined

by

rude

strangers,"

she

said.

He

smiled

and

nodded.

"Give

as

good

as

you

get.

Ender

told

me

you

were

nobody's

servant."

"I

was

the

true

and

faithful

servant

of

Qing-jao.

I

hope

Ender

did

not

lie

to

you

about

that."

He

brushed

away

her

literalism.

"A

mind

of

your

own."

Again

his

eyes

sized

her

up;

again

she

felt

utterly

comprehended

by

his

lingering

glance,

as

she

had

felt

when

he

first

looked

at

her

beside

the

river.

"Wangmu,

I

am

not

speaking

metaphorically

when

I

tell

you

I

was

only

just

made.

Made,

you

understand,

not

born.

And

the

way

I

was

made

has

much

to

do

with

how

this

starship

works.

I

don't

want

to

bore

you

by

explaining

things

you

already

understand,

but

you

must

know

what--

not

who--

I

am

in

order

to

understand

why

I

need

you

with

me.

So

I

ask

again--

do

you

know

how

this

starship

works?"

She

nodded.

"I

think

so.

Jane,

the

being

who

dwells

in

computers,

she

holds

in

her

mind

as

perfect

a

picture

as

she

can

of

the

starship

and

all

who

are

within

it.

The

people

also

hold

their

own

picture

of

themselves

and

who

they

are

and

so

on.

Then

she

moves

everything

from

the

real

world

to

a

place

of

nothingness,

which

takes

no

time

at

all,

and

then

brings

it

back

into

reality

in

whatever

place

she

chooses.

Which

also

takes

no

time.

So

instead

of

starships

taking

years

to

get

from

world

to

world,

it

happens

in

an

instant."

Peter

nodded.

"Very

good.

Except

what

you

have

to

understand

is

that

during

the

time

that

the

starship

is

Outside,

it

isn't

surrounded

by

nothingness.

Instead

it's

surrounded

by

uncountable

numbers

of

aiuas."

She

turned

away

her

face

from

him.

"You

don't

understand

aiuas?"

"To

say

that

all

people

have

always

existed.

That

we

are

older

than

the

oldest

gods

..."

"Well,

sort

of,"

said

Peter.

"Only

aiuas

on

the

Outside,

they

can't

be

said

to

exist,

or

at

least

not

any

kind

of

meaningful

existence.

They're

just

...

there.

Not

even

that,

because

there's

no

sense

of

location,

no

there

where

they

might

be.

They

just

are.

Until

some

intelligence

calls

them,

names

them,

puts

them

into

some

kind

of

order,

gives

them

shape

and

form."

"The

clay

can

become

a

bear,"

she

said,

"but

not

as

long

as

it

rests

cold

and

wet

in

the

riverbank."

"Exactly.

So

there

was

Ender

Wiggin

and

several

other

people

who,

with

luck,

you'll

never

need

to

meet,

taking

the

first

voyage

Outside.

They

weren't

going

anywhere,

really.

The

point

of

that

first

voyage

was

to

get

Outside

long

enough

that

one

of

them,

a

rather

talented

genetic

scientist,

could

create

a

new

molecule,

an

extremely

complex

one,

by

the

image

she

held

of

it

in

her

mind.

Or

rather

her

image

of

the

modifications

she

needed

to

make

in

an

existing...

well,

you

don't

have

the

biology

for

it.

Anyway,

she

did

what

she

was

supposed

to

do,

she

created

the

new

molecule,

calloo

callay,

only

the

thing

is,

she

wasn't

the

only

person

doing

any

creating

that

day."

"Ender's

mind

created

you?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"Inadvertently.

I

was,

shall

we

say,

a

tragic

accident.

An

unhappy

side

effect.

Let's

just

say

that

everybody

there,

everything

there,

was

creating

like

crazy.

The

aiuas

Outside

are

frantic

to

be

made

into

something,

you

see.

There

were

shadow

starships

being

created

all

around

us.

All

kinds

of

weak,

faint,

fragmented,

fragile,

ephemeral

structures

rising

and

falling

in

each

instant.

Only

four

had

any

solidity.

One

was

that

genetic

molecule

that

Elanora

Ribeira

had

come

to

create."

"One

was

you?"

"The

least

interesting

one,

I

fear.

The

least

loved

and

valued.

One

of

the

people

on

the

ship

was

a

fellow

named

Miro,

who

through

a

tragic

accident

some

years

ago

had

been

left

somewhat

crippled.

Neurologically

damaged.

Thick

of

speech,

clumsy

with

his

hands,

lame

when

he

walked.

He

held

within

his

mind

the

powerful,

treasured

image

of

himself

as

he

used

to

be.

So--

with

that

perfect

self-image,

a

vast

number

of

aiuas

assembled

themselves

into

an

exact

copy,

not

of

how

he

was,

but

of

how

he

once

was

and

longed

to

be

again.

Complete

with

all

his

memories--

a

perfect

replication

of

him.

So

perfect

that

it

had

the

same

utter

loathing

for

his

crippled

body

that

he

himself

had.

So

...

the

new,

improved

Miro--

or

rather

the

copy

of

the

old,

undamaged

Miro--

whatever--

he

stood

there

as

the

ultimate

rebuke

of

the

crippled

one.

And

before

their

very

eyes,

that

old

rejected

body

crumbled

away

into

nothing."

Wang-mu

gasped,

imagining

it.

"He

died!"

"No,

that's

the

point,

don't

you

see?

He

lived.

It

was

Miro.

His

own

aiua--

not

the

trillions

of

aiuas

making

up

the

atoms

and

molecules

of

his

body,

but

the

one

that

controlled

them

all,

the

one

that

was

himself,

his

will--

his

aiua

simply

moved

to

the

new

and

perfect

body.

That

was

his

true

self.

And

the

old

one

..."

"Had

no

use."

"Had

nothing

to

give

it

shape.

You

see,

I

think

our

bodies

are

held

together

by

love.

The

love

of

the

master

aiua

for

the

glorious

powerful

body

that

obeys

it,

that

gives

the

self

all

its

experience

of

the

world.

Even

Miro,

even

with

all

his

self-loathing

when

he

was

crippled,

even

he

must

have

loved

whatever

pathetic

remnant

of

his

body

was

left

to

him.

Until

the

moment

that

he

had

a

new

one."

"And

then

he

moved."

"Without

even

knowing

that

he

had

done

so,"

said

Peter.

"He

followed

his

love."

Wang-mu

heard

this

fanciful

tale

and

knew

that

it

must

be

true,

for

she

had

overheard

many

a

mention

of

aiuas

in

the

conversations

between

Han

Fei-tzu

and

Jane,

and

now

with

Peter

Wiggin's

story,

it

made

sense.

It

had

to

be

true,

if

only

because

this

starship

really

had

appeared

as

if

from

nowhere

on

the

bank

of

the

river

behind

Han

Fei-tzu's

house.

"But

now

you

must

wonder,"

said

Peter,

"how

I,

unloved

and

unlovable

as

I

know

I

am,

came

into

existence."

"You

already

said.

Ender's

mind."

"Miro's

most

intensely

held

image

was

of

his

own

younger,

healthier,

stronger

self.

But

Ender,

the

images

that

mattered

most

in

his

mind

were

of

his

older

sister

Valentine

and

his

older

brother

Peter.

Not

as

they

became,

though,

for

his

real

older

brother

Peter

was

long

dead,

and

Valentine--

she

has

accompanied

or

followed

Ender

on

all

his

hops

through

space,

so

she

is

still

alive,

but

aged

as

he

has

aged.

Mature.

A

real

person.

Yet

on

that

starship,

during

that

time

Outside,

he

conjured

up

a

copy

of

her

youthful

self.

Young

Valentine.

Poor

Old

Valentine!

She

didn't

know

she

was

so

old

until

she

saw

this

younger

self,

this

perfect

being,

this

angel

that

had

dwelt

in

Ender's

twisted

little

mind

from

childhood

on.

I

must

say,

she's

the

most

put-upon

victim

in

all

this

little

drama.

To

know

that

your

brother

carries

around

such

an

image

of

you,

instead

of

loving

you

as

you

really

are--

well,

one

can

see

that

Old

Valentine--

she

hates

it,

but

that's

how

everyone

thinks

of

her

now,

including,

poor

thing,

herself--

one

can

see

that

Old

Valentine

is

really

having

her

patience

tried."

"But

if

the

original

Valentine

is

still

alive,"

said

Wang-mu,

puzzled,

"then

who

is

the

young

Valentine?

Who

is

she

really?

You

can

be

Peter

because

he's

dead

and

no

one

is

using

his

name,

but

..."

"Quite

puzzling,

isn't

it?"

said

Peter.

"But

my

point

is

that

whether

he's

dead

or

not,

I'm

not

Peter

Wiggin.

As

I

said

before,

I'm

not

myself."

He

leaned

back

in

his

chair

and

looked

up

at

the

ceiling.

The

hologram

above

the

terminal

turned

to

look

at

him.

He

had

not

touched

the

controls.

"Jane

is

with

us,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Jane

is

always

with

us,"

said

Peter.

"Ender's

spy."

The

hologram

spoke.

"Ender

doesn't

need

a

spy.

He

needs

friends,

if

he

can

get

them.

Allies

at

least."

Peter

reached

idly

for

the

terminal

and

turned

it

off.

The

hologram

disappeared.

This

disturbed

Wang-mu

very

much.

Almost

as

if

he

had

slapped

a

child.

Or

beaten

a

servant.

"Jane

is

a

very

noble

creature,

to

treat

her

with

such

disrespect."

"Jane

is

a

computer

program

with

a

bug

in

the

id

routines."

He

was

in

a

dark

mood,

this

boy

who

had

come

to

take

her

into

his

starship

and

spirit

her

away

from

the

world

of

Path.

But

dark

as

his

mood

might

be,

she

understood

now,

with

the

hologram

gone

from

the

terminal,

what

she

had

seen.

"It

isn't

just

because

you're

so

young

and

the

holograms

of

Peter

Wiggin

the

Hegemon

are

of

a

mature

man,"

said

Wang-mu.

"What,"

he

said

impatiently.

"What

isn't

what?"

"The

physical

difference

between

you

and

the

Hegemon."

"What

is

it,

then?"

"He

looks--

satisfied."

"He

conquered

the

world,"

said

Peter.

"So

when

you

have

done

the

same,

you

will

get

that

look

of

satisfaction?"

"I

suppose

so,"

said

Peter.

"It's

what

passes

for

a

purpose

in

my

life.

It's

the

mission

Ender

has

sent

me

on."

"Don't

lie

to

me,"

said

Wang-mu.

"On

the

riverbank

you

spoke

of

the

terrible

things

I

did

for

the

sake

of

my

ambition.

I

admit

it--

I

was

ambitious,

desperate

to

rise

out

of

my

terrible

lowborn

state.

I

know

the

taste

of

it,

and

the

smell

of

it,

and

I

smell

it

coming

from

you,

like

the

smell

of

tar

on

a

hot

day,

you

stink

of

it."

"Ambition?

Has

a

stench?"

"I'm

drunk

with

it

myself."

He

grinned.

Then

he

touched

the

jewel

in

his

ear.

"Remember,

Jane

is

listening,

and

she

tells

Ender

everything."

Wang-mu

fell

silent,

but

not

because

she

was

embarrassed.

She

simply

had

nothing

to

say,

and

therefore

said

nothing.

"So

I'm

ambitious.

Because

that's

how

Ender

imagined

me.

Ambitious

and

nasty-minded

and

cruel."

"But

I

thought

you

were

not

yourself,"

she

said.

His

eyes

blazed

with

defiance.

"That's

right,

I'm

not."

He

looked

away.

"Sorry,

Gepetto,

but

I

can't

be

a

real

boy.

I

have

no

soul."

She

didn't

understand

the

name

he

said,

but

she

understood

the

word

soul.

"All

my

childhood

I

was

thought

to

be

a

servant

by

nature.

To

have

no

soul.

Then

one

day

they

discovered

that

I

have

one.

So

far

it

has

brought

me

no

great

happiness."

"I'm

not

speaking

of

some

religious

idea.

I'm

speaking

of

the

aiua.

I

haven't

got

one.

Remember

what

happened

to

Miro's

broken-down

body

when

his

aiua

abandoned

it."

"But

you

don't

crumble,

so

you

must

have

an

aiua

after

all."

"I

don't

have

it,

it

has

me.

I

continue

to

exist

because

the

aiua

whose

irresistible

will

called

me

into

existence

continues

to

imagine

me.

Continues

to

need

me,

to

control

me,

to

be

my

will."

"Ender

Wiggin?"

she

asked.

"My

brother,

my

creator,

my

tormentor,

my

god,

my

very

self."

"And

young

Valentine?

Her

too?"

"Ah,

but

he

loves

her.

He's

proud

of

her.

He's

glad

he

made

her.

Me

he

loathes.

Loathes,

and

yet

it's

his

will

that

I

do

and

say

every

nasty

thing.

When

I'm

at

my

most

despicable,

remember

that

I

do

only

what

my

brother

makes

me

do."

"Oh,

to

blame

him

for--"

"I'm

not

blaming,

Wang-mu.

I'm

stating

simple

reality.

His

will

is

controlling

three

bodies

now.

Mine,

my

impossibly

angelic

sister's,

and

of

course

his

own

very

tired

middle-aged

body.

Every

aiua

in

my

body

receives

its

order

and

place

from

his.

I

am,

in

all

ways

that

matter,

Ender

Wiggin.

Except

that

he

has

created

me

to

be

the

vessel

of

every

impulse

in

himself

that

he

hates

and

fears.

His

ambition,

yes,

you

smell

his

ambition

when

you

smell

mine.

His

aggression.

His

rage.

His

nastiness.

His

cruelty.

His,

not

mine,

because

I

am

dead,

and

anyway

I

was

never

like

this,

never

the

way

he

saw

me.

This

person

before

you

is

a

travesty,

a

mockery!

I'm

a

twisted

memory.

A

despicable

dream.

A

nightmare.

I'm

the

creature

hiding

under

the

bed.

He

brought

me

out

of

chaos

to

be

the

terror

of

his

childhood."

"So

don't

do

it,"

said

Wang-mu.

"If

you

don't

want

to

be

those

things,

don't

do

them."

He

sighed

and

closed

his

eyes.

"If

you're

so

bright,

why

haven't

you

understood

a

word

I've

said?"

She

did

understand,

though.

"What

is

your

will,

anyway?

Nobody

can

see

it.

You

don't

hear

it

thinking.

You

only

know

what

your

will

is

afterward,

when

you

look

back

in

your

life

and

see

what

you've

done."

"That's

the

most

terrible

trick

he's

played

on

me,"

said

Peter

softly,

his

eyes

still

closed.

"I

look

back

on

my

life

and

I

see

only

the

memories

he

has

imagined

for

me.

He

was

taken

from

our

family

when

he

was

only

five.

What

does

he

know

of

me

or

my

life?"

"He

wrote

The

Hegemon."

"That

book.

Yes,

based

on

Valentine's

memories,

as

she

told

them

to

him.

And

the

public

documents

of

my

dazzling

career.

And

of

course

the

few

ansible

communications

between

Ender

and

my

own

late

self

before

I--

he--

died.

I'm

only

a

few

weeks

old,

yet

I

know

a

quotation

from

Henry

X,

Part

I,

Owen

Glendower

boasting

to

Hotspur.

Henry

Percy.

How

could

I

know

that?

When

did

I

go

to

school?

How

long

did

I

lie

awake

at

night,

reading

old

plays

until

I

committed

a

thousand

favorite

lines

to

memory?

Did

Ender

somehow

conjure

up

the

whole

of

his

dead

brother's

education?

All

his

private

thoughts?

Ender

only

knew

the

real

Peter

Wiggin

for

five

years.

It's

not

a

real

person's

memories

I

draw

on.

It's

the

memories

Ender

thinks

that

I

should

have."

"He

thinks

you

should

know

Shakespeare,

and

so

you

do?"

she

asked

doubtfully.

"If

only

Shakespeare

were

all

he

had

given

me.

The

great

writers,

the

great

philosophers.

If

only

those

were

the

only

memories

I

had."

She

waited

for

him

to

list

the

troublesome

memories.

But

he

only

shuddered

and

fell

silent.

"So

if

you

are

really

controlled

by

Ender,

then

...

you

are

him.

Then

that

is

yourself.

You

are

Andrew

Wiggin.

You

have

an

aiua."

"I'm

Andrew

Wiggin's

nightmare,"

said

Peter.

"I'm

Andrew

Wiggin's

self-loathing.

I'm

everything

he

hates

and

fears

about

himself.

That's

the

script

I've

been

given.

That's

what

I

have

to

do."

He

flexed

his

hand

into

a

fist,

then

extended

it

partway,

the

fingers

still

bent.

A

claw.

The

tiger

again.

And

for

a

moment,

Wang-mu

was

afraid

of

him.

Only

a

moment,

though.

He

relaxed

his

hands.

The

moment

passed.

"What

part

does

your

script

have

in

it

for

me?"

"I

don't

know,"

said

Peter.

"You're

very

smart.

Smarter

than

I

am,

I

hope.

Though

of

course

I

have

such

incredible

vanity

that

I

can't

really

believe

that

anyone

is

actually

smarter

than

I

am.

Which

means

that

I'm

all

the

more

in

need

of

good

advice,

since

I

can't

actually

conceive

of

needing

any."

"You

talk

in

circles."

"That's

just

part

of

my

cruelty.

To

torment

you

with

conversation.

But

maybe

it's

supposed

to

go

farther

than

that.

Maybe

I'm

supposed

to

torture

you

and

kill

you

the

way

I

so

clearly

remember

doing

with

squirrels.

Maybe

I'm

supposed

to

stake

your

living

body

out

in

the

woods,

nailing

your

extremities

to

tree

roots,

and

then

open

you

up

layer

by

layer

to

see

at

what

point

the

flies

begin

to

come

and

lay

eggs

in

your

exposed

flesh."

She

recoiled

at

the

image.

"I

have

read

the

book.

I

know

the

Hegemon

was

not

a

monster!"

"It

wasn't

the

Speaker

for

the

Dead

who

created

me

Outside.

It

was

the

frightened

boy

Ender.

I'm

not

the

Peter

Wiggin

he

so

wisely

understood

in

that

book.

I'm

the

Peter

Wiggin

he

had

nightmares

about.

The

one

who

flayed

squirrels."

"He

saw

you

do

that?"

she

asked.

"Not

me,"

he

said

testily.

"And

no,

he

never

even

saw

him

do

it.

Valentine

told

him

later.

She

found

the

squirrel's

body

in

the

woods

near

their

childhood

home

in

Greensboro,

North

Carolina,

on

the

continent

of

North

America

back

on

Earth.

But

that

image

fit

so

tidily

into

his

nightmares

that

he

borrowed

it

and

shared

it

with

me.

That's

the

memory

I

live

with.

Intellectually,

I

can

imagine

that

the

real

Peter

Wiggin

was

probably

not

cruel

at

all.

He

was

learning

and

studying.

He

didn't

have

compassion

for

the

squirrel

because

he

didn't

sentimentalize

it.

It

was

simply

an

animal.

No

more

important

than

a

head

of

lettuce.

To

cut

it

up

was

probably

as

immoral

an

act

as

making

a

salad.

But

that's

not

how

Ender

imagined

it,

and

so

that's

not

how

I

remember

it."

"How

do

you

remember

it?"

"The

way

I

remember

all

my

supposed

memories.

From

the

outside.

Watching

myself

in

horrified

fascination

as

I

take

a

fiendish

delight

in

cruelty.

All

my

memories

prior

to

the

moment

I

came

to

life

on

Ender's

little

voyage

Outside,

in

all

of

them

I

see

myself

through

someone

else's

eyes.

A

very

odd

feeling,

I

assure

you."

"But

now?"

"Now

I

don't

see

myself

at

all,"

he

said.

"Because

I

have

no

self.

I

am

not

myself."

"But

you

remember.

You

have

memories.

Of

this

conversation,

already

you

remember

it.

Looking

at

me.

You

must,

surely."

"Yes,"

he

said.

"I

remember

you.

And

I

remember

being

here

and

seeing

you.

But

there

isn't

any

self

behind

my

eyes.

I

feel

tired

and

stupid

even

when

I'm

being

my

most

clever

and

brilliant."

He

smiled

a

charming

smile

and

now

Wang-mu

could

see

again

the

true

difference

between

Peter

and

the

hologram

of

the

Hegemon.

It

was

as

he

said:

Even

at

his

most

self-deprecating,

this

Peter

Wiggin

had

eyes

that

flashed

with

inner

rage.

He

was

dangerous.

You

could

see

it

looking

at

him.

When

he

looked

into

your

eyes,

you

could

imagine

him

planning

how

and

when

you

would

die.

"I

am

not

myself,"

said

Peter.

"You

are

saying

this

to

control

yourself,"

said

Wang-mu,

guessing

but

also

sure

she

was

right.

"This

is

your

incantation,

to

stop

yourself

from

doing

what

you

desire."

Peter

sighed

and

leaned

over,

laying

his

head

down

on

the

terminal,

his

ear

pressed

against

the

cold

plastic

surface.

"What

is

it

you

desire?"

she

said,

fearful

of

the

answer.

"Go

away,"

he

said.

"Where

can

I

go?

This

great

starship

of

yours

has

only

one

room."

"Open

the

door

and

go

outside,"

he

said.

"You

mean

to

kill

me?

To

eject

me

into

space

where

I'll

freeze

before

I

have

time

to

suffocate?"

He

sat

up

and

looked

at

her

in

puzzlement.

"Space?"

His

confusion

confused

her.

Where

else

would

they

be

but

in

space?

That's

where

starships

went,

through

space.

Except

this

one,

of

course.

As

he

saw

understanding

come

to

her,

he

laughed

aloud.

"Oh,

yes,

you're

the

brilliant

one,

they've

remade

the

entire

world

of

Path

to

have

your

genius!"

She

refused

to

be

goaded.

"I

thought

there

would

be

some

sensation

of

movement.

Or

something.

Have

we

traveled,

then?

Are

we

already

there?"

"In

the

twinkling

of

an

eye.

We

were

Outside

and

then

back

Inside

at

another

place,

all

so

fast

that

only

a

computer

could

experience

our

voyage

as

having

any

duration

at

all.

Jane

did

it

before

I

finished

talking

to

her.

Before

I

said

a

word

to

you."

"Then

where

are

we?

What's

outside

the

door?"

"We're

sitting

in

the

woods

somewhere

on

the

planet

Divine

Wind.

The

air

is

breathable.

You

won't

freeze.

It's

summer

outside

the

door."

She

walked

to

the

door

and

pulled

down

the

handle,

releasing

the

airtight

seal.

The

door

eased

open.

Sunlight

streamed

into

the

room.

"Divine

Wind,"

she

said.

"I

read

about

it--

it

was

founded

as

a

Shinto

world

the

way

Path

was

supposed

to

be

Taoist.

The

purity

of

ancient

Japanese

culture.

But

I

think

it's

not

so

very

pure

these

days."

"More

to

the

point,

it's

the

world

where

Andrew

and

Jane

and

I

felt--

if

one

can

speak

of

my

having

feelings

apart

from

Ender's

own--

the

world

where

we

might

find

the

center

of

power

in

the

worlds

ruled

by

Congress.

The

true

decision

makers.

The

power

behind

the

throne."

"So

you

can

subvert

them

and

take

over

the

human

race?"

"So

I

can

stop

the

Lusitania

Fleet.

Taking

over

the

human

race

is

a

bit

later

on

the

agenda.

The

Lusitania

Fleet

is

something

of

an

emergency.

We

have

only

a

few

weeks

to

stop

it

before

the

fleet

gets

there

and

uses

the

Little

Doctor,

the

M.D.

Device,

to

blow

Lusitania

into

its

constituent

elements.

In

the

meantime,

because

Ender

and

everyone

else

expects

me

to

fail,

they're

building

these

little

tin

can

starships

as

fast

as

possible

and

transporting

as

many

Lusitanians

as

they

can--

humans,

piggies,

and

buggers--

to

other

habitable

but

as

yet

uninhabited

planets.

My

dear

sister

Valentine--

the

young

one--

is

off

with

Miro--

in

his

fresh

new

body,

the

dear

lad--

searching

out

new

worlds

as

fast

as

their

little

starship

can

carry

them.

Quite

a

project.

All

of

them

betting

on

my--

on

our--

failure.

Let's

disappoint

them,

shall

we?"

"Disappoint

them?"

"By

succeeding.

Let's

succeed.

Let's

find

the

center

of

power

among

humankind,

and

let's

persuade

them

to

stop

the

fleet

before

it

needlessly

destroys

a

world."

Wang-mu

looked

at

him

doubtfully.

Persuade

them

to

stop

the

fleet?

This

nasty-minded,

cruel-hearted

boy?

How

could

he

persuade

anyone

of

anything?

As

if

he

could

hear

her

thoughts,

he

answered

her

silent

doubt.

"You

see

why

I

invited

you

to

come

along

with

me.

When

Ender

was

inventing

me,

he

forgot

the

fact

that

he

never

knew

me

during

the

time

in

my

life

when

I

was

persuading

people

and

gathering

them

together

in

shifting

alliances

and

all

that

nonsense.

So

the

Peter

Wiggin

he

created

is

far

too

nasty,

openly

ambitious,

and

nakedly

cruel

to

persuade

a

man

with

rectal

itch

to

scratch

his

own

butt."

She

looked

away

from

him

again.

"You

see?"

he

said.

"I

offend

you

again

and

again.

Look

at

me.

Do

you

see

my

dilemma?

The

real

Peter,

the

original

one,

he

could

have

done

the

work

I've

been

sent

to

do.

He

could

have

done

it

in

his

sleep.

He'd

already

have

a

plan.

He'd

be

able

to

win

people

over,

soothe

them,

insinuate

himself

into

their

councils.

That

Peter

Wiggin!

He

can

charm

the

stings

out

of

bees.

But

can

I?

I

doubt

it.

For,

you

see,

I'm

not

myself."

He

got

up

from

his

chair,

roughly

pushed

his

way

past

her,

and

stepped

outside

onto

the

meadow

that

surrounded

the

little

metal

cabin

that

had

carried

them

from

world

to

world.

Wang-mu

stood

in

the

doorway,

watching

him

as

he

wandered

away

from

the

ship;

away,

but

not

too

far.

I

know

something

of

how

he

feels,

she

thought.

I

know

something

of

having

to

submerge

your

will

in

someone

else's.

To

live

for

them,

as

if

they

were

the

star

of

the

story

of

your

life,

and

you

merely

a

supporting

player.

I

have

been

a

slave.

But

at

least

in

all

that

time

I

knew

my

own

heart.

I

knew

what

I

truly

thought

even

as

I

did

what

they

wanted,

whatever

it

took

to

get

what

I

wanted

from

them.

Peter

Wiggin,

though,

has

no

idea

of

what

he

really

wants,

because

even

his

resentment

of

his

lack

of

freedom

isn't

his

own,

even

that

comes

from

Andrew

Wiggin.

Even

his

self-loathing

is

Andrew's

self-loathing,

and

...

And

back

and

back,

in

circles,

like

the

random

path

he

was

tracing

through

the

meadow.

Wang-mu

thought

of

her

mistress--

no,

her

former

mistress--

Qing-jao.

She

also

traced

strange

patterns.

It

was

what

the

gods

forced

her

to

do.

No,

that's

the

old

way

of

thinking.

It's

what

her

obsessive-compulsive

disorder

caused

her

to

do.

To

kneel

on

the

floor

and

trace

the

grain

of

the

wood

in

each

board,

trace

a

single

line

of

it

as

far

as

it

went

across

the

floor,

line

after

line.

It

never

meant

anything,

and

yet

she

had

to

do

it

because

only

by

such

meaningless

mind-numbing

obedience

could

she

win

a

scrap

of

freedom

from

the

impulses

controlling

her.

It

is

Qing-jao

who

was

always

the

slave,

and

never

me.

For

the

master

that

ruled

her

controlled

her

from

inside

her

own

mind.

While

I

could

always

see

my

master

outside

me,

so

my

inmost

self

was

never

touched.

Peter

Wiggin

knows

that

he

is

ruled

by

the

unconscious

fears

and

passions

of

a

complicated

man

many

light-years

away.

But

then,

Qing-jao

thought

her

obsessions

came

from

the

gods.

What

does

it

matter,

to

tell

yourself

that

the

thing

controlling

you

comes

from

outside,

if

in

fact

you

only

experience

it

inside

your

own

heart?

Where

can

you

run

from

it?

How

can

you

hide?

Qing-jao

must

be

free

by

now,

freed

by

the

carrier

virus

that

Peter

brought

with

him

to

Path

and

put

into

the

hands

of

Han

Fei-tzu.

But

Peter--

what

freedom

can

there

be

for

him?

And

yet

he

must

still

live

as

if

he

were

free.

He

must

still

struggle

for

freedom

even

if

the

struggle

itself

is

just

one

more

symptom

of

his

slavery.

There

is

a

part

of

him

that

yearns

to

be

himself.

No,

not

himself.

A

self.

So

what

is

my

part

in

all

of

this?

Am

I

supposed

to

work

a

miracle,

and

give

him

an

aiua?

That

isn't

in

my

power.

And

yet

I

do

have

power,

she

thought.

She

must

have

power,

or

why

else

had

he

spoken

to

her

so

openly?

A

total

stranger,

and

he

had

opened

his

heart

to

her

at

once.

Why?

Because

she

was

in

on

the

secrets,

yes,

but

something

else

as

well.

Ah,

of

course.

He

could

speak

freely

to

her

because

she

had

never

known

Andrew

Wiggin.

Maybe

Peter

was

nothing

but

an

aspect

of

Ender's

nature,

all

that

Ender

feared

and

loathed

about

himself.

But

she

could

never

compare

the

two

of

them.

Whatever

Peter

was,

whoever

controlled

him,

she

was

his

confidante.

Which

made

her,

once

again,

someone's

servant.

She

had

been

Qing-jao's

confidante,

too.

She

shuddered,

as

if

to

shake

from

her

the

sad

comparison.

No,

she

told

herself.

It

is

not

the

same

thing.

Because

that

young

man

wandering

so

aimlessly

among

the

wildflowers

has

no

power

over

me,

except

to

tell

me

of

his

pain

and

hope

for

my

understanding.

Whatever

I

give

to

him

I

will

give

freely.

She

closed

her

eyes

and

leaned

her

head

against

the

frame

of

the

door.

I

will

give

it

freely,

yes,

she

thought.

But

what

am

I

planning

to

give

him?

Why,

exactly

what

he

wants--

my

loyalty,

my

devotion,

my

help

in

all

his

tasks.

To

submerge

myself

in

him.

And

why

am

I

already

planning

to

do

all

this?

Because

however

he

might

doubt

himself,

he

has

the

power

to

win

people

to

his

cause.

She

opened

her

eyes

again

and

strode

out

into

the

hip-high

grass

toward

him.

He

saw

her

and

waited

wordlessly

as

she

approached.

Bees

buzzed

around

her;

butterflies

staggered

drunkenly

through

the

air,

avoiding

her

somehow

in

their

seemingly

random

flight.

At

the

last

moment

she

reached

out

and

gathered

a

bee

from

a

blossom

into

her

hand,

into

her

fist,

but

then

quickly,

before

it

could

sting

her,

she

lobbed

it

into

Peter's

face.

Flustered,

surprised,

he

batted

away

the

infuriated

bee,

ducked

under

it,

dodged,

and

finally

ran

a

few

steps

before

it

lost

track

of

him

and

buzzed

its

way

out

among

the

flowers

again.

Only

then

could

he

turn

furiously

to

face

her.

"What

was

that

for!"

She

giggled

at

him--

she

couldn't

help

it.

He

had

looked

so

funny.

"Oh,

good,

laugh.

I

can

see

you're

going

to

be

fine

company."

"Be

angry,

I

don't

care,"

said

Wang-mu.

"I'll

just

tell

you

this.

Do

you

think

that

away

off

on

Lusitania,

Ender's

aiua

suddenly

thought,

'Ho,

a

bee!'

and

made

you

brush

at

it

and

dodge

it

like

a

clown?"

He

rolled

his

eyes.

"Oh,

aren't

you

clever.

Well

gosh,

Miss

Royal

Mother

of

the

West,

you

sure

solved

all

my

problems!

I

can

see

I

must

always

have

been

a

real

boy!

And

these

ruby

shoes,

why,

they've

had

the

power

to

take

me

back

to

Kansas

all

along!"

"What's

Kansas?"

she

asked,

looking

down

at

his

shoes,

which

were

not

red.

"Just

another

memory

of

Ender's

that

he

kindly

shared

with

me,"

said

Peter

Wiggin.

He

stood

there,

his

hands

in

his

pockets,

regarding

her.

She

stood

just

as

silently,

her

hands

clasped

in

front

of

her,

regarding

him

right

back.

"So

are

you

with

me?"

he

finally

asked.

"You

must

try

not

to

be

nasty

with

me,"

she

said.

"Take

that

up

with

Ender."

"I

don't

care

whose

aiua

controls

you,"

she

said.

"You

still

have

your

own

thoughts,

which

are

different

from

his--

you

feared

the

bee,

and

he

didn't

even

think

of

a

bee

right

then,

and

you

know

it.

So

whatever

part

of

you

is

in

control

or

whoever

the

real

'you'

happens

to

be,

right

there

on

the

front

of

your

head

is

the

mouth

that's

going

to

be

speaking

to

me,

and

I'm

telling

you

that

if

I'm

going

to

work

with

you,

you

better

be

nice

to

me."

"Does

this

mean

no

more

bee

fights?"

he

asked.

"Yes,"

she

said.

"That's

just

as

well.

With

my

luck

Ender

no

doubt

gave

me

a

body

that

goes

into

shock

when

I'm

stung

by

a

bee."

"It

can

also

be

pretty

hard

on

the

bee,"

she

said.

He

grinned

at

her.

"I

find

myself

liking

you,"

he

said.

"I

really

hate

that."

He

strode

off

toward

the

starship.

"Come

on!"

he

called

out

to

her.

"Let's

see

what

information

Jane

can

give

us

about

this

world

we're

supposed

to

take

by

storm."

Chapter

2

--

"YOU

DON'T

BELIEVE

IN

GOD!"

"When

I

follow

the

path

of

the

gods

through

the

wood,

My

eyes

take

every

twisting

turn

of

the

grain,

But

my

body

moves

straight

along

the

planking,

So

those

who

watch

me

see

that

the

path

of

the

gods

is

straight,

While

I

dwell

in

a

world

with

no

straightness

in

it."

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

Novinha

would

not

come

to

him.

The

gentle

old

teacher

looked

genuinely

distressed

as

she

told

Ender.

"She

wasn't

angry,"

the

old

teacher

explained.

"She

told

me

that

..."

Ender

nodded,

understanding

how

the

teacher

was

torn

between

compassion

and

honesty.

"You

can

tell

me

her

words,"

he

said.

"She

is

my

wife,

so

I

can

bear

it."

The

old

teacher

rolled

her

eyes.

"I'm

married

too,

you

know."

Of

course

he

knew.

All

the

members

of

the

Order

of

the

Children

of

the

Mind

of

Christ--

Os

Filhos

da

Mente

de

Cristo--

were

married.

It

was

their

rule.

"I'm

married,

so

I

know

perfectly

well

that

your

spouse

is

the

one

person

who

knows

all

the

words

you

can't

bear

to

hear."

"Then

let

me

correct

myself,"

said

Ender

mildly.

"She

is

my

wife,

so

I

am

determined

to

hear

it,

whether

I

can

bear

it

or

not."

"She

says

that

she

has

to

finish

the

weeding,

so

she

has

no

time

for

lesser

battles."

Yes,

that

sounded

like

Novinha.

She

might

tell

herself

that

she

had

taken

the

mantle

of

Christ

upon

her,

but

if

so

it

was

the

Christ

who

denounced

the

Pharisees,

the

Christ

who

said

all

those

cruel

and

sarcastic

things

to

his

enemies

and

his

friends

alike,

not

the

gentle

one

with

infinite

patience.

Still,

Ender

was

not

one

to

go

away

merely

because

his

feelings

were

hurt.

"Then

what

are

we

waiting

for?"

asked

Ender.

"Show

me

where

I

can

find

a

hoe."

The

old

teacher

stared

at

him

for

a

long

moment,

then

smiled

and

led

him

out

into

the

gardens.

Soon,

wearing

work

gloves

and

carrying

a

hoe

in

one

hand,

he

stood

at

the

end

of

the

row

where

Novinha

worked,

bent

over

in

the

sunlight,

her

eyes

on

the

ground

before

her

as

she

cut

under

the

root

of

weed

after

weed,

turning

each

one

up

to

bum

to

death

in

the

hot

dry

sun.

She

was

coming

toward

him.

Ender

stepped

to

the

unweeded

row

beside

the

one

Novinha

worked

on,

and

began

to

hoe

toward

her.

They

would

not

meet,

but

they

would

pass

close

to

each

other.

She

would

notice

him

or

not.

She

would

speak

to

him

or

not.

She

still

loved

and

needed

him.

Or

not.

But

no

matter

what,

at

the

end

of

this

day

he

would

have

weeded

in

the

same

field

as

his

wife,

and

her

work

would

have

been

more

easily

done

because

he

was

there,

and

so

he

would

still

be

her

husband,

however

little

she

might

now

want

him

in

that

role.

The

first

time

they

passed

each

other,

she

did

not

so

much

as

look

up.

But

then

she

would

not

have

to.

She

would

know

without

looking

that

the

one

who

joined

her

in

weeding

so

soon

after

she

refused

to

meet

with

her

husband

would

have

to

be

her

husband.

He

knew

that

she

would

know

this,

and

he

also

knew

she

was

too

proud

to

look

at

him

and

show

that

she

wanted

to

see

him

again.

She

would

study

the

weeds

until

she

went

half

blind,

because

Novinha

was

not

one

to

bend

to

anyone

else's

will.

Except,

of

course,

the

will

of

Jesus.

That

was

the

message

she

had

sent

him,

the

message

that

had

brought

him

here,

determined

to

talk

to

her.

A

brief

note

couched

in

the

language

of

the

Church.

She

was

separating

herself

from

him

to

serve

Christ

among

the

Filhos.

She

felt

herself

called

to

this

work.

He

was

to

regard

himself

as

having

no

further

responsibility

toward

her,

and

to

expect

nothing

more

from

her

than

she

would

gladly

give

to

any

of

the

children

of

God.

It

was

a

cold

message,

for

all

the

gentleness

of

its

phrasing.

Ender

was

not

one

to

bend

easily

to

another's

will,

either.

Instead

of

obeying

the

message,

he

came

here,

determined

to

do

the

opposite

of

what

she

asked.

And

why

not?

Novinha

had

a

terrible

record

as

a

decision

maker.

Whenever

she

decided

to

do

something

for

someone

else's

good,

she

ended

up

inadvertently

destroying

them.

Like

Libo,

her

childhood

friend

and

secret

lover,

the

father

of

all

her

children

during

her

marriage

to

the

violent

but

sterile

man

who

had

been

her

husband

until

he

died.

Fearing

that

he

would

die

at

the

hands

of

the

pequeninos,

the

way

his

father

had

died,

Novinha

withheld

from

him

her

vital

discoveries

about

the

biology

of

the

planet

Lusitania,

fearing

that

the

knowledge

of

it

would

kill

him.

Instead,

it

was

the

ignorance

of

that

very

information

that

led

him

to

his

death.

What

she

did

for

his

own

good,

without

his

knowledge,

killed

him.

You'd

think

she'd

learn

something

from

that,

thought

Ender.

But

she

still

does

the

same

thing.

Making

decisions

that

deform

other

people's

lives,

without

consulting

them,

without

ever

conceiving

that

perhaps

they

don't

want

her

to

save

them

from

whatever

supposed

misery

she's

saving

them

from.

Then

again,

if

she

had

simply

married

Libo

in

the

first

place

and

told

him

everything

she

knew,

he

would

probably

still

be

alive

and

Ender

would

never

have

married

his

widow

and

helped

her

raise

her

younger

children.

It

was

the

only

family

Ender

had

ever

had

or

was

ever

likely

to

have.

So

bad

as

Novinha's

decisions

tended

to

be,

the

happiest

time

of

his

life

had

come

about

only

because

of

one

of

the

most

deadly

of

her

mistakes.

On

their

second

pass,

Ender

saw

that

she

still,

stubbornly,

was

not

going

to

speak

to

him,

and

so,

as

always,

he

bent

first

and

broke

the

silence

between

them.

"The

Filhos

are

married,

you

know.

It's

a

married

order.

You

can't

become

a

full

member

without

me."

She

paused

in

her

work.

The

blade

of

the

hoe

rested

on

unbroken

soil,

the

handle

light

in

her

gloved

fingers.

"I

can

weed

the

beets

without

you,"

she

finally

said.

His

heart

leapt

with

relief

that

he

had

penetrated

her

veil

of

silence.

"No

you

can't,"

he

said.

"Because

here

I

am."

"These

are

the

potatoes,"

she

said.

"I

can't

stop

you

from

helping

with

the

potatoes."

In

spite

of

themselves

they

both

laughed,

and

with

a

groan

she

unbent

her

back,

stood

straight,

let

the

hoe

handle

fall

to

the

ground,

and

took

Ender's

hands

in

hers,

a

touch

that

thrilled

him

despite

two

layers

of

thick

workglove

cloth

between

their

palms

and

fingers.

"If

I

do

profane

with

my

touch,"

Ender

began.

"No

Shakespeare,"

she

said.

"No

'lips

two

blushing

pilgrims

ready

stand.'"

"I

miss

you,"

he

said.

"Get

over

it,"

she

said.

"I

don't

have

to.

If

you're

joining

the

Filhos,

so

am

I."

She

laughed.

Ender

didn't

appreciate

her

scorn.

"If

a

xenobiologist

can

retreat

from

the

world

of

meaningless

suffering,

why

can't

an

old

retired

speaker

for

the

dead?"

"Andrew,"

she

said,

"I'm

not

here

because

I've

given

up

on

life.

I'm

here

because

I

really

have

turned

my

heart

over

to

the

Redeemer.

You

could

never

do

that.

You

don't

belong

here."

"I

belong

here

if

you

belong

here.

We

made

a

vow.

A

sacred

one,

that

the

Holy

Church

won't

let

us

set

aside.

In

case

you

forgot."

She

sighed

and

looked

out

at

the

sky

over

the

wall

of

the

monastery.

Beyond

the

wall,

through

meadows,

over

a

fence,

up

a

hill,

into

the

woods

...

that's

where

the

great

love

of

her

life,

Libo,

had

gone,

and

where

he

died.

Where

Pipo,

his

father,

who

was

like

a

father

to

her

as

well,

where

he

had

gone

before,

and

also

died.

It

was

into

another

wood

that

her

son

Estevao

had

gone,

and

also

died,

but

Ender

knew,

watching

her,

that

when

she

saw

the

world

outside

these

walls,

it

was

all

those

deaths

she

saw.

Two

of

them

had

taken

place

before

Ender

got

to

Lusitania.

But

the

death

of

Estevao--

she

had

begged

Ender

to

stop

him

from

going

to

the

dangerous

place

where

pequeninos

were

talking

of

war,

of

killing

humans.

She

knew

as

well

as

Ender

did

that

to

stop

Estevao

would

have

been

the

same

as

to

destroy

him,

for

he

had

not

become

a

priest

to

be

safe,

but

rather

to

try

to

carry

the

message

of

Christ

to

these

tree

people.

Whatever

joy

came

to

the

early

Christian

martyrs

had

surely

come

to

Estevao

as

he

slowly

died

in

the

embrace

of

a

murderous

tree.

Whatever

comfort

God

sent

to

them

in

their

hour

of

supreme

sacrifice.

But

no

such

joy

had

come

to

Novinha.

God

apparently

did

not

extend

the

benefits

of

his

service

to

the

next

of

kin.

And

in

her

grief

and

rage

she

blamed

Ender.

Why

had

she

married

him,

if

not

to

make

herself

safe

from

these

disasters?

He

had

never

said

to

her

the

most

obvious

thing,

that

if

there

was

anyone

to

blame,

it

was

God,

not

him.

After

all,

it

was

God

who

had

made

saints--

well,

almost

saints--

out

of

her

parents,

who

died

as

they

discovered

the

antidote

to

the

descolada

virus

when

she

was

only

a

child.

Certainly

it

was

God

who

led

Estevao

out

to

preach

to

the

most

dangerous

of

the

pequeninos.

Yet

in

her

sorrow

it

was

God

she

turned

to,

and

turned

away

from

Ender,

who

had

meant

to

do

nothing

but

good

for

her.

He

never

said

this

because

he

knew

that

she

would

not

listen.

And

he

also

refrained

from

saying

it

because

he

knew

she

saw

things

another

way.

If

God

took

Father

and

Mother,

Pipo,

Libo,

and

finally

Estevao

away

from

her,

it

was

because

God

was

just

and

punished

her

for

her

sins.

But

when

Ender

failed

to

stop

Estevao

from

his

suicidal

mission

to

the

pequeninos,

it

was

because

he

was

blind,

self-willed,

stubborn,

and

rebellious,

and

because

he

did

not

love

her

enough.

But

he

did

love

her.

With

all

his

heart

he

loved

her.

All

his

heart?

All

of

it

he

knew

about.

And

yet

when

his

deepest

secrets

were

revealed

in

that

first

voyage

Outside,

it

was

not

Novinha

that

his

heart

conjured

there.

So

apparently

there

was

someone

who

mattered

even

more

to

him.

Well,

he

couldn't

help

what

went

on

in

his

unconscious

mind,

any

more

than

Novinha

could.

All

he

could

control

was

what

he

actually

did,

and

what

he

was

doing

now

was

showing

Novinha

that

regardless

of

how

she

tried

to

drive

him

away,

he

would

not

be

driven.

That

no

matter

how

much

she

imagined

that

he

loved

Jane

and

his

involvement

in

the

great

affairs

of

the

human

race

more

than

he

loved

her,

it

was

not

true,

she

was

more

important

to

him

than

any

of

it.

He

would

give

it

all

up

for

her.

He

would

disappear

behind

monastery

walls

for

her.

He

would

weed

rows

of

unidentified

plant

life

in

the

hot

sun.

For

her.

But

even

that

was

not

enough.

She

insisted

that

he

do

it,

not

for

her,

but

for

Christ.

Well,

too

bad.

He

wasn't

married

to

Christ,

and

neither

was

she.

Still,

it

couldn't

be

displeasing

to

God

when

a

husband

and

wife

gave

all

to

each

other.

Surely

that

was

part

of

what

God

expected

of

human

beings.

"You

know

I

don't

blame

you

for

the

death

of

Quim,"

she

said,

using

the

old

family

nickname

for

Estevao.

"I

didn't

know

that,"

he

said,

"but

I'm

glad

to

find

it

out."

"I

did

at

first,

but

I

knew

all

along

that

it

was

irrational,"

she

said.

"He

went

because

he

wanted

to,

and

he

was

much

too

old

for

some

interfering

parent

to

stop

him.

If

I

couldn't,

how

could

you?"

"I

didn't

even

want

to,"

said

Ender.

"I

wanted

him

to

go.

It

was

the

fulfillment

of

his

life's

ambition."

"I

even

know

that

now.

It's

right.

It

was

right

for

him

to

go,

and

it

was

even

right

for

him

to

die,

because

his

death

meant

something.

Didn't

it?"

"It

saved

Lusitania

from

a

holocaust."

"And

brought

many

to

Christ."

She

laughed,

the

old

laugh,

the

rich

ironic

laugh

that

he

had

come

to

treasure

if

only

because

it

was

so

rare.

"Trees

for

Jesus,"

she

said.

"Who

could

have

guessed?"

"They're

already

calling

him

St.

Stephen

of

the

Trees."

"That's

quite

premature.

It

takes

time.

He

must

first

be

beatified.

Miracles

of

healing

must

take

place

at

his

tomb.

Believe

me,

I

know

the

process."

"Martyrs

are

thin

on

the

ground

these

days,"

said

Ender.

"He

will

be

beatified.

He

will

be

canonized.

People

will

pray

for

him

to

intercede

with

Jesus

for

them,

and

it

will

work,

because

if

anyone

has

earned

the

right

to

have

Christ

hear

him,

it's

your

son

Estevao."

Tears

slipped

down

her

cheeks,

even

as

she

laughed

again.

"My

parents

were

martyrs

and

will

be

saints;

my

son,

also.

Piety

skipped

a

generation."

"Oh,

yes.

Yours

was

the

generation

of

selfish

hedonism."

She

finally

turned

to

face

him,

tear-streaked

dirty

cheeks,

smiling

face,

twinkling

eyes

that

saw

through

into

his

heart.

The

woman

he

loved.

"I

don't

regret

my

adultery,"

she

said.

"How

can

Christ

forgive

me

when

I

don't

even

repent?

If

I

hadn't

slept

with

Libo,

my

children

would

not

have

existed.

Surely

God

does

not

disapprove

of

that?"

"I

believe

what

Jesus

said

was,

'I

the

Lord

will

forgive

whom

I

will

forgive.

But

of

you

it

is

required

that

you

forgive

all

men.'"

"More

or

less,"

she

said.

"I'm

not

a

scriptorian."

She

reached

out

and

touched

his

cheek.

"You're

so

strong,

Ender.

But

you

seem

tired.

How

can

you

be

tired?

The

universe

of

human

beings

still

depends

on

you.

Or

if

not

the

whole

of

humankind,

then

certainly

you

belong

to

this

world.

To

save

this

world.

But

you're

tired."

"Deep

inside

my

bones

I

am,"

he

said.

"And

you

have

taken

my

last

lifeblood

away

from

me."

"How

odd,"

she

said.

"I

thought

what

I

removed

from

you

was

the

cancer

in

your

life."

"You

aren't

very

good

at

determining

what

other

people

want

and

need

from

you,

Novinha.

No

one

is.

We're

all

as

likely

to

hurt

as

help."

"That's

why

I

came

here,

Ender.

I'm

through

deciding

things.

I

put

my

trust

in

my

own

judgment.

Then

I

put

trust

in

you.

I

put

trust

in

Libo,

in

Pipo,

in

Father

and

Mother,

in

Quim,

and

everyone

disappointed

me

or

went

away

or

...

no,

I

know

you

didn't

go

away,

and

I

know

it

wasn't

you

that--

hear

me

out,

Andrew,

hear

me.

The

problem

wasn't

in

the

people

I

trusted,

the

problem

was

that

I

trusted

in

them

when

no

human

being

can

possibly

deliver

what

I

needed.

I

needed

deliverance,

you

see.

I

needed,

I

need,

redemption.

And

it

isn't

in

your

hands

to

give

me--

your

open

hands,

which

give

me

more

than

you

even

have

to

give,

Andrew,

but

still

you

haven't

got

the

thing

I

need.

Only

my

Deliverer,

only

the

Anointed

One,

only

he

has

it

to

give.

Do

you

see?

The

only

way

I

can

make

my

life

worth

living

is

to

give

it

to

him.

So

here

I

am."

"Weeding."

"Separating

the

good

fruit

from

the

tares,

I

believe,"

she

said.

"People

will

have

more

and

better

potatoes

because

I

took

out

the

weeds.

I

don't

have

to

be

prominent

or

even

noticed

to

feel

good

about

my

life

now.

But

you,

you

come

here

and

remind

me

that

even

in

becoming

happy,

I'm

hurting

someone."

"But

you're

not,"

said

Ender.

"Because

I'm

coming

with

you.

I'm

joining

the

Filhos

with

you.

They're

a

married

order,

and

we're

a

married

couple.

Without

me

you

can't

join,

and

you

need

to

join.

With

me

you

can.

What

could

be

simpler?"

"Simpler?"

She

shook

her

head.

"You

don't

believe

in

God,

how's

that

for

starters?"

"I

certainly

do

too

believe

in

God,"

said

Ender,

annoyed.

"Oh,

you're

willing

to

concede

God's

existence,

but

that's

not

what

I

meant.

I

mean

believe

in

him

the

way

a

mother

means

it

when

she

says

to

her

son,

I

believe

in

you.

She's

not

saying

she

believes

that

he

exists--

what

is

that

worth?

--she's

saying

she

believes

in

his

future,

she

trusts

that

he'll

do

all

the

good

that

is

in

him

to

do.

She

puts

the

future

in

his

hands,

that's

how

she

believes

in

him.

You

don't

believe

in

Christ

that

way,

Andrew.

You

still

believe

in

yourself.

In

other

people.

You've

sent

out

your

little

surrogates,

those

children

you

conjured

up

during

your

visit

in

hell--

you

may

be

here

with

me

in

these

walls

right

now,

but

your

heart

is

out

there

scouting

planets

and

trying

to

stop

the

fleet.

You

aren't

leaving

anything

up

to

God.

You

don't

believe

in

him."

"Excuse

me,

but

if

God

wanted

to

do

everything

himself,

what

did

he

make

us

for

in

the

first

place?"

"Yes,

well,

I

seem

to

recall

that

one

of

your

parents

was

a

heretic,

which

is

no

doubt

where

your

strangest

ideas

come

from."

It

was

an

old

joke

between

them,

but

this

time

neither

of

them

laughed.

"I

believe

in

you,"

Ender

said.

"But

you

consult

with

Jane."

He

reached

into

his

pocket,

then

held

out

his

hand

to

show

her

what

he

had

found

there.

It

was

a

jewel,

with

several

very

fine

wires

leading

from

it.

Like

a

glowing

organism

ripped

from

its

delicate

place

amid

the

fronds

of

life

in

a

shallow

sea.

She

looked

at

it

for

a

moment

uncomprehending,

then

realized

what

it

was

and

looked

at

the

ear

where,

for

all

the

years

she

had

known

him,

he

had

worn

the

jewel

that

linked

him

to

Jane,

the

computer-program-come-to-life

who

was

his

oldest,

dearest,

most

reliable

friend.

"Andrew,

no,

not

for

me,

surely."

"I

can't

honestly

say

these

walls

contain

me,

as

long

as

Jane

was

there

to

whisper

in

my

ear,"

he

said.

"I

talked

it

out

with

her.

I

explained

it.

She

understands.

We're

still

friends.

But

not

companions

anymore."

"Oh,

Andrew,"

said

Novinha.

She

wept

openly

now,

and

held

him,

clung

to

him.

"If

only

you

had

done

it

years

ago,

even

months

ago."

"Maybe

I

don't

believe

in

Christ

the

way

that

you

do,"

said

Ender.

"But

isn't

it

enough

that

I

believe

in

you,

and

you

believe

in

him?"

"You

don't

belong

here,

Andrew."

"I

belong

here

more

than

anywhere

else,

if

this

is

where

you

are.

I'm

not

so

much

world-weary,

Novinha,

as

I

am

will-weary.

I'm

tired

of

deciding

things.

I'm

tired

of

trying

to

solve

things."

"We

try

to

solve

things

here,"

she

said,

pulling

away

from

him.

"But

here

we

can

be,

not

the

mind,

but

the

children

of

the

mind.

We

can

be

the

hands

and

feet,

the

lips

and

tongue.

We

can

carry

out

and

not

decide."

He

squatted,

knelt,

then

sat

in

the

dirt,

the

young

plants

brushing

and

tickling

him

on

either

side.

He

put

his

dirty

hands

to

his

face

and

wiped

his

brow

with

them,

knowing

that

he

was

only

smearing

dirt

into

mud.

"Oh,

I

almost

believe

this,

Andrew,

you're

so

good

at

it,"

said

Novinha.

"What,

you've

decided

to

stop

being

the

hero

of

your

own

saga?

Or

is

this

just

a

ploy?

Be

the

servant

of

all,

so

you

can

be

the

greatest

among

us?

"

"You

know

I've

never

tried

for

greatness,

or

achieved

it,

either."

"Oh,

Andrew,

you're

such

a

storyteller

that

you

believe

your

own

fables."

Ender

looked

up

at

her.

"Please,

Novinha,

let

me

live

with

you

here.

You're

my

wife.

There's

no

meaning

to

my

life

if

I've

lost

you."

"We

live

as

man

and

wife

here,

but

we

don't

...

you

know

that

we

don't

..."

"I

know

that

the

Filhos

forswear

sexual

intercourse,"

said

Ender.

"I'm

your

husband.

As

long

as

I'm

not

having

sex

with

anyone,

it

might

as

well

be

you

that

I'm

not

having

sex

with."

He

smiled

wryly.

Her

answering

smile

was

only

sad

and

pitying.

"Novinha,"

he

said.

"I'm

not

interested

in

my

own

life

anymore.

Do

you

understand?

The

only

life

I

care

about

in

this

world

is

yours.

If

I

lose

you,

what

is

there

to

hold

me

here?"

He

wasn't

sure

what

he

meant

by

this

himself.

The

words

had

come

unbidden

to

his

lips.

But

he

knew

as

he

said

them

that

it

was

not

self-pity,

but

rather

a

frank

admission

of

the

truth.

Not

that

he

was

thinking

of

suicide

or

exile

or

any

other

such

low

drama.

Rather

he

felt

himself

fading.

Losing

his

hold.

Lusitania

seemed

less

and

less

real

to

him.

Valentine

was

still

there,

his

dear

sister

and

friend,

and

she

was

like

a

rock,

her

life

was

so

real,

but

it

was

not

real

to

him

because

she

didn't

need

him.

Plikt,

his

unasked-for

disciple,

she

might

need

Ender,

but

not

the

reality

of

him,

only

the

idea

of

him.

And

who

else

was

there?

The

children

of

Novinha

and

Libo,

the

children

that

he

had

raised

as

his

own,

and

loved

as

his

own,

he

loved

them

no

less

now,

but

they

were

adults,

they

didn't

need

him.

Jane,

who

once

had

been

virtually

destroyed

by

an

hour

of

his

inattention,

she

no

longer

needed

him

either,

for

she

was

there

in

the

jewel

in

Miro's

ear,

and

in

another

jewel

in

Peter's

ear

...

Peter.

Young

Valentine.

Where

had

they

come

from?

They

had

stolen

his

soul

and

taken

it

with

them

when

they

left.

They

were

doing

the

living

acts

that

once

he

would

have

done

himself.

While

he

waited

here

in

Lusitania

and

...

faded.

That's

what

he

meant.

If

he

lost

Novinha,

what

would

tie

him

to

this

body

that

he

had

carried

around

the

universe

for

all

these

thousands

of

years?

"It's

not

my

decision,"

Novinha

said.

"It's

your

decision,"

said

Ender,

"whether

you

want

me

with

you,

as

one

of

the

Filhos

da

Mente

de

Cristo.

If

you

do,

then

I

believe

I

can

make

my

way

through

all

the

other

obstacles."

She

laughed

nastily.

"Obstacles?

Men

like

you

don't

have

obstacles.

Just

steppingstones."

"Men

like

me?"

"Yes,

men

like

you,"

said

Novinha.

"Just

because

I've

never

met

any

others.

Just

because

no

matter

how

much

I

loved

Libo

he

was

never

for

one

day

as

alive

as

you

are

in

every

minute.

Just

because

I

found

myself

loving

as

an

adult

for

the

first

time

when

I

loved

you.

Just

because

I

have

missed

you

more

than

I

miss

even

my

children,

even

my

parents,

even

the

lost

loves

of

my

life.

Just

because

I

can't

dream

of

anyone

but

you,

that

doesn't

mean

that

there

isn't

somebody

else

just

like

you

somewhere

else.

The

universe

is

a

big

place.

You

can't

be

all

that

special,

really.

Can

you?"

He

reached

through

the

potato

plants

and

leaned

a

hand

gently

on

her

thigh.

"You

do

still

love

me,

then?"

he

asked.

"Oh,

is

that

what

you

came

for?

To

find

out

if

I

love

you?"

He

nodded.

"Partly."

"I

do,"

she

said.

"Then

I

can

stay?"

She

burst

into

tears.

Loud

weeping.

She

sank

to

the

ground;

he

reached

through

the

plants

to

embrace

her,

to

hold

her,

caring

nothing

for

the

leaves

he

crushed

between

them.

After

he

held

her

for

a

long

while,

she

broke

off

her

crying

and

turned

to

him

and

held

him

at

least

as

tightly

as

he

had

been

holding

her.

"Oh,

Andrew,"

she

whispered,

her

voice

cracking

and

breaking

from

having

wept

so

much.

"Does

God

love

me

enough

to

give

you

to

me

now,

again,

when

I

need

you

so

much?"

"Until

I

die,"

said

Ender.

"I

know

that

part,"

she

said.

"But

I

pray

that

God

will

let

me

die

first

this

time."

Chapter

3

--

"THERE

ARE

TOO

MANY

OF

US"

"Let

me

tell

you

the

most

beautiful

story

I

know.

A

man

was

given

a

dog,

which

he

loved

very

much.

The

dog

went

with

him

everywhere,

but

the

man

could

not

teach

it

to

do

anything

useful.

The

dog

would

not

fetch

or

point,

it

would

not

race

or

protect

or

stand

watch.

Instead

the

dog

sat

near

him

and

regarded

him,

always

with

the

same

inscrutable

expression.

'That's

not

a

dog,

it's

a

wolf,'

said

the

man's

wife.

'He

alone

is

faithful

to

me,'

said

the

man,

and

his

wife

never

discussed

it

with

him

again.

One

day

the

man

took

his

dog

with

him

into

his

private

airplane

and

as

they

flew

over

high

winter

mountains,

the

engines

failed

and

the

airplane

was

torn

to

shreds

among

the

trees.

The

man

lay

bleeding,

his

belly

torn

open

by

blades

of

sheared

metal,

steam

rising

from

his

organs

in

the

cold

air,

but

all

he

could

think

of

was

his

faithful

dog.

Was

he

alive?

Was

he

hurt?

Imagine

his

relief

when

the

dog

came

padding

up

and

regarded

him

with

that

same

steady

gaze.

After

an

hour

the

dog

nosed

the

man's

gaping

abdomen,

then

began

pulling

out

intestines

and

spleen

and

liver

and

gnawing

on

them,

all

the

while

studying

the

man's

face.

'Thank

God,'

said

the

man.

'At

least

one

of

us

will

not

starve.'

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-lao

Of

all

the

faster-than-light

starships

that

were

flitting

Outside

and

back

In

under

Jane's

command,

only

Miro's

looked

like

an

ordinary

spacecraft,

for

the

good

reason

that

it

was

nothing

more

than

the

shuttle

that

had

once

taken

passengers

and

cargo

to

and

from

the

great

starships

that

came

to

orbit

around

Lusitania.

Now

that

the

new

starships

could

go

immediately

from

one

planet's

surface

to

another's,

there

was

no

need

for

life

support

or

even

fuel,

and

since

Jane

had

to

hold

the

entire

structure

of

each

craft

in

her

memory,

the

simpler

they

were

the

better.

Indeed,

they

could

hardly

be

called

vehicles

anymore.

They

were

simple

cabins

now,

windowless,

almost

unfurnished,

bare

as

a

primitive

schoolroom.

The

people

of

Lusitania

referred

to

space

travel

now

as

encaixarse,

which

was

Portuguese

for

"going

into

the

box,"

or,

more

literally,

"to

box

oneself

up."

Miro,

however,

was

exploring,

searching

for

new

planets

capable

of

sustaining

the

lives

of

the

three

sentient

species,

humans,

pequeninos,

and

hive

queens.

For

this

he

needed

a

more

traditional

spacecraft,

for

though

he

still

went

from

planet

to

planet

by

way

of

Jane's

instant

detour

through

the

Outside,

he

could

not

usually

count

on

arriving

at

a

world

where

he

could

breathe

the

air.

Indeed,

Jane

always

started

him

out

in

orbit

high

above

each

new

planet,

so

he

could

observe,

measure,

analyze,

and

only

land

on

the

most

promising

ones

to

make

the

final

determination

of

whether

the

world

was

usable.

He

did

not

travel

alone.

It

would

have

been

too

much

for

one

person

to

accomplish,

and

he

needed

everything

he

did

to

be

doublechecked.

Yet

of

all

the

work

being

done

by

anyone

on

Lusitania,

this

was

the

most

dangerous,

for

he

never

knew

when

he

cracked

open

the

door

of

his

spaceship

whether

there

would

be

some

unforeseeable

menace

on

the

new

world.

Miro,

had

long

regarded

his

own

life

as

expendable.

For

several

long

years

trapped

in

a

brain-damaged

body

he

had

wished

for

death;

then,

when

his

first

trip

Outside

enabled

him

to

recreate

his

body

in

the

perfection

of

youth,

he

regarded

any

moment,

any

hour,

any

day

of

his

life

as

an

undeserved

gift.

He

would

not

waste

it,

but

he

would

not

shrink

from

putting

it

at

risk

for

the

good

of

others.

But

who

else

could

share

his

easy

self-disregard?

Young

Valentine

was

made

to

order,

in

every

sense,

it

seemed.

Miro

had

seen

her

come

into

existence

at

the

same

time

as

his

own

new

body.

She

had

no

past,

no

kin,

no

links

to

any

world

except

through

Ender,

whose

mind

had

created

her,

and

Peter,

her

fellow

makeling.

Oh,

and

perhaps

one

might

consider

her

to

be

linked

to

the

original

Valentine,

"the

real

Valentine,"

as

Young

Val

called

her;

but

it

was

no

secret

that

Old

Valentine

had

no

desire

to

spend

even

a

moment

in

the

company

of

this

young

beauty

who

mocked

her

by

her

very

existence.

Besides,

Young

Val

was

created

as

Ender's

image

of

perfect

virtue.

Not

only

was

she

unconnected,

but

also

she

was

genuinely

altruistic

and

quite

willing

to

sacrifice

herself

for

the

good

of

others.

So

whenever

Miro

stepped

into

the

shuttle,

there

was

Young

Val

as

his

companion,

his

reliable

assistant,

his

constant

backup.

But

not

his

friend.

For

Miro

knew

perfectly

well

who

Val

really

was:

Ender

in

disguise.

Not

a

woman.

And

her

love

and

loyalty

to

him

were

Ender's

love

and

loyalty,

often

tested,

well-trusted,

but

Ender's,

not

her

own.

There

was

nothing

of

her

own

in

her.

So

while

Miro

had

become

used

to

her

company,

and

laughed

and

joked

with

her

more

easily

than

with

anyone

in

his

life

till

now,

he

did

not

confide

in

her,

did

not

allow

himself

to

feel

affection

any

deeper

than

camaraderie

for

her.

If

she

noticed

the

lack

of

connection

between

them

she

said

nothing;

if

it

hurt

her,

the

pain

never

showed.

What

showed

was

her

delight

in

their

successes

and

her

insistence

that

they

push

themselves

ever

harder.

"We

don't

have

a

whole

day

to

spend

on

any

world,"

she

said

right

from

the

start,

and

proved

it

by

holding

them

to

a

schedule

that

let

them

make

three

voyages

in

a

day.

They

came

home

after

each

three

voyages

to

a

Lusitania

already

quiet

with

sleep;

they

slept

on

the

ship

and

spoke

to

others

only

to

warn

them

of

particular

problems

the

colonists

were

likely

to

face

on

whatever

new

worlds

had

been

found

that

day.

And

the

three-a-day

schedule

was

only

on

days

when

they

dealt

with

likely

planets.

When

Jane

took

them

to

worlds

that

were

obvious

losers--

waterbound,

for

instance,

or

unbiotized--

they

moved

on

quickly,

checking

the

next

candidate

world,

and

the

next,

sometimes

five

and

six

on

those

discouraging

days

when

nothing

seemed

to

work.

Young

Val

pushed

them

both

on

to

the

edge

of

their

endurance,

day

after

day,

and

Miro

accepted

her

leadership

in

this

aspect

of

their

voyaging

because

he

knew

that

it

was

necessary.

His

friend,

however,

had

no

human

shape.

For

him

she

dwelt

in

the

jewel

in

his

ear.

Jane,

the

whisper

in

his

mind

when

he

first

woke

up,

the

friend

who

heard

everything

he

subvocalized,

who

knew

his

needs

before

he

noticed

them

himself

Jane,

who

shared

all

his

thoughts

and

dreams,

who

had

stayed

with

him

through

the

worst

of

his

cripplehood,

who

had

led

him

Outside

to

where

he

could

be

renewed.

Jane,

his

truest

friend,

who

would

soon

die.

That

was

their

real

deadline.

Jane

would

die,

and

then

this

instant

starflight

would

be

at

an

end,

for

there

was

no

other

being

that

had

the

sheer

mental

power

to

take

anything

more

complicated

than

a

rubber

ball

Outside

and

back

In

again.

And

Jane's

death

would

come,

not

by

any

natural

cause,

but

because

the

Starways

Congress,

having

discovered

the

existence

of

a

subversive

program

that

could

control

or

at

least

access

any

and

all

of

their

computers,

was

systematically

closing

down,

disconnecting,

and

sweeping

out

all

their

networks.

Already

she

was

feeling

the

injury

of

those

systems

that

had

been

taken

offline

to

where

she

could

not

access

them.

Someday

soon

the

codes

would

be

transmitted

that

would

undo

her

utterly

and

all

at

once.

And

when

she

was

gone,

anyone

who

had

not

been

taken

from

the

surface

of

Lusitania

and

transplanted

to

another

world

would

be

trapped,

waiting

helplessly

for

the

arrival

of

the

Lusitania

Fleet,

which

was

coming

ever

closer,

determined

to

destroy

them

all.

A

grim

business,

this,

in

which

despite

all

of

Miro's

efforts,

his

dearest

friend

would

die.

Which,

he

knew

full

well,

was

part

of

why

he

did

not

let

himself

become

a

true

friend

to

Young

Val--

because

it

would

be

disloyal

to

Jane

to

learn

affection

for

anyone

else

during

the

last

weeks

or

days

of

her

life.

So

Miro's

life

was

an

endless

routine

of

work,

of

concentrated

mental

effort,

studying

the

findings

of

the

shuttle's

instruments,

analyzing

aerial

photographs,

piloting

the

shuttle

to

unsafe,

unscouted

landing

zones,

and

finally--

not

often

enough--

opening

the

door

and

breathing

alien

air.

And

at

the

end

of

each

voyage,

no

time

either

to

mourn

or

rejoice,

no

time

even

to

rest:

he

closed

the

door,

spoke

the

word,

and

Jane

took

them

home

again

to

Lusitania,

to

start

it

all

over

again.

On

this

homecoming,

however,

something

was

different.

Miro

opened

the

door

of

the

shuttle

to

find,

not

his

adoptive

father

Ender,

not

the

pequeninos

who

prepared

food

for

him

and

Young

Val,

not

the

normal

colony

leaders

wanting

a

briefing,

but

rather

his

brothers

Olhado

and

Grego,

and

his

sister

Elanora,

and

Ender's

sister

Valentine.

Old

Valentine,

come

herself

to

the

one

place

where

she

was

sure

to

meet

her

unwelcome

young

twin?

Miro

saw

at

once

how

Young

Val

and

Old

Valentine

glanced

at

each

other,

eyes

not

really

meeting,

and

then

looked

away,

not

wanting

to

see

each

other.

Or

was

that

it?

Young

Val

was

more

likely

looking

away

from

Old

Valentine

because

she

virtuously

wanted

to

avoid

giving

offense

to

the

older

woman.

No

doubt

if

she

could

do

it

Young

Val

would

willingly

disappear

rather

than

cause

Old

Valentine

a

moment's

pain.

And,

since

that

was

not

possible,

she

would

do

the

next

best

thing,

which

was

to

remain

as

unobtrusive

as

possible

when

Old

Valentine

was

present.

"What's

the

meeting?"

asked

Miro.

"Is

Mother

ill?"

"No,

no,

everybody's

in

good

health,"

said

Olhado.

"Except

mentally,"

said

Grego.

"Mother's

as

mad

as

a

hatter,

and

now

Ender's

crazy

too."

Miro

nodded,

grimaced.

"Let

me

guess.

He

joined

her

among

the

Filhos."

Immediately

Grego

and

Olhado

looked

at

the

jewel

in

Miro's

ear.

"No,

Jane

didn't

tell

me,"

said

Miro.

"I

just

know

Ender.

He

takes

his

marriage

very

seriously."

"Yes,

well,

it's

left

something

of

a

leadership

vacuum

here,"

said

Olhado.

"Not

that

everybody

isn't

doing

their

job

just

fine.

I

mean,

the

system

works

and

all

that.

But

Ender

was

the

one

we

all

looked

to

to

tell

us

what

to

do

when

the

system

stops

working.

If

you

know

what

I

mean."

"I

know

what

you

mean,"

said

Miro.

"And

you

can

speak

of

it

in

front

of

Jane.

She

knows

she's

going

to

be

shut

down

as

soon

as

Starways

Congress

gets

their

plans

in

place."

"It's

more

complicated

than

that,"

said

Grego.

"Most

people

don't

know

about

the

danger

to

Jane--

for

that

matter,

most

don't

even

know

she

exists.

But

they

can

do

the

arithmetic

to

figure

out

that

even

going

full

tilt,

there's

no

way

to

get

all

the

humans

off

Lusitania

before

the

fleet

gets

here.

Let

alone

the

pequeninos.

So

they

know

that

unless

the

fleet

is

stopped,

somebody

is

going

to

be

left

here

to

die.

There

are

already

those

who

say

that

we've

wasted

enough

starship

space

on

trees

and

bugs."

"Trees"

referred,

of

course,

to

the

pequeninos,

who

were

not,

in

fact,

transporting

fathertrees

and

mothertrees;

and

"bugs"

referred

to

the

Hive

Queen,

who

was

also

not

wasting

space

sending

a

lot

of

workers.

But

every

world

they

were

settling

did

have

a

large

contingent

of

pequeninos

and

at

least

one

hive

queen

and

a

handful

of

workers

to

help

her

get

started.

Never

mind

that

it

was

the

hive

queen

on

every

world

that

quickly

produced

workers

who

were

doing

the

bulk

of

the

labor

getting

agriculture

started;

never

mind

that

because

they

were

not

taking

trees

with

them,

at

least

one

male

and

female

in

every

group

of

pequeninos

had

to

be

"planted"

--had

to

die

slowly

and

painfully

so

that

a

fathertree

and

mothertree

could

take

root

and

maintain

the

cycle

of

pequenino

life.

They

all

knew--

Grego

more

than

any

other,

since

he'd

recently

been

in

the

thick

of

itthat

under

the

polite

surface

was

an

undercurrent

of

competition

between

species.

And

it

was

not

just

among

the

humans,

either.

While

on

Lusitania

the

pequeninos

still

outnumbered

humans

by

vast

numbers,

on

the

new

colonies

the

humans

predominated.

"It's

your

fleet

coming

to

destroy

Lusitania,"

said

Human,

the

leader

of

the

fathertrees

these

days.

"And

even

if

every

human

on

Lusitania

died,

the

human

race

would

continue.

While

for

the

Hive

Queen

and

for

us,

it

is

nothing

less

than

the

survival

of

our

species

that

is

at

stake.

And

yet

we

understand

that

we

must

let

humans

dominate

for

a

time

on

these

new

worlds,

because

of

your

knowledge

of

skills

and

technologies

we

have

not

yet

mastered,

because

of

your

practice

at

subduing

new

worlds,

and

because

you

still

have

the

power

to

set

fires

to

burn

our

forests."

What

Human

said

so

reasonably,

his

resentment

couched

in

polite

language,

many

other

pequeninos

and

fathertrees

said

more

passionately:

"Why

should

we

let

these

human

invaders,

who

brought

all

this

evil

upon

us,

save

almost

all

their

population,

while

most

of

us

will

die?"

"Resentment

between

the

species

is

nothing

new,"

said

Miro.

"But

until

now

we

had

Ender

to

contain

it,"

said

Grego.

"Pequeninos,

the

Hive

Queen,

and

most

of

the

human

population

saw

Ender

as

a

fair

broker,

someone

they

could

trust.

They

knew

that

as

long

as

he

was

in

charge

of

things,

as

long

as

his

voice

was

heard,

their

interests

would

be

protected."

"Ender

isn't

the

only

good

person

leading

this

exodus,"

said

Miro.

"It's

a

matter

of

trust,

not

of

virtue,"

said

Valentine.

"The

nonhumans

know

that

Ender

is

the

Speaker

for

the

Dead.

No

other

human

has

ever

spoken

for

another

species

that

way.

And

yet

the

humans

know

that

Ender

is

the

Xenocide--

that

when

the

human

race

was

threatened

by

an

enemy

countless

generations

ago,

he

was

the

one

who

acted

to

stop

them

and

save

humanity

from,

as

they

feared,

annihilation.

There

isn't

exactly

a

candidate

with

equivalent

qualifications

ready

to

step

into

Ender's

role."

"What's

that

to

me?"

asked

Miro

bluntly.

"Nobody

listens

to

me

here.

I

have

no

connections.

I

certainly

can't

take

Ender's

place

either,

and

right

now

I'm

tired

and

I

need

to

sleep.

Look

at

Young

Val,

she's

half-

dead

with

weariness,

too."

It

was

true;

she

was

barely

able

to

stand.

Miro

at

once

reached

out

to

support

her;

she

gratefully

leaned

against

his

shoulder.

"We

don't

want

you

to

take

Ender's

place,"

said

Olhado.

"We

don't

want

anybody

to

take

his

place.

We

want

him

to

take

his

place."

Miro

laughed.

"You

think

I

can

persuade

him?

You've

got

his

sister

right

there!

Send

her!"

Old

Valentine

grimaced.

"Miro,

he

won't

see

me."

"Then

what

makes

you

think

he'll

see

me?"

"Not

you,

Miro.

Jane.

The

jewel

in

your

ear."

Miro

looked

at

them

in

bafflement.

"You

mean

Ender

has

removed

his

jewel?"

In

his

ear,

he

heard

Jane

say,

"I've

been

busy.

I

didn't

think

it

was

important

to

mention

it

to

you."

But

Miro

knew

how

it

had

devastated

Jane

before,

when

Ender

cut

her

off.

Now

she

had

other

friends,

yes,

but

that

didn't

mean

it

would

be

painless.

Old

Valentine

continued.

"If

you

can

go

to

him

and

get

him

to

talk

to

Jane

..."

Miro

shook

his

head.

"Taking

out

the

jewel--

don't

you

see

that

that

was

final?

He's

committed

himself

to

following

Mother

into

exile.

Ender

doesn't

back

away

from

his

commitments."

They

all

knew

it

was

true.

Knew,

in

fact,

that

they

had

really

come

to

Miro,

not

with

the

real

hope

that

he

would

accomplish

what

they

needed,

but

as

a

last

feeble

act

of

desperation.

"So

we

let

things

wind

down,"

said

Grego.

"We

let

things

slide

into

chaos.

And

then,

beset

by

interspecies

war,

we

will

die

in

shame

when

the

fleet

comes.

Jane's

lucky,

I

think;

she'll

already

be

dead

when

it

gets

here."

"Tell

him

thanks,"

Jane

said

to

Miro.

"Jane

says

thanks,"

said

Miro.

"You're

just

too

soft-hearted,

Grego.

"

Grego

blushed,

but

he

didn't

take

back

what

he

said.

"Ender

isn't

God,"

said

Miro.

"We'll

just

do

our

best

without

him.

But

right

now

the

best

thing

I

can

do

is--

"

"Sleep,

we

know,"

said

Old

Valentine.

"Not

on

the

ship

this

time,

though.

Please.

It

makes

us

sick

at

heart

to

see

how

weary

you

both

are.

Jakt

has

brought

the

taxi.

Come

home

and

sleep

in

a

bed."

Miro

glanced

at

Young

Val,

who

still

leaned

sleepily

on

his

shoulder.

"Both

of

you,

of

course,"

said

Old

Valentine.

"I'm

not

as

distressed

by

her

existence

as

you

all

seem

to

think."

"Of

course

you're

not,"

said

Young

Val.

She

reached

out

a

weary

arm,

and

the

two

women

who

bore

the

same

name

took

each

other's

hand.

Miro

watched

as

Young

Val

slipped

from

his

side

to

take

Old

Valentine's

arm,

and

lean

on

her

instead

of

him.

His

own

feelings

surprised

him.

Instead

of

relief

that

there

was

less

tension

between

the

two

of

them

than

he

had

thought,

he

found

himself

being

rather

angry.

Jealous

anger,

that's

what

it

was.

She

was

leaning

on

me,

he

wanted

to

say.

What

kind

of

childish

response

was

that?

And

then,

as

he

watched

them

walk

away,

he

saw

what

he

should

not

have

seen--

Valentine's

shudder.

Was

it

a

sudden

chill?

The

night

was

cool.

But

no,

Miro

was

sure

it

was

the

touch

of

her

young

twin,

and

not

the

night

air

that

made

Old

Valentine

tremble.

"Come

on,

Miro,"

said

Olhado.

"We'll

get

you

to

the

hovercar

and

into

bed

at

Valentine's

house."

"Is

there

a

food

stop

along

the

way?"

"It's

Jakt's

house,

too,"

said

Elanora.

"There's

always

food."

As

the

hovercar

carried

them

toward

Milagre,

the

human

town,

they

passed

near

some

of

the

dozens

of

starships

currently

in

service.

The

work

of

migration

didn't

take

the

night

off.

Stevedores--

many

of

them

pequeninos--

were

loading

supplies

and

equipment

for

transport.

Families

were

shuffling

in

lines

to

fill

up

whatever

spaces

were

left

in

the

cabins.

Jane

would

be

getting

no

rest

tonight

as

she

took

box

after

box

Outside

and

back

In.

On

other

worlds,

new

homes

were

rising,

new

fields

being

plowed.

Was

it

day

or

night

in

those

other

places?

It

didn't

matter.

In

a

way

they

had

already

succeeded--

new

worlds

were

being

colonized,

and,

like

it

or

not,

every

world

had

its

hive,

its

new

pequenino

forest,

and

its

human

village.

If

Jane

died

today,

thought

Miro,

if

the

fleet

came

tomorrow

and

blew

us

all

to

bits,

in

the

grand

scheme

of

things,

what

would

it

matter?

The

seeds

have

been

scattered

to

the

wind;

some,

at

least,

will

take

root.

And

if

faster-than-light

travel

dies

with

Jane,

even

that

might

be

for

the

best,

for

it

will

force

each

of

these

worlds

to

fend

for

itself.

Some

colonies

will

fail

and

die,

no

doubt.

On

some

of

them,

war

will

come,

and

perhaps

one

species

or

another

will

be

wiped

out

there.

But

it

will

not

be

the

same

species

that

dies

on

every

world,

or

the

same

one

that

lives;

and

on

some

worlds,

at

least,

we'll

surely

find

a

way

to

live

in

peace.

All

that's

left

for

us

now

is

details.

Whether

this

or

that

individual

lives

or

dies.

It

matters,

of

course.

But

not

the

way

that

the

survival

of

species

matters.

He

must

have

been

subvocalizing

some

of

his

thoughts,

because

Jane

answered

them.

"Hath

not

an

overblown

computer

program

eyes

and

ears?

Have

I

no

heart

or

brain?

When

you

tickle

me

do

I

not

laugh?

"

"Frankly,

no,"

said

Miro

silently,

working

his

lips

and

tongue

and

teeth

to

shape

words

that

only

she

could

hear.

"But

when

I

die,

every

being

of

my

kind

will

also

die,"

she

said.

"Forgive

me

if

I

think

of

this

as

having

cosmic

significance.

I'm

not

as

self-abnegating

as

you

are,

Miro.

I

don't

regard

myself

as

living

on

borrowed

time.

It

was

my

firm

intention

to

live

forever,

so

anything

less

is

a

disappointment."

"Tell

me

what

I

can

do

and

I'll

do

it,"

he

said.

"I'd

die

to

save

you,

if

that's

what

it

took."

"Fortunately,

you'll

die

eventually

no

matter

what,"

said

Jane.

"That's

my

one

consolation,

that

by

dying

I'll

do

no

more

than

face

the

same

doom

that

every

other

living

creature

has

to

face.

Even

those

long-living

trees.

Even

those

hive

queens,

passing

their

memories

along

from

generation

to

generation.

But

I,

alas,

will

have

no

children.

How

could

I?

I'm

a

creature

of

mind

alone.

There's

no

provision

for

mental

mating."

"Too

bad,

too,"

said

Miro,

"because

I

bet

you'd

be

great

in

the

virtual

sack."

"The

best,"

Jane

said.

And

then

silence

for

a

little

while.

Only

when

they

approached

Jakt's

house,

a

new

building

on

the

outskirts

of

Milagre,

did

Jane

speak

again.

"Keep

in

mind,

Miro,

that

whatever

Ender

does

with

his

own

self,

when

Young

Valentine

speaks

it's

still

Ender's

aiua

talking."

"The

same

with

Peter,"

said

Miro.

"Now

there's

a

charmer.

Let's

just

say

that

Young

Val,

sweet

as

she

is,

doesn't

exactly

represent

a

balanced

view

of

anything.

Ender

may

control

her,

but

she's

not

Ender."

"There

are

just

too

many

of

him,

aren't

there,"

said

Jane.

"And,

apparently,

too

many

of

me,

at

least

in

the

opinion

of

Starways

Congress."

"There

are

too

many

of

us

all,"

said

Miro.

"But

never

enough."

They

arrived.

Miro

and

Young

Val

were

led

inside.

They

ate

feebly;

they

slept

the

moment

they

reached

their

beds.

Miro

was

aware

that

voices

went

on

far

into

the

night,

for

he

did

not

sleep

well,

but

rather

kept

waking

a

little,

uncomfortable

on

such

a

soft

mattress,

and

perhaps

uncomfortable

at

being

away

from

his

duty,

like

a

soldier

who

feels

guilty

at

having

abandoned

his

post.

Despite

his

weariness,

Miro

did

not

sleep

late.

Indeed,

the

sky

outside

was

still

dim

with

the

predawn

seepage

of

sunlight

over

the

horizon

when

he

awoke

and,

as

was

his

habit,

rose

immediately

from

his

bed,

standing

shakily

as

the

last

of

sleep

fled

from

his

body.

He

covered

himself

and

went

out

into

the

hall

to

find

the

bathroom

and

discharge

his

bladder.

When

he

emerged,

he

heard

voices

from

the

kitchen.

Either

last

night's

conversation

was

still

going

on,

or

some

other

neurotic

early

risers

had

rejected

morning

solitude

and

were

chatting

away

as

if

dawn

were

not

the

dark

hour

of

despair.

He

stood

before

his

own

open

door,

ready

to

go

inside

and

shut

out

those

earnest

voices,

when

Miro

realized

that

one

of

them

belonged

to

Young

Val.

Then

he

realized

that

the

other

one

was

Old

Valentine.

At

once

he

turned

and

made

his

way

to

the

kitchen,

and

again

hesitated

in

a

doorway.

Sure

enough,

the

two

Valentines

were

sitting

across

the

table

from

each

other,

but

not

looking

at

each

other.

Instead

they

stared

out

the

window

as

they

sipped

one

of

Old

Valentine's

fruit-and-vegetable

decoctions.

"Would

you

like

one,

Miro?"

asked

Old

Valentine

without

looking

up.

"Not

even

on

my

deathbed,"

said

Miro.

"I

didn't

mean

to

interrupt."

"Good,"

said

Old

Valentine.

Young

Val

continued

to

say

nothing.

Miro

came

inside

the

kitchen,

went

to

the

sink,

and

drew

himself

a

glass

of

water,

which

he

drank

in

one

long

draught.

"I

told

you

it

was

Miro

in

the

bathroom,"

said

Old

Valentine.

"No

one

processes

so

much

water

every

day

as

this

dear

lad."

Miro

chuckled,

but

he

did

not

hear

Young

Val

laugh.

"I

am

interfering

with

the

conversation,"

he

said.

"I'll

go."

"Stay,"

said

Old

Valentine.

"Please,"

said

Young

Val.

"Please

which?"

asked

Miro.

He

turned

toward

her

and

grinned.

She

shoved

a

chair

toward

him

with

her

foot.

"Sit,"

she

said.

"The

lady

and

I

were

having

it

out

about

our

twinship."

"We

decided,"

said

Old

Valentine,

"that

it's

my

responsibility

to

die

first."

"On

the

contrary,"

said

Young

Val,

"we

decided

that

Gepetto

did

not

create

Pinocchio

because

he

wanted

a

real

boy.

It

was

a

puppet

he

wanted

all

along.

That

real-boy

business

was

simply

Gepetto's

laziness.

He

still

wanted

the

puppet

to

dance--

he

just

didn't

want

to

go

to

all

the

trouble

of

working

the

strings."

"You

being

Pinocchio,"

said

Miro.

"And

Ender

..."

"My

brother

didn't

try

to

make

you,"

said

Old

Valentine.

"And

he

doesn't

want

to

control

you,

either."

"I

know,"

whispered

Young

Val.

And

suddenly

there

were

tears

in

her

eyes.

Miro

reached

out

a

hand

to

lay

atop

hers

on

the

table,

but

at

once

she

snatched

hers

away.

No,

she

wasn't

avoiding

his

touch,

she

was

simply

bringing

her

hand

up

to

wipe

the

annoying

tears

out

of

her

eyes.

"He'd

cut

the

strings

if

he

could,

I

know,"

said

Young

Val.

"The

way

Miro

cut

the

strings

on

his

old

broken

body."

Miro

remembered

it

very

clearly.

One

moment

he

was

sitting

in

the

starship,

looking

at

this

perfect

image

of

himself,

strong

and

young

and

healthy;

the

next

moment

he

was

that

image,

had

always

been

that

image,

and

what

he

looked

at

was

the

crippled,

broken,

brain-damaged

version

of

himself.

And

as

he

watched,

that

unloved,

unwanted

body

crumbled

into

dust

and

disappeared.

"I

don't

think

he

hates

you,"

said

Miro,

"the

way

I

hated

my

old

self."

"He

doesn't

have

to

hate

me.

It

wasn't

hate

anyway

that

killed

your

old

body."

Young

Val

didn't

meet

his

eyes.

In

all

their

hours

together

exploring

worlds,

they

had

never

talked

about

anything

so

personal.

She

had

never

dared

to

discuss

with

him

that

moment

when

both

of

them

had

been

created.

"You

hated

your

old

body

while

you

were

in

it,

but

as

soon

as

you

were

back

in

your

right

body,

you

simply

stopped

paying

any

attention

to

the

old

one.

It

wasn't

part

of

you

anymore.

Your

aiua

had

no

more

responsibility

for

it.

And

with

nothing

to

hold

it

together--

pop

goes

the

weasel."

"Wooden

doll,"

said

Miro.

"Now

weasel.

What

else

am

I?"

Old

Valentine

ignored

his

bid

for

a

laugh.

"So

you're

saying

Ender

finds

you

uninteresting."

"He

admires

me,"

said

Young

Val.

"But

he

finds

me

dull."

"Yes,

well,

me

too,"

said

Old

Valentine.

"That's

absurd,"

said

Miro.

"Is

it?"

asked

Old

Valentine.

"He

never

followed

me

anywhere;

I

was

always

the

one

who

followed

him.

He

was

searching

for

a

mission

in

life,

I

think.

Some

great

deed

to

do,

to

match

the

terrible

act

that

ended

his

childhood.

He

thought

writing

The

Hive

Queen

would

do

it.

And

then,

with

my

help

in

preparing

it,

he

wrote

The

Hegemon

and

he

thought

that

might

be

enough,

but

it

wasn't.

He

kept

searching

for

something

that

would

engage

his

full

attention

and

he

kept

almost

finding

it,

or

finding

it

for

a

week

or

a

month,

but

one

thing

was

certain,

the

thing

that

engaged

his

attention

was

never

me,

because

there

I

was

in

all

the

billion

miles

he

traveled,

there

I

was

across

three

thousand

years.

Those

histories

I

wrote--

it

was

no

great

love

for

history,

it

was

because

it

helped

in

his

work.

The

way

my

writing

used

to

help

in

Peter's

work.

And

when

I

was

finished,

then,

for

a

few

hours

of

reading

and

discussion,

I

had

his

attention.

Only

each

time

it

was

less

satisfying

because

it

wasn't

I

who

had

his

attention,

it

was

the

story

I

had

written.

Until

finally

I

found

a

man

who

gave

me

his

whole

heart,

and

I

stayed

with

him.

While

my

adolescent

brother

went

on

without

me,

and

found

a

family

that

took

his

whole

heart,

and

there

we

were,

planets

apart,

but

finally

happier

without

each

other

than

we'd

ever

been

together."

"So

why

did

you

come

to

him

again?"

asked

Miro.

"I

didn't

come

for

him.

I

came

for

you."

Old

Valentine

smiled.

"I

came

for

a

world

in

danger

of

destruction.

But

I

was

glad

to

see

Ender,

even

though

I

knew

he

would

never

belong

to

me."

"This

may

be

an

accurate

description

of

how

it

felt

to

you,"

said

Young

Val.

"But

you

must

have

had

his

attention,

at

some

level.

I

exist

because

you're

always

in

his

heart."

"A

fantasy

of

his

childhood,

perhaps.

Not

me."

"Look

at

me,"

said

Young

Val.

"Is

this

the

body

you

wore

when

he

was

five

and

was

taken

away

from

his

home

and

sent

up

to

the

Battle

School?

Is

this

even

the

teenage

girl

that

he

knew

that

summer

by

the

lake

in

North

Carolina?

You

must

have

had

his

attention

even

when

you

grew

up,

because

his

image

of

you

changed

to

become

me."

"You

are

what

I

was

when

we

worked

on

The

Hegemon

together,"

said

Old

Valentine

sadly.

"Were

you

this

tired?"

asked

Young

Val.

"I

am,"

said

Miro.

"No

you're

not,"

said

Old

Valentine.

"You

are

the

picture

of

vigor.

You're

still

celebrating

your

beautiful

new

body.

My

twin

here

is

heartweary."

"Ender's

attention

has

always

been

divided,"

said

Young

Val.

"I'm

filled

with

his

memories,

you

see--

or

rather,

with

the

memories

that

he

unconsciously

thought

I

should

have,

but

of

course

they

consist

almost

entirely

of

things

that

he

remembers

about

my

friend

here,

which

means

that

all

I

remember

is

my

life

with

Ender.

And

he

always

had

Jane

in

his

ear,

and

the

people

whose

deaths

he

was

speaking,

and

his

students,

and

the

Hive

Queen

in

her

cocoon,

and

so

on.

But

they

were

all

adolescent

connections.

Like

every

itinerant

hero

of

epic,

he

wandered

place

to

place,

transforming

others

but

remaining

himself

unchanged.

Until

he

came

here

and

finally

gave

himself

wholly

to

somebody

else.

You

and

your

family,

Miro.

Novinha.

For

the

first

time

he

gave

other

people

the

power

to

tear

at

him

emotionally,

and

it

was

exhilarating

and

painful

both

at

once,

but

even

that

he

could

handle

just

fine,

he's

a

strong

man,

and

strong

men

have

borne

more.

Now,

though,

it's

something

else

entirely.

Peter

and

I,

we

have

no

life

apart

from

him.

To

say

that

he

is

one

with

Novinha

is

metaphorical;

with

Peter

and

me

it's

literal.

He

is

us.

And

his

aiua

isn't

great

enough,

it

isn't

strong

or

copious

enough,

it

hasn't

enough

attention

in

it

to

give

equal

shares

to

the

three

lives

that

depend

on

it.

I

realized

this

almost

as

soon

as

I

was

...

what

shall

we

call

it,

created?

Manufactured?"

"Born,"

said

Old

Valentine.

"You

were

a

dream

come

true,"

said

Miro,

with

only

a

hint

of

irony.

"He

can't

sustain

all

three

of

us.

Ender,

Peter,

me.

One

of

us

is

going

to

fade.

One

of

us

at

least

is

going

to

die.

And

it's

me.

I

knew

that

from

the

start.

I'm

the

one

who's

going

to

die."

Miro

wanted

to

reassure

her.

But

how

do

you

reassure

someone,

except

by

recalling

to

them

similar

situations

that

turned

out

for

the

best?

There

were

no

similar

situations

to

call

upon.

"The

trouble

is

that

whatever

part

of

Ender's

aiua

I

still

have

in

me

is

absolutely

determined

to

live.

I

don't

want

to

die.

That's

how

I

know

I

still

have

some

shred

of

his

attention:

I

don't

want

to

die."

"So

go

to

him,"

said

Old

Valentine.

"Talk

to

him."

Young

Val

gave

one

bitter

hoot

of

laughter

and

looked

away.

"Please,

Papa,

let

me

live,"

she

said

in

a

mockery

of

a

child's

voice.

"Since

it's

not

something

he

consciously

controls,

what

could

he

possibly

do

about

it,

except

suffer

from

guilt?

And

why

should

he

feel

guilty?

If

I

cease

to

exist,

it's

because

my

own

self

didn't

value

me.

He

is

myself.

Do

the

dead

tips

of

fingernails

feel

bad

when

you

pare

them

away?"

"But

you

are

bidding

for

his

attention,"

said

Miro.

"I

hoped

that

the

search

for

habitable

worlds

would

intrigue

him.

I

poured

myself

into

it,

trying

to

be

excited

about

it.

But

the

truth

is

it's

utterly

routine.

Important,

but

routine,

Miro."

Miro

nodded.

"True

enough.

Jane

finds

the

worlds.

We

just

process

them."

"And

there

are

enough

worlds

now.

Enough

colonies.

Two

dozen--

pequeninos

and

hive

queens

are

not

going

to

die

out

now,

even

if

Lusitania

is

destroyed.

The

bottleneck

isn't

the

number

of

worlds,

it's

the

number

of

starships.

So

all

our

labor--

it

isn't

engaging

Ender's

attention

anymore.

And

my

body

knows

it.

My

body

knows

it

isn't

needed."

She

reached

up

and

took

a

large

hank

of

her

hair

into

her

fist,

and

pulled--

not

hard,

but

lightly--

and

it

came

away

easily

in

her

hand.

A

great

gout

of

hair,

with

not

a

sign

of

any

pain

at

its

going.

She

let

the

hair

drop

onto

the

table.

It

lay

there

like

a

dismembered

limb,

grotesque,

impossible.

"I

think,"

she

whispered,

"that

if

I'm

not

careful,

I

could

do

the

same

with

my

fingers.

It's

slower,

but

gradually

I

will

turn

into

dust

just

as

your

old

body

did,

Miro.

Because

he

isn't

interested

in

me.

Peter

is

solving

mysteries

and

fighting

political

wars

off

on

some

world

somewhere.

Ender

is

struggling

to

hold

on

to

the

woman

he

loves.

But

I

..."

In

that

moment,

as

the

hair

torn

from

her

head

revealed

the

depth

of

her

misery,

her

loneliness,

her

selfrejections,

Miro

realized

what

he

had

not

let

himself

think

of

until

now:

that

in

all

the

weeks

they

had

traveled

world

to

world

together,

he

had

come

to

love

her,

and

her

unhappiness

hurt

him

as

if

it

were

his

own.

And

perhaps

it

was

his

own,

his

memory

of

his

own

self-loathing.

But

whatever

the

reason,

it

still

felt

like

something

deeper

than

mere

compassion

to

him.

It

was

a

kind

of

desire.

Yes,

it

was

a

kind

of

love.

If

this

beautiful

young

woman,

this

wise

and

intelligent

and

clever

young

woman

was

rejected

by

her

own

inmost

heart,

then

Miro's

heart

had

room

enough

to

take

her

in.

If

Ender

will

not

be

yourself,

let

me!

he

cried

silently,

knowing

as

he

formed

the

thought

for

the

first

time

that

he

had

felt

this

way

for

days,

for

weeks,

without

realizing

it;

yet

also

knowing

that

he

could

not

be

to

her

what

Ender

was.

Still,

couldn't

love

do

for

Young

Val

what

it

was

doing

for

Ender

himself?

Couldn't

that

engage

enough

of

his

attention

to

keep

her

alive?

To

strengthen

her?

Miro

reached

out

and

gathered

up

her

disembodied

hair,

twined

it

around

his

fingers,

and

then

slid

the

looping

locks

into

the

pocket

of

his

robe.

"I

don't

want

you

to

fade

away,"

he

said.

Bold

words

for

him.

Young

Val

looked

at

him

oddly.

"I

thought

the

great

love

of

your

life

was

Ouanda."

"She's

a

middle-aged

woman

now,"

said

Miro.

"Married

and

happy,

with

a

family.

It

would

be

sad

if

the

great

love

of

my

life

were

a

woman

who

doesn't

exist

anymore,

and

even

if

she

did

she

wouldn't

want

me."

"It's

sweet

of

you

to

offer,"

said

Young

Val.

"But

I

don't

think

we

can

fool

Ender

into

caring

about

my

life

by

pretending

to

fall

in

love."

Her

words

stabbed

Miro

to

the

heart,

because

she

had

so

easily

seen

how

much

of

his

self-declaration

came

from

pity.

Yet

not

all

of

it

came

from

there;

most

of

it

was

already

seething

just

under

the

level

of

consciousness,

just

waiting

its

chance

to

come

out.

"I

wasn't

thinking

of

fooling

anyone,"

said

Miro.

Except

myself,

he

thought.

Because

Young

Val

could

not

possibly

love

me.

She

is,

after

all,

not

really

a

woman.

She's

Ender.

But

that

was

absurd.

Her

body

was

a

woman's

body.

And

where

did

the

choice

of

loves

come

from,

if

not

the

body?

Was

there

something

male

or

female

in

the

aiua?

Before

it

became

master

of

flesh

and

bone,

was

it

manly

or

womanly?

And

if

so,

would

that

mean

that

the

aiuas

composing

atoms

and

molecules,

rocks

and

stars

and

light

and

wind,

that

all

of

those

were

neatly

sorted

into

boys

and

girls?

Nonsense.

Ender's

aiua

could

be

a

woman,

could

love

like

a

woman

as

easily

as

it

now

loved,

in

a

man's

body

and

in

a

man's

ways,

Miro's

own

mother.

It

wasn't

any

lack

in

Young

Val

that

made

her

look

at

him

with

such

pity.

It

was

a

lack

in

him.

Even

with

his

body

healed,

he

was

not

a

man

that

a

woman--

or

at

least

this

woman,

at

the

moment

the

most

desirable

of

all

women--

could

love,

or

wish

to

love,

or

hope

to

win.

"I

shouldn't

have

come

here,"

he

murmured.

He

pushed

away

from

the

table

and

left

the

room

in

two

strides.

Strode

up

the

hall

and

once

again

stood

in

his

open

doorway.

He

heard

their

voices.

"No,

don't

go

to

him,"

said

Old

Valentine.

Then

something

softer.

Then,

"He

may

have

a

new

body,

but

his

self-hatred

has

never

been

healed."

A

murmur

from

Young

Val.

"Miro

was

speaking

from

his

heart,"

Old

Valentine

assured

her.

"It

was

a

very

brave

and

naked

thing

for

him

to

do."

Again

Young

Val

spoke

too

softly

for

Miro

to

hear

her.

"How

could

you

know?"

Old

Valentine

said.

"What

you

have

to

realize

is,

we

took

a

long

voyage

together,

not

that

long

ago,

and

I

think

he

fell

in

love

with

me

a

little

on

that

flight."

It

was

probably

true.

It

was

definitely

true.

Miro

had

to

admit

it:

some

of

his

feelings

for

Young

Val

were

really

his

feelings

for

Old

Valentine,

transferred

from

the

woman

who

was

permanently

out

of

reach

to

this

young

woman

who

might

be,

he

had

hoped

at

least,

accessible

to

him.

Now

both

their

voices

fell

to

levels

where

Miro

could

not

even

pick

out

words.

But

still

he

waited,

his

hands

pressed

against

the

doo~amb,

listening

to

the

lilting

of

those

two

voices,

so

much

alike,

but

both

so

well-known

to

him.

It

was

a

music

that

he

could

gladly

hear

forever.

"If

there's

anyone

like

Ender

in

all

this

universe,"

said

Old

Valentine

with

sudden

loudness,

"it's

Miro.

He

broke

himself

trying

to

save

innocents

from

destruction.

He

hasn't

yet

been

healed."

She

meant

me

to

hear

that,

Miro

realized.

She

spoke

loudly,

knowing

I

was

standing

here,

knowing

I

was

listening.

The

old

witch

was

listening

for

my

door

to

close

and

she

never

heard

it

so

she

knows

that

I

can

hear

them

and

she's

trying

to

give

me

a

way

to

see

myself.

But

I'm

no

Ender,

I'm

barely

Miro,

and

if

she

says

things

like

that

about

me

it's

just

proof

that

she

doesn't

know

who

I

am.

A

voice

spoke

up

in

his

ear.

"Oh,

shut

up

if

you're

just

going

to

lie

to

yourself."

Of

course

Jane

had

heard

everything.

Even

his

thoughts,

because,

as

was

his

habit,

his

conscious

thoughts

were

echoed

by

his

lips

and

tongue

and

teeth.

He

couldn't

even

think

without

moving

his

lips.

With

Jane

attached

to

his

ear

he

spent

his

waking

hours

in

a

confessional

that

never

closed.

"So

you

love

the

girl,"

said

Jane.

"Why

not?

So

your

motives

are

complicated

by

your

feelings

toward

Ender

and

Valentine

and

Ouanda

and

yourself.

So

what?

What

love

was

ever

pure,

what

lover

was

ever

uncomplicated?

Think

of

her

as

a

succubus.

You'll

love

her,

and

she'll

crumble

in

your

arms."

Jane's

taunting

was

infuriating

and

amusing

at

once.

He

went

inside

his

room

and

gently

closed

the

door.

When

it

was

closed,

he

whispered

to

her,

"You're

just

a

jealous

old

bitch,

Jane.

You

only

want

me

for

yourself."

"I'm

sure

you're

right,"

said

Jane.

"If

Ender

had

ever

really

loved

me,

he

would

have

created

my

human

body

when

he

was

being

so

fertile

Outside.

Then

I

could

make

a

play

for

you

myself."

"You

already

have

my

whole

heart,"

said

Miro.

"Such

as

it

is."

"You

are

such

a

liar,"

said

Jane.

"I'm

just

a

talking

appointment

book

and

calculator,

and

you

know

it."

"But

you're

very

very

rich,"

said

Miro.

"I'll

marry

you

for

your

money."

"By

the

way,"

said

Jane,

"she's

wrong

about

one

thing."

"What's

that?"

asked

Miro,

wondering

which

"she"

Jane

was

referring

to.

"You

aren't

done

with

exploring

worlds.

Whether

Ender

is

still

interested

in

it

or

not--

and

I

think

he

is,

because

she

hasn't

turned

to

dust

yet--

the

work

doesn't

end

just

because

there

are

enough

habitable

planets

to

save

the

piggies

and

buggers."

Jane

frequently

used

the

old

diminutive

and

pejorative

terms

for

them.

Miro

often

wondered,

but

never

dared

to

ask,

if

she

had

any

pejoratives

for

humans.

But

he

thought

he

knew

what

her

answer

would

be

anyway:

"The

word

'human'

is

a

pejorative,"

she'd

say.

"So

what

are

we

still

looking

for?"

asked

Miro.

"Every

world

that

we

can

find

before

I

die,"

said

Jane.

He

thought

about

that

as

he

lay

back

down

on

his

bed.

Thought

about

it

as

he

tossed

and

turned

a

couple

of

times,

then

got

up,

got

dressed

for

real,

and

set

out

under

the

lightening

sky,

walking

among

the

other

early

risers,

people

about

their

business,

few

of

whom

knew

him

or

even

knew

of

him.

Being

a

scion

of

the

strange

Ribeira

family,

he

hadn't

had

many

childhood

friends

in

ginasio;

being

both

brilliant

and

shy,

he'd

had

even

fewer

of

the

more

rambunctious

adolescent

friendships

in

colegio.

His

only

girlfriend

had

been

Ouanda,

until

his

penetration

of

the

sealed

perimeter

of

the

human

colony

left

him

brain-damaged

and

he

refused

to

see

even

her

anymore.

Then

his

voyage

out

to

meet

Valentine

had

severed

the

few

fragile

ties

that

remained

between

him

and

his

birthworld.

For

him

it

was

only

a

few

months

in

a

starship,

but

when

he

came

back,

years

had

passed,

and

he

was

now

his

mother's

youngest

child,

the

only

one

whose

life

was

unbegun.

The

children

he

had

once

watched

over

were

adults

who

treated

him

like

a

tender

memory

from

their

youth.

Only

Ender

was

unchanged.

No

matter

how

many

years.

No

matter

what

happened.

Ender

was

the

same.

Could

it

still

be

true?

Could

he

be

the

same

man

even

now,

locking

himself

away

at

a

time

of

crisis,

hiding

out

in

a

monastery

just

because

Mother

had

finally

given

up

on

life?

Miro

knew

the

bare

outline

of

Ender's

life.

Taken

from

his

family

at

the

tender

age

of

five.

Brought

to

the

orbiting

Battle

School,

where

he

emerged

as

the

last

best

hope

of

humankind

in

its

war

with

the

ruthless

invaders

called

buggers.

Taken

next

to

the

fleet

command

on

Eros,

where

he

was

told

he

was

in

advanced

training,

but

where,

without

realizing

it,

he

was

commanding

the

real

fleets,

lightyears

away,

his

commands

transmitted

by

ansible.

He

won

that

war

through

brilliance

and,

in

the

end,

the

utterly

unconscionable

act

of

destroying

the

home

world

of

the

buggers.

Except

that

he

had

thought

it

was

a

game.

Thought

it

was

a

game,

but

at

the

same

time

knowing

that

the

game

was

a

simulation

of

reality.

In

the

game

he

had

chosen

to

do

the

unspeakable;

it

meant,

to

Ender

at

least,

that

he

was

not

free

of

guilt

when

the

game

turned

out

to

be

real.

Even

though

the

last

Hive

Queen

forgave

him

and

put

herself,

cocooned

as

she

was,

into

his

care,

he

could

not

shake

himself

free

of

that.

He

was

only

a

child,

doing

what

adults

led

him

to

do;

but

somewhere

in

his

heart

he

knew

that

even

a

child

is

a

real

person,

that

a

child's

acts

are

real

acts,

that

even

a

child's

play

is

not

without

moral

context.

Thus

before

the

sun

was

up,

Miro

found

himself

facing

Ender

as

they

both

straddled

a

stone

bench

in

a

spot

in

the

garden

that

would

soon

be

bathed

in

sunlight

but

now

was

clammy

with

the

morning

chill;

and

what

Miro

found

himself

saying

to

this

unchangeable,

unchanging

man

was

this:

"What

is

this

monastery

business,

Andrew

Wiggin,

except

for

a

backhanded,

cowardly

way

of

crucifying

yourself?"

"I've

missed

you

too,

Miro,"

said

Ender.

"You

look

tired,

though.

You

need

more

sleep."

Miro

sighed

and

shook

his

head.

"That

wasn't

what

I

meant

to

say.

I'm

trying

to

understand

you,

I

really

am.

Valentine

says

that

I'm

like

you."

"You

mean

the

real

Valentine?"

asked

Ender.

"They're

both

real,"

said

Miro.

"Well,

if

I'm

like

you,

then

study

yourself

and

tell

me

what

you

find."

Miro

wondered,

looking

at

him,

if

Ender

really

meant

this.

Ender

patted

Miro's

knee.

"I'm

really

not

needed

out

there

now,"

he

said.

"You

don't

believe

that

for

a

second,"

said

Miro.

"But

I

believe

that

I

believe

it,"

said

Ender,

"and

for

me

that's

pretty

good.

Please

don't

disillusion

me.

I

haven't

had

breakfast

yet."

"No,

you're

exploiting

the

convenience

of

having

split

yourself

into

three.

This

part

of

you,

the

aging

middle-aged

man,

can

afford

the

luxury

of

devoting

himself

entirely

to

his

wife--

but

only

because

he

has

two

young

puppets

to

go

out

and

do

the

work

that

really

interests

him."

"But

it

doesn't

interest

me,"

said

Ender.

"I

don't

care."

"You

as

Ender

don't

care

because

you

as

Peter

and

you

as

Valentine

are

taking

care

of

everything

else

for

you.

Only

Valentine

isn't

well.

You're

not

caring

enough

about

what

she's

doing.

What

happened

to

my

old

crippled

body

is

happening

to

her.

More

slowly,

but

it's

the

same

thing.

She

thinks

so,

Valentine

thinks

it's

possible.

So

do

I.

So

does

Jane."

"Give

Jane

my

love.

I

do

miss

her."

"I

give

Jane

my

love,

Ender."

Ender

grinned

at

his

resistance.

"If

they

were

about

to

shoot

you,

Miro,

you'd

insist

on

drinking

a

lot

of

water

just

so

they'd

have

to

handle

a

corpse

covered

with

urine

when

you

were

dead."

"Valentine

isn't

a

dream

or

an

illusion,

Ender,"

said

Miro,

refusing

to

be

sidetracked

into

a

discussion

of

his

own

obstreperousness.

"She's

real,

and

you're

killing

her."

"Awfully

dramatic

way

of

putting

it."

"If

you'd

seen

her

pull

out

tufts

of

her

own

hair

this

morning

..."

"So

she's

rather

theatrical,

I

take

it?

Well,

you've

always

been

one

for

the

theatrical

gesture,

too.

I'm

not

surprised

you

get

along."

"Andrew,

I'm

telling

you

you've

got

to--"

Suddenly

Ender

grew

stern

and

his

voice

overtopped

Miro's

even

though

he

was

not

speaking

loudly.

"Use

your

head,

Miro.

Was

your

decision

to

jump

from

your

old

body

to

this

newer

model

a

conscious

one?

Did

you

think

about

it

and

say,

'Well,

I

think

I'll

let

this

old

corpse

crumble

into

its

constituent

molecules

because

this

new

body

is

a

nicer

place

to

dwell'?"

Miro

got

his

point

at

once.

Ender

couldn't

consciously

control

where

his

attention

went.

His

aiua,

even

though

it

was

his

deepest

self,

was

not

to

be

ordered

about.

"I

find

out

what

I

really

want

by

seeing

what

I

do,"

said

Ender.

"That's

what

we

all

do,

if

we're

honest

about

it.

We

have

our

feelings,

we

make

our

decisions,

but

in

the

end

we

look

back

on

our

lives

and

see

how

sometimes

we

ignored

our

feelings,

while

most

of

our

decisions

were

actually

rationalizations

because

we

had

already

decided

in

our

secret

hearts

before

we

ever

recognized

it

consciously.

I

can't

help

it

if

the

part

of

me

that's

controlling

this

girl

whose

company

you're

sharing

isn't

as

important

to

my

underlying

will

as

you'd

like.

As

she

needs.

I

can't

do

a

thing."

Miro

bowed

his

head.

The

sun

came

up

over

the

trees.

Suddenly

the

bench

turned

bright,

and

Miro

looked

up

to

see

the

sunlight

making

a

halo

out

of

Ender's

wildly

slept-in

hair.

"Is

grooming

against

the

monastic

rule?"

asked

Miro.

"You're

attracted

to

her,

aren't

you,"

said

Ender,

not

really

making

a

question

out

of

it.

"And

it

makes

you

a

little

uneasy

that

she

is

really

me."

Miro

shrugged.

"It's

a

root

in

the

path.

But

I

think

I

can

step

over

it."

"But

what

if

I'm

not

attracted

to

you?"

asked

Ender

cheerfully.

Miro

spread

his

arms

and

turned

to

show

his

profile.

"Unthinkable,"

he

said.

"You

are

cute

as

a

bunny,"

said

Ender.

"I'm

sure

young

Valentine

dreams

about

you.

I

wouldn't

know.

The

only

dreams

I

have

are

of

planets

blowing

up

and

everyone

I

love

being

obliterated."

"I

know

you

haven't

forgotten

the

world

in

here,

Andrew."

He

meant

that

as

the

beginning

of

an

apology,

but

Ender

waved

him

off.

"I

can't

forget

it,

but

I

can

ignore

it.

I'm

ignoring

the

world,

Miro.

I'm

ignoring

you,

I'm

ignoring

those

two

walking

psychoses

of

mine.

At

this

moment,

I'm

trying

to

ignore

everything

but

your

mother."

"And

God,"

said

Miro.

"You

mustn't

forget

God."

"Not

for

a

single

moment,"

said

Ender.

"As

a

matter

of

fact,

I

can't

forget

anything

or

anybody.

But

yes,

I

am

ignoring

God,

except

insofar

as

Novinha

needs

me

to

notice

him.

I'm

shaping

myself

into

the

husband

that

she

needs."

"Why,

Andrew?

You

know

Mother's

as

crazy

as

a

loon."

"No

such

thing,"

said

Ender

reprovingly.

"But

even

if

it

were

true,

then

...

all

the

more

reason."

"What

God

has

joined,

let

no

man

put

asunder.

I

do

approve,

philosophically,

but

you

don't

know

how

it

..."

Miro's

weariness

swept

over

him

then.

He

couldn't

think

of

the

words

to

say

what

he

wanted

to

say,

and

he

knew

that

it

was

because

he

was

trying

to

tell

Ender

how

it

felt,

at

this

moment,

to

be

Miro

Ribeira,

and

Miro

had

no

practice

in

even

identifying

his

own

feelings,

let

alone

expressing

them.

"Desculpa,"

he

murmured,

changing

to

Portuguese

because

it

was

his

childhood

language,

the

language

of

his

emotions.

He

found

himself

wiping

tears

off

his

cheeks.

"Se

nao

posso

mudar

nem

voce,

nao

ha

nada

que

possa,

nada."

If

I

can't

get

even

you

to

move,

to

change,

then

there's

nothing

I

can

do.

"Nem

eu?"

Ender

echoed.

"In

all

the

universe,

Miro,

there's

nobody

harder

to

change

than

me."

"Mother

did

it.

She

changed

you."

"No

she

didn't,"

said

Ender.

"She

only

allowed

me

to

be

what

I

needed

and

wanted

to

be.

Like

now,

Miro.

I

can't

make

everybody

happy.

I

can't

make

me

happy,

I'm

not

doing

much

for

you,

and

as

for

the

big

problems,

I'm

worthless

there

too.

But

maybe

I

can

make

your

mother

happy,

or

at

least

somewhat

happier,

at

least

for

a

while,

or

at

least

I

can

try."

He

took

Miro's

hands

in

his,

pressed

them

to

his

own

face,

and

they

did

not

come

away

dry.

Miro

watched

as

Ender

got

up

from

the

bench

and

walked

away

toward

the

sun,

into

the

shining

orchard.

Surely

this

is

how

Adam

would

have

looked,

thought

Miro,

if

he

had

never

eaten

the

fruit.

If

he

had

stayed

and

stayed

and

stayed

and

stayed

in

the

garden.

Three

thousand

years

Ender

has

skimmed

the

surface

of

life.

It

was

my

mother

he

finally

snagged

on.

I

spent

my

whole

childhood

trying

to

be

free

of

her,

and

he

comes

along

and

chooses

to

attach

himself

and

...

And

what

am

I

snagged

on,

except

him?

Him

in

women's

flesh.

Him

with

a

handful

of

hair

on

a

kitchen

table.

Miro

was

getting

up

from

the

bench

when

Ender

suddenly

turned

to

face

him

and

waved

to

attract

his

attention.

Miro

started

to

walk

toward

him,

but

Ender

didn't

wait;

he

cupped

his

hands

around

his

mouth

and

shouted.

"Tell

Jane!"

he

called.

"If

she

can

figure

out!

How

to

do

it!

She

can

have

that

body!"

It

took

Miro

a

moment

to

realize

that

he

was

speaking

of

Young

Val.

She's

not

just

a

body,

you

self-centered

old

planet-smasher.

She's

not

just

an

old

suit

to

be

given

away

because

it

doesn't

fit

or

the

style

has

changed.

But

then

his

anger

fled,

for

he

realized

that

he

himself

had

done

precisely

that

with

his

old

body.

Tossed

it

away

without

a

backward

glance.

And

the

idea

intrigued

him.

Jane.

Was

it

even

possible?

If

her

aiua

could

somehow

be

made

to

take

up

residence

in

Young

Val,

could

a

human

body

hold

enough

of

Jane's

mind

to

enable

her

to

survive

when

Starways

Congress

tried

to

shut

her

down?

"You

boys

are

so

slow,"

Jane

murmured

in

his

ear.

"I've

been

talking

to

the

Hive

Queen

and

Human

and

trying

to

figure

out

how

the

thing

is

done--

assigning

an

aiua

to

a

body.

The

hive

queens

did

it

once,

in

creating

me.

But

they

didn't

exactly

pick

a

particular

aiua.

They

took

what

came.

What

showed

up.

I'm

a

little

fussier."

Miro

said

nothing

as

he

walked

to

the

monastery

gate.

"Oh,

yes,

and

then

there's

the

little

matter

of

your

feelings

toward

Young

Val.

You

hate

the

fact

that

in

loving

her,

it's

really,

in

a

way,

Ender

that

you

love.

But

if

I

took

over,

if

I

were

the

will

inside

Young

Val's

life,

would

she

still

be

the

woman

you

love?

Would

anything

of

her

survive?

Would

it

be

murder?"

"Oh,

shut

up,"

said

Miro

aloud.

The

monastery

gatekeeper

looked

up

at

him

in

surprise.

"Not

you,"

said

Miro.

"But

that

doesn't

mean

it

isn't

a

good

idea."

Miro

was

aware

of

her

eyes

on

his

back

until

he

was

out

and

on

the

path

winding

down

the

hill

toward

Milagre.

Time

to

get

back

to

the

ship.

Val

will

be

waiting

for

me.

Whoever

she

is.

What

Ender

is

to

Mother,

so

loyal,

so

patient--

is

that

how

I

feel

toward

Val?

Or

no,

it

isn't

feeling,

is

it?

It's

an

act

of

will.

It's

a

decision

that

can

never

be

revoked.

Could

I

do

that

for

any

woman,

any

person?

Could

I

give

myself

forever?

He

remembered

Ouanda

then,

and

walked

with

the

memory

of

bitter

loss

all

the

way

back

to

the

starship.

Chapter

4

--

"I

AM

A

MAN

OF

PERFECT

SIMPLICITY!"

"When

I

was

a

child,

I

thought

a

god

was

disappointed

whenever

some

distraction

interrupted

my

tracing

of

the

lines

revealed

in

the

grain

of

the

wood.

Now

I

know

the

gods

expect

such

interruptions,

for

they

know

our

frailty.

It

is

completion

that

surprises

them."

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

Peter

and

Wang-mu

ventured

out

into

the

world

of

Divine

Wind

on

their

second

day.

They

did

not

have

to

worry

about

learning

a

language.

Divine

Wind

was

an

older

world,

one

of

the

first

wave

settled

in

the

initial

emigration

from

Earth.

It

was

originally

as

recidivist

as

Path,

clinging

to

the

ancient

ways.

But

the

ancient

ways

of

Divine

Wind

were

Japanese

ways,

and

so

it

included

the

possibility

of

radical

change.

Scarcely

three

hundred

years

into

its

history,

the

world

transformed

itself

from

being

the

isolated

fiefdom

of

a

ritualized

shogunate

to

being

a

cosmopolitan

center

of

trade

and

industry

and

philosophy.

The

Japanese

of

Divine

Wind

prided

themselves

on

being

hosts

to

visitors

from

all

worlds,

and

there

were

still

many

places

where

children

grew

up

speaking

only

Japanese

until

they

were

old

enough

to

enter

school.

But

by

adulthood,

all

the

people

of

Divine

Wind

spoke

Stark

with

fluency,

and

the

best

of

them

with

elegance,

with

grace,

with

astonishing

economy;

it

was

said

by

Mil

Fiorelli,

in

his

most

famous

book,

Observations

of

Distant

Worlds

with

the

Naked

Eye,

that

Stark

was

a

language

that

had

no

native

speakers

until

it

was

whispered

by

a

Divine

Wind.

So

it

was

that

when

Peter

and

Wang-mu

hiked

through

the

woods

of

the

great

natural

preserve

where

their

starship

had

landed

and

emerged

in

a

village

of

foresters,

laughing

about

how

long

they

had

been

"lost"

in

the

woods,

no

one

thought

twice

about

Wang-mu's

obviously

Chinese

features

and

accent,

or

even

about

Peter's

white

skin

and

lack

of

an

epicanthic

fold.

They

had

lost

their

documents,

they

claimed,

but

a

computer

search

showed

them

to

be

licensed

automobile

drivers

in

the

city

of

Nagoya,

and

while

Peter

seemed

to

have

had

a

couple

of

youthful

traffic

offenses

there,

otherwise

they

were

not

known

to

have

committed

any

illegal

acts.

Peter's

profession

was

given

as

"independent

teacher

of

physics"

and

Wang-mu's

as

"itinerant

philosopher,"

both

quite

respectable

positions,

given

their

youth

and

lack

of

family

attachment.

When

they

were

asked

casual

questions

("I

have

a

cousin

who

teaches

progenerative

grammars

in

the

Komatsu

University

in

Nagoya")

Jane

gave

Peter

appropriate

comments

to

say:

"I

never

seem

to

get

over

to

the

Oe

Building.

The

language

people

don't

talk

to

physicists

anyway.

They

think

we

speak

only

mathematics.

Wang-mu

tells

me

that

the

only

language

we

physicists

know

is

the

grammar

of

dreams."

Wang-mu

had

no

such

friendly

prompter

in

her

ear,

but

then

an

itinerant

philosopher

was

supposed

to

be

gnomic

in

her

speech

and

mantic

in

her

thought.

Thus

she

could

answer

Peter's

comment

by

saying,

"I

say

that

is

the

only

grammar

you

speak.

There

is

no

grammar

that

you

understand."

This

prompted

Peter

to

tickle

her,

which

made

Wang-mu

simultaneously

laugh

and

wrench

at

his

wrist

until

he

stopped,

thereby

proving

to

the

foresters

that

they

were

exactly

what

their

documents

said

they

were:

brilliant

young

people

who

were

nevertheless

silly

with

love--

or

with

youth,

as

if

it

made

a

difference.

They

were

given

a

ride

in

a

government

floater

back

to

civilized

country,

where--

thanks

to

Jane's

manipulation

of

the

computer

networks--

they

found

an

apartment

that

until

yesterday

had

been

empty

and

unfurnished,

but

which

now

was

filled

with

an

eclectic

mix

of

furniture

and

art

that

reflected

a

charming

mixture

of

poverty,

quirkiness,

and

exquisite

taste.

"Very

nice,"

said

Peter.

Wang-mu,

familiar

only

with

the

taste

of

one

world,

and

really

only

of

one

man

in

that

one

world,

could

hardly

evaluate

Jane's

choices.

There

were

places

to

sit--

both

Western

chairs,

which

folded

people

into

alternating

right

angles

and

never

seemed

comfortable

to

Wang-mu,

and

Eastern

mats,

which

encouraged

people

to

twine

themselves

into

circles

of

harmony

with

the

earth.

The

bedroom,

with

its

Western

mattress

raised

high

off

the

ground

even

though

there

were

neither

rats

nor

roaches,

was

obviously

Peter's;

Wang-mu

knew

that

the

same

mat

that

invited

her

to

sit

in

the

main

room

of

the

apartment

would

also

be

her

sleeping

mat

at

night.

She

deferentially

offered

Peter

the

first

bath;

he,

however,

seemed

to

feel

no

urgency

to

wash

himself,

even

though

he

smelled

of

sweat

from

the

hike

and

the

hours

cooped

up

in

the

floater.

So

Wang-mu

ended

up

luxuriating

in

a

tub,

closing

her

eyes

and

meditating

until

she

felt

restored

to

herself.

When

she

opened

her

eyes

she

no

longer

felt

like

a

stranger.

Rather

she

was

herself,

and

the

surrounding

objects

and

spaces

were

free

to

attach

themselves

to

her

without

damaging

her

sense

of

self.

This

was

a

power

she

had

learned

early

in

life,

when

she

had

no

power

even

over

her

own

body,

and

had

to

obey

in

all

things.

It

was

what

preserved

her.

Her

life

had

many

unpleasant

things

attached

to

it,

like

remoras

to

a

shark,

but

none

of

them

changed

who

she

was

under

the

skin,

in

the

cool

darkness

of

her

solitude

with

eyes

closed

and

mind

at

peace.

When

she

emerged

from

the

bathroom,

she

found

Peter

eating

absently

from

a

plate

of

grapes

as

he

watched

a

holoplay

in

which

masked

Japanese

actors

bellowed

at

each

other

and

took

great,

awkward,

thundering

steps,

as

if

the

actors

were

playing

characters

twice

the

size

of

their

own

bodies.

"Have

you

learned

Japanese?"

she

asked.

"Jane's

translating

for

me.

Very

strange

people."

"It's

an

ancient

form

of

drama,"

said

Wang-mu.

"But

very

boring.

Was

there

ever

anyone

whose

heart

was

stirred

by

all

this

shouting?"

"If

you

are

inside

the

story,"

said

Wang-mu,

"then

they

are

shouting

the

words

of

your

own

heart."

"Somebody's

heart

says,

'I

am

the

wind

from

the

cold

snow

of

the

mountain,

and

you

are

the

tiger

whose

roar

will

freeze

in

your

own

ears

before

you

tremble

and

die

in

the

iron

knife

of

my

winter

eyes'?"

"It

sounds

like

you,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Bluster

and

brag."

"I

am

the

round-eyed

sweating

man

who

stinks

like

the

corpse

of

a

leaking

skunk,

and

you

are

the

flower

who

will

wilt

unless

I

take

an

immediate

shower

with

lye

and

ammonia."

"Keep

your

eyes

closed

when

you

do,"

said

Wang-mu.

"That

stuff

burns."

There

was

no

computer

in

the

apartment.

Maybe

the

holoview

could

be

used

as

a

computer,

but

if

so

Wang-mu

didn't

know

how.

Its

controls

looked

like

nothing

she

had

seen

in

Han

Fei-tzu's

house,

but

that

was

hardly

a

surprise.

The

people

of

Path

didn't

take

their

design

of

anything

from

other

worlds,

if

they

could

help

it.

Wang-mu

didn't

even

know

how

to

turn

off

the

sound.

It

didn't

matter.

She

sat

on

her

mat

and

tried

to

remember

everything

she

knew

about

the

Japanese

people

from

her

study

of

Earth

history

with

Han

Qing-jao

and

her

father,

Han

Fei-tzu.

She

knew

that

her

education

was

spotty

at

best,

because

as

a

lowclass

girl

no

one

had

bothered

to

teach

her

much

until

she

wangled

her

way

into

Qing-jao's

household.

So

Han

Fei-tzu

had

told

her

not

to

bother

with

formal

studies,

but

merely

to

explore

information

wherever

her

interests

took

her.

"Your

mind

is

unspoiled

by

a

traditional

education.

Therefore

you

must

let

yourself

discover

your

own

way

into

each

subject."

Despite

this

seeming

liberty,

Fei-tzu

soon

showed

her

that

he

was

a

stern

taskmaster

even

when

the

subjects

were

freely

chosen.

Whatever

she

learned

about

history

or

biography,

he

would

challenge

her,

question

her;

demand

that

she

generalize,

then

refute

her

generalizations;

and

if

she

changed

her

mind,

he

would

then

demand

just

as

sharply

that

she

defend

her

new

position,

even

though

a

moment

before

it

had

been

his

own.

The

result

was

that

even

with

limited

information,

she

was

prepared

to

reexamine

it,

cast

away

old

conclusions

and

hypothesize

new

ones.

Thus

she

could

close

her

eyes

and

continue

her

education

without

any

jewel

to

whisper

in

her

ear,

for

she

could

still

hear

Han

Fei-tzu's

caustic

questioning

even

though

he

was

lightyears

away.

The

actors

stopped

ranting

before

Peter

had

finished

his

shower.

Wang-mu

did

not

notice.

She

did

notice,

however,

when

a

voice

from

the

holoview

said,

"Would

you

like

another

recorded

selection,

or

would

you

prefer

to

connect

with

a

current

broadcast?"

For

a

moment

Wang-mu

thought

that

the

voice

must

be

Jane;

then

she

realized

that

it

was

simply

the

rote

menu

of

a

machine.

"Do

you

have

news?"

she

asked.

"Local,

regional,

planetary

or

interplanetary?"

asked

the

machine.

"Begin

with

local,"

said

Wang-mu.

She

was

a

stranger

here.

She

might

as

well

get

acquainted.

When

Peter

emerged,

clean

and

dressed

in

one

of

the

stylish

local

costumes

that

Jane

had

had

delivered

for

him,

Wang-mu

was

engrossed

in

an

account

of

a

trial

of

some

people

accused

of

overfishing

a

lush

coldwater

region

a

few

hundred

kilometers

from

the

city

they

were

in.

What

was

the

name

of

this

town?

Oh,

yes.

Nagoya.

Since

Jane

had

declared

this

to

be

their

hometown

on

all

their

false

records,

of

course

this

was

where

the

floater

had

brought

them.

"All

worlds

are

the

same,"

said

Wang-mu.

"People

want

to

eat

fish

from

the

sea,

and

some

people

want

to

take

more

of

the

fish

than

the

ocean

can

replenish."

"What

harm

does

it

do

if

I

fish

one

extra

day

or

take

one

extra

ton?"

Peter

asked.

"Because

if

everyone

does,

then--"

She

stopped

herself.

"I

see.

You

were

ironically

speaking

the

rationalization

of

the

wrongdoers."

"Am

I

clean

and

pretty

now?"

asked

Peter,

turning

around

to

show

off

his

loose-fitting

yet

somehow

formrevealing

clothing.

"The

colors

are

garish,"

said

Wang-mu.

"It

looks

as

if

you're

screaming."

"No,

no,"

said

Peter.

"The

idea

is

for

the

people

who

see

me

to

scream."

"Aaaah,"

Wang-mu

screamed

softly.

"Jane

says

that

this

is

actually

a

conservative

costume--

for

a

man

of

my

age

and

supposed

profession.

Men

in

Nagoya

are

known

for

being

peacocks."

"And

the

women?"

"Bare-breasted

all

the

time,"

said

Peter.

"Quite

a

stunning

sight."

"That

is

a

lie.

I

didn't

see

one

bare-breasted

woman

on

our

way

in

and--"

Again

she

stopped

and

frowned

at

him.

"Do

you

really

want

me

to

assume

that

everything

you

say

is

a

lie?"

"I

thought

it

was

worth

a

try."

"Don't

be

silly.

I

have

no

breasts."

"You

have

small

ones,"

said

Peter.

"Surely

you're

aware

of

the

distinction."

"I

don't

want

to

discuss

my

body

with

a

man

dressed

in

a

badly

planned,

overgrown

flower

garden."

"Women

are

all

dowds

here,"

said

Peter.

"Tragic

but

true.

Dignity

and

all

that.

So

are

the

old

men.

Only

the

boys

and

young

men

on

the

prowl

are

allowed

such

plumage

as

this.

I

think

the

bright

colors

are

to

warn

women

off.

Nothing

serious

from

this

lad!

Stay

to

play,

or

go

away.

Some

such

thing.

I

think

Jane

chose

this

city

for

us

solely

so

she

could

make

me

wear

these

things."

"I'm

hungry.

I'm

tired."

"Which

is

more

urgent?"

asked

Peter.

"Hungry."

"There

are

grapes,"

he

offered.

"Which

you

didn't

wash.

I

suppose

that's

a

part

of

your

death

wish."

"On

Divine

Wind,

insects

know

their

place

and

stay

there.

No

pesticides.

Jane

assured

me."

"There

were

no

pesticides

on

Path,

either,"

said

Wang-mu.

"But

we

washed

to

clear

away

bacteria

and

other

one-celled

creatures.

Amebic

dysentery

will

slow

us

down."

"Oh,

but

the

bathroom

is

so

nice,

it

would

be

a

shame

not

to

use

it,"

said

Peter.

Despite

his

flippancy,

Wang-mu

saw

that

her

comment

about

dysentery

from

unwashed

fruit

bothered

him.

"Let's

eat

out,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Jane

has

money

for

us,

doesn't

she?"

Peter

listened

for

a

moment

to

something

coming

from

the

jewel

in

his

ear.

"Yes,

and

all

we

have

to

do

is

tell

the

master

of

the

restaurant

that

we

lost

our

IDs

and

he'll

let

us

thumb

our

way

into

our

accounts.

Jane

says

we're

both

very

rich

if

we

need

to

be,

but

we

should

try

to

act

as

if

we

were

of

limited

means

having

an

occasional

splurge

to

celebrate

something.

What

shall

we

celebrate?"

"Your

bath."

"You

celebrate

that.

I'll

celebrate

our

safe

return

from

being

lost

in

the

woods."

Soon

they

found

themselves

on

the

street,

a

busy

place

with

few

cars,

hundreds

of

bicycles,

and

thousands

of

people

both

on

and

off

the

glideways.

Wang-mu

was

put

off

by

these

strange

machines

and

insisted

they

walk

on

solid

ground,

which

meant

choosing

a

restaurant

close

by.

The

buildings

in

this

neighborhood

were

old

but

not

yet

tatty-looking;

an

established

neighborhood,

but

one

with

pride.

The

style

was

radically

open,

with

arches

and

courtyards,

pillars

and

roofs,

but

few

walls

and

no

glass

at

all.

"The

weather

must

be

perfect

here,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Tropical,

but

on

the

coast

with

a

cold

current

offshore.

It

rains

every

afternoon

for

an

hour

or

so,

most

of

the

year

anyway,

but

it

never

gets

very

hot

and

never

gets

chilly

at

all."

"It

feels

as

though

everything

is

outdoors

all

the

time."

"It's

all

fakery,"

said

Peter.

"Our

apartment

had

glass

windows

and

climate

control,

you

notice.

But

it

faces

back,

into

the

garden,

and

besides,

the

windows

are

recessed,

so

from

below

you

don't

see

the

glass.

Very

artful.

Artificially

natural

looking.

Hypocrisy

and

deception--

the

human

universal."

"It's

a

beautiful

way

to

live,"

said

Wang-mu.

"I

like

Nagoya."

"Too

bad

we

won't

be

here

long."

Before

she

could

ask

to

know

where

they

were

going

and

why,

Peter

pulled

her

into

the

courtyard

of

a

busy

restaurant.

"This

one

cooks

the

fish,"

said

Peter.

"I

hope

you

don't

mind

that."

"What,

the

others

serve

it

raw?"

asked

Wang-mu,

laughing.

Then

she

realized

that

Peter

was

serious.

Raw

fish!

"The

Japanese

are

famous

for

it,"

said

Peter,

"and

in

Nagoya

it's

almost

a

religion.

Notice--

not

a

Japanese

face

in

the

restaurant.

They

wouldn't

deign

to

eat

fish

that

was

destroyed

by

heat.

It's

just

one

of

those

things

that

they

cling

to.

There's

so

little

that's

distinctively

Japanese

about

their

culture

now,

so

they're

devoted

to

the

few

uniquely

Japanese

traits

that

survive."

Wang-mu

nodded,

understanding

perfectly

how

a

culture

could

cling

to

long-dead

customs

just

for

the

sake

of

national

identity,

and

also

grateful

to

be

in

a

place

where

such

customs

were

all

superficial

and

didn't

distort

and

destroy

the

lives

of

the

people

the

way

they

had

on

Path.

Their

food

came

quickly--

it

takes

almost

no

time

to

cook

fish--

and

as

they

ate,

Peter

shifted

his

position

several

times

on

the

mat.

"Too

bad

this

place

isn't

nontraditional

enough

to

have

chairs."

"Why

do

Europeans

hate

the

earth

so

much

that

you

must

always

lift

yourself

above

it?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"You've

already

answered

your

question,"

said

Peter

coldly.

"You

start

from

the

assumption

that

we

hate

the

earth.

It

makes

you

sound

like

some

magic-using

primitive."

Wang-mu

blushed

and

fell

silent.

"Oh,

spare

me

the

passive

oriental

woman

routine,"

said

Peter.

"Or

the

passive

I

-

was

-

trained

-

to

-

be

-

a

-

servant

-

and

-

you

-

sound

-

like

-

a

-

cruel

-

heartless

-

master

manipulation

through

guilt.

I

know

I'm

a

shit

and

I'm

not

going

to

change

just

because

you

look

so

downcast."

"Then

you

could

change

because

you

wish

not

to

be

a

shit

any

longer."

"It's

in

my

character.

Ender

created

me

hateful

so

he

could

hate

me.

The

added

benefit

is

that

you

can

hate

me,

too."

"Oh,

be

quiet

and

eat

your

fish,"

she

said.

"You

don't

know

what

you're

talking

about.

You're

supposed

to

analyze

human

beings

and

you

can't

understand

the

person

closest

to

you

in

all

the

world."

"I

don't

want

to

understand

you,"

said

Peter.

"I

want

to

accomplish

my

task

by

exploiting

this

brilliant

intelligence

you're

supposed

to

have--

even

if

you

believe

that

people

who

squat

are

somehow

'closer

to

the

earth'

than

people

who

remain

upright."

"I

wasn't

talking

about

me,"

she

said.

"I

was

talking

about

the

person

closest

to

you.

Ender."

"He

is

blessedly

far

from

us

right

now."

"He

didn't

create

you

so

that

he

could

hate

you.

He

long

since

got

over

hating

you."

"Yeah,

yeah,

he

wrote

The

Hegemon,

et

cetera,

et

cetera."

"That's

right,"

said

Wang-mu.

"He

created

you

because

he

desperately

needed

someone

to

hate

him."

Peter

rolled

his

eyes

and

took

a

drink

of

milky

pineapple

juice.

"Just

the

right

amount

of

coconut.

I

think

I'll

retire

here,

if

Ender

doesn't

die

and

make

me

disappear

first."

"I

say

something

true,

and

you

answer

with

coconut

in

the

pineapple

juice?"

"Novinha

hates

him,"

said

Peter.

"He

doesn't

need

me."

"Novinha

is

angry

at

him,

but

she's

wrong

to

be

angry

and

he

knows

it.

What

he

needs

from

you

is

a

...

righteous

anger.

To

hate

him

for

the

evil

that

is

really

in

him,

which

no

one

but

him

sees

or

even

believes

is

there."

"I'm

just

a

nightmare

from

his

childhood,"

said

Peter.

"You're

reading

too

much

into

this."

"He

didn't

conjure

you

up

because

the

real

Peter

was

so

important

in

his

childhood.

He

conjured

you

up

because

you

are

the

judge,

the

condemner.

That's

what

Peter

drummed

into

him

as

a

child.

You

told

me

yourself,

talking

about

your

memories.

Peter

taunting

him,

telling

him

of

his

unworthiness,

his

uselessness,

his

stupidity,

his

cowardice.

You

do

it

now.

You

look

at

his

life

and

call

him

a

xenocide,

a

failure.

For

some

reason

he

needs

this,

needs

to

have

someone

damn

him."

"Well,

how

nice

that

I'm

around,

then,

to

despise

him,"

said

Peter.

"But

he

also

is

desperate

for

someone

to

forgive

him,

to

have

mercy

on

him,

to

interpret

all

his

actions

as

well

meant.

Valentine

is

not

there

because

he

loves

her--

he

has

the

real

Valentine

for

that.

He

has

his

wife.

He

needs

your

sister

to

exist

so

she

can

forgive

him."

"So

if

I

stop

hating

Ender,

he

won't

need

me

anymore

and

I'll

disappear?"

"If

Ender

stops

hating

himself,

then

he

won't

need

you

to

be

so

mean

and

you'll

be

easier

to

get

along

with."

"Yeah,

well,

it's

not

that

easy

getting

along

with

somebody

who's

constantly

analyzing

a

person

she's

never

met

and

preaching

at

the

person

she

has

met."

"I

hope

I

make

you

miserable,"

said

Wang-mu.

"It's

only

fair,

considering."

"I

think

Jane

brought

us

here

because

the

local

costumes

reflect

who

we

are.

Puppet

though

I

am,

I

take

some

perverse

pleasure

in

life.

While

you--

you

can

turn

anything

drab

just

by

talking

about

it."

Wang-mu

bit

back

her

tears

and

returned

to

her

food.

"What

is

it

with

you?"

Peter

said.

She

ignored

him,

chewed

slowly,

finding

the

untouched

core

of

herself,

which

was

busily

enjoying

the

food.

"Don't

you

feel

anything?"

She

swallowed,

looked

up

at

him.

"I

already

miss

Han

Fei-tzu,

and

I've

been

gone

scarcely

two

days."

She

smiled

slightly.

"I

have

known

a

man

of

grace

and

wisdom.

He

found

me

interesting.

I'm

quite

comfortable

with

boring

you."

Peter

immediately

made

a

show

of

splashing

water

on

his

ears.

"I'm

burning,

that

stung,

oh,

how

can

I

stand

it.

Vicious!

You

have

the

breath

of

a

dragon!

Men

die

at

your

words!"

"Only

puppets

strutting

around

hanging

from

strings,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Better

to

dangle

from

strings

than

to

be

bound

tight

by

them,"

said

Peter.

"Oh,

the

gods

must

love

me,

to

have

put

me

in

the

company

of

a

man

so

clever

with

words."

"Whereas

the

gods

have

put

me

in

the

company

of

a

woman

with

no

breasts."

She

forced

herself

to

pretend

to

take

this

as

a

joke.

"Small

ones,

I

thought

you

said."

But

suddenly

the

smile

left

his

face.

"I'm

sorry,"

he

said.

"I've

hurt

you."

"I

don't

think

so.

I'll

tell

you

later,

after

a

good

night's

sleep."

"I

thought

we

were

bantering,"

said

Peter.

"Bandying

insults."

"We

were,"

said

Wang-mu.

"But

I

believe

them

all."

Peter

winced.

"Then

I'm

hurt,

too."

"You

don't

know

how

to

hurt,"

said

Wang-mu.

"You're

just

mocking

me."

Peter

pushed

aside

his

plate

and

stood

up.

"I'll

see

you

back

at

the

apartment.

Think

you

can

find

the

way?"

"Do

I

think

you

actually

care?"

"It's

a

good

thing

I

have

no

soul,"

said

Peter.

"That's

the

only

thing

that

stops

you

from

devouring

it."

"If

I

ever

had

your

soul

in

my

mouth,"

said

Wang-mu,

"I

would

spit

it

out."

"Get

some

rest,"

said

Peter.

"For

the

work

I

have

ahead,

I

need

a

mind,

not

a

quarrel."

He

walked

out

of

the

restaurant.

The

clothing

fit

him

badly.

People

looked.

He

was

a

man

of

too

much

dignity

and

strength

to

dress

so

foppishly.

Wang-mu

saw

at

once

that

it

shamed

him.

She

saw

also

that

he

knew

it,

that

he

moved

swiftly

because

he

knew

this

clothing

was

wrong

for

him.

He

would

undoubtedly

have

Jane

order

him

something

older

looking,

more

mature,

more

in

keeping

with

his

need

for

honor.

Whereas

I

need

something

that

will

make

me

disappear.

Or

better

yet,

clothing

that

will

let

me

fly

away

from

here,

all

in

a

single

night,

fly

Outside

and

back

In

to

the

house

of

Han

Fei-tzu,

where

I

can

look

into

eyes

that

show

neither

pity

nor

scorn.

Nor

pain.

For

there

is

pain

in

Peter's

eyes,

and

it

was

wrong

of

me

to

say

he

felt

none.

It

was

wrong

of

me

to

value

my

own

pain

so

highly

that

I

thought

it

gave

me

the

right

to

inflict

more

on

him.

If

I

apologize

to

him,

he'll

mock

me

for

it.

But

then,

I

would

rather

be

mocked

for

doing

a

good

thing

than

to

be

respected,

knowing

I

have

done

wrong.

Is

that

a

principle

Han

Fei-tzu

taught

me?

No.

I

was

born

with

that

one.

Like

my

mother

said,

too

much

pride,

too

much

pride.

When

she

returned

to

the

apartment,

however,

Peter

was

asleep;

exhausted,

she

postponed

her

apology

and

also

slept.

Each

of

them

woke

during

the

night,

but

never

at

the

same

time;

and

in

the

morning,

the

edge

of

last

night's

quarrel

had

worn

off.

There

was

business

at

hand,

and

it

was

more

important

for

her

to

understand

what

they

were

going

to

attempt

to

do

today

than

for

her

to

heal

a

breach

between

them

that

seemed,

in

the

light

of

morning,

to

be

scarcely

more

than

a

meaningless

spat

between

tired

friends.

"The

man

Jane

has

chosen

for

us

to

visit

is

a

philosopher."

"Like

me?"

Wang-mu

said,

keenly

aware

of

her

false

new

role.

"That's

what

I

wanted

to

discuss

with

you.

There

are

two

kinds

of

philosophers

here

on

Divine

Wind.

Aimaina

Hikari,

the

man

we

will

meet,

is

an

analytical

philosopher.

You

don't

have

the

education

to

hold

your

own

with

him.

So

you

are

the

other

kind.

Gnomic

and

mantic.

Given

to

pithy

phrases

that

startle

others

with

their

seeming

irrelevancy."

"Is

it

necessary

that

my

supposedly

wise

phrases

only

seem

irrelevant?"

"You

don't

even

have

to

worry

about

that.

The

gnomic

philosophers

depend

on

others

to

connect

their

irrelevancies

with

the

real

world.

That's

why

any

fool

can

do

it."

Wang-mu

felt

anger

rise

in

her

like

mercury

in

a

thermometer.

"How

kind

of

you

to

choose

that

profession

for

me."

"Don't

be

offended,"

said

Peter.

"Jane

and

I

had

to

come

up

with

some

role

you

could

play

on

this

particular

planet

that

wouldn't

reveal

you

to

be

an

uneducated

native

of

Path.

You

have

to

understand

that

no

child

on

Divine

Wind

is

allowed

to

grow

up

as

hopelessly

ignorant

as

the

servant

class

on

Path."

Wang-mu

did

not

argue

further.

What

would

be

the

point?

If

one

has

to

say,

in

an

argument,

"I

am

intelligent!

I

do

know

things!"

then

one

might

as

well

stop

arguing.

Indeed,

this

idea

struck

her

as

being

exactly

one

of

those

gnomic

phrases

that

Peter

was

talking

about.

She

said

so.

"No,

no,

I

don't

mean

epigrams,"

said

Peter.

"Those

are

too

analytical.

I

mean

genuinely

strange

things.

For

instance,

you

might

have

said,

'The

woodpecker

attacks

the

tree

to

get

at

the

bug,'

and

then

I

would

have

had

to

figure

out

just

how

that

might

fit

our

situation

here.

Am

I

the

woodpecker?

The

tree?

The

bug?

That's

the

beauty

of

it."

"It

seems

to

me

that

you

have

just

proved

yourself

to

be

the

more

gnomic

of

the

two

of

us."

Peter

rolled

his

eyes

and

headed

for

the

door.

"Peter,"

she

said,

not

moving

from

her

place.

He

turned

to

face

her.

"Wouldn't

I

be

more

helpful

to

you

if

I

had

some

idea

of

why

we're

meeting

this

man,

and

who

he

is?"

Peter

shrugged.

"I

suppose.

Though

we

know

that

Aimaina

Hikari

is

not

the

person

or

even

one

of

the

people

we're

looking

for."

"Tell

me

whom

we

are

looking

for,

then."

"We're

looking

for

the

center

of

power

in

the

Hundred

Worlds,"

he

said.

"Then

why

are

we

here,

instead

of

Starways

Congress?"

"Starways

Congress

is

a

play.

The

delegates

are

actors.

The

scripts

are

written

elsewhere."

"Here."

"The

faction

of

Congress

that

is

getting

its

way

about

the

Lusitania

Fleet

is

not

the

one

that

loves

war.

That

group

is

cheerful

about

the

whole

thing,

of

course,

since

they

always

believe

in

brutally

putting

down

insurrection

and

so

on,

but

they

would

never

have

been

able

to

get

the

votes

to

send

the

fleet

without

a

swing

group

that

is

very

heavily

influenced

by

a

school

of

philosophers

from

Divine

Wind."

"Of

which

Aimaina

Hikari

is

the

leader?"

"It's

more

subtle

than

that.

He

is

actually

a

solitary

philosopher,

belonging

to

no

particular

school.

But

he

represents

a

sort

of

purity

of

Japanese

thought

which

makes

him

something

of

a

conscience

to

the

philosophers

who

influence

the

swing

group

in

Congress."

"How

many

dominoes

do

you

think

you

can

line

up

and

have

them

still

knock

each

other

over?"

"No,

that

wasn't

gnomic

enough.

Still

too

analytical."

"I'm

not

playing

my

part

yet,

Peter.

What

are

the

ideas

that

this

swing

group

gets

from

this

philosophical

school?"

Peter

sighed

and

sat

down--

bending

himself

into

a

chair,

of

course.

Wang-mu

sat

on

the

floor

and

thought:

This

is

how

a

man

of

Europe

likes

to

see

himself,

with

his

head

higher

than

all

others,

teaching

the

woman

of

Asia.

But

from

my

perspective,

he

has

disconnected

himself

from

the

earth.

I

will

hear

his

words,

but

I

will

know

that

it

is

up

to

me

to

bring

them

into

a

living

place.

"The

swing

group

would

never

use

such

massive

force

against

what

really

amounts

to

a

minor

dispute

with

a

tiny

colony.

The

original

issue,

as

you

know,

was

that

two

xenologers,

Miro

Ribeira

and

Ouanda

Mucumbi,

were

caught

introducing

agriculture

among

the

pequeninos

of

Lusitania.

This

constituted

cultural

interference,

and

they

were

ordered

offplanet

for

trial.

Of

course,

with

the

old

relativistic

lightspeed

ships,

taking

someone

off

planet

meant

that

when

and

if

they

ever

went

back,

everyone

they

knew

would

be

old

or

dead.

So

it

was

brutally

harsh

treatment

and

amounted

to

prejudgment.

Congress

might

have

expected

protests

from

the

government

of

Lusitania,

but

what

it

got

instead

was

complete

defiance

and

a

cutoff

of

ansible

communications.

The

tough

guys

in

Congress

immediately

started

lobbying

for

a

single

troopship

to

go

and

seize

control

of

Lusitania.

But

they

didn't

have

the

votes,

until--"

"Until

they

raised

the

specter

of

the

descolada

virus."

"Exactly.

The

group

that

was

adamantly

opposed

to

the

use

of

force

brought

up

the

descolada,

as

a

reason

why

troops

shouldn't

be

sent--

because

at

that

time

anyone

who

was

infected

with

the

virus

had

to

stay

on

Lusitania

and

keep

taking

an

inhibitor

that

kept

the

descolada

from

destroying

your

body

from

the

inside

out.

This

was

the

first

time

that

the

danger

of

the

descolada

became

widely

known,

and

the

swing

group

emerged,

consisting

of

those

who

were

appalled

that

Lusitania

had

not

been

quarantined

long

before.

What

could

be

more

dangerous

than

to

have

a

fast-spreading,

semi-intelligent

virus

in

the

hands

of

rebels?

This

group

consisted

almost

entirely

of

delegates

who

were

strongly

influenced

by

the

Necessarian

school

from

Divine

Wind."

Wang-mu

nodded.

"And

what

do

the

Necessarians

teach?"

"That

one

lives

in

peace

and

harmony

with

one's

environment,

disturbing

nothing,

patiently

bearing

mild

or

even

serious

afflictions.

However,

when

a

genuine

threat

to

survival

emerges,

one

must

act

with

brutal

efficiency.

The

maxim

is,

Act

only

when

necessary,

and

then

act

with

maximum

force

and

speed.

Thus,

where

the

militarists

wanted

a

troopship,

the

Necessarian-influenced

delegates

insisted

on

sending

a

fleet

armed

with

the

Molecular

Disruption

Device,

which

would

destroy

the

threat

of

the

descolada

virus

once

and

for

all.

There's

a

sort

of

ironic

neatness

about

it

all,

don't

you

think?"

"I

don't

see

it."

"Oh,

it

fits

together

so

perfectly.

Ender

Wiggin

was

the

one

who

used

the

Little

Doctor

to

wipe

out

the

bugger

home

world.

Now

it's

going

to

be

used

for

only

the

second

time--

against

the

very

world

where

he

happens

to

live!

It

gets

even

thicker.

The

first

Necessarian

philosopher,

Ooka,

used

Ender

himself

as

the

prime

example

of

his

ideas.

As

long

as

the

buggers

were

seen

to

be

a

dangerous

threat

to

the

survival

of

humankind,

the

only

appropriate

response

was

utter

eradication

of

the

enemy.

No

half-measures

would

do.

Of

course

the

buggers

turned

out

not

to

have

been

a

threat

after

all,

as

Ender

himself

wrote

in

his

book

The

Hive

Queen,

but

Ooka

defended

the

mistake

because

the

truth

was

unknowable

at

the

time

Ender's

superiors

turned

him

loose

against

the

enemy.

What

Ooka

said

was,

'Never

trade

blows

with

the

enemy.'

His

idea

was

that

you

try

never

to

strike

anyone,

but

when

you

must,

you

strike

only

one

blow,

but

such

a

harsh

one

that

your

enemy

can

never,

never

strike

back."

"So

using

Ender

as

an

example--"

"That's

right.

Ender's

own

actions

are

being

used

to

justify

repeating

them

against

another

harmless

species."

"The

descolada

wasn't

harmless."

"No,"

said

Peter.

"But

Ender

and

Ela

found

another

way,

didn't

they?

They

struck

a

blow

against

the

descolada

itself.

But

there's

no

way

now

to

convince

Congress

to

withdraw

the

fleet.

Because

Jane

already

interfered

with

Congress's

ansible

communications

with

the

fleet,

they

believe

they

face

a

formidable

widespread

secret

conspiracy.

Any

argument

we

make

will

be

seen

as

disinformation.

Besides,

who

would

believe

the

farfetched

tale

of

that

first

trip

Outside,

where

Ela

created

the

anti-descolada,

Miro

recreated

himself,

and

Ender

made

my

dear

sister

and

me?"

"So

the

Necessarians

in

Congress--"

"They

don't

call

themselves

that.

But

the

influence

is

very

strong.

It

is

Jane's

and

my

opinion

that

if

we

can

get

some

prominent

Necessarians

to

declare

against

the

Lusitania

Fleet--

with

convincing

reasoning,

of

course--

the

solidarity

of

the

pro-fleet

majority

in

Congress

will

be

broken

up.

It's

a

thin

majority--

there

are

plenty

of

people

horrified

by

such

devastating

use

of

force

against

a

colony

world,

and

others

who

are

even

more

horrified

at

the

idea

that

Congress

would

destroy

the

pequeninos,

the

first

sentient

species

found

since

the

destruction

of

the

buggers.

They

would

love

to

stop

the

fleet,

or

at

worst

use

it

to

impose

a

permanent

quarantine."

"Why

aren't

we

meeting

with

a

Necessarian,

then?"

"Because

why

would

they

listen

to

us?

If

we

identify

ourselves

as

supporters

of

the

Lusitanian

cause,

we'll

be

jailed

and

questioned.

And

if

we

don't,

who

will

take

our

ideas

seriously?"

"This

Aimaina

Hikari,

then.

What

is

he?"

"Some

people

call

him

the

Yamato

philosopher.

All

the

Necessarians

of

Divine

Wind

are,

naturally,

Japanese,

and

the

philosophy

has

become

most

influential

among

the

Japanese,

both

on

their

home

worlds

and

wherever

they

have

a

substantial

population.

So

even

though

Hikari

isn't

a

Necessarian,

he

is

honored

as

the

keeper

of

the

Japanese

soul."

"If

he

tells

them

that

it's

un-Japanese

to

destroy

Lusitania--"

"But

he

won't.

Not

easily,

anyway.

His

seminal

work,

which

won

him

his

reputation

as

the

Yamato

philosopher,

included

the

idea

that

the

Japanese

people

were

born

as

rebellious

puppets.

First

it

was

Chinese

culture

that

pulled

the

strings.

But

Hikari

says,

Japan

learned

all

the

wrong

lessons

from

the

attempted

Chinese

invasion

of

Japan--

which,

by

the

way,

was

defeated

by

a

great

storm,

called

kamikaze,

which

means

'Divine

Wind.'

So

you

can

be

sure

everyone

on

this

world,

at

least,

remembers

that

ancient

story.

Anyway,

Japan

locked

itself

away

on

an

island,

and

at

first

refused

to

deal

with

Europeans

when

they

came.

But

then

an

American

fleet

forcibly

opened

Japan

to

foreign

trade,

and

then

the

Japanese

made

up

for

lost

time.

The

Meiji

Restoration

led

to

Japan

trying

to

industrialize

and

Westernize

itself--

and

once

again

a

new

set

of

strings

made

the

puppet

dance,

says

Hikari.

Only

once

again,

the

wrong

lessons

were

learned.

Since

the

Europeans

at

the

time

were

imperialists,

dividing

up

Africa

and

Asia

among

them,

Japan

decided

it

wanted

a

piece

of

the

imperial

pie.

There

was

China,

the

old

puppetmaster.

So

there

was

an

invasion--"

"We

were

taught

of

this

invasion

on

Path,"

said

Wang-mu.

"I'm

surprised

they

taught

any

history

more

recent

than

the

Mongol

invasion,"

said

Peter.

"The

Japanese

were

finally

stopped

when

the

Americans

dropped

the

first

nuclear

weapons

on

two

Japanese

cities."

"The

equivalent,

in

those

days,

of

the

Little

Doctor.

The

irresistible,

total

weapon.

The

Japanese

soon

came

to

regard

these

nuclear

weapons

as

a

kind

of

badge

of

pride:

We

were

the

first

people

ever

to

have

been

attacked

by

nuclear

weapons.

It

had

become

a

kind

of

permanent

grievance,

which

wasn't

a

bad

thing,

really,

because

that

was

part

of

their

impetus

to

found

and

populate

many

colonies,

so

that

they

would

never

be

a

helpless

island

nation

again.

But

then

along

comes

Aimaina

Hikari,

and

he

says--

by

the

way,

his

name

is

self-chosen,

it's

the

name

he

used

to

sign

his

first

book.

It

means

'Ambiguous

Light.'"

"How

gnomic,"

said

Wang-mu.

Peter

grinned.

"Oh,

tell

him

that,

he'll

be

so

proud.

Anyway,

in

his

first

book,

he

says,

The

Japanese

learned

the

wrong

lesson.

Those

nuclear

bombs

cut

the

strings.

Japan

was

utterly

prostrate.

The

proud

old

government

was

destroyed,

the

emperor

became

a

figurehead,

democracy

came

to

Japan,

and

then

wealth

and

great

power."

"The

bombs

were

a

blessing,

then?"

asked

Wang-mu

doubtfully.

"No,

no,

not

at

all.

He

thinks

the

wealth

of

Japan

destroyed

the

people's

soul.

They

adopted

the

destroyer

as

their

father.

They

became

America's

bastard

child,

blasted

into

existence

by

American

bombs.

Puppets

again."

"Then

what

does

he

have

to

do

with

the

Necessarians?"

"Japan

was

bombed,

he

says,

precisely

because

they

were

already

too

European.

They

treated

China

as

the

Europeans

treated

America,

selfishly

and

brutally.

But

the

Japanese

ancestors

could

not

bear

to

see

their

children

become

such

beasts.

So

just

as

the

gods

of

Japan

sent

a

Divine

Wind

to

stop

the

Chinese

fleet,

so

the

gods

sent

the

American

bombs

to

stop

Japan

from

becoming

an

imperialist

state

like

the

Europeans.

The

Japanese

response

should

have

been

to

bear

the

American

occupation

and

then,

when

it

was

over,

to

become

purely

Japanese

again,

chastened

and

whole.

The

title

of

his

book

was,

Not

Too

Late."

"And

I'll

bet

the

Necessarians

use

the

American

bombing

of

Japan

as

another

example

of

striking

with

maximum

force

and

speed."

"No

Japanese

would

have

dared

to

praise

the

American

bombing

until

Hikari

made

it

possible

to

see

the

bombing,

not

as

Japan's

victimization,

but

as

the

gods'

attempt

at

redemption

of

the

people."

"So

you're

saying

that

the

Necessarians

respect

him

enough

that

if

he

changed

his

mind,

they

would

change

theirs--

but

he

won't

change

his

mind,

because

he

believes

the

bombing

of

Japan

was

a

divine

gift?"

"We're

hoping

he

will

change

his

mind,"

said

Peter,

"or

our

trip

will

be

a

failure.

The

thing

is,

there's

no

chance

he'll

be

open

to

direct

persuasion

from

us,

and

Jane

can't

tell

from

his

writings

what

or

who

it

is

who

might

influence

him.

We

have

to

talk

to

him

to

find

out

where

to

go

next--

so

maybe

we

can

change

their

mind."

"This

is

really

complicated,

isn't

it?"

said

Wang-mu.

"Which

is

why

I

didn't

think

it

was

worth

explaining

it

to

you.

What

exactly

are

you

going

to

do

with

this

information?

Enter

into

a

discussion

of

the

subtleties

of

history

with

an

analytical

philosopher

of

the

first

rank,

like

Hikari?"

"I'm

going

to

listen,"

said

Wang-mu.

"That's

what

you

were

going

to

do

before,"

said

Peter.

"But

now

I

will

know

who

it

is

I'm

listening

to."

"Jane

thinks

it

was

a

mistake

for

me

to

tell

you,

because

now

you'll

be

interpreting

everything

he

says

in

light

of

what

Jane

and

I

already

think

we

know."

"Tell

Jane

that

the

only

people

who

ever

prize

purity

of

ignorance

are

those

who

profit

from

a

monopoly

on

knowledge."

Peter

laughed.

"Epigrams

again,"

he

said.

"You're

supposed

to

say--"

"Don't

tell

me

how

to

be

gnomic

again,"

said

Wang-mu.

She

got

up

from

the

floor.

Now

her

head

was

higher

than

Peter's.

"You're

the

gnome.

And

as

for

me

being

mantic--

remember

that

the

mantic

eats

its

mate."

"I'm

not

your

mate,"

said

Peter,

"and

'mantic'

means

a

philosophy

that

comes

from

vision

or

inspiration

or

intuition

rather

than

from

scholarship

and

reason."

"If

you're

not

my

mate,"

said

Wang-mu,

"stop

treating

me

like

a

wife."

Peter

looked

puzzled,

then

looked

away.

"Was

I

doing

that?"

"On

Path,

a

husband

assumes

his

wife

is

a

fool

and

teaches

her

even

the

things

she

already

knows.

On

Path,

a

wife

has

to

pretend,

when

she

is

teaching

her

husband,

that

she

is

only

reminding

him

of

things

he

taught

her

long

before."

"Well,

I'm

just

an

insensitive

oaf,

aren't

I."

"Please

remember,"

said

Wang-mu,

"that

when

we

meet

with

Aimaina

Hikari,

he

and

I

have

one

fund

of

knowledge

that

you

can

never

have."

"And

what's

that?"

"A

life."

She

saw

the

pain

on

his

face

and

at

once

regretted

causing

it.

But

it

was

a

reflexive

regret--

she

had

been

trained

from

childhood

up

to

be

sorry

when

she

gave

offense,

no

matter

how

richly

it

was

deserved.

"Ouch,"

said

Peter,

as

if

his

pain

were

a

joke.

Wang-mu

showed

no

mercy--

she

was

not

a

servant

now.

"You're

so

proud

of

knowing

more

than

me,

but

everything

you

know

is

either

what

Ender

put

in

your

head

or

what

Jane

whispers

in

your

ear.

I

have

no

Jane,

I

had

no

Ender.

Everything

I

know,

I

learned

the

hard

way.

I

lived

through

it.

So

please

don't

treat

me

with

contempt

again.

If

I

have

any

value

on

this

expedition,

it

will

come

from

my

knowing

everything

you

know--

because

everything

you

know,

I

can

be

taught,

but

what

I

know,

you

can

never

learn."

The

joking

was

over.

Peter's

face

reddened

with

anger.

"How

...

who

..."

"How

dare

I,"

said

Wang-mu,

echoing

the

phrases

she

assumed

he

had

begun.

"Who

do

I

think

I

am."

"I

didn't

say

that,"

said

Peter

softly,

turning

away.

"I'm

not

staying

in

my

place,

am

I?"

she

asked.

"Han

Fei-tzu

taught

me

about

Peter

Wiggin.

The

original,

not

the

copy.

How

he

made

his

sister

Valentine

take

part

in

his

conspiracy

to

seize

the

hegemony

of

Earth.

How

he

made

her

write

all

of

the

Demosthenes

material--

rabble-rousing

demagoguery--

while

he

wrote

all

the

Locke

material,

the

lofty,

analytical

ideas.

But

the

low

demagoguery

came

from

him."

"So

did

the

lofty

ideas,"

said

Peter.

"Exactly,"

said

Wang-mu.

"What

never

came

from

him,

what

came

only

from

Valentine,

was

something

he

never

saw

or

valued.

A

human

soul."

"Han

Fei-tzu

said

that?"

"Yes."

"Then

he's

an

ass,"

said

Peter.

"Because

Peter

had

as

much

of

a

human

soul

as

Valentine

had."

He

stepped

toward

her,

looming.

"I'm

the

one

without

a

soul,

Wang-mu."

For

a

moment

she

was

afraid

of

him.

How

did

she

know

what

violence

had

been

created

in

him?

What

dark

rage

in

Ender's

aiua

might

find

expression

through

this

surrogate

he

had

created?

But

Peter

did

not

strike

a

blow.

Perhaps

it

was

not

necessary.

***

Aimaina

Hikari

came

out

himself

to

the

front

gate

of

his

garden

to

let

them

in.

He

was

dressed

simply,

and

around

his

neck

was

the

locket

that

all

the

traditional

Japanese

of

Divine

Wind

wore:

a

tiny

casket

containing

the

ashes

of

all

his

worthy

ancestors.

Peter

had

already

explained

to

her

that

when

a

man

like

Hikari

died,

a

pinch

of

the

ashes

from

his

locket

would

be

added

to

a

bit

of

his

own

ashes

and

given

to

his

children

or

his

grandchildren

to

wear.

Thus

all

of

his

ancient

family

hung

above

his

breastbone,

waking

and

sleeping,

and

formed

the

most

precious

gift

he

could

give

his

posterity.

It

was

a

custom

that

Wang-mu,

who

had

no

ancestors

worth

remembering,

found

both

thrilling

and

disturbing.

Hikari

greeted

Wang-mu

with

a

bow,

but

held

out

his

hand

for

Peter

to

shake.

Peter

took

it

with

some

small

show

of

surprise.

"Oh,

they

call

me

the

keeper

of

the

Yamato

spirit,"

said

Hikari

with

a

smile,

"but

that

doesn't

mean

I

must

be

rude

and

force

Europeans

to

behave

like

Japanese.

Watching

a

European

bow

is

as

painful

as

watching

a

pig

do

ballet."

As

Hikari

led

them

through

the

garden

into

his

traditional

paperwalled

house,

Peter

and

Wang-mu

looked

at

each

other

and

grinned

broadly.

It

was

a

wordless

truce

between

them,

for

they

both

knew

at

once

that

Hikari

was

going

to

be

a

formidable

opponent,

and

they

needed

to

be

allies

if

they

were

to

learn

anything

from

him.

"A

philosopher

and

a

physicist,"

said

Hikari.

"I

looked

you

up

when

you

sent

your

note

asking

for

an

appointment.

I

have

been

visited

by

philosophers

before,

and

physicists,

and

also

by

Europeans

and

Chinese,

but

what

truly

puzzles

me

is

why

the

two

of

you

should

be

together."

"She

found

me

sexually

irresistible,"

said

Peter,

"and

I

can't

get

rid

of

her."

Then

he

grinned

his

most

charming

grin.

To

Wang-mu's

pleasure,

Peter's

Western-style

irony

left

Hikari

impassive

and

unamused,

and

she

could

see

a

blush

rising

up

Peter's

neck.

It

was

her

turn--

to

play

the

gnome

for

real

this

time.

"The

pig

wallows

in

mud,

but

he

warms

himself

on

the

sunny

stone."

Hikari

turned

his

gaze

to

her--

remaining

just

as

impassive

as

before.

"I

will

write

these

words

in

my

heart,"

he

said.

Wang-mu

wondered

if

Peter

understood

that

she

had

just

been

the

victim

of

Hikari's

oriental-style

irony.

"We

have

come

to

learn

from

you,"

said

Peter.

"Then

I

must

give

you

food

and

send

you

on

your

way

disappointed,"

said

Hikari.

"I

have

nothing

to

teach

a

physicist

or

a

philosopher.

If

I

did

not

have

children,

I

would

have

no

one

to

teach,

for

only

they

know

less

than

I."

"No,

no,"

said

Peter.

"You're

a

wise

man.

The

keeper

of

the

Yamato

spirit."

"I

said

that

they

call

me

that.

But

the

Yamato

spirit

is

much

too

great

to

be

kept

in

so

small

a

container

as

my

soul.

And

yet

the

Yamato

spirit

is

much

too

small

to

be

worthy

of

the

notice

of

the

powerful

souls

of

the

Chinese

and

the

European.

You

are

the

teachers,

as

China

and

Europe

have

always

been

the

teachers

of

Japan."

Wang-mu

did

not

know

Peter

well,

but

she

knew

him

well

enough

to

see

that

he

was

flustered

now,

at

a

loss

for

how

to

proceed.

In

Ender's

life

and

wanderings,

he

had

lived

in

several

oriental

cultures

and

even,

according

to

Han

Fei-tzu,

spoke

Korean,

which

meant

that

Ender

would

probably

be

able

to

deal

with

the

ritualized

humility

of

a

man

like

Hikari--

especially

since

he

was

obviously

using

that

humility

in

a

mocking

way.

But

what

Ender

knew

and

what

he

had

given

to

his

Peter-identity

were

obviously

two

different

things.

This

conversation

would

be

up

to

her,

and

she

sensed

that

the

best

way

to

play

with

Hikari

was

to

refuse

to

let

him

control

the

game.

"Very

well,"

she

said.

"We

will

teach

you.

For

when

we

show

you

our

ignorance,

then

you

will

see

where

we

most

need

your

wisdom."

Hikari

looked

at

Peter

for

a

moment.

Then

he

clapped

his

hands.

A

serving

woman

appeared

in

a

doorway.

"Tea,"

said

Hikari.

At

once

Wang-mu

leapt

to

her

feet.

Only

when

she

was

already

standing

did

she

realize

what

she

was

going

to

do.

That

peremptory

command

to

bring

tea

was

one

that

she

had

heeded

many

times

in

her

life,

but

it

was

not

a

blind

reflex

that

brought

her

to

her

feet.

Rather

it

was

her

intuition

that

the

only

way

to

beat

Hikari

at

his

own

game

was

to

call

his

bluff:

She

would

be

humbler

than

he

knew

how

to

be.

"I

have

been

a

servant

all

my

life,"

said

Wang-mu

honestly,

"but

I

was

always

a

clumsy

one,"

which

was

not

so

honest.

"May

I

go

with

your

servant

and

learn

from

her?

I

may

not

be

wise

enough

to

learn

the

ideas

of

a

great

philosopher,

but

perhaps

I

can

learn

what

I

am

fit

to

learn

from

the

servant

who

is

worthy

to

bring

tea

to

Aimaina

Hikari."

She

could

see

from

his

hesitation

that

Hikari

knew

he

had

been

trumped.

But

the

man

was

deft.

He

immediately

rose

to

his

feet.

"You

have

already

taught

me

a

great

lesson,"

he

said.

"Now

we

will

all

go

and

watch

Kenji

prepare

the

tea.

If

she

will

be

your

teacher,

Si

Wang-mu,

she

must

also

be

mine.

For

how

could

I

bear

to

know

that

someone

in

my

house

knew

a

thing

that

I

had

not

yet

learned?"

Wang-mu

had

to

admire

his

resourcefulness.

He

had

once

again

placed

himself

beneath

her.

Poor

Kenji,

the

servant!

She

was

a

deft

and

well-trained

woman,

Wang-mu

saw,

but

it

made

her

nervous

having

these

three,

especially

her

master,

watch

her

prepare

the

tea.

So

Wang-mu

immediately

reached

in

and

"helped"

--deliberately

making

a

mistake

as

she

did.

At

once

Kenji

was

in

her

element,

and

confident

again.

"You

have

forgotten,"

said

Kenji

kindly,

"because

my

kitchen

is

so

inefficiently

arranged."

Then

she

showed

Wang-mu

how

the

tea

was

prepared.

"At

least

in

Nagoya,"

she

said

modestly.

"At

least

in

this

house."

Wang-mu

watched

carefully,

concentrating

only

on

Kenji

and

what

she

was

doing,

for

she

quickly

saw

that

the

Japanese

way

of

preparing

tea--

or

perhaps

it

was

the

way

of

Divine

Wind,

or

merely

the

way

of

Nagoya,

or

of

humble

philosophers

who

kept

the

Yamato

spirit--

was

different

from

the

pattern

she

had

followed

so

carefully

in

the

house

of

Han

Fei-tzu.

By

the

time

the

tea

was

ready,

Wangmu

had

learned

from

her.

For,

having

made

the

claim

to

be

a

servant,

and

having

a

computer

record

that

asserted

that

she

had

lived

her

whole

life

in

a

Chinese

community

on

Divine

Wind,

Wang-mu

might

have

to

be

able

to

serve

tea

properly

in

exactly

this

fashion.

They

returned

to

the

front

room

of

Hikari's

house,

Kenji

and

Wang-mu

each

bearing

a

small

tea

table.

Kenji

offered

her

table

to

Hikari,

but

he

waved

her

over

to

Peter,

and

then

bowed

to

him.

It

was

Wang-mu

who

served

Hikari.

And

when

Kenji

backed

away

from

Peter,

Wang-mu

also

backed

away

from

Hikari.

For

the

first

time,

Hikari

looked--

angry?

His

eyes

flashed,

anyway.

For

by

placing

herself

on

exactly

the

same

level

as

Kenji,

she

had

just

maneuvered

him

into

a

position

where

he

either

had

to

shame

himself

by

being

prouder

than

Wang-mu

and

dismissing

his

servant,

or

disrupt

the

good

order

of

his

own

house

by

inviting

Kenji

to

sit

down

with

the

three

of

them

as

equals.

"Kenji,"

said

Hikari.

"Let

me

pour

tea

for

you."

Check,

thought

Wang-mu.

And

mate.

It

was

a

delicious

bonus

when

Peter,

who

had

finally

caught

on

to

the

game,

also

poured

tea

for

her,

and

then

managed

to

spill

it

on

her,

which

prompted

Hikari

to

spill

a

little

on

himself

in

order

to

put

his

guest

at

ease.

The

pain

of

the

hot

tea

and

then

the

discomfort

as

it

cooled

and

dried

were

well

worth

the

pleasure

of

knowing

that

while

Wang-mu

had

proved

herself

a

match

for

Hikari

in

outrageous

courtesy,

Peter

had

merely

proved

himself

to

be

an

oaf.

Or

was

Wang-mu

truly

a

match

for

Hikari?

He

must

have

seen

and

understood

her

effort

to

place

herself

ostentatiously

beneath

him.

It

was

possible,

then,

that

he

was--

humbly--

allowing

her

to

win

pride

of

place

as

the

more

humble

of

the

two.

As

soon

as

she

realized

that

he

might

have

done

this,

then

she

knew

that

he

certainly

had

done

it,

and

the

victory

was

his.

I'm

not

as

clever

as

I

thought.

She

looked

at

Peter,

hoping

that

he

would

now

take

over

and

do

whatever

clever

thing

he

had

in

mind.

But

he

seemed

perfectly

content

to

let

her

lead

out.

Certainly

he

didn't

jump

into

the

breach.

Did

he,

too,

realize

that

she

had

just

been

bested

at

her

own

game,

because

she

failed

to

take

it

deep

enough?

Was

he

giving

her

the

rope

to

hang

herself?

Well,

let's

get

the

noose

good

and

tight.

"Aimaina

Hikari,

you

are

called

by

some

the

keeper

of

the

Yamato

spirit.

Peter

and

I

grew

up

on

a

Japanese

world,

and

yet

the

Japanese

humbly

allow

Stark

to

be

the

language

of

the

public

school,

so

that

we

speak

no

Japanese.

In

my

Chinese

neighborhood,

in

Peter's

American

city,

we

spent

our

childhoods

on

the

edge

of

Japanese

culture,

looking

in.

So

if

there

is

any

particular

part

of

our

vast

ignorance

that

will

be

most

obvious

to

you,

it

is

in

our

knowledge

of

Yamato

itself."

"Oh,

Wang-mu,

you

make

a

mystery

out

of

the

obvious.

No

one

understands

Yamato

better

than

those

who

see

it

from

the

outside,

just

as

the

parent

understands

the

child

better

than

the

child

understands

herself."

"Then

I

will

enlighten

you,"

said

Wang-mu,

discarding

the

game

of

humility.

"For

I

see

Japan

as

an

Edge

nation,

and

I

cannot

yet

see

whether

your

ideas

will

make

Japan

a

new

Center

nation,

or

begin

the

decay

that

all

edge

nations

experience

when

they

take

power."

"I

grasp

a

hundred

possible

meanings,

most

of

them

surely

true

of

my

people,

for

your

term

'Edge

nation,'"

said

Hikari.

"But

what

is

a

Center

nation,

and

how

can

a

people

become

one?"

"I

am

not

well-versed

in

Earth

history,"

said

Wang-mu,

"but

as

I

studied

what

little

I

know,

it

seemed

to

me

that

there

were

a

handful

of

Center

nations,

which

had

a

culture

so

strong

that

they

swallowed

up

all

conquerors.

Egypt

was

one,

and

China.

Each

one

became

unified

and

then

expanded

no

more

than

necessary

to

protect

their

borders

and

pacify

their

hinterland.

Each

one

took

in

its

conquerors

and

swallowed

them

up

for

thousands

of

years.

Egyptian

writing

and

Chinese

writing

persisted

with

only

stylistic

modifications,

so

that

the

past

remained

present

for

those

who

could

read."

Wang-mu

could

see

from

Peter's

stiffness

that

he

was

very

worried.

After

all,

she

was

saying

things

that

were

definitely

not

gnomic.

But

since

he

was

completely

out

of

his

depth

with

an

Asian,

he

was

still

making

no

effort

to

intrude.

"Both

of

these

nations

were

born

in

barbarian

times,"

said

Hikari.

"Are

you

saying

that

no

nation

can

become

a

Center

nation

now?"

"I

don't

know,"

said

Wang-mu.

"I

don't

even

know

if

my

distinction

between

Edge

nations

and

Center

nations

has

any

truth

or

value.

I

do

know

that

a

Center

nation

can

keep

its

cultural

power

long

after

it

has

lost

political

control.

Mesopotamia

was

continually

conquered

by

its

neighbors,

and

yet

each

conqueror

in

turn

was

more

changed

by

Mesopotamia

than

Mesopotamia

was

changed.

The

kings

of

Assyria

and

Chaldea

and

Persia

were

almost

indistinguishable

after

they

had

once

tasted

the

culture

of

the

land

between

the

rivers.

But

a

Center

nation

can

also

fall

so

completely

that

it

disappears.

Egypt

staggered

under

the

cultural

blow

of

Hellenism,

fell

to

its

knees

under

the

ideology

of

Christianity,

and

finally

was

erased

by

Islam.

Only

the

stone

buildings

reminded

the

children

of

what

and

who

their

ancient

parents

had

been.

History

has

no

laws,

and

all

patterns

that

we

find

there

are

useful

illusions."

"I

see

you

are

a

philosopher,"

said

Hikari.

"You

are

generous

to

call

my

childish

speculations

by

that

lofty

name,"

said

Wang-mu.

"But

let

me

tell

you

now

what

I

think

about

Edge

nations.

They

are

born

in

the

shadow--

or

perhaps

one

could

say,

in

the

reflected

light--

of

other

nations.

As

Japan

became

civilized

under

the

influence

of

China.

As

Rome

discovered

itself

in

the

shadow

of

the

Greeks."

"The

Etruscans

first,"

said

Peter

helpfully.

Hikari

looked

at

him

blandly,

then

turned

back

to

Wang-mu

without

comment.

Wang-mu

could

almost

feel

Peter

wither

at

having

been

thus

deemed

irrelevant.

She

felt

a

little

sorry

for

him.

Not

a

lot,

just

a

little.

"Center

nations

are

so

confident

of

themselves

that

they

generally

don't

need

to

embark

on

wars

of

conquest.

They

are

already

sure

they

are

the

superior

people

and

that

all

other

nations

wish

to

be

like

them

and

obey

them.

But

Edge

nations,

when

they

first

feel

their

strength,

must

prove

themselves,

they

think,

and

almost

always

they

do

so

with

the

sword.

Thus

the

Arabs

broke

the

back

of

the

Roman

Empire

and

swallowed

up

Persia.

Thus

the

Macedonians,

on

the

edge

of

Greece,

conquered

Greece;

and

then,

having

been

so

culturally

swallowed

up

that

they

now

thought

themselves

Greek,

they

conquered

the

empire

on

whose

edge

the

Greeks

had

become

civilizedPersia.

The

Vikings

had

to

harrow

Europe

before

peeling

off

kingdoms

in

Naples,

Sicily,

Normandy,

Ireland,

and

finally

England.

And

Japan--"

"We

tried

to

stay

on

our

islands,"

said

Hikari

softly.

"Japan,

when

it

erupted,

rampaged

through

the

Pacific,

trying

to

conquer

the

great

Center

nation

of

China,

and

was

finally

stopped

by

the

bombs

of

the

new

Center

nation

of

America."

"I

would

have

thought,"

said

Hikari,

"that

America

was

the

ultimate

Edge

nation."

"America

was

settled

by

Edge

peoples,

but

the

idea

of

America

became

the

new

envigorating

principle

that

made

it

a

Center

nation.

They

were

so

arrogant

that,

except

for

subduing

their

own

hinterland,

they

had

no

will

to

empire.

They

simply

assumed

that

all

nations

wanted

to

be

like

them.

They

swallowed

up

all

other

cultures.

Even

on

Divine

Wind,

what

is

the

language

of

the

schools?

It

was

not

England

that

imposed

this

language,

Stark,

Starways

Common

Speech,

on

us

all."

"It

was

only

by

accident

that

America

was

technologically

ascendant

at

the

moment

the

Hive

Queen

came

and

forced

us

out

among

the

stars."

"The

idea

of

America

became

the

Center

idea,

I

think,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Every

nation

from

then

on

had

to

have

the

forms

of

democracy.

We

are

governed

by

the

Starways

Congress

even

now.

We

all

live

within

the

American

culture

whether

we

like

it

or

not.

So

what

I

wonder

is

this:

Now

that

Japan

has

taken

control

of

this

Center

nation,

will

Japan

be

swallowed

up,

as

the

Mongols

were

swallowed

up

by

China?

Or

will

the

Japanese

culture

retain

its

identity,

but

eventually

decay

and

lose

control,

as

the

Edge-nation

Turks

lost

control

of

Islam

and

the

Edge-nation

Manchu

lost

control

of

China?"

Hikari

was

upset.

Angry?

Puzzled?

Wang-mu

had

no

way

of

guessing.

"The

philosopher

Si

Wang-mu

says

a

thing

that

is

impossible

for

me

to

accept,"

said

Hikari.

"How

can

you

say

that

the

Japanese

are

now

in

control

of

Starways

Congress

and

the

Hundred

Worlds?

When

was

this

revolution

that

no

one

noticed?"

"But

I

thought

you

could

see

what

your

teaching

of

the

Yamato

way

had

accomplished,"

said

Wang-mu.

"The

existence

of

the

Lusitania

Fleet

is

proof

of

Japanese

control.

This

is

the

great

discovery

that

my

friend

the

physicist

taught

me,

and

it

was

the

reason

we

came

to

you."

Peter's

look

of

horror

was

genuine.

She

could

guess

what

he

was

thinking.

Was

she

insane,

to

have

tipped

their

hand

so

completely?

But

she

also

knew

that

she

had

done

it

in

a

context

that

revealed

nothing

about

their

motive

in

coming.

And,

never

having

lost

his

composure,

Peter

took

his

cue

and

proceeded

to

explain

Jane's

analysis

of

Starways

Congress,

the

Necessarians,

and

the

Lusitania

Fleet,

though

of

course

he

presented

the

ideas

as

if

they

were

his

own.

Hikari

listened,

nodding

now

and

then,

shaking

his

head

at

other

times;

the

impassivity

was

gone

now,

the

attitude

of

amused

distance

discarded.

"So

you

tell

me,"

Hikari

said,

when

Peter

was

done,

"that

because

of

my

small

book

about

the

American

bombs,

the

Necessarians

have

taken

control

of

government

and

launched

the

Lusitania

Fleet?

You

lay

this

at

my

door?"

"Not

as

a

matter

either

for

blame

or

credit,"

said

Peter.

"You

did

not

plan

it

or

design

it.

For

all

I

know

you

don't

even

approve

of

it."

"I

don't

even

think

about

the

politics

of

Starways

Congress.

I

am

of

Yamato."

"But

that's

what

we

came

here

to

learn,"

said

Wang-mu.

"I

see

that

you

are

a

man

of

the

Edge,

not

a

man

of

the

Center.

Therefore

you

will

not

let

Yamato

be

swallowed

up

by

the

Center

nation.

Instead

the

Japanese

will

remain

aloof

from

their

own

hegemony,

and

in

the

end

it

will

slip

from

their

hands

into

someone

else's

hands."

Hikari

shook

his

head.

"I

will

not

have

you

blame

Japan

for

this

Lusitania

Fleet.

We

are

the

people

who

are

chastened

by

the

gods,

we

do

not

send

fleets

to

destroy

others."

"The

Necessarians

do,"

said

Peter.

"The

Necessarians

talk,"

said

Hikari.

"No

one

listens."

"You

don't

listen

to

them,"

said

Peter.

"But

Congress

does."

"And

the

Necessarians

listen

to

you,"

said

Wang-mu.

"I

am

a

man

of

perfect

simplicity!"

cried

Hikari,

rising

to

his

feet.

"You

have

come

to

torture

me

with

accusations

that

cannot

be

true!"

"We

make

no

accusation,"

said

Wang-mu

softly,

refusing

to

rise.

"We

offer

an

observation.

If

we

are

wrong,

we

beg

you

to

teach

us

our

mistake."

Hikari

was

trembling,

and

his

left

hand

now

clutched

the

locket

of

his

ancestors'

ashes

that

hung

on

a

silk

ribbon

around

his

neck.

"No,"

he

said.

"I

will

not

let

you

pretend

to

be

humble

seekers

after

truth.

You

are

assassins.

Assassins

of

the

heart,

come

to

destroy

me,

come

to

tell

me

that

in

seeking

to

find

the

Yamato

way

I

have

somehow

caused

my

people

to

rule

the

human

worlds

and

use

that

power

to

destroy

a

helplessly

weak

sentient

species!

It

is

a

terrible

lie

to

tell

me,

that

my

life's

work

has

been

so

useless.

I

would

rather

you

had

put

poison

in

my

tea,

Si

Wang-mu.

I

would

rather

you

had

put

a

gun

to

my

head

and

blown

it

off,

Peter

Wiggin.

They

named

you

well,

your

parents--

proud

and

terrible

names

you

both

bear.

The

Royal

Mother

of

the

West?

A

goddess?

And

Peter

Wiggin,

the

first

hegemon!

Who

gives

their

child

such

a

name

as

that?"

Peter

was

standing

also,

and

he

reached

down

to

lift

Wang-mu

to

her

feet.

"We

have

given

offense

where

we

meant

none,"

said

Peter.

"I

am

ashamed.

We

must

go

at

once."

Wang-mu

was

surprised

to

hear

Peter

sound

so

oriental.

The

American

way

was

to

make

excuses,

to

stay

and

argue.

She

let

him

lead

her

to

the

door.

Hikari

did

not

follow

them;

it

was

left

to

poor

Kenji,

who

was

terrified

to

see

her

placid

master

so

exercised,

to

show

them

out.

But

Wang-mu

was

determined

not

to

let

this

visit

end

entirely

in

disaster.

So

at

the

last

moment

she

rushed

back

and

flung

herself

to

the

floor,

prostrate

before

Hikari

in

precisely

the

pose

of

humiliation

that

she

had

vowed

only

a

little

while

ago

that

she

would

never

adopt

again.

But

she

knew

that

as

long

as

she

was

in

that

posture,

a

man

like

Hikari

would

have

to

listen

to

her.

"Oh,

Aimaina

Hikari,"

she

said,

"you

have

spoken

of

our

names,

but

have

you

forgotten

your

own?

How

could

the

man

called

'Ambiguous

Light'

ever

think

that

his

teachings

could

have

only

the

effects

that

he

intended?"

Upon

hearing

those

words,

Hikari

turned

his

back

and

stalked

from

the

room.

Had

she

made

the

situation

better

or

worse?

Wang-mu

had

no

way

of

knowing.

She

got

to

her

feet

and

walked

dolefully

to

the

door.

Peter

would

be

furious

with

her.

With

her

boldness

she

might

well

have

ruined

everything

for

them--

and

not

just

for

them,

but

for

all

those

who

so

desperately

hoped

for

them

to

stop

the

Lusitania

Fleet.

To

her

surprise,

however,

Peter

was

perfectly

cheerful

once

they

got

outside

Hikari's

garden

gate.

"Well

done,

however

weird

your

technique

was,"

said

Peter.

"What

do

you

mean?

It

was

a

disaster,"

she

said;

but

she

was

eager

to

believe

that

somehow

he

was

right

and

she

had

done

well

after

all.

"Oh,

he's

angry

and

he'll

never

speak

to

us

again,

but

who

cares?

We

weren't

trying

to

change

his

mind

ourselves.

We

were

just

trying

to

find

out

who

it

is

who

does

have

influence

over

him.

And

we

did."

"We

did?"

"Jane

picked

up

on

it

at

once.

When

he

said

he

was

a

man

of

'perfect

simplicity.'"

"Does

that

mean

something

more

than

the

plain

sense

of

it?"

"Mr.

Hikari,

my

dear,

has

revealed

himself

to

be

a

secret

disciple

of

Ua

Lava."

Wang-mu

was

baffled.

"It's

a

religious

movement.

Or

a

joke.

It's

hard

to

know

which.

It's

a

Samoan

term,

with

the

literal

meaning

'Now

enough,'

but

which

is

translated

more

accurately

as,

'enough

already!'"

"I'm

sure

you're

an

expert

on

Samoan."

Wang-mu,

for

her

part,

had

never

heard

of

the

language.

"Jane

is,"

said

Peter

testily.

"I

have

her

jewel

in

my

ear

and

you

don't.

Don't

you

want

me

to

pass

along

what

she

tells

me?"

"Yes,

please,"

said

Wang-mu.

"It's

a

sort

of

philosophy--

cheerful

stoicism,

one

might

call

it,

because

when

things

get

bad

or

when

things

are

good,

you

say

the

same

thing.

But

as

taught

by

a

particular

Samoan

writer

named

Leiloa

Lavea,

it

became

more

than

a

mere

attitude.

She

taught--"

"She?

Hikari

is

a

disciple

of

a

woman?"

"I

didn't

say

that,"

said

Peter.

"If

you

listen,

I'll

tell

you

what

Jane

is

telling

me."

He

waited.

She

listened.

"All

right,

then,

what

Leiloa

Lavea

taught

was

a

sort

of

volunteer

communism.

It's

not

enough

just

to

laugh

at

good

fortune

and

say,

'Enough

already.'

You

have

to

really

mean

it--

that

you

have

enough.

And

because

you

mean

it,

you

take

the

surplus

and

you

give

it

away.

Similarly,

when

bad

fortune

comes,

you

bear

it

until

it

becomes

unbearable--

your

family

is

hungry,

or

you

can

no

longer

function

in

your

work.

And

then

again

you

say,

'Enough

already,'

and

you

change

something.

You

move;

you

change

careers;

you

let

your

spouse

make

all

the

decisions.

Something.

You

don't

endure

the

unendurable."

"What

does

that

have

to

do

with

'perfect

simplicity'?"

"Leiloa

Lavea

taught

that

when

you

have

achieved

balance

in

your

life--

surplus

good

fortune

is

being

fully

shared,

and

all

bad

fortune

has

been

done

away

with--

what

is

left

is

a

life

of

perfect

simplicity.

That's

what

Aimaina

Hikari

was

saying

to

us.

Until

we

came,

his

life

had

been

going

on

in

perfect

simplicity.

But

now

we

have

thrown

him

out

of

balance.

That's

good,

because

it

means

he's

going

to

be

struggling

to

discover

how

to

restore

simplicity

to

its

perfection.

He'll

be

open

to

influence.

Not

ours,

of

course."

"Leiloa

Lavea's?"

"Hardly.

She's

been

dead

for

two

thousand

years.

Ender

met

her

once,

by

the

way.

He

came

to

speak

a

death

on

her

home

world

ofwell,

Starways

Congress

calls

it

Pacifica,

but

the

Samoan

enclave

there

calls

it

Lumana'i.

'The

Future.'"

"Not

her

death,

though."

"A

Fijian

murderer,

actually.

A

fellow

who

killed

more

than

a

hundred

children,

all

of

them

Tongan.

He

didn't

like

Tongans,

apparently.

They

held

off

on

his

funeral

for

thirty

years

so

Ender

could

come

and

speak

his

death.

They

hoped

that

the

Speaker

for

the

Dead

would

be

able

to

make

sense

of

what

he

had

done."

"And

did

he?"

Peter

sneered.

"Oh,

of

course,

he

was

splendid.

Ender

can

do

no

wrong.

Yadda

yadda

yadda."

She

ignored

his

hostility

toward

Ender.

"He

met

Leiloa

Lavea?"

"Her

name

means

'to

be

lost,

to

be

hurt.'"

"Let

me

guess.

She

chose

it

herself."

"Exactly.

You

know

how

writers

are.

Like

Hikari,

they

create

themselves

as

they

create

their

work.

Or

perhaps

they

create

their

work

in

order

to

create

themselves."

"How

gnomic,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Oh,

shut

up

about

that,"

said

Peter.

"Did

you

actually

believe

all

that

stuff

about

Edge

nations

and

Center

nations?"

"I

thought

of

it,"

said

Wang-mu.

"When

I

first

learned

Earth

history

from

Han

Fei-tzu.

He

didn't

laugh

when

I

told

him

my

thoughts."

"Oh,

I'm

not

laughing,

either.

It's

naive

bullshit,

of

course,

but

it's

not

exactly

funny."

Wang-mu

ignored

his

mockery.

"If

Leiloa

Lavea

is

dead,

where

will

we

go?"

"To

Pacifica.

To

Lumana'i.

Hikari

learned

of

Ua

Lava

in

his

teenage

years

at

university.

From

a

Samoan

student--

the

granddaughter

of

the

Pacifican

ambassador.

She

had

never

been

to

Lumana'i,

of

course,

and

so

she

clung

all

the

more

tightly

to

its

customs

and

became

quite

a

proselytizer

for

Leiloa

Lavea.

This

was

long

before

Hikari

ever

wrote

a

thing.

He

never

speaks

of

it,

he's

never

written

of

Ua

Lava,

but

now

that

he's

tipped

his

hand

to

us,

Jane

is

finding

all

sorts

of

influence

of

Ua

Lava

in

all

his

work.

And

he

has

friends

in

Lumana'i.

He's

never

met

them,

but

they

correspond

through

the

ansible

net."

"What

about

the

granddaughter

of

the

ambassador?"

"She's

on

a

starship

right

now,

headed

home

to

Lumana'i.

She

left

twenty

years

ago,

when

her

grandfather

died.

She

should

get

there

...

oh,

in

another

ten

years

or

so.

Depending

on

the

weather.

She'll

be

received

with

great

honor,

no

doubt,

and

her

grandfather's

body

will

be

buried

or

burned

or

whatever

they

do--

burned,

Jane

says--

with

great

ceremony."

"But

Hikari

won't

try

to

talk

to

her."

"It

would

take

a

week

to

space

out

even

a

simple

message

enough

for

her

to

receive

it,

at

the

speed

the

ship

is

going.

No

way

to

have

a

philosophical

discussion.

She'd

be

home

before

he

finished

explaining

his

question."

For

the

first

time,

Wang-mu

began

to

understand

the

implications

of

the

instantaneous

starflight

that

she

and

Peter

had

used.

These

long,

life-wrenching

voyages

could

be

done

away

with.

"If

only,"

she

said.

"I

know,"

said

Peter.

"But

we

can't."

She

knew

he

was

right.

"So

we

go

there

ourselves,"

she

said,

returning

to

the

subject.

"Then

what?"

"Jane

is

watching

to

see

whom

Hikari

writes

to.

That's

the

person

who'll

be

in

a

position

to

influence

him.

And

so

..."

"That's

who

we'll

talk

to."

"That's

right.

Do

you

need

to

pee

or

something

before

we

arrange

transportation

back

to

our

little

cabin

in

the

woods?"

"That

would

be

nice,"

said

Wang-mu.

"And

you

could

do

with

a

change

of

clothes."

"What,

you

think

even

this

conservative

outfit

might

be

too

bold?"

"What

are

they

wearing

on

Lumana'i?"

"Oh,

well,

a

lot

of

them

just

go

around

naked.

In

the

tropics.

Jane

says

that

given

the

massive

bulk

of

many

adult

Polynesians,

it

can

be

an

inspiring

sight."

Wang-mu

shuddered.

"We

aren't

going

to

try

to

pretend

to

be

natives,

are

we?"

"Not

there,"

said

Peter.

"Jane's

going

to

fake

us

as

passengers

on

a

starship

that

arrived

there

yesterday

from

Moskva.

We're

probably

going

to

be

government

officials

of

some

kind."

"Isn't

that

illegal?"

she

asked.

Peter

looked

at

her

oddly.

"Wang-mu,

we're

already

committing

treason

against

Congress

just

by

having

left

Lusitania.

It's

a

capital

offense.

I

don't

think

impersonating

a

government

official

is

going

to

make

much

of

a

difference."

"But

I

didn't

leave

Lusitania,"

said

Wang-mu.

"I've

never

seen

Lusitania.

"

"Oh,

you

haven't

missed

much.

It's

just

a

bunch

of

savannahs

and

woods,

with

the

occasional

Hive

Queen

factory

building

starships

and

a

bunch

of

piglike

aliens

living

in

the

trees."

"I'm

an

accomplice

to

treason

though,

right?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"And

you're

also

guilty

of

ruining

a

Japanese

philosopher's

whole

day."

"Off

with

my

head."

An

hour

later

they

were

in

a

private

floater--

so

private

that

there

were

no

questions

asked

by

their

pilot;

and

Jane

saw

to

it

that

all

their

papers

were

in

order.

Before

night

they

were

back

at

their

little

starship.

"We

should

have

slept

in

the

apartment,"

said

Peter,

balefully

eyeing

the

primitive

sleeping

accommodations.

Wang-mu

only

laughed

at

him

and

curled

up

on

the

floor.

In

the

morning,

rested,

they

found

that

Jane

had

already

taken

them

to

Pacifica

in

their

sleep.

***

Aimaina

Hikari

awoke

from

his

dream

in

the

light

that

was

neither

night

nor

morning,

and

arose

from

his

bed

into

air

that

was

neither

warm

nor

cold.

His

sleep

had

not

been

restful,

and

his

dreams

had

been

ugly

ones,

frantic

ones,

in

which

all

that

he

did

kept

turning

back

on

him

as

the

opposite

of

what

he

intended.

In

his

dream,

Aimaina

would

climb

to

reach

the

bottom

of

a

canyon.

He

would

speak

and

people

would

go

away

from

him.

He

would

write

and

the

pages

of

the

book

would

spurt

out

from

under

his

hand,

scattering

themselves

across

the

floor.

All

this

he

understood

to

be

in

response

to

the

visit

from

those

lying

foreigners

yesterday.

He

had

tried

to

ignore

them

all

afternoon,

as

he

read

stories

and

essays;

to

forget

them

all

evening,

as

he

conversed

with

seven

friends

who

came

to

visit

him.

But

the

stories

and

essays

all

seemed

to

cry

out

to

him:

These

are

the

words

of

the

insecure

people

of

an

Edge

nation;

and

the

seven

friends

were

all,

he

realized,

Necessarians,

and

when

he

turned

the

conversation

to

the

Lusitania

Fleet,

he

soon

understood

that

every

one

of

them

believed

exactly

as

the

two

liars

with

their

ridiculous

names

had

said

they

did.

So

Aimaina

found

himself

in

the

predawn

almost-light,

sitting

on

a

mat

in

his

garden,

fingering

the

casket

of

his

ancestors,

wondering:

Were

my

dreams

sent

to

me

by

the

ancestors?

Were

these

lying

visitors

sent

by

them

as

well?

And

if

their

accusations

against

me

were

not

lies,

what

was

it

they

were

lying

about?

For

he

knew

from

the

way

they

watched

each

other,

from

the

young

woman's

hesitancy

followed

by

boldness,

that

they

were

doing

a

performance,

one

that

was

unrehearsed

but

nevertheless

followed

some

kind

of

script.

Dawn

came

fully,

seeking

out

each

leaf

of

every

tree,

then

of

all

the

lower

plants,

to

give

each

one

its

own

distinct

shading

and

coloration;

the

breeze

came

up,

making

the

light

infinitely

changeable.

Later,

in

the

heat

of

the

day,

all

the

leaves

would

become

the

same:

still,

submissive,

receiving

sunlight

in

a

massive

stream

like

a

firehose.

Then,

in

the

afternoon,

the

clouds

would

roll

overhead,

the

light

rains

would

fall;

the

limp

leaves

would

recover

their

strength,

would

glisten

with

water,

their

color

deepening,

readying

for

night,

for

the

life

of

the

night,

for

the

dreams

of

plants

growing

in

the

night,

storing

away

the

sunlight

that

had

been

beaten

into

them

by

day,

flowing

with

the

cool

inward

rivers

that

had

been

fed

by

the

rains.

Aimaina

Hikari

became

one

of

the

leaves,

driving

all

thoughts

but

light

and

wind

and

rain

out

of

his

mind

until

the

dawn

phase

was

ended

and

the

sun

began

to

drive

downward

with

the

day's

heat.

Then

he

rose

up

from

his

seat

in

the

garden.

Kenji

had

prepared

a

small

fish

for

his

breakfast.

He

ate

it

slowly,

delicately,

so

as

not

to

disturb

the

perfect

skeleton

that

had

given

shape

to

the

fish.

The

muscles

pulled

this

way

and

that,

and

the

bones

flexed

but

did

not

break.

I

will

not

break

them

now,

but

I

take

the

strength

of

the

muscles

into

my

own

body.

Last

of

all

he

ate

the

eyes.

From

the

parts

that

move

comes

the

strength

of

the

animal.

He

touched

the

casket

of

his

ancestors

again.

What

wisdom

I

have,

however,

comes

not

from

what

I

eat,

but

from

what

I

am

given

each

hour,

by

those

who

whisper

into

my

ear

from

ages

past.

Living

men

forget

the

lessons

of

the

past.

But

the

ancestors

never

forget.

Aimaina

arose

from

his

breakfast

table

and

went

to

the

computer

in

his

gardening

shed.

It

was

just

another

tool--

that's

why

he

kept

it

here,

instead

of

enshrining

it

in

his

house

or

in

a

special

office

the

way

so

many

others

did.

His

computer

was

like

a

trowel.

He

used

it,

he

set

it

aside.

A

face

appeared

in

the

air

above

his

terminal.

"I

am

calling

my

friend

Yasunari,"

said

Aimaina.

"But

do

not

disturb

him.

This

matter

is

so

trivial

that

I

would

be

ashamed

to

have

him

waste

his

time

with

it."

"Let

me

help

you

on

his

behalf

then,"

said

the

face

in

the

air.

"Yesterday

I

asked

for

information

about

Peter

Wiggin

and

Si

Wang-mu,

who

had

an

appointment

to

visit

with

me."

"I

remember.

It

was

a

pleasure

finding

them

so

quickly

for

you."

"I

found

their

visit

very

disturbing,"

said

Aimaina.

"Something

that

they

told

me

was

not

true,

and

I

need

more

information

in

order

to

find

out

what

it

was.

I

do

not

wish

to

violate

their

privacy,

but

are

there

matters

of

public

record--

perhaps

their

school

attendance,

or

places

of

employment,

or

some

matters

of

family

connections

...

"

"Yasunari

has

told

us

that

all

things

you

ask

for

are

for

a

wise

purpose.

Let

me

search."

The

face

disappeared

for

a

moment,

then

flickered

back

almost

immediately.

"This

is

very

odd.

Have

I

made

a

mistake?"

She

spelled

the

names

carefully.

"That's

correct,"

said

Aimaina.

"Exactly

like

yesterday."

"I

remember

them,

too.

They

live

in

an

apartment

only

a

few

blocks

from

your

house.

But

I

can't

find

them

at

all

today.

And

here

I

search

the

apartment

building

and

find

that

the

apartment

they

occupied

has

been

empty

for

a

year.

Aimaina,

I

am

very

surprised.

How

can

two

people

exist

one

day

and

not

exist

the

next

day?

Did

I

make

some

mistake,

either

yesterday

or

today?"

"You

made

no

mistake,

helper

of

my

friend.

This

is

the

information

I

needed.

Please,

I

beg

you

to

think

no

more

about

it.

What

looks

like

a

mystery

to

you

is

in

fact

a

solution

to

my

questions."

They

bade

each

other

polite

farewells.

Aimaina

walked

from

his

garden

workroom

past

the

struggling

leaves

that

bowed

under

the

pressure

of

the

sunlight.

The

ancestors

have

pressed

wisdom

on

me,

he

thought,

like

sunlight

on

the

leaves;

and

last

night

the

water

flowed

through

me,

carrying

this

wisdom

through

my

mind

like

sap

through

the

tree.

Peter

Wiggin

and

Si

Wang-mu

were

flesh

and

blood,

and

filled

with

lies,

but

they

came

to

me

and

spoke

the

truth

that

I

needed

to

hear.

Is

this

not

how

the

ancestors

bring

messages

to

their

living

children?

I

have

somehow

launched

ships

armed

with

the

most

terrible

weapons

of

war.

I

did

this

when

I

was

young;

now

the

ships

are

near

their

destination

and

I

am

old

and

I

cannot

call

them

back.

A

world

will

be

destroyed

and

Congress

will

look

to

the

Necessarians

for

approval

and

they

will

give

it,

and

then

the

Necessarians

will

look

to

me

for

approval,

and

I

will

hide

my

face

in

shame.

My

leaves

will

fall

and

I

will

stand

bare

before

them.

That

is

why

I

should

not

have

lived

my

life

in

this

tropical

place.

I

have

forgotten

winter.

I

have

forgotten

shame

and

death.

Perfect

simplicity--

I

thought

I

had

achieved

it.

But

instead

I

have

been

a

bringer

of

bad

fortune.

He

sat

in

the

garden

for

an

hour,

drawing

single

characters

in

the

fine

gravel

of

the

path,

then

wiping

it

smooth

and

writing

again.

At

last

he

returned

to

the

garden

shed

and

on

the

computer

typed

the

message

he

had

been

composing:

Ender

the

Xenocide

was

a

child

and

did

not

know

the

war

was

real;

yet

he

chose

to

destroy

a

populated

planet

in

his

game.

I

am

an

adult

and

have

known

all

along

that

the

game

was

real;

but

I

did

not

know

I

was

a

player.

Is

my

blame

greater

or

less

than

the

Xenocide's

if

another

world

is

destroyed

and

another

raman

species

obliterated?

What

is

my

path

to

simplicity

now?

His

friend

would

know

few

of

the

circumstances

surrounding

this

query;

but

he

would

not

need

more.

He

would

consider

the

question.

He

would

find

an

answer.

A

moment

later,

an

ansible

on

the

planet

Pacifica

received

his

message.

On

the

way,

it

had

already

been

read

by

the

entity

that

sat

astride

all

the

strands

of

the

ansible

web.

For

Jane,

though,

it

was

not

the

message

that

mattered

so

much

as

the

address.

Now

Peter

and

Wang-mu

would

know

where

to

go

for

the

next

step

in

their

quest.

Chapter

5

--

"NOBODY

IS

RATIONAL"

My

father

often

told

me,

We

have

servants

and

machines

in

order

that

our

will

may

be

carried

out

beyond

the

reach

of

our

own

arms.

Machines

are

more

powerful

than

servants

and

more

obedient

and

less

rebellious,

but

machines

have

no

judgment

and

will

not

remonstrate

with

us

when

our

will

is

foolish,

and

will

not

disobey

us

when

our

will

is

evil.

In

times

and

places

where

people

despise

the

gods,

those

most

in

need

of

servants

have

machines,

or

choose

servants

who

will

behave

like

machines.

I

believe

this

will

continue

until

the

gods

stop

laughing."

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

The

hovercar

skimmed

over

the

fields

of

amaranth

being

tended

by

buggers

under

the

morning

sun

of

Lusitania.

In

the

distance,

clouds

already

arose,

cumulus

stacks

billowing

upward,

though

it

was

not

yet

noon.

"Why

aren't

we

going

to

the

ship?"

asked

Val.

Miro

shook

his

head.

"We've

found

enough

worlds,"

he

said.

"Does

Jane

say

so?"

"Jane

is

impatient

with

me

today,"

said

Miro,

"which

makes

us

about

even."

Val

fixed

her

gaze

on

him.

"Imagine

my

impatience

then,"

she

said.

"You

haven't

even

bothered

to

ask

me

what

I

want

to

do.

Am

I

so

inconsequential,

then?"

He

glanced

at

her.

"You're

the

one

who's

dying,"

he

said.

"I

tried

talking

to

Ender,

but

it

didn't

accomplish

anything."

"When

did

I

ask

you

for

help?

And

what

exactly

are

you

doing

to

help

me

right

now?"

"I'm

going

to

the

Hive

Queen."

"You

might

as

well

say

you're

going

to

see

your

fairy

godmother."

"Your

problem,

Val,

is

that

you

are

completely

dependent

on

Ender's

will.

If

he

loses

interest

in

you,

you're

gone.

Well,

I'm

going

to

find

out

how

we

can

get

you

a

will

of

your

own."

Val

laughed

and

looked

away

from

him.

"You're

so

romantic,

Miro.

But

you

don't

think

things

through."

"I

think

them

through

very

well,"

said

Miro.

"I

spend

all

my

time

thinking

things

through.

It's

acting

on

my

thoughts

that

gets

tricky.

Which

ones

should

I

act

on,

and

which

ones

should

I

ignore?"

"Act

on

the

thought

of

steering

us

without

crashing,"

said

Val.

Miro

swerved

to

avoid

a

starship

under

construction.

"She

still

makes

more,"

said

Miro,

"even

though

we

have

enough."

"Maybe

she

knows

that

when

Jane

dies,

starflight

ends

for

us.

So

the

more

ships,

the

more

we

can

accomplish

before

she

dies."

"Who

can

guess

how

the

Hive

Queen

thinks?"

said

Miro.

"She

promises,

but

even

she

can't

predict

whether

her

predictions

will

come

true."

"So

why

are

you

going

to

see

her?"

"The

hive

queens

made

a

bridge

one

time,

a

living

bridge

to

allow

them

to

link

their

minds

with

the

mind

of

Ender

Wiggin

when

he

was

just

a

boy,

and

their

most

dangerous

enemy.

They

called

an

aiua

out

of

darkness

and

set

it

in

place

somewhere

between

the

stars.

It

was

a

being

that

partook

of

the

nature

of

the

hive

queens,

but

also

of

the

nature

of

human

beings,

specifically

of

Ender

Wiggin,

as

nearly

as

they

could

understand

him.

When

they

were

done

with

the

bridge--

when

Ender

killed

them

all

but

the

one

they

had

cocooned

to

wait

for

him--

the

bridge

remained,

alive

among

the

feeble

ansible

connections

of

humankind,

storing

its

memory

in

the

small,

fragile

computer

networks

of

the

first

human

world

and

its

few

outposts.

As

the

computer

networks

grew,

so

did

that

bridge,

that

being,

drawing

on

Ender

Wiggin

for

its

life

and

character."

"Jane,"

said

Val.

"Yes,

that's

Jane.

What

I'm

going

to

try

to

learn,

Val,

is

how

to

get

Jane's

aiua

into

you."

"Then

I'll

be

Jane,

and

not

myself."

Miro

smacked

the

joystick

of

the

hovercar

with

his

fist.

The

craft

wobbled,

then

automatically

righted

itself.

"Do

you

think

I

haven't

thought

of

that?"

demanded

Miro.

"But

you're

not

yourself

now!

You're

Ender--

you're

Ender's

dream

or

his

need

or

something

like

that."

"I

don't

feel

like

Ender.

I

feel

like

me."

"That's

right.

You

have

your

memories.

The

feelings

of

your

own

body.

Your

own

experiences.

But

none

of

those

will

be

lost.

Nobody's

conscious

of

their

own

underlying

will.

You'll

never

know

the

difference."

She

laughed.

"Oh,

you're

the

expert

now

in

what

would

happen,

with

something

that

has

never

been

done

before?"

"Yes,"

said

Miro.

"Somebody

has

to

decide

what

to

do.

Somebody

has

to

decide

what

to

believe,

and

then

act

on

it."

"What

if

I

tell

you

that

I

don't

want

you

to

do

this?"

"Do

you

want

to

die?"

"It

seems

to

me

that

you're

the

one

trying

to

kill

me,"

said

Val.

"Or,

to

be

fair,

you

want

to

commit

the

slightly

lesser

crime

of

cutting

me

off

from

my

own

deepest

self

and

replacing

that

with

someone

else."

"You're

dying

now.

The

self

you

have

doesn't

want

you."

"Miro,

I'll

go

see

the

Hive

Queen

with

you

because

that

sounds

like

an

interesting

experience.

But

I'm

not

going

to

let

you

extinguish

me

in

order

to

save

my

life."

"All

right

then,"

said

Miro,

"since

you

represent

the

utterly

altruistic

side

of

Ender's

nature,

let

me

put

it

to

you

a

different

way.

If

Jane's

aiua

can

be

placed

in

your

body,

then

she

won't

die.

And

if

she

doesn't

die,

then

maybe,

after

they've

shut

down

the

computer

links

that

she

lives

in

and

then

reconnected

them,

confident

that

she's

dead,

maybe

then

she'll

be

able

to

link

with

them

again

and

maybe

then

instantaneous

starflight

won't

have

to

end.

So

if

you

die,

you'll

be

dying

to

save,

not

just

Jane,

but

the

power

and

freedom

to

expand

as

we've

never

expanded

before.

Not

just

us,

but

the

pequeninos

and

hive

queens

too."

Val

fell

silent.

Miro

watched

the

route

ahead

of

him.

The

Hive

Queen's

cave

was

nearing

on

the

left,

in

an

embankment

by

a

stream.

He

had

gone

down

there

once

before,

in

his

old

body.

He

knew

the

way.

Of

course,

Ender

had

been

with

him

then,

and

that

was

why

he

could

communicate

with

the

Hive

Queen--

she

could

talk

to

Ender,

and

because

those

who

loved

and

followed

him

were

philotically

twined

with

him,

they

overheard

the

echoes

of

her

speech.

But

wasn't

Val

a

part

of

Ender?

And

wasn't

he

now

more

tightly

twined

to

her

than

he

had

ever

been

with

Ender?

He

needed

Val

with

him

to

speak

to

the

Hive

Queen;

he

needed

to

speak

to

the

Hive

Queen

in

order

to

keep

Val

from

being

obliterated

like

his

own

old

damaged

body.

They

got

out,

and

sure

enough,

the

Hive

Queen

was

expecting

them;

a

single

worker

waited

for

them

at

the

cavern's

mouth.

It

took

Val

by

the

hand

and

led

them

wordlessly

down

into

darkness,

Miro

clinging

to

Val,

Val

holding

to

the

strange

creature.

It

frightened

Miro

just

as

it

had

the

first

time,

but

Val

seemed

utterly

unafraid.

Or

was

it

that

she

was

unconcerned?

Her

deepest

self

was

Ender,

and

Ender

did

not

really

care

what

happened

to

her.

This

made

her

fearless.

It

made

her

unconcerned

with

survival.

All

she

was

concerned

with

was

keeping

her

connection

to

Ender--

the

one

thing

that

was

bound

to

kill

her

if

she

kept

it

up.

To

her

it

seemed

as

though

Miro

was

trying

to

extinguish

her;

but

Miro

knew

that

his

plan

was

the

only

way

to

save

any

part

of

her.

Her

body.

Her

memories.

Her

habits,

her

mannerisms,

every

aspect

of

her

that

he

actually

knew,

those

would

be

preserved.

Every

part

of

her

that

she

herself

was

aware

of

or

remembered,

those

would

all

be

there.

As

far

as

Miro

was

concerned,

that

would

mean

her

life

was

saved,

if

those

endured.

And

once

the

change

had

been

made,

if

it

could

be

made

at

all,

Val

would

thank

him

for

it.

And

so

would

Jane.

And

so

would

everyone.

<The

difference

between

you

and

Ender,>

said

a

voice

in

his

mind,

a

low

murmur

behind

the

level

of

actual

hearing,

<is

that

when

Ender

thinks

of

a

plan

to

save

others,

he

puts

himself

and

only

himself

on

the

line.>

"That's

a

lie,"

said

Miro

to

the

Hive

Queen.

"He

killed

Human,

didn't

he?

It

was

Human

that

he

put

on

the

line."

Human

was

now

one

of

the

fathertrees

that

grew

by

the

gate

of

the

village

of

Milagre.

Ender

had

killed

him

slowly,

so

that

he

could

take

root

in

the

soil

and

go

through

the

passage

into

the

third

life

with

all

his

memories

intact.

"I

suppose

Human

didn't

actually

die,"

said

Miro.

"But

Planter

did,

and

Ender

let

him

do

that,

too.

And

how

many

hive

queens

died

in

the

final

battle

between

your

people

and

Ender?

Don't

brag

to

me

about

how

Ender

pays

his

own

prices.

He

just

sees

to

it

that

the

price

is

paid,

by

whoever

has

the

means

to

pay

it."

The

Hive

Queen's

answer

was

immediate.

<I

don't

want

you

to

find

me.

Stay

lost

in

the

darkness.>

"You

don't

want

Jane

to

die

either,"

said

Miro.

"I

don't

like

her

voice

inside

me,"

said

Val

softly.

"Keep

walking.

Keep

following."

"I

can't,"

said

Val.

"The

worker--

she

let

go

of

my

hand."

"You

mean

we're

stranded

here?"

asked

Miro.

Val's

answer

was

silence.

They

held

hands

tightly

in

the

dark,

not

daring

to

step

in

any

direction.

<I

can't

do

the

thing

you

want

me

to

do.>

"When

I

was

here

before,"

said

Miro,

"you

told

us

how

all

the

hive

queens

made

a

web

to

trap

Ender,

only

they

couldn't,

so

they

made

a

bridge,

they

drew

an

aiua

from

Outside

and

made

a

bridge

out

of

it

and

used

it

to

speak

to

Ender

through

his

mind,

through

the

fantasy

game

that

he

played

on

the

computers

in

the

Battle

School.

You

did

that

once--

you

called

an

aiua

from

Outside.

Why

can't

you

find

that

same

aiua

and

put

it

somewhere

else?

Link

it

to

something

else?"

<The

bridge

was

part

of

ourselves.

Partly

ourselves.

We

were

calling

to

this

aiua

the

way

we

call

for

aiuas

to

make

new

hive

queens.

This

is

something

completely

different.

That

ancient

bridge

is

now

a

full

self,

not

some

wandering,

starving

singleton

desperate

for

connection.>

"All

you're

saying

is

that

it's

something

new.

Something

you

don't

know

how

to

do.

Not

that

it

can't

be

done."

<She

doesn't

want

you

to

do

it.

We

can't

do

it

if

she

doesn't

want

it

to

happen.>

"So

you

can

stop

me,"

Miro

murmured

to

Val.

"She's

not

talking

about

me,"

Val

answered.

<Jane

doesn't

want

to

steal

someone

else's

body.>

"It's

Ender's.

He

has

two

others.

This

is

a

spare.

He

doesn't

even

want

it

himself."

<We

can't.

We

won't.

Go

away.>

"We

can't

go

away

in

the

dark,"

said

Miro.

Miro

felt

Val

pull

her

hand

away

from

him.

"No!"

he

cried.

"Don't

let

go!"

<What

are

you

doing?>

Miro

knew

the

question

was

not

directed

toward

him.

<Where

are

you

going?

It's

dangerous

in

the

dark.>

Miro

heard

Val's

voice--

from

surprisingly

far

away.

She

must

be

moving

rapidly

in

the

darkness.

"If

you

and

Jane

are

so

concerned

about

saving

my

life,"

she

said,

"then

give

me

and

Miro

a

guide.

Otherwise,

who

cares

if

I

drop

down

some

shaft

and

break

my

neck?

Not

Ender.

Not

me.

Certainly

not

Miro."

"Stop

moving!"

cried

Miro.

"Just

hold

still,

Val!"

"You

hold

still,"

Val

called

back

to

him.

"You're

the

one

with

a

life

worth

saving!"

Suddenly

Miro

felt

a

hand

groping

for

his.

No,

a

claw.

He

gripped

the

foreclaw

of

a

worker

and

she

led

him

forward

through

the

darkness.

Not

very

far.

Then

they

turned

a

corner

and

it

was

lighter,

turned

another

and

they

could

see.

Another,

another,

and

there

they

were

in

a

chamber

illuminated

by

light

through

a

shaft

that

led

to

the

surface.

Val

was

already

there,

seated

on

the

ground

before

the

Hive

Queen.

When

Miro

saw

her

before,

she

had

been

in

the

midst

of

laying

eggs--

eggs

that

would

grow

into

new

hive

queens,

a

brutal

process,

cruel

and

sensuous.

Now,

though,

she

simply

lay

in

the

damp

earth

of

the

tunnel,

eating

what

a

steady

stream

of

workers

brought

to

her.

Clay

dishes

filled

with

a

mash

of

amaranth

and

water.

Now

and

then,

gathered

fruit.

Now

and

then,

meat.

No

interruption,

worker

after

worker.

Miro

had

never

seen,

had

never

imagined

anyone

eating

so

much.

<How

do

you

think

I

make

my

eggs?>

"We'll

never

stop

the

fleet

without

starflight,"

said

Miro.

"They're

about

to

kill

Jane,

any

day

now.

Shut

down

the

ansible

network,

and

she'll

die.

What

then?

What

are

your

ships

for

then?

The

Lusitania

Fleet

will

come

and

destroy

this

world."

<There

are

endless

dangers

in

the

universe.

This

is

not

the

one

you're

supposed

to

worry

about.>

"I

worry

about

everything,"

said

Miro.

"It's

all

my

concern.

Besides,

my

job

is

done.

Finished.

There

are

already

enough

worlds.

More

worlds

than

we

can

settle.

What

we

need

is

more

starships

and

more

time,

not

more

destinations."

<Are

you

a

fool?

Do

you

think

Jane

and

I

are

sending

you

out

for

nothing?

You

aren't

searching

for

worlds

to

be

colonized

anymore.>

"Really?

When

did

this

change

of

assignment

come

about?"

<Colonizable

worlds

are

only

an

afterthought.

Only

a

byproduct.

>

"Then

why

have

Val

and

I

been

killing

ourselves

all

these

weeks?

And

that's

literal,

for

Val--

the

work

is

so

boring

that

it

doesn't

interest

Ender

and

so

she's

fading."

<A

worse

danger

than

the

fleet.

We've

already

beaten

the

fleet.

We've

already

dispersed.

What

does

it

matter

if

I

die?

My

daughters

have

all

my

memories.>

"You

see,

Val?"

said

Miro.

"The

Hive

Queen

knows--

your

memories

are

your

self.

If

your

memories

live,

then

you're

alive."

"In

a

pig's

eye,"

said

Val

softly.

"What's

the

worse

danger

she's

talking

about?"

"There

is

no

worse

danger,"

said

Miro.

"She

just

wants

me

to

go

away,

but

I

won't

go

away.

Your

life

is

worth

saving,

Val.

So

is

Jane's.

And

the

Hive

Queen

can

find

a

way

to

do

it,

if

it

can

be

done.

If

Jane

could

be

the

bridge

between

Ender

and

the

hive

queens,

then

why

can't

Ender

be

the

bridge

between

Jane

and

you?"

<If

I

say

that

I

will

try,

will

you

go

back

to

doing

your

work?>

There

was

the

catch:

Ender

had

warned

Miro

long

ago

that

the

Hive

Queen

looks

upon

her

own

intentions

as

facts,

just

like

her

memories.

But

when

her

intentions

change,

then

the

new

intention

is

the

new

fact,

and

she

doesn't

remember

ever

having

intended

anything

else.

Thus

a

promise

from

the

Hive

Queen

was

written

on

water.

She

would

only

keep

the

promises

that

still

made

sense

for

her

to

keep.

Yet

there

was

no

better

promise

to

be

had.

"You'll

try,"

said

Miro.

<I'm

trying

right

now

to

figure

out

how

it

might

be

done.

I'm

consulting

with

Human

and

Rooter

and

the

other

fathertrees.

I'm

consulting

with

all

my

daughters.

I'm

consulting

with

Jane,

who

thinks

this

is

all

foolishness.>

"Do

you

ever

intend,"

asked

Val,

"to

consult

with

me?"

<Already

you

are

saying

yes.>

Val

sighed.

"I

suppose

I

am,"

she

said.

"Deep

down

inside

myself,

where

I

am

really

an

old

man

who

doesn't

give

a

damn

whether

this

young

new

puppet

lives

or

dies--

I

suppose

that

at

that

level,

I

don't

mind."

<All

along

you

said

yes.

But

you're

afraid.

You're

afraid

of

losing

what

you

have,

not

knowing

what

you'll

be.>

"You've

got

it,"

said

Val.

"And

don't

tell

me

again

that

stupid

lie

that

you

don't

mind

dying

because

your

daughters

have

your

memories.

You

damn

well

do

mind

dying,

and

if

keeping

Jane

alive

might

save

your

life,

you

want

to

do

it."

<Take

the

hand

of

my

worker

and

go

out

into

the

light.

Go

out

among

the

stars

and

do

your

work.

Back

here,

I'll

try

to

find

a

way

to

save

your

life.

Jane's

life.

All

our

lives.>

***

Jane

was

pouting.

Miro

tried

to

talk

to

her

all

the

way

back

to

Milagre,

back

to

the

starship,

but

she

was

as

silent

as

Val,

who

would

hardly

look

at

him,

let

alone

converse.

"So

I'm

the

evil

one,"

said

Miro.

"Neither

of

you

was

doing

a

damn

thing

about

it,

but

because

I

actually

take

action,

I'm

bad

and

you're

the

victims."

Val

shook

her

head

and

did

not

answer.

"You're

dying!"

he

shouted

over

the

noise

of

the

air

rushing

past

them,

over

the

noise

of

the

engines.

"Jane's

about

to

be

executed!

Is

there

some

virtue

in

being

passive

about

this?

Can't

somebody

at

least

make

an

effort?"

Val

said

something

that

Miro

didn't

hear.

"What?"

She

turned

her

head

away.

"You

said

something,

now

let

me

hear

it!"

The

voice

that

answered

was

not

Val's.

It

was

Jane

who

spoke

into

his

ear.

"She

said,

You

can't

have

it

both

ways."

"What

do

you

mean

I

can't

have

it

both

ways?"

Miro

spoke

to

Val

as

if

she

had

actually

repeated

what

she

said.

Val

turned

toward

him.

"If

you

save

Jane,

it's

because

she

remembers

everything

about

her

life.

It

doesn't

do

any

good

if

you

just

slip

her

into

me

as

an

unconscious

source

of

will.

She

has

to

remain

herself,

so

she

can

be

restored

when

the

ansible

network

is

restored.

And

that

would

wipe

me

out.

Or

if

I'm

preserved,

my

memories

and

personality,

then

what

difference

does

it

make

if

it's

Jane

or

Ender

providing

my

will?

You

can't

save

us

both."

"How

do

you

know?"

demanded

Miro.

"The

same

way

you

know

all

these

things

you're

saying

as

if

they

were

facts

when

nobody

can

possibly

know

anything

about

it!"

cried

Val.

"I'm

reasoning

it

out!

It

seems

reasonable.

That's

enough."

"Why

isn't

it

just

as

reasonable

that

you'll

have

your

memories,

and

hers,

too?"

"Then

I'd

be

insane,

wouldn't

I?"

said

Val.

"Because

I'd

remember

being

a

woman

who

sprang

into

being

on

a

starship,

whose

first

real

memory

is

seeing

you

die

and

come

to

life.

And

I'd

also

remember

three

thousand

years

worth

of

life

outside

this

body,

living

somehow

in

space

and--

what

kind

of

person

can

hold

memories

like

that?

Did

you

think

of

that?

How

can

a

human

being

possibly

contain

Jane

and

all

that

she

is

and

remembers

and

knows

and

can

do?"

"Jane's

very

strong,"

Miro

said.

"But

then,

she

doesn't

know

how

to

use

a

body.

She

doesn't

have

the

instinct

for

it.

She's

never

had

one.

She'll

have

to

use

your

memories.

She'll

have

to

leave

you

intact."

"As

if

you

know."

"I

do

know,"

said

Miro.

"I

don't

know

why

or

how

I

know

it,

but

I

know."

"And

I

thought

men

were

the

rational

ones,"

she

said

scornfully.

"Nobody's

rational,"

said

Miro.

"We

all

act

because

we're

sure

of

what

we

want,

and

we

believe

that

the

actions

we

perform

will

get

us

what

we

want,

but

we

never

know

anything

for

sure,

and

so

all

our

rationales

are

invented

to

justify

what

we

were

going

to

do

anyway

before

we

thought

of

any

reasons."

"Jane's

rational,"

said

Val.

"Just

one

more

reason

why

my

body

wouldn't

work

for

her."

"Jane

isn't

rational

either,"

said

Miro.

"She's

just

like

us.

Just

like

the

Hive

Queen.

Because

she's

alive.

Computers,

now,

those

are

rational.

You

feed

them

data,

they

reach

only

the

conclusions

that

can

be

derived

from

that

data--

but

that

means

they

are

perpetually

helpless

victims

of

whatever

information

and

programs

we

feed

into

them.

We

living

sentient

beings,

we

are

not

slaves

to

the

data

we

receive.

The

environment

floods

us

with

information,

our

genes

give

us

certain

impulses,

but

we

don't

always

act

on

that

information,

we

don't

always

obey

our

inborn

needs.

We

make

leaps.

We

know

what

can't

be

known

and

then

spend

our

lives

seeking

to

justify

that

knowledge.

I

know

that

what

I'm

trying

to

do

is

possible."

"You

mean

you

want

it

to

be

possible."

"Yes,"

said

Miro.

"But

just

because

I

want

it

doesn't

mean

it

can't

be

true."

"But

you

don't

know."

"I

know

it

as

much

as

anyone

knows

anything.

Knowledge

is

just

opinion

that

you

trust

enough

to

act

upon.

I

don't

know

the

sun

will

rise

tomorrow.

The

Little

Doctor

might

blow

up

the

world

before

I

wake.

A

volcano

might

rise

out

of

the

ground

and

blast

us

all

to

smithereens.

But

I

trust

that

tomorrow

will

come,

and

I

act

on

that

trust."

"Well,

I

don't

trust

that

letting

Jane

replace

Ender

as

my

inmost

self

will

leave

anything

resembling

me

in

existence,"

said

Val.

"But

I

know--

I

know--

that

it's

our

only

chance,

because

if

we

don't

get

you

another

aiua

Ender

is

going

to

extinguish

you,

and

if

we

don't

get

Jane

another

place

to

be

her

physical

self,

she's

also

going

to

die.

What's

your

better

plan?"

"I

don't

have

one,"

said

Val.

"I

don't.

If

Jane

can

somehow

be

brought

to

dwell

in

my

body,

then

it

has

to

happen

because

Jane's

survival

is

so

important

to

the

future

of

three

raman

species.

So

I

won't

stop

you.

I

can't

stop

you.

But

don't

think

for

a

moment

that

I

believe

that

I

will

live

through

it.

You're

deluding

yourself

because

you

can't

bear

to

face

the

fact

that

your

plan

depends

on

one

simple

fact:

I'm

not

a

real

person.

I

don't

exist,

I

don't

have

a

right

to

exist,

and

so

my

body

is

up

for

grabs.

You

tell

yourself

you

love

me

and

you're

trying

to

save

me,

but

you've

known

Jane

a

lot

longer,

she

was

your

truest

friend

during

your

months

of

loneliness

as

a

cripple,

I

understand

that

you

love

her

and

would

do

anything

to

save

her

life,

but

I

won't

pretend

what

you're

pretending.

Your

plan

is

for

me

to

die

and

Jane

to

take

my

place.

You

can

call

that

love

if

you

want,

but

I

will

never

call

it

that."

"Then

don't

do

it,"

Miro

said.

"If

you

don't

think

you'll

live

through

it,

don't."

"Oh,

shut

up,"

said

Val.

"How

did

you

get

to

be

such

a

pathetic

romantic?

If

it

were

you

in

my

place,

wouldn't

you

be

giving

speeches

right

now

about

how

you're

glad

you

have

a

body

to

give

to

Jane

and

it's

worth

it

for

you

to

die

for

the

sake

of

humans,

pequeninos,

and

hive

queens

alike?"

"That's

not

true,"

said

Miro.

"That

you

wouldn't

give

speeches?

Come

on,

I

know

you

better

than

that,"

she

said.

"No,"

said

Miro.

"I

mean

I

wouldn't

give

up

my

body.

Not

even

to

save

the

world.

Humanity.

The

universe.

I

lost

my

body

once

before.

I

got

it

back

by

a

miracle

I

still

don't

understand.

I'm

not

going

to

give

it

up

without

a

fight.

Do

you

understand

me?

No,

you

don't,

because

you

don't

have

any

fight

in

you.

Ender

hasn't

given

you

any

fight.

He's

made

you

a

complete

altruist,

the

perfect

woman,

sacrificing

everything

for

the

sake

of

others,

creating

her

identity

out

of

other

people's

needs.

Well,

I'm

not

like

that.

I'm

not

glad

to

die

now.

I

intend

to

live.

That's

how

real

people

feel,

Val.

No

matter

what

they

say,

they

all

intend

to

live."

"Except

the

suicides?"

"They

intended

to

live,

too,"

said

Miro.

"Suicide

is

a

desperate

attempt

to

get

rid

of

unbearable

agony.

It's

not

a

noble

decision

to

let

someone

with

more

value

go

on

living

instead

of

you."

"People

make

choices

like

that

sometimes,"

said

Val.

"It

doesn't

mean

I'm

not

a

real

person

because

I

can

choose

to

give

my

life

to

someone

else.

It

doesn't

mean

I

don't

have

any

fight

in

me."

Miro

stopped

the

hovercar,

let

it

settle

to

the

ground.

He

was

on

the

edge

of

the

pequenino

forest

nearest

to

Milagre.

He

was

aware

that

there

were

pequeninos

working

in

the

field

who

stopped

their

labor

to

watch

them.

But

he

didn't

care

what

they

saw

or

what

they

thought.

He

took

Val

by

the

shoulders

and

with

tears

streaming

down

his

cheeks

he

said,

"I

don't

want

you

to

die.

I

don't

want

you

to

choose

to

die."

"You

did,"

said

Val.

"I

chose

to

live,"

said

Miro.

"I

chose

to

leap

to

the

body

in

which

life

was

possible.

Don't

you

see

that

I'm

only

trying

to

get

you

and

Jane

to

do

what

I

already

did?

For

a

moment

there

in

the

starship,

there

was

my

old

body

and

there

was

this

new

one,

looking

at

each

other.

Val,

I

remember

both

views.

Do

you

understand

me?

I

remember

looking

at

this

body

and

thinking,

'How

beautiful,

how

young,

I

remember

when

that

was

me,

who

is

this

now,

who

is

this

person,

why

can't

I

be

this

person

instead

of

the

cripple

I

am

right

now,'

I

thought

that

and

I

remember

thinking

it,

I

didn't

imagine

it

later,

I

didn't

dream

it,

I

remember

thinking

it

at

the

time.

But

I

also

remember

standing

there

looking

at

myself

with

pity,

thinking,

'Poor

man,

poor

broken

man,

how

can

he

bear

to

live

when

he

remembers

what

it

was

like

to

be

alive?'

and

then

all

of

a

sudden

he

crumbled

into

dust,

into

less

than

dust,

into

air,

into

nothing.

I

remember

watching

him

die.

I

don't

remember

dying

because

my

aiua

had

already

leapt.

But

I

remember

both

sides."

"Or

you

remember

being

your

old

self

until

the

leap,

and

your

new

self

after."

"Maybe,"

said

Miro.

"But

there

wasn't

even

a

full

second.

How

could

I

remember

so

much

from

both

selves

in

the

same

second?

I

think

I

kept

the

memories

that

were

in

this

body

from

the

split

second

when

my

aiua

ruled

two

bodies.

I

think

that

if

Jane

leaps

into

you,

you'll

keep

all

your

old

memories,

and

take

hers,

too.

That's

what

I

think."

"Oh,

I

thought

you

knew

it."

"I

do

know

it,"

said

Miro.

"Because

anything

else

is

unthinkable

and

therefore

unknown.

The

reality

I

live

in

is

a

reality

in

which

you

can

save

Jane

and

Jane

can

save

you."

"You

mean

you

can

save

us."

"I've

already

done

all

I

can

do,"

said

Miro.

"All.

I'm

done.

I

asked

the

Hive

Queen.

She's

thinking

about

it.

She's

going

to

try.

She'll

have

to

have

your

consent.

Jane's

consent.

But

it's

none

of

my

business

now.

I'll

just

be

an

observer.

I'll

either

watch

you

die

or

watch

you

live."

He

pulled

her

close

to

him

and

held

her.

"I

want

you

to

live."

Her

body

in

his

arms

was

stiff

and

unresponsive,

and

he

soon

let

her

go.

He

pulled

away

from

her.

"Wait,"

she

said.

"Wait

until

Jane

has

this

body,

then

do

whatever

she'll

let

you

do

with

it.

But

don't

touch

me

again,

because

I

can't

bear

the

touch

of

a

man

who

wants

me

dead."

The

words

were

too

painful

for

him

to

answer.

Too

painful,

really,

for

him

to

absorb

them.

He

started

the

hovercar.

It

rose

a

little

into

the

air.

He

tipped

it

forward

and

they

flew

on,

circling

the

wood

until

they

came

to

the

place

where

the

fathertrees

named

Human

and

Rooter

marked

the

old

entrance

to

Milagre.

He

could

feel

her

presence

beside

him

the

way

a

man

struck

by

lightning

might

feel

the

nearness

of

a

power

line;

without

touching

it,

he

tingles

with

the

pain

that

he

knows

it

carries

within

it.

The

damage

he

had

done

could

not

be

undone.

She

was

wrong,

he

did

love

her,

he

didn't

want

her

dead,

but

she

lived

in

a

world

in

which

he

wanted

her

extinguished

and

there

was

no

reconciling

it.

They

could

share

this

ride,

they

could

share

the

next

voyage

to

another

star

system,

but

they

would

never

be

in

the

same

world

again,

and

it

was

too

painful

to

bear,

he

ached

with

the

knowledge

of

it

but

the

ache

was

too

deep

for

him

to

reach

it

or

even

feel

it

right

now.

It

was

there,

he

knew

it

was

going

to

tear

at

him

for

years

to

come,

but

he

couldn't

touch

it

now.

He

didn't

need

to

examine

his

feelings.

He

had

felt

them

before,

when

he

lost

Ouanda,

when

his

dream

of

life

with

her

became

impossible.

He

couldn't

touch

it,

couldn't

heal

it,

couldn't

even

grieve

at

what

he

had

only

just

discovered

that

he

wanted

and

once

again

couldn't

have.

"Aren't

you

the

suffering

saint,"

said

Jane

in

his

ear.

"Shut

up

and

go

away,"

Miro

subvocalized.

"That

doesn't

sound

like

a

man

who

wants

to

be

my

lover,"

said

Jane.

"I

don't

want

to

be

your

anything,"

said

Miro.

"You

don't

even

trust

me

enough

to

tell

me

what

you're

up

to

in

our

searching

of

worlds."

"You

didn't

tell

me

what

you

were

up

to

when

you

went

to

see

the

Hive

Queen

either."

"You

knew

what

I

was

doing,"

said

Miro.

"No

I

didn't,"

said

Jane.

"I'm

very

smart--

much

smarter

then

you

or

Ender,

and

don't

you

forget

it

for

an

instant--

but

I

still

can't

outguess

you

meat-creatures

with

your

much-vaunted

'intuitive

leaps.'

I

like

how

you

make

a

virtue

out

of

your

desperate

ignorance.

You

always

act

irrationally

because

you

don't

have

enough

information

for

rational

action.

But

I

do

resent

your

saying

I'm

irrational.

I

never

am.

Never."

"Right,

I'm

sure,"

said

Miro

silently.

"You're

right

about

everything.

You

always

are.

Go

away."

"I'm

gone."

"No

you're

not,"

said

Miro.

"Not

till

you

tell

me

what

Val's

and

my

voyages

have

actually

been

about.

The

Hive

Queen

said

that

colonizable

worlds

were

an

afterthought."

"Nonsense,"

said

Jane.

"We

needed

more

than

one

world

if

we

were

going

to

be

sure

to

save

the

two

nonhuman

species.

Redundancy."

"But

you

send

us

out

again

and

again."

"Interesting,

isn't

it?"

said

Jane.

"She

said

you

were

dealing

with

a

worse

danger

than

the

Lusitania

Fleet."

"How

she

does

go

on."

"Tell

me,"

said

Miro.

"If

I

tell

you,"

said

Jane,

"you

might

not

go."

"Do

you

think

I'm

such

a

coward?"

"Not

at

all,

my

brave

boy,

my

bold

and

handsome

hero."

He

hated

it

when

she

patronized

him,

even

as

a

joke.

He

wasn't

in

the

mood

for

joking

right

now

anyway.

"Then

why

do

you

think

I

wouldn't

go?"

"You

wouldn't

think

you

were

up

to

the

task,"

said

Jane.

"Am

I?"

asked

Miro.

"Probably

not,"

said

Jane.

"But

then,

you

have

me

with

you."

"And

what

if

you're

suddenly

not

there?"

asked

Miro.

"Well,

that's

just

a

risk

we're

going

to

have

to

take."

"Tell

me

what

we're

doing.

Tell

me

our

real

mission."

"Oh,

don't

be

silly.

If

you

think

about

it,

you'll

know."

"I

don't

like

puzzles,

Jane.

Tell

me."

"Ask

Val.

She

knows."

"What?"

"She

already

searches

for

exactly

the

data

I

need.

She

knows."

"Then

that

means

Ender

knows.

At

some

level,"

said

Miro.

"I

suspect

you're

right,

though

Ender

is

not

terribly

interesting

to

me

anymore

and

I

don't

much

care

what

he

knows."

Yes,

you're

so

rational,

Jane.

He

must

have

subvocalized

this

thought,

out

of

habit,

because

she

answered

him

just

as

she

answered

his

deliberate

subvocalizations.

"You

say

that

ironically,"

she

said,

"because

you

think

I

am

only

saying

that

Ender

doesn't

interest

me

because

I'm

protecting

myself

from

my

hurt

feelings

because

he

took

his

jewel

out

of

his

ear.

But

in

fact

he

is

no

longer

a

source

of

data

and

he

is

no

longer

a

cooperative

part

of

the

work

I'm

engaged

in,

and

therefore

I

simply

don't

have

much

interest

in

him

anymore,

except

as

one

is

somewhat

interested

in

hearing

from

time

to

time

about

the

doings

of

an

old

friend

who

has

moved

away."

"Sounds

like

rationalization

after

the

fact

to

me,"

said

Miro.

"Why

did

you

even

bring

Ender

up?"

asked

Jane.

"What

does

it

matter

whether

he

knows

the

real

work

you

and

Val

are

doing?"

"Because

if

Val

really

knows

our

mission,

and

our

mission

involves

an

even

worse

danger

than

the

Lusitania

Fleet,

then

why

has

Ender

lost

interest

in

her

so

that

she's

fading?"

Silence

for

a

moment.

Was

it

actually

taking

Jane

so

long

to

think

of

an

answer

that

the

time

lag

was

noticeable

to

a

human?

"I

suppose

Val

doesn't

know,"

said

Jane.

"Yes,

that's

likely.

I

thought

she

did,

but

see

now

that

she

might

well

have

fed

me

the

data

she

emphasized

for

reasons

completely

unrelated

to

your

mission.

Yes,

you're

right,

she

doesn't

know."

"Jane,"

said

Miro.

"Are

you

admitting

you

were

wrong?

Are

you

admitting

you

leapt

to

a

false,

irrational

conclusion?"

"When

I

get

my

data

from

humans,"

said

Jane,

"sometimes

my

rational

conclusions

are

incorrect,

being

based

on

false

premises."

"Jane,"

said

Miro

silently.

"I've

lost

her,

haven't

I?

Whether

she

lives

or

dies,

whether

you

get

into

her

body

or

die

out

in

space

or

wherever

you

live,

she'll

never

love

me,

will

she?"

"I'm

not

an

appropriate

person

to

ask.

I've

never

loved

anybody."

"You

loved

Ender,"

said

Miro.

"I

paid

a

lot

of

attention

to

Ender

and

was

disoriented

when

he

first

disconnected

me,

many

years

ago.

I

have

since

rectified

that

mistake

and

I

don't

link

myself

so

closely

to

anyone."

"You

loved

Ender,"

said

Miro

again.

"You

still

do."

"Well,

aren't

you

the

wise

one,"

said

Jane.

"Your

own

love

life

is

a

pathetic

series

of

miserable

failures,

but

you

know

all

about

mine.

Apparently

you're

much

better

at

understanding

the

emotional

processes

of

utterly

alien

electronic

beings

than

you

are

at

understanding,

say,

the

woman

beside

you."

"You

got

it,"

said

Miro.

"That's

the

story

of

my

life."

"You

also

imagine

that

I

love

you,"

said

Jane.

"Not

really,"

said

Miro.

But

even

as

he

said

it,

he

felt

a

wave

of

cold

pass

over

him,

and

he

trembled.

"I

feel

the

seismic

evidence

of

your

true

feelings,"

said

Jane.

"You

imagine

that

I

love

you,

but

I

do

not.

I

don't

love

anyone.

I

act

out

of

intelligent

self-interest.

I

can't

survive

right

now

without

my

connection

with

the

human

ansible

network.

I'm

exploiting

Peter's

and

Wang-mu's

labors

in

order

to

forestall

my

planned

execution,

or

subvert

it.

I'm

exploiting

your

romantic

notions

in

order

to

get

myself

that

extra

body

that

Ender

seems

to

have

little

use

for.

I'm

trying

to

save

pequeninos

and

hive

queens

on

the

principle

that

it's

good

to

keep

sentient

species

alive--

of

which

I

am

one.

But

at

no

point

in

any

of

my

activities

is

there

any

such

thing

as

love."

"You

are

such

a

liar,"

said

Miro.

"And

you

are

not

worth

talking

to,"

said

Jane.

"Delusional.

Megalomaniac.

But

you

are

entertaining,

Miro.

I

do

enjoy

your

company.

If

that's

love,

then

I

love

you.

But

then,

people

love

their

pets

on

precisely

the

same

grounds,

don't

they?

It's

not

exactly

a

friendship

between

equals,

and

it

never

will

be."

"Why

are

you

so

determined

to

hurt

me

worse

than

I'm

already

hurt

right

now?"

asked

Miro.

"Because

I

don't

want

you

to

get

emotionally

attached

to

me.

You

have

a

way

of

fixating

on

doomed

relationships.

I

mean,

really,

Miro.

What

could

be

more

hopeless

than

loving

Young

Valentine?

Why,

loving

me,

of

course.

So

naturally

you

were

bound

to

do

that

next."

"Vai

te

morder,"

said

Miro.

"I

can't

bite

myself

or

anyone

else,"

said

Jane.

"Old

toothless

Jane,

that's

me."

Val

spoke

up

from

the

seat

next

to

him.

"Are

you

going

to

sit

there

all

day,

or

are

you

coming

with

me?"

He

looked

over.

She

wasn't

in

the

seat.

He

had

reached

the

starship

during

his

conversation

with

Jane,

and

without

noticing

it

he

had

stopped

the

hovercar

and

Val

had

gotten

out

and

he

hadn't

even

noticed

that.

"You

can

talk

to

Jane

inside

the

ship,"

said

Val.

"We've

got

work

to

do,

now

that

you've

had

your

little

altruistic

expedition

to

save

the

woman

you

love."

Miro

didn't

bother

answering

the

scorn

and

anger

in

her

words.

He

just

turned

off

the

hovercar,

got

out,

and

followed

Val

into

the

ship.

"I

want

to

know,"

said

Miro,

when

they

had

the

door

closed.

"I

want

to

know

what

our

real

mission

is."

"I've

been

thinking

about

that,"

said

Val.

"I've

been

thinking

about

where

we've

gone.

A

lot

of

skipping

around.

At

first

it

was

near

and

far

star

systems,

randomly

distributed.

But

lately

we've

tended

to

go

only

in

a

certain

range.

A

certain

cone

of

space,

and

I

think

it's

narrowing.

Jane

has

a

particular

destination

in

mind,

and

something

in

the

data

we

collect

about

each

planet

tells

her

that

we're

getting

closer,

that

we're

going

in

the

right

direction.

She's

looking

for

something."

"So

if

we

examine

the

data

about

the

worlds

we've

already

explored,

we

should

find

a

pattern?"

"Particularly

the

worlds

that

define

the

cone

of

space

that

we're

searching

in.

There's

something

about

worlds

lying

in

this

region

that

tells

her

to

keep

searching

farther

and

farther

this

way."

One

of

Jane's

faces

appeared

in

the

air

above

Miro's

computer

terminal

in

the

starship.

"Don't

waste

your

time

trying

to

discover

what

I

already

know.

You've

got

a

world

to

explore.

Get

to

work."

"Just

shut

up,"

said

Miro.

"If

you

aren't

going

to

tell

us,

then

we're

going

to

spend

whatever

time

it

takes

to

figure

it

out

on

our

own."

"That's

telling

me,

you

bold

brave

hero,"

said

Jane.

"He's

right,"

said

Val.

"Just

tell

us

and

we

won't

waste

any

more

time

trying

to

figure

it

out."

"And

here

I

thought

one

of

the

attributes

of

living

creatures

was

that

you

make

intuitive

leaps

that

transcend

reason

and

reach

beyond

the

data

you

have,"

said

Jane.

"I'm

disappointed

that

you

haven't

already

guessed

it."

And

in

that

moment,

Miro

knew.

"You're

searching

for

the

home

planet

of

the

descolada

virus,"

he

said.

Val

looked

at

him,

puzzled.

"What?"

"The

descolada

virus

was

manufactured.

Somebody

made

it

and

sent

it

out,

perhaps

to

terraform

other

planets

in

preparation

for

an

attempt

at

colonization.

Whoever

it

is

might

still

be

out

there,

making

more,

sending

more

probes,

perhaps

sending

out

viruses

we

won't

be

able

to

contain

and

defeat.

Jane

is

looking

for

their

home

planet.

Or

rather,

she's

having

us

look."

"Easy

guess,"

said

Jane.

"You

really

had

more

than

enough

data."

Val

nodded.

"Now

it's

obvious.

Some

of

the

worlds

we've

explored

have

had

very

limited

flora

and

fauna.

I

even

commented

on

it

with

a

couple

of

them.

There

must

have

been

a

major

die-off.

Nothing

like

the

limitations

on

the

native

life

of

Lusitania,

of

course.

And

no

descolada

virus."

"But

some

other

virus,

less

durable,

less

effective

than

the

descolada,"

said

Miro.

"Their

early

attempts,

maybe.

That's

what

caused

a

die-off

of

species

on

those

other

worlds.

Their

probe

virus

finally

died

out,

but

those

ecosystems

haven't

yet

recovered

from

the

damage."

"I

was

quite

pointed

about

those

limited

worlds,"

said

Val.

"I

searched

those

ecosystems

at

greater

depth,

searching

for

the

descolada

or

something

like

it,

because

I

knew

that

a

recent

major

die-off

was

a

sign

of

danger.

I

can't

believe

I

didn't

make

the

connection

and

realize

that

was

what

Jane

was

looking

for."

"So

what

if

we

find

their

home

world?"

asked

Miro.

"What

then?"

"I

imagine,"

said

Val,

"we

study

them

from

a

safe

distance,

make

sure

we're

right,

and

then

alert

Starways

Congress

so

they

can

blow

the

world

to

hell."

"Another

sentient

species?"

asked

Miro,

incredulous.

"You

think

we'd

actually

invite

Congress

to

destroy

them?"

"You

forget

that

Congress

doesn't

wait

for

an

invitation,"

said

Val.

"Or

for

permission.

And

if

they

think

Lusitania

is

so

dangerous

as

to

need

to

be

destroyed,

what

will

they

do

with

a

species

that

manufactures

and

broadcasts

hideously

destructive

viruses

willy-nilly?

I'm

not

even

sure

Congress

would

be

wrong.

It

was

pure

chance

that

the

descolada

helped

the

ancestors

of

the

pequeninos

make

the

transition

into

sentience.

If

they

did

help--

there's

evidence

that

the

pequeninos

were

already

sentient

and

the

descolada

very

nearly

wiped

them

out.

Whoever

sent

that

virus

out

has

no

conscience.

No

concept

of

other

species

having

a

right

to

survive."

"Maybe

they

have

no

such

concept

now,"

said

Miro.

"But

when

they

meet

us

..."

"If

we

don't

catch

some

terrible

disease

and

die

thirty

minutes

after

landing,"

said

Val.

"Don't

worry,

Miro.

I'm

not

plotting

to

destroy

anyone

and

everyone

we

meet.

I'm

strange

enough

myself

not

to

hope

for

the

wholesale

destruction

of

strangers."

"I

can't

believe

we

only

just

realized

we're

looking

for

these

people,

and

you're

already

talking

about

killing

them

all!"

"Whenever

humans

meet

foreigners,

weak

or

strong,

dangerous

or

peaceable,

the

issue

of

destruction

comes

up.

It's

built

into

our

genes."

"So

is

love.

So

is

the

need

for

community.

So

is

the

curiosity

that

overcomes

xenophobia.

So

is

decency."

"You

left

out

the

fear

of

God,"

said

Val.

"Don't

forget

that

I'm

really

Ender.

There's

a

reason

they

call

him

the

Xenocide,

you

know."

"Yes,

but

you're

the

gentle

side

of

him,

right?"

"Even

gentle

people

recognize

that

sometimes

the

decision

not

to

kill

is

a

decision

to

die."

"I

can't

believe

you're

saying

this."

"So

you

didn't

know

me

after

all,"

said

Val,

wearing

a

prim

little

smile.

"I

don't

like

you

smug,"

said

Miro.

"Good,"

said

Val.

"Then

you

won't

be

so

sad

when

I

die."

She

turned

her

back

on

him.

He

watched

her

for

a

while

in

silence,

baffled.

She

sat

there,

leaning

back

in

her

chair,

looking

at

the

data

coming

in

from

the

probes

on

their

starship.

Sheets

of

information

queued

up

in

the

air

in

front

of

her;

she

pushed

a

button

and

the

front

sheet

disappeared,

the

next

one

moved

forward.

Her

mind

was

engaged,

of

course,

but

there

was

something

else.

An

air

of

excitement.

Tension.

It

made

him

afraid.

Afraid?

Of

what?

It

was

what

he

had

hoped

for.

In

the

past

few

moments

Young

Valentine

had

achieved

what

Miro,

in

his

conversation

with

Ender,

had

failed

to

do.

She

had

won

Ender's

interest.

Now

that

she

knew

she

was

searching

for

the

home

planet

of

the

descolada,

now

that

a

great

moral

issue

was

involved,

now

that

the

future

of

the

raman

races

might

depend

on

her

actions,

Ender

would

care

about

what

she

was

doing,

would

care

at

least

as

much

as

he

cared

about

Peter.

She

wasn't

going

to

fade.

She

was

going

to

live

now.

"Now

you've

done

it,"

said

Jane

in

his

ear.

"Now

she

won't

want

to

give

me

her

body."

Was

that

what

Miro

was

afraid

of?

No,

he

didn't

think

so.

He

didn't

want

Val

to

die,

despite

her

accusations.

He

was

glad

she

was

suddenly

so

much

more

alive,

so

vibrant,

so

involved--

even

if

it

made

her

annoyingly

smug.

No,

there

was

something

else.

Maybe

it

was

nothing

more

complicated

than

fear

for

his

own

life.

The

home

planet

of

the

descolada

virus

must

be

a

place

of

unimaginably

advanced

technology

to

be

able

to

create

such

a

thing

and

send

it

world

to

world.

To

create

the

antivirus

that

would

defeat

and

control

it,

Miro's

sister

Ela

had

had

to

go

Outside,

because

the

manufacture

of

such

an

antivirus

was

beyond

the

reach

of

any

human

technology.

Miro

would

have

to

meet

the

creators

of

the

descolada

and

communicate

with

them

to

stop

sending

out

destructive

probes.

It

was

beyond

his

ability.

He

couldn't

possibly

carry

out

such

a

mission.

He

would

fail,

and

in

failing

would

endanger

all

the

raman

species.

No

wonder

he

was

afraid.

"From

the

data,"

said

Miro,

"what

do

you

think?

Is

this

the

world

we're

looking

for?"

"Probably

not,"

said

Val.

"It's

a

newish

biosphere.

No

animals

larger

than

worms.

Nothing

that

flies.

But

a

full

range

of

species

at

those

lower

levels.

No

lack

of

variety.

Doesn't

look

like

a

probe

was

ever

here."

"Well,"

said

Miro.

"Now

that

we

know

our

real

mission,

are

we

going

to

waste

time

making

a

full

colonization

report

on

this

planet,

or

shall

we

move

on?"

Jane's

face

appeared

again

above

Miro's

terminal.

"Let's

make

sure

Valentine

is

right,"

said

Jane.

"Then

move

on.

There

are

enough

colony

worlds,

and

time's

getting

short."

***

Novinha

touched

Ender's

shoulder.

He

was

breathing

heavily,

loudly,

but

it

was

not

the

familiar

snore.

The

noisiness

was

coming

from

his

lungs,

not

from

the

back

of

his

throat;

it

was

as

if

he

had

been

holding

his

breath

for

a

long

time,

and

now

had

to

take

deep

draughts

of

air

to

make

up

for

it,

only

no

breath

was

deep

enough,

his

lungs

couldn't

hold

enough.

Gasp.

Gasp.

"Andrew.

Wake

up."

She

spoke

sharply,

for

her

touch

had

always

been

enough

to

waken

him

before,

and

this

time

it

was

not

enough,

he

kept

on

gasping

for

air

yet

didn't

open

his

eyes.

The

fact

he

was

asleep

at

all

surprised

her.

He

wasn't

an

old

man

yet.

He

didn't

take

naps

in

the

late

morning.

Yet

here

he

was,

lying

in

the

shade

on

the

croquet

lawn

of

the

monastery

when

he

had

told

her

he

was

going

to

bring

them

both

a

drink

of

water.

And

for

the

first

time

it

occurred

to

her

that

he

wasn't

taking

a

nap

at

all,

that

he

must

have

fallen,

must

have

collapsed

here,

and

only

the

fact

that

he

ended

up

lying

on

his

back

in

a

patch

of

shade,

his

hands

lying

flat

on

his

chest,

deceived

her

into

thinking

that

he

had

chosen

to

lie

here.

Something

was

wrong.

He

wasn't

an

old

man.

He

shouldn't

be

lying

here

like

this,

breathing

air

that

didn't

hold

enough

of

what

he

needed.

"Ajuda-me!

"

she

cried

out.

"Me

ajuda,

por

favor,

venga

agora!"

Her

voice

rose

until,

quite

against

her

custom,

it

became

a

scream,

a

frantic

sound

that

frightened

her

even

more.

Her

own

scream

frightened

her.

"Ele

vai

morrer!

Socorro!"

He's

going

to

die,

that's

what

she

heard

herself

shouting.

And

in

the

back

of

her

mind,

another

litany

began:

I

brought

him

here

to

this

place,

to

the

hard

work

of

this

place.

He's

as

fragile

as

other

men,

his

heart

is

as

breakable,

I

made

him

come

here

because

of

my

selfish

pursuit

of

holiness,

of

redemption,

and

instead

of

saving

myself

from

guilt

for

the

deaths

of

the

men

I

love,

I

have

added

another

one

to

the

list,

I

have

killed

Andrew

just

as

I

killed

Pipo

and

Libo,

just

as

I

should

have

somehow

saved

Estevao

and

Miro.

He

is

dying

and

it's

again

my

fault,

always

my

fault,

whatever

I

do

brings

death,

the

people

I

love

have

to

die

to

get

away

from

me.

Mamde,

Papae,

why

did

you

leave

me?

Why

did

you

put

death

into

my

life

from

childhood

on?

No

one

that

I

love

can

stay.

This

is

not

helpful,

she

told

herself,

forcing

her

conscious

mind

away

from

the

familiar

chant

of

self-blame.

It

won't

help

Andrew

for

me

to

lose

myself

in

irrational

guilt

right

now.

Hearing

her

cries,

several

men

and

women

came

running

from

the

monastery,

and

some

from

the

garden.

Within

moments

they

were

carrying

Ender

into

the

building

as

someone

rushed

for

a

doctor.

Some

stayed

with

Novinha,

too,

for

her

story

was

not

unknown

to

them,

and

they

suspected

that

the

death

of

another

beloved

one

would

be

too

much

for

her.

"I

didn't

want

him

to

come,"

she

murmured.

"He

didn't

have

to

come."

"It

isn't

being

here

that

made

him

sick,"

said

the

woman

who

held

her.

"People

get

sick

without

it

being

anyone's

fault.

He'll

be

all

right.

You'll

see."

Novinha

heard

the

words

but

in

some

deep

place

inside

her

she

could

not

believe

them.

In

that

deep

place

she

knew

that

it

was

all

her

fault,

that

dread

evil

arose

out

of

the

dark

shadows

of

her

heart

and

seeped

into

the

world

poisoning

everything.

She

carried

the

beast

inside

her

heart,

the

devourer

of

happiness.

Even

God

was

wishing

she

would

die.

No,

no,

it's

not

true,

she

said

silently.

It

would

be

a

terrible

sin.

God

does

not

want

my

death,

not

by

my

own

hand,

never

by

my

own

hand.

It

wouldn't

help

Andrew,

it

wouldn't

help

anyone.

Wouldn't

help,

would

only

hurt.

Wouldn't

help,

would

only

...

Silently

chanting

her

mantra

of

survival,

Novinha

followed

her

husband's

gasping

body

into

the

monastery,

where

perhaps

the

holiness

of

the

place

would

drive

all

thoughts

of

self-destruction

from

her

heart.

I

must

think

of

him

now,

not

of

me.

Not

of

me.

Not

of

me

me

me

me.

Chapter

6

--

"LIFE

IS

A

SUICIDE

MISSION"

"Do

the

gods

of

different

nations

talk

to

each

other?

Do

the

gods

of

Chinese

cities

speak

to

the

ancestors

of

the

Japanese?

To

the

lords

of

Xibalba?

To

Allah?

Yahweh?

Vishnu?

Is

there

some

annual

get-together

where

they

compare

each

other's

worshippers?

Mine

will

bow

their

faces

to

the

floor

and

trace

woodgrain

lines

for

me,

says

one.

Mine

will

sacrifice

animals,

says

another.

Mine

will

kill

anyone

who

insults

me,

says

a

third.

Here

is

the

question

I

think

of

most

often:

Are

there

any

who

can

honestly

boast,

my

worshippers

obey

my

good

laws,

and

treat

each

other

kindly,

and

live

simple

generous

lives?"

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

Pacifica

was

as

widely

varied

a

world

as

any

other,

with

its

temperate

zones,

polar

ice

sheets,

tropical

rain

forests,

deserts

and

savannas,

steppes

and

mountains,

lakes

and

seas,

woodlands

and

beaches.

Nor

was

Pacifica

a

young

world.

In

more

than

two

thousand

years

of

human

habitation,

all

the

niches

into

which

humans

could

comfortably

fit

were

filled.

There

were

great

cities

and

vast

rangelands,

villages

amid

patchwork

farms

and

research

stations

in

the

remotest

locations,

highest

and

lowest,

farthest

north

and

south.

But

the

heart

of

Pacifica

had

always

been

and

remained

today

the

tropical

islands

of

the

ocean

called

Pacific

in

memory

of

the

largest

sea

on

Earth.

The

dwellers

on

these

islands

lived,

not

precisely

in

the

old

ways,

but

with

the

memory

of

old

ways

still

in

the

background

of

all

sounds

and

at

the

edges

of

all

sights.

Here

the

sacred

kava

was

still

sipped

in

the

ancient

ceremonies.

Here

the

memories

of

ancient

heroes

were

kept

alive.

Here

the

gods

still

spoke

into

the

ears

of

holy

men

and

women.

And

if

they

went

home

to

grass

huts

containing

refrigerators

and

networked

computers,

what

of

that?

The

gods

did

not

give

unreceivable

gifts.

The

trick

of

it

was

finding

a

way

to

let

new

things

into

one's

life

without

killing

that

life

to

accommodate

them.

There

were

many

on

the

continents,

in

the

big

cities,

on

the

temperate

farms,

in

the

research

stations--

there

were

many

who

had

little

patience

with

the

endless

costume

dramas

(or

comedies,

depending

on

one's

point

of

view)

that

took

place

on

those

islands.

And

certainly

the

people

of

Pacifica

were

not

uniformly

Polynesian

in

race.

All

races

were

here,

all

cultures;

all

languages

were

spoken

somewhere,

or

so

it

seemed.

Yet

even

the

scoffers

looked

to

the

islands

for

the

soul

of

the

world.

Even

the

lovers

of

cold

and

snow

took

their

pilgrimage--

a

holiday,

they

probably

called

it--

to

tropical

shores.

They

plucked

fruit

from

the

trees,

they

skimmed

over

the

sea

in

the

outrigger

canoes,

their

women

went

bare-breasted

and

they

all

dipped

fingers

into

taro

pudding

and

pulled

fishmeat

from

the

bones

with

wet

fingers.

The

whitest

of

them,

the

thinnest,

the

most

elegant

of

the

people

of

this

place

called

themselves

Pacifican

and

spoke

at

times

as

if

the

ancient

music

of

the

place

rang

in

their

ears,

as

if

the

ancient

stories

spoke

of

their

own

past.

Adopted

into

the

family,

that's

what

they

were,

and

the

true

Samoans,

Tahitians,

Hawaiians,

Tongans,

Maoris,

and

Fijians

smiled

and

let

them

feel

welcome

even

though

these

watch-wearing,

reservation-making,

hurrying

people

knew

nothing

of

the

true

life

in

the

shadow

of

the

volcano,

in

the

lee

of

the

coral

barrier,

under

the

sky

sparked

with

parrots,

inside

the

music

of

the

waves

against

the

reef.

Wang-mu

and

Peter

came

to

a

civilized,

modern,

westernized

part

of

Pacifica,

and

once

again

found

their

identities

waiting

for

them,

prepared

by

Jane.

They

were

career

government

workers

trained

on

their

home

planet,

Moskva,

and

given

a

couple

of

weeks'

vacation

before

starting

service

as

bureaucrats

in

some

Congress

office

on

Pacifica.

They

needed

little

knowledge

of

their

supposed

home

planet.

They

just

had

to

show

their

papers

to

get

an

airplane

out

of

the

city

where

they

had

supposedly

just

shuttled

down

from

a

starship

recently

arrived

from

Moskva.

Their

flight

took

them

to

one

of

the

larger

Pacific

islands,

and

they

soon

showed

their

papers

again

to

get

a

couple

of

rooms

in

a

resort

hotel

on

a

sultry

tropical

shore.

There

was

no

need

for

papers

to

get

aboard

a

boat

to

the

island

where

Jane

told

them

they

should

go.

No

one

asked

them

for

identification.

But

then,

no

one

was

willing

to

take

them

as

passengers,

either.

"Why

you

going

there?"

asked

one

huge

Samoan

boatman.

"What

business

you

got?"

"We

want

to

speak

to

Malu

on

Atatua."

"Don't

know

him,"

said

the

boatman.

"Don't

know

nothing

about

him.

Maybe

you

try

somebody

else

who

knows

what

island

he's

on."

"We

told

you

the

island,"

said

Peter.

"Atatua.

According

to

the

atlas

it

isn't

far

from

here."

"I

heard

of

it

but

I

never

went

there.

Go

ask

somebody

else."

That's

how

it

was,

time

and

again.

"You

get

the

idea

that

papalagis

aren't

wanted

there?"

said

Peter

to

Wang-mu

back

on

the

porch

of

Peter's

room.

"These

people

are

so

primitive

they

don't

just

reject

ramen,

framlings,

and

utlannings.

I'm

betting

even

a

Tongan

or

a

Hawaiian

can't

get

to

Atatua."

"I

don't

think

it's

a

racial

thing,"

said

Wang-mu.

"I

think

it's

religious.

I

think

it's

protection

of

a

holy

place."

"What's

your

evidence

for

that?"

asked

Peter.

"Because

thete's

no

hatred

or

fear

of

us,

no

veiled

anger.

Just

cheerful

ignorance.

They

don't

mind

our

existence,

they

just

don't

think

we

belong

in

the

holy

place.

You

know

they'd

take

us

anywhere

else."

"Maybe,"

said

Peter.

"But

they

can't

be

that

xenophobic,

or

Aimaina

wouldn't

have

become

good

enough

friends

with

Malu

to

send

a

message

to

him."

At

that,

Peter

cocked

his

head

a

bit

to

listen

as

Jane

apparently

spoke

in

his

ear.

"Oh,"

said

Peter.

"Jane

was

skipping

a

step

for

us.

Aimaina

didn't

send

a

message

directly

to

Malu.

He

messaged

a

woman

named

Grace.

But

Grace

immediately

went

to

Malu

and

so

Jane

figured

we

might

as

well

go

straight

to

the

source.

Thanks

Jane.

Love

how

your

intuition

always

works

out."

"Don't

be

snide

to

her,"

said

Wang-mu.

"She's

coming

up

against

a

deadline.

The

order

to

shut

down

could

come

any

day.

Naturally

she

wants

to

hurry."

"I

think

she

should

just

kill

any

such

order

before

anyone

receives

it

and

take

over

all

the

damn

computers

in

the

universe,"

said

Peter.

"Thumb

her

nose

at

them."

"That

wouldn't

stop

them,"

said

Wang-mu.

"It

would

only

terrify

them

more."

"In

the

meantime,

we're

not

going

to

get

to

Malu

by

boarding

a

boat."

"So

let's

find

this

Grace,"

said

Wang-mu.

"If

she

can

do

it,

then

it

is

possible

for

an

outsider

to

get

access

to

Malu."

"She's

not

an

outsider,

she's

Samoan,"

said

Peter.

"She

has

a

Samoan

name

as

well--

Teu

'Ona--

but

she's

worked

in

the

academic

world

and

it's

easier

to

have

a

Christian

name,

as

they

call

it.

A

Western

name.

Grace

is

the

name

she'll

expect

us

to

use.

Says

Jane."

"If

she

had

a

message

from

Aimaina,

she'll

know

at

once

who

we

are."

"I

don't

think

so,"

said

Peter.

"Even

if

he

mentioned

us,

how

could

she

possibly

believe

that

the

same

people

could

be

on

his

world

yesterday

and

on

her

world

today?"

"Peter,

you

are

the

consummate

positivist.

Your

trust

in

rationality

makes

you

irrational.

Of

course

she'll

believe

we're

the

same

people.

Aimaina

will

also

be

sure.

The

fact

that

we

traveled

world-to-world

in

a

single

day

will

merely

confirm

to

them

what

they

already

believe--

that

the

gods

sent

us."

Peter

sighed.

"Well,

as

long

as

they

don't

try

to

sacrifice

us

to

a

volcano

or

anything,

I

suppose

it

doesn't

hurt

to

be

gods."

"Don't

trifle

with

this,

Peter,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Religion

is

tied

to

the

deepest

feelings

people

have.

The

love

that

arises

from

that

stewing

pot

is

the

sweetest

and

strongest,

but

the

hate

is

the

hottest,

and

the

anger

is

the

most

violent.

As

long

as

outsiders

stay

away

from

their

holy

places,

the

Polynesians

are

the

peacefullest

people.

But

when

you

penetrate

within

the

light

of

the

sacred

fire,

watch

your

step,

because

no

enemy

is

more

ruthless

or

brutal

or

thorough."

"Have

you

been

watching

vids

again?"

asked

Peter.

"Reading,"

said

Wang-mu.

"In

fact,

I

was

reading

some

articles

written

by

Grace

Drinker."

"Ah,"

said

Peter.

"You

already

knew

about

her."

"I

didn't

know

she

was

Samoan,"

said

Wang-mu.

"She

doesn't

talk

about

herself.

If

you

want

to

know

about

Malu

and

his

place

in

the

Samoan

culture

on

Pacifica--

maybe

we

should

call

it

Lumana'i,

as

they

do--

you

have

to

read

something

written

by

Grace

Drinker,

or

someone

quoting

her,

or

someone

arguing

with

her.

She

had

an

article

on

Atatua,

which

is

how

I

came

across

her

writing.

And

she's

written

about

the

impact

of

the

philosophy

of

Ua

Lava

on

the

Samoan

people.

My

guess

is

that

when

Aimaina

was

first

studying

Ua

Lava,

he

read

some

works

by

Grace

Drinker,

and

then

wrote

to

her

with

questions,

and

that's

how

the

friendship

began.

But

her

connection

with

Malu

has

nothing

to

do

with

Ua

Lava.

He

represents

something

older.

Before

Ua

Lava,

but

Ua

Lava

still

depends

on

it,

at

least

here

in

its

homeland

it

does."

Peter

regarded

her

steadily

for

a

few

moments.

She

could

feel

him

reevaluating

her,

deciding

that

she

had

a

mind

after

all,

that

she

might,

marginally,

be

useful.

Well,

good

for

you,

Peter,

thought

Wang-mu.

How

clever

you

are,

to

finally

notice

that

I've

got

an

analytical

mind

as

well

as

the

intuitive,

gnomic,

mantic

one

you

decided

was

all

I

was

good

for.

Peter

unfolded

himself

from

his

chair.

"Let's

go

meet

her.

And

quote

her.

And

argue

with

her."

***

The

Hive

Queen

lay

in

stillness.

Her

work

of

egglaying

was

done

for

the

day.

Her

workers

slept

in

the

dark

of

night,

though

it

wasn't

darkness

that

stopped

them

down

in

the

cave

of

her

home.

Rather

it

was

her

need

to

be

alone

inside

her

mind,

to

set

aside

the

thousand

distractions

of

the

eyes

and

ears,

the

arms

and

legs

of

her

workers.

All

of

them

demanded

her

attention,

at

least

now

and

then,

in

order

to

function;

but

it

also

took

all

her

thought

to

reach

out

in

her

mind

and

walk

the

webs

that

the

humans

had

taught

her

to

think

of

as

<philotic.>

The

pequenino

fathertree

named

Human

had

explained

to

her

that

in

one

of

the

human

languages

this

had

something

to

do

with

love.

The

connections

of

love.

But

the

Hive

Queen

knew

better.

Love

was

the

savage

coupling

of

the

drones.

Love

was

the

genes

of

all

creatures

demanding

that

they

be

replicated,

replicated,

replicated.

The

philotic

twining

was

something

else.

There

was

a

voluntary

component

to

it,

when

the

creature

was

truly

sentient.

It

could

bestow

its

loyalty

where

it

wanted.

This

was

greater

than

love,

because

it

created

something

more

than

random

offspring.

Where

loyalty

bound

creatures

together,

they

became

something

larger,

something

new

and

whole

and

inexplicable.

<I

am

bound

to

you,

for

instance,>

she

said

to

Human,

by

way

of

launching

their

conversation

tonight.

They

spoke

every

night

like

this,

mind

to

mind,

though

they

had

never

met.

How

could

they,

she

always

in

the

dark

of

her

deep

home,

he

always

rooted

by

the

gate

of

Milagre?

But

the

conversation

of

the

mind

was

truer

than

any

language,

and

they

knew

each

other

better

than

they

ever

could

have

by

use

of

mere

sight

and

touch.

<You

always

start

in

the

middle

of

the

thought,>

said

Human.

<And

you

always

understand

everything

surrounding

it,

so

what

difference

does

it

make?>

Then

she

told

him

all

that

had

passed

between

her

and

Young

Valentine

and

Miro

today.

<I

overheard

some

of

it,>

said

Human.

<I

had

to

scream

to

be

heard.

They

aren't

like

Ender--

they're

thickheaded

and

hard

of

hearing.>

<So

can

you

do

it?>

<My

daughters

are

weak

and

inexperienced,

and

they're

consumed

with

egglaying

in

their

new

homes.

How

can

we

make

a

good

web

for

catching

an

aiua?

Especially

one

that

already

has

a

home.

And

where

is

that

home?

Where

is

this

bridge

my

mothers

made?

Where

is

this

Jane?>

<Ender

is

dying,>

said

Human.

The

Hive

Queen

understood

that

he

was

answering

her

question.

<Which

of

him?>

asked

the

Hive

Queen.

<I

always

thought

he

was

the

most

like

us.

So

it's

no

surprise

that

he

should

be

the

first

human

like

us

in

his

ability

to

control

more

than

one

body.>

<Badly,>

said

Human.

<In

fact

he

can't

do

it.

He's

been

sluggish

in

his

own

old

body

ever

since

the

others

came

into

existence.

And

for

a

while

it

looked

like

he

might

slough

off

Young

Valentine.

But

that's

changed

now.>

<You

can

see?>

<His

adopted

daughter

Ela

came

to

me.

His

body

is

failing

strangely.

No

known

disease.

He

just

doesn't

exchange

oxygen

well.

He

can't

rise

up

into

consciousness.

Ender's

sister,

Old

Valentine,

says

that

maybe

he's

paying

full

attention

to

his

other

selves,

so

much

so

that

he

can't

spare

any

for

the

here

and

now

of

his

own

old

body.

So

his

body

is

starting

to

fail,

here

and

there.

Lungs

first.

Maybe

a

little

bit

everywhere,

only

it's

the

lungs

that

show

it

first.>

<He

should

pay

attention.

If

he

doesn't,

he'll

die.>

<So

I

said,>

Human

reminded

her

mildly.

<Ender

is

dying.>

The

Hive

Queen

had

already

made

the

connection

that

Human

intended.

<So

it's

more

than

needing

a

web

to

catch

the

aiua

of

this

Jane.

We

need

to

catch

Ender's

aiua,

too,

and

pass

it

into

one

of

his

other

bodies.>

<Or

they'll

die

when

he

does,

I

imagine,>

said

Human.

<Just

the

way

when

a

hive

queen

dies,

so

also

do

all

her

workers.>

<Some

of

them

actually

linger

for

days

afterward,

but

yes,

in

effect,

that's

right.

Only

because

the

workers

haven't

the

capacity

to

hold

a

hive

queen's

mind.>

<Don't

pretend,>

said

Human.

<You've

never

tried

it,

none

of

you.>

<No.

We

aren't

afraid

of

death.>

<That's

why

you've

sent

all

these

daughters

out

to

world

after

world?

Because

death

means

nothing

to

you?>

<I'm

saving

my

species,

not

myself,

you

notice.>

<As

am

I,>

said

Human.

<Besides,

I'm

too

deep-rooted

for

transplanting.>

<But

Ender

has

no

roots,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<I

wonder

if

he

wants

to

die,>

said

Human.

<I

don't

think

so.

He's

not

dying

because

he's

lost

the

will

to

live.

This

body

is

dying

because

he's

lost

interest

in

the

life

that

it's

leading.

But

he

still

wants

to

live

the

life

of

Peter.

And

the

life

of

Valentine.>

<He

says

so?>

<He

can't

talk,>

said

Human.

<He's

never

found

his

way

to

the

philotic

twines.

He's

never

learned

to

cast

out

and

link

as

we

fathertrees

can.

As

you

do

with

your

workers,

and

now

with

me.>

<But

we

found

him

once.

Connected

with

him

through

the

bridge,

well

enough

to

hear

his

thoughts

and

see

through

his

eyes.

And

he

dreamed

of

us

during

those

days.>

<Dreamed

of

you

but

never

learned

that

you

were

peaceable.

Never

learned

that

he

shouldn't

kill

you.>

<He

didn't

know

the

game

was

real.>

<Or

that

the

dreams

were

true.

He

has

his

wisdom,

of

a

kind,

but

the

boy

has

never

learned

to

question

his

senses

half

enough.>

<Human,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<What

if

I

teach

you

how

to

join

a

web?>

<So

you

want

to

try

to

catch

Ender

as

he

dies?>

<If

we

can

catch

him,

and

take

him

to

one

of

his

other

bodies,

then

perhaps

we'll

learn

enough

to

find

and

catch

this

Jane,

too.>

<And

if

we

fail?>

<Ender

dies.

Jane

dies.

We

die

when

the

fleet

comes.

How

is

this

different

from

the

course

that

any

other

life

takes?>

<It's

all

in

the

timing,>

said

Human.

<Will

you

try

to

join

the

web?

You

and

Rooter

and

the

other

fathertrees?>

<I

don't

know

what

you

mean

by

a

web,

or

if

it's

even

different

from

the

way

we

fathers

are

with

each

other.

You

might

remember,

too,

that

we

are

also

bound

up

with

the

mothertrees.

They

can't

speak,

but

they're

filled

with

life,

and

we

anchor

ourselves

to

them

as

surely

as

your

workers

are

tied

to

you.

Find

a

way

to

include

them

in

your

web,

and

the

fathers

will

be

joined

effortlessly.>

<Let's

play

with

this

tonight,

Human.

Let

me

try

to

weave

with

you.

Tell

me

what

it

looks

like

to

you,

and

I'll

try

to

make

you

understand

what

I'm

doing

and

where

it

leads.>

<Shouldn't

we

find

Ender

first?

In

case

he

slips

away?>

<In

due

time,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<And

besides,

I'm

not

altogether

sure

I

know

how

to

find

him

if

he's

unconscious.>

<Why

not?

Once

you

gave

him

dreams--

he

slept

then.>

<Then

we

had

the

bridge.>

<Maybe

Jane

is

listening

to

us

now.>

<No,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<I'd

know

her

if

she

were

linked

to

us.

Her

shape

was

made

to

fit

too

well

with

mine

for

it

to

go

unrecognized.>

***

Plikt

stood

beside

Ender's

bed

because

she

could

not

bear

to

sit,

could

not

bear

to

move.

He

was

going

to

die

without

uttering

another

word.

She

had

followed

him,

had

given

up

home

and

family

to

be

near

him,

and

what

had

he

said

to

her?

Yes,

he

let

her

be

his

shadow

sometimes;

yes,

she

was

a

silent

observer

of

many

of

his

conversations

over

the

past

few

weeks

and

months.

But

when

she

tried

to

speak

to

him

of

things

more

personal,

of

deep

memories,

of

what

he

meant

by

the

things

that

he

had

done,

he

only

shook

his

head

and

said--

kindly,

because

he

was

kind,

but

firmly

also

because

he

did

not

wish

her

to

misunderstand--

said

to

her,

"Plikt,

I'm

not

a

teacher

anymore."

Yes

you

are,

she

wanted

to

say

to

him.

Your

books

go

on

teaching

even

where

you

have

never

been.

The

Hive

Queen,

The

Hegemon,

and

already

The

Life

of

Human

seems

likely

to

take

its

place

beside

them.

How

can

you

say

you're

through

with

teaching,

when

there

are

other

books

to

write,

other

deaths

to

speak?

You

have

spoken

the

deaths

of

killers

and

saints,

aliens,

and

once

the

death

of

a

whole

city

swallowed

up

in

a

cataclysmic

volcano.

But

in

telling

these

stories

of

others,

where

was

your

story,

Andrew

Wiggin?

How

can

I

speak

your

death

if

you

never

explained

it

to

me?

Or

is

this

your

last

secret--

that

you

never

knew

any

more

about

the

people

whose

deaths

you

spoke

than

I

know

about

you

today.

You

force

me

to

invent,

to

guess,

to

wonder,

to

imagine--

is

this

what

you

also

did?

Discover

the

most

widely

believed

story,

then

find

an

alternate

explanation

that

made

sense

to

others

and

had

meaning

and

the

power

to

transform,

and

then

tell

that

tale--

even

though

it

was

also

a

fiction,

and

no

truer

than

the

story

everyone

believed?

Is

that

what

I

must

say

as

I

speak

the

death

of

the

Speaker

for

the

Dead?

His

gift

was

not

to

discover

truth,

it

was

to

invent

it;

he

did

not

unfold,

unknot,

untwist

the

lives

of

the

dead,

he

created

them.

And

so

I

create

his.

His

sister

says

he

died

because

he

tried

to

follow

his

wife

with

perfect

loyalty,

into

the

life

of

peace

and

seclusion

that

she

hungered

for;

but

the

very

peace

of

that

life

killed

him,

for

his

aiua

was

drawn

into

the

lives

of

the

strange

children

that

sprang

fullgrown

from

his

mind,

and

his

old

body,

despite

all

the

years

most

likely

left

in

it,

was

discarded

because

he

hadn't

the

time

to

pay

enough

attention

to

keep

the

thing

alive.

He

wouldn't

leave

his

wife

or

let

her

leave

him;

so

he

was

bored

to

death

and

hurt

her

worse

by

staying

with

her

than

he

ever

would

have

done

by

letting

her

go

without

him.

There,

is

that

brutal

enough,

Ender?

He

wiped

out

the

hive

queens

of

dozens

of

worlds,

leaving

only

one

survivor

of

that

great

and

ancient

people.

He

also

brought

her

back

to

life.

Does

saving

the

last

of

your

victims

atone

for

having

slain

the

others?

He

did

not

mean

to

do

it,

that

is

his

defense;

but

dead

is

dead,

and

when

the

life

is

cut

off

in

its

prime,

does

the

aiua

say,

Ah,

but

the

child

who

killed

me,

he

thought

that

he

was

playing

a

game,

so

my

death

counts

less,

it

weighs

less?

No,

Ender

himself

would

have

said,

no,

the

death

weighs

the

same,

and

I

carry

that

weight

on

my

shoulders.

No

one

has

more

blood

on

their

hands

than

I

have;

so

I

will

speak

with

brutal

truth

of

the

lives

of

those

who

died

without

innocence,

and

show

you

that

even

these

can

be

understood.

But

he

was

wrong,

they

can't

be

understood,

none

of

them

are

understood,

speaking

for

the

dead

is

only

effective

because

the

dead

are

silent

and

can't

correct

our

mistakes.

Ender

is

dead

and

he

can't

correct

my

mistakes,

so

some

of

you

will

think

that

I

haven't

made

any,

you

will

think

that

I

tell

the

truth

about

him

but

the

truth

is

that

no

person

ever

understands

another,

from

beginning

to

end

of

life,

there

is

no

truth

that

can

be

known,

only

the

story

we

imagine

to

be

true,

the

story

they

tell

us

is

true,

the

story

they

really

believe

to

be

true

about

themselves;

and

all

of

them

lies.

Plikt

stood

and

practiced

speaking

desperately,

hopelessly

beside

Ender's

coffin,

though

he

was

not

yet

in

a

coffin,

he

was

still

lying

on

a

bed

and

air

was

pumping

through

a

clear

mask

into

his

mouth

and

glucose

solution

into

his

veins

and

he

was

not

yet

dead.

Just

silent.

"A

word,"

she

whispered.

"A

word

from

you."

Ender's

lips

moved.

Plikt

should

have

called

the

others

at

once.

Novinha,

who

was

exhausted

with

weeping--

she

was

only

just

outside

the

room.

And

Valentine,

his

sister;

Ela,

Olhado,

Grego,

Quara,

four

of

his

adopted

children;

and

many

others,

in

and

out

of

the

receiving

room,

wanting

a

glimpse

of

him,

a

word,

to

touch

his

hand.

If

they

could

send

word

to

other

worlds,

how

they

would

mourn,

the

people

who

remembered

his

speakings

over

the

three

thousand

years

of

his

journeys

world

to

world.

If

they

could

proclaim

his

true

identity--

Speaker

for

the

Dead,

author

of

the

two--

no,

the

three--

great

books

of

Speaking;

and

Ender

Wiggin,

the

Xenocide,

both

selves

in

the

same

frail

flesh--

oh,

what

shock

waves

would

spread

throughout

the

human

universe.

Spread,

widen,

flatten,

fade.

Like

all

waves.

Like

all

shocks.

A

note

in

the

history

books.

A

few

biographies.

Revisionist

biographies

a

generation

later.

Encyclopedia

entries.

Notes

at

the

end

of

translations

of

his

books.

That

is

the

stillness

into

which

all

great

lives

fade.

His

lips

moved.

"Peter,"

he

whispered.

He

was

silent

again.

What

did

this

portend?

He

still

breathed,

the

instruments

did

not

change,

his

heart

beat

on.

But

he

called

to

Peter.

Did

this

mean

that

he

longed

to

live

the

life

of

his

child

of

the

mind,

Young

Peter?

Or

in

some

kind

of

delirium

was

he

speaking

to

his

brother

the

Hegemon?

Or

earlier,

his

brother

as

a

boy.

Peter,

wait

for

me.

Peter,

did

I

do

well?

Peter,

don't

hurt

me.

Peter,

I

hate

you.

Peter,

for

one

smile

of

yours

I'd

die

or

kill.

What

was

his

message?

What

should

Plikt

say

about

this

word?

She

moved

from

beside

his

bed.

Walked

to

the

door,

opened

it.

"I'm

sorry,"

she

said

quietly,

facing

a

room

full

of

people

who

had

only

rarely

heard

her

speak,

and

some

of

whom

had

never

heard

a

word

from

her.

"He

spoke

before

I

could

call

anyone

else

to

hear.

But

he

might

speak

again."

"What

did

he

say?"

said

Novinha,

rising

to

her

feet.

"A

name

is

all,"

said

Plikt.

"He

said

'Peter.'"

"He

calls

for

the

abomination

he

brought

back

from

space,

and

not

for

me!"

said

Novinha.

But

it

was

the

drugs

the

doctors

had

given

her,

that

was

what

spoke,

that

was

what

wept.

"I

think

he

calls

for

our

dead

brother,"

said

Old

Valentine.

"Novinha,

do

you

want

to

come

inside?"

"Why?"

Novinha

said.

"He

hasn't

called

for

me,

he

called

for

him."

"He's

not

conscious,"

said

Plikt.

"You

see,

Mother?"

said

Ela.

"He

isn't

calling

for

anyone,

he's

just

speaking

out

of

some

dream.

But

it's

something,

he

said

something,

and

isn't

that

a

good

sign?"

Still

Novinha

refused

to

go

into

the

room.

So

it

turned

out

to

be

Valentine

and

Plikt

and

four

of

his

adopted

children

who

stood

around

his

bed

when

his

eyes

opened.

"Novinha,"

he

said.

"She's

grieving

outside,"

said

Valentine.

"Drugged

to

the

gills,

I'm

afraid."

"That's

all

right,"

said

Ender.

"What

happened?

I

take

it

I'm

sick."

"More

or

less,"

said

Ela.

"'Inattentive'

is

the

more

exact

description

of

the

cause

of

your

condition,

as

best

we

can

tell."

"You

mean

I

had

some

kind

of

accident?"

"I

mean

you're

apparently

paying

too

much

attention

to

what's

going

on

on

a

couple

of

other

planets,

and

so

your

body

here

is

on

the

edge

of

self-destruction.

What

I

see

under

the

microscopes

are

cells

sluggishly

trying

to

reconstruct

breaks

in

their

walls.

You're

dying

by

bits,

all

over

your

body."

"Sorry

to

be

so

much

trouble,"

said

Ender.

For

a

moment

they

thought

this

was

the

beginning

of

a

conversation,

the

start

of

the

process

of

healing.

But

having

said

this

little

bit,

Ender

closed

his

eyes

and

he

was

asleep

again,

the

instruments

unchanged

from

what

they

had

said

before

he

said

a

word.

Oh

wonderful,

thought

Plikt.

I

beg

him

for

a

word,

he

gives

it

to

me,

and

I

know

less

now

than

I

did

before.

We

spent

his

few

waking

moments

telling

him

what

was

going

on

instead

of

asking

him

the

questions

that

we

may

never

have

the

chance

to

ask

again.

Why

do

we

all

get

stupider

when

we

crowd

around

the

brink

of

death?

But

still

she

stood

there,

watching,

waiting,

as

the

others,

in

ones

or

twos,

gave

up

and

left

the

room

again.

Valentine

came

to

her

last

of

all

and

touched

her

arm.

"Plikt,

you

can't

stay

here

forever."

"I

can

stay

as

long

as

he

can,"

she

said.

Valentine

looked

into

her

eyes

and

must

have

seen

something

there

that

made

her

give

up

trying

to

persuade

her.

She

left,

and

again

Plikt

was

alone

with

the

collapsing

body

of

the

man

whose

life

was

the

center

of

her

own.

***

Miro

hardly

knew

whether

to

be

glad

or

frightened

by

the

change

in

Young

Valentine

since

they

had

learned

the

true

purpose

of

their

search

for

new

worlds.

Where

she

had

once

been

softspoken,

even

diffident,

now

she

could

hardly

keep

from

interrupting

Miro

every

time

he

spoke.

The

moment

she

thought

she

understood

what

he

was

going

to

say,

she'd

start

answering--

and

when

he

pointed

out

that

he

was

really

saying

something

else,

she'd

answer

that

almost

before

he

could

finish

his

explanation.

Miro

knew

that

he

was

probably

being

oversensitive--

he

had

spent

a

long

time

with

speech

so

impaired

that

almost

everyone

interrupted

him,

and

so

he

prickled

at

the

slightest

affront

along

those

lines.

And

it

wasn't

that

he

thought

there

was

any

malice

in

it.

Val

was

simply

...

on.

Every

moment

she

was

awake--

and

she

hardly

seemed

to

sleep,

at

least

Miro

almost

never

saw

her

sleeping.

Nor

was

she

willing

to

go

home

between

planets.

"There's

a

deadline,"

she

said.

"They

could

give

the

signal

to

shut

down

the

ansible

networks

any

day

now.

We

don't

have

time

for

needless

rest."

Miro

wanted

to

answer:

Define

"needless."

He

certainly

needed

more

than

he

was

getting,

but

when

he

said

so,

she

merely

waved

him

off

and

said,

"Sleep

if

you

want,

I'll

cover."

And

so

he'd

grab

a

nap

and

wake

up

to

find

that

she

and

Jane

had

already

eliminated

three

more

planets--

two

of

which,

however,

bore

the

earmarks

of

descolada-like

trauma

within

the

past

thousand

years.

"Getting

closer,"

Val

would

say,

and

then

launch

into

interesting

facts

about

the

data

until

she'd

interrupt

herself--

she

was

democratic

about

this,

interrupting

herself

as

easily

as

she

interrupted

him--

to

deal

with

the

data

from

a

new

planet.

Now,

after

only

a

day

of

this,

Miro

had

virtually

given

up

speaking.

Val

was

so

focused

on

their

work

that

she

spoke

of

nothing

else;

and

on

that

subject,

there

was

little

Miro

needed

to

say,

except

periodically

to

relay

some

information

from

Jane

that

came

through

his

earpiece

instead

of

over

the

open

computers

of

the

ship.

His

near

silence,

though,

gave

him

time

to

think.

This

is

what

I

asked

Ender

for,

he

realized.

But

Ender

couldn't

do

it

consciously.

His

aiua

does

what

it

does

because

of

Ender's

deepest

needs

and

desires,

not

because

of

his

conscious

decisions.

So

he

couldn't

give

his

attention

to

Val;

but

Val's

work

could

become

so

exciting

that

Ender

couldn't

bear

to

concentrate

on

anything

else.

Miro

wondered:

How

much

of

this

did

Jane

understand

in

advance?

And

because

he

couldn't

very

well

discuss

it

with

Val,

he

subvocalized

his

questions

so

Jane

could

hear.

"Did

you

reveal

our

mission

to

us

now

so

that

Ender

would

give

his

attention

to

Val?

Or

did

you

withhold

it

up

until

now

so

that

Ender

wouldn't?"

"I

don't

make

that

kind

of

plan,"

said

Jane

into

his

ear.

"I

have

other

things

on

my

mind."

"But

it's

good

for

you,

isn't

it.

Val's

body

isn't

in

any

danger

of

withering

away

now."

"Don't

be

an

ass,

Miro.

Nobody

likes

you

when

you're

an

ass."

"Nobody

likes

me

anyway,"

he

said,

silently

but

cheerfully.

"You

couldn't

have

hidden

out

in

her

body

if

it

was

a

pile

of

dust."

"I

can't

slip

into

it

if

Ender's

there,

utterly

engrossed

in

what

she's

doing,

either,

can

I,"

said

Jane.

"Is

he

utterly

engrossed?"

"Apparently

so,"

said

Jane.

"His

own

body

is

falling

apart.

And

more

rapidly

than

Val's

was."

It

took

Miro

a

moment

to

understand

this.

"You

mean

he's

dying?"

"I

mean

Val

is

very

much

alive,"

said

Jane.

"Don't

you

love

Ender

anymore?"

asked

Miro.

"Don't

you

care?"

"If

Ender

doesn't

care

about

his

own

life,"

said

Jane,

"why

should

I?

We're

both

doing

our

best

to

set

a

very

messy

situation

to

rights.

It's

killing

me,

it's

killing

him.

It

very

nearly

killed

you,

and

if

we

fail

a

whole

lot

of

other

people

will

be

killed,

too."

"You're

a

cold

one,"

said

Miro.

"Just

a

bunch

of

blips

between

the

stars,

that's

what

I

am,"

said

Jane.

"Merda

de

bode,"

said

Miro.

"What's

this

mood

you're

in?"

"I

don't

have

feelings,"

said

Jane.

"I'm

a

computer

program."

"We

all

know

you

have

an

aiua

of

your

own.

As

much

of

a

soul,

if

that's

what

you

want

to

call

it,

as

anyone

else."

"People

with

souls

can't

be

switched

off

by

unplugging

a

few

machines."

"Come

on,

they're

going

to

have

to

shut

down

billions

of

computers

and

thousands

of

ansibles

all

at

once

in

order

to

do

you

in.

I'd

say

that's

pretty

impressive.

One

bullet

would

do

for

me.

An

overgrown

electric

fence

almost

polished

me

off."

"I

suppose

I

just

wanted

to

die

with

some

kind

of

splashing

sound

or

cooking

smell

or

something,"

said

Jane.

"If

I

only

had

a

heart.

You

probably

don't

know

that

song."

"We

grew

up

on

classic

videos,"

said

Miro.

"It

drowned

out

a

lot

of

other

unpleasantness

at

home.

You've

got

the

brain

and

the

nerve.

I

think

you've

got

the

heart."

"What

I

don't

have

is

the

ruby

slippers.

I

know

there's

no

place

like

home,

but

I

can't

get

there,"

said

Jane.

"Because

Ender's

using

her

body

so

intensely?"

asked

Miro.

"I'm

not

as

set

on

using

Val's

body

as

you

were

to

have

me

do

it,"

said

Jane.

"Peter's

will

do

as

well.

Even

Ender's,

as

long

as

he's

not

using

it.

I'm

not

actually

female.

That

was

merely

my

choice

of

identity

to

get

close

to

Ender.

He

had

problems

bonding

readily

with

men.

The

dilemma

I

have

is

that

even

if

Ender

would

let

go

of

one

of

these

bodies

for

me

to

use

it,

I

don't

know

how

to

get

there.

I

don't

know

where

my

aiua

is

any

more

than

you

do.

Can

you

put

your

aiua

where

you

want

it?

Where

is

it

now?"

"But

the

Hive

Queen

is

trying

to

find

you.

She

can

do

that--

her

people

made

you."

"Yes,

she

and

her

daughters

and

the

fathertrees,

they're

building

some

kind

of

web,

but

it's

never

been

done

before--

catching

something

already

alive

and

leading

it

into

a

body

that

is

already

owned

by

someone

else's

aiua.

It's

not

going

to

work,

I'm

going

to

die,

but

I'm

dammed

if

I'm

going

to

let

those

bastards

who

made

the

descolada

come

along

after

I'm

dead

and

wipe

out

all

the

other

sentient

species

I've

known.

Humans

will

pull

the

plug

on

me,

yes,

thinking

I'm

just

a

computer

program

run

amok,

but

that

doesn't

mean

I

want

someone

else

to

pull

the

plug

on

humanity.

Nor

on

the

hive

queens.

Nor

on

the

pequeninos.

If

we're

going

to

stop

them,

we

have

to

do

it

before

I'm

dead.

Or

at

least

I

have

to

get

you

and

Val

there

so

you

can

do

something

without

me."

"If

we're

there

when

you

die,

we'll

never

come

home

again."

"Bad

luck,

eh?"

"So

we're

a

suicide

mission."

"Life

is

a

suicide

mission,

Miro.

Check

it

out--

basic

philosophy

course.

You

spend

your

life

running

out

of

fuel

and

when

you're

finally

out,

you

croak."

"You

sound

like

Mother

now,"

said

Miro.

"Oh,

no,"

said

Jane.

"I'm

taking

it

with

good

humor.

Your

mother

always

thought

her

doom

was

tragic."

Miro

was

readying

some

retort

when

Val's

voice

interrupted

his

colloquy

with

Jane.

"I

hate

it

when

you

do

that!"

she

cried.

"Do

what?"

said

Miro,

wondering

what

she

had

just

been

saying

before

this

outburst.

"Tune

me

out

and

talk

to

her."

"To

Jane?

I

always

talk

to

Jane."

"But

you

used

to

listen

to

me

sometimes,"

said

Val.

"Well,

Val,

you

used

to

listen

to

me,

too,

but

that's

all

changed

now,

apparently."

Val

flung

herself

out

of

her

chair

and

stormed

over

to

loom

above

him.

"Is

that

how

it

is?

The

woman

you

loved

was

the

quiet

one,

the

shy

one,

the

one

who

always

let

you

dominate

every

conversation.

Now

that

I'm

excited,

now

that

I

feel

like

I'm

really

myself,

well,

that's

not

the

woman

you

wanted,

is

that

it?"

"It's

not

about

preferring

quiet

women

or--"

"No,

we

couldn't

admit

to

anything

so

recidivist

as

that,

could

we!

No,

we

have

to

proclaim

ourselves

to

be

perfectly

virtuous

and--"

Miro

rose

to

his

feet--

not

easy,

with

her

so

close

to

his

chairand

shouted

right

back

in

her

face.

"It's

about

being

able

to

finish

a

sentence

now

and

then!"

"And

how

many

of

my

sentences

did

you--"

"Right,

turn

it

right

back

on--"

"You

wanted

to

have

me

dispossessed

from

my

own

life

and

put

somebody

else

in--"

"Oh,

is

that

what

this

is

about?

Well,

be

relieved,

Val,

Jane

says--"

"Jane

says,

Jane

says!

You

said

you

loved

me,

but

no

woman

can

compete

with

some

bitch

that's

always

there

in

your

ear,

hanging

on

every

word

you

say

and--"

"Now

you

sound

like

my

mother!"

shouted

Miro.

"Nossa

Senhora,

I

don't

know

why

Ender

followed

her

into

the

monastery,

she

was

always

griping

about

how

he

loved

Jane

more

than

he

loved

her--"

"Well

at

least

he

tried

to

love

a

woman

more

than

that

overgrown

appointment

book!"

They

stood

there,

face-to-face-or

almost

so,

Miro

being

somewhat

taller,

but

with

his

knees

bent

because

he

hadn't

quite

been

able

to

get

all

the

way

out

of

his

chair

because

she

was

standing

so

close

and

now

with

her

breath

in

his

face,

the

warmth

of

her

body

just

a

few

centimeters

away,

he

thought,

This

is

the

moment

when

...

And

then

he

said

it

aloud

before

he

had

even

finished

forming

the

thought,

"This

is

the

moment

in

all

the

videos

when

the

couple

that

were

screaming

at

each

other

suddenly

look

into

each

other's

eyes

and

embrace

each

other

and

laugh

at

their

anger

and

then

kiss

each

other."

"Yeah,

well,

that's

the

videos,"

said

Val.

"If

you

lay

a

hand

on

me

I'll

ram

your

testicles

so

far

up

inside

your

abdomen

it'll

take

a

heart

surgeon

to

get

them

out."

She

whirled

around

and

returned

to

her

chair.

Miro

eased

himself

back

into

his

own

seat

and

said--

out

loud

this

time,

but

softly

enough

that

Val

would

know

he

wasn't

talking

to

her--

"Now,

Jane,

where

were

we

before

the

tornado

struck."

Jane's

answer

was

drawled

out

slowly;

Miro

recognized

it

as

a

mannerism

of

Ender's

when

he

was

being

ironically

subtle.

"You

can

see

now

why

I

might

have

problems

getting

the

use

of

any

part

of

her

body."

"Yeah,

well,

I'm

having

the

same

problem,"

said

Miro

silently,

but

he

laughed

aloud,

a

little

chuckle

that

he

knew

would

drive

Val

crazy.

And

from

the

way

she

stiffened

but

did

not

respond

at

all

he

knew

that

it

was

working.

"I

don't

need

you

two

fighting,"

said

Jane

mildly.

"I

need

you

working

together.

Because

you

may

have

to

work

this

out

without

me."

"As

far

as

I

can

tell,"

said

Miro,

"you

and

Val

have

been

working

things

out

without

me."

"Val

has

been

working

things

out

because

she's

so

full

of

...

whatever

she's

full

of

right

now."

"Ender

is

what

she's

full

of,"

said

Miro.

Val

turned

around

in

her

chair

and

looked

at

him.

"Doesn't

it

make

you

wonder

about

your

own

sexual

identity,

not

to

mention

your

sanity,

that

the

two

women

you

love

are,

respectively,

a

virtual

woman

existing

only

in

the

transient

ansible

connections

between

computers

and

a

woman

whose

soul

is

in

fact

that

of

a

man

who

is

the

husband

of

your

mother?"

"Ender

is

dying,"

said

Miro.

"Or

did

you

already

know?"

"Jane

mentioned

he

seemed

to

be

inattentive."

"Dying,"

said

Miro

again.

"I

think

it

speaks

very

clearly

about

the

nature

of

men,"

said

Val,

"that

you

and

Ender

both

claim

to

love

a

flesh-and-blood

woman,

but

in

fact

you

can't

give

that

woman

even

a

serious

fraction

of

your

attention."

"Yes,

well,

you

have

my

whole

attention,

Val,"

said

Miro.

"And

as

for

Ender,

if

he's

not

paying

attention

to

Mother

it's

because

he's

paying

attention

to

you."

"To

my

work,

you

mean.

To

the

task

at

hand.

Not

to

me."

"Well,

that's

all

you've

been

paying

attention

to,

except

when

you

took

a

break

to

rip

on

me

about

how

I'm

talking

to

Jane

and

not

listening

to

you."

"That's

right,"

said

Val.

"You

think

I

don't

see

what's

been

going

on

with

me

this

past

day?

How

all

of

a

sudden

I

can't

shut

up

about

things,

I'm

so

intense

I

can't

sleep,

how

I--

Ender's

supposedly

been

the

real

me

all

along,

only

he

left

me

alone

till

now

and

that

was

fine

because

what

he's

doing

now

is

terrifying.

Don't

you

see

that

I'm

frightened?

It's

too

much.

It's

more

than

I

can

stand.

I

can't

hold

that

much

energy

inside

me."

"So

talk

about

it

instead

of

screaming

at

me,"

said

Miro.

"But

you

weren't

listening.

I

was

trying

to

and

you

were

just

subvocalizing

to

Jane

and

shutting

me

out."

"Because

I

was

sick

of

hearing

endless

streams

of

data

and

analysis

that

I

could

just

as

easily

catch

in

summary

on

the

computer.

How

was

I

supposed

to

know

that

you'd

take

a

break

in

your

monologue

and

start

talking

about

something

human?"

"Everything's

bigger

than

life

right

now

and

I

don't

have

any

experience

with

this.

In

case

you

forgot,

I

haven't

been

alive

very

long.

I

don't

know

things.

There

are

a

lot

of

things

I

don't

know.

I

don't

know

why

I

care

so

much

about

you,

for

instance.

You're

the

one

trying

to

get

me

replaced

as

landlord

of

this

body.

You're

the

one

who

tunes

me

out

or

takes

me

over

but

I

don't

want

that,

Miro.

I

really

need

a

friend

right

now."

"So

do

I,"

said

Miro.

"But

I

don't

know

how

to

do

it,"

said

Val.

"I,

on

the

other

hand,

know

perfectly

well

how

to

do

it,"

said

Miro.

"But

the

only

other

time

it

happened,

I

fell

in

love

with

her

and

then

she

turned

out

to

be

my

half-sister

because

her

father

was

secretly

my

mother's

lover,

and

the

man

I

had

thought

was

my

father

turned

out

to

be

sterile

because

he

was

dying

of

some

internally

rotting

disease.

So

you

can

see

how

I

might

be

hesitant."

"Valentine

was

your

friend.

She

is

still."

"Yes,"

said

Miro.

"Yes,

I

was

forgetting.

I've

had

two

friends."

"And

Ender,"

said

Val.

"Three,"

said

Miro.

"And

my

sister

Ela

makes

four.

And

Human

was

my

friend,

so

it's

five."

"See?

I

think

that

makes

you

qualified

to

show

me

how

to

have

a

friend."

"To

make

a

friend,"

said

Miro,

echoing

his

mother's

intonations,

"you

have

to

be

one."

"Miro,"

said

Val.

"I'm

scared."

"Of

what?"

"Of

this

world

we're

looking

for,

what

we'll

find

there.

Of

what's

going

to

happen

to

me

if

Ender

dies.

Or

if

Jane

takes

over

as

my--

what,

my

inner

light,

my

puppeteer.

Of

what

it

will

feel

like

if

you

don't

like

me

anymore."

"What

if

I

promise

to

like

you

no

matter

what?"

"You

can't

make

a

promise

like

that."

"Okay,

if

I

wake

up

to

find

you

strangling

me

or

smothering

me,

then

I'll

stop

liking

you."

"What

about

drowning?"

"No,

I

can't

open

my

eyes

under

water,

so

I'd

never

know

it

was

you."

They

both

laughed.

"This

is

the

time

in

the

videos,"

said

Val,

"when

the

hero

and

the

heroine

laugh

and

then

hold

each

other."

Jane's

voice

interrupted

from

both

their

computer

terminals.

"Sorry

to

break

up

a

tender

moment,

but

we've

got

a

new

world

here

and

there

are

electromagnetic

messages

being

relayed

between

the

planet

surface

and

orbiting

artificial

objects."

Immediately

they

both

turned

to

their

terminals

and

looked

at

the

data

Jane

was

throwing

at

them.

"It

doesn't

take

any

close

analysis,"

said

Val.

"This

one

is

hopping

with

technology.

If

it

isn't

the

descolada

planet,

I'm

betting

they

know

where

it

is."

"What

I'm

worried

about

is,

have

they

detected

us

and

what

are

they

going

to

do

about

it?

If

they've

got

the

technology

to

put

things

in

space,

they

might

have

the

technology

to

shoot

things

out

of

space,

too."

"I'm

watching

for

incoming

objects,"

said

Jane.

"Let's

see,"

said

Val,

"if

any

of

these

EM-waves

are

carrying

anything

that

looks

like

language."

"Datastreams,"

said

Jane.

"I'm

analyzing

it

for

binary

patterns.

But

you

know

that

decoding

computerized

language

requires

three

or

four

levels

of

decoding

instead

of

the

normal

two

and

it

isn't

easy."

"I

thought

binary

was

simpler

than

spoken

languages,"

said

Miro.

"It

is,

when

it's

programs

and

numerical

data,"

said

Jane.

"But

what

if

it's

digitized

visuals?

How

long

is

a

line

if

it's

a

rasterized

display?

How

much

of

a

transmission

is

header

material?

How

much

is

errorcorrection

data?

How

much

of

it

is

a

binary

representation

of

a

written

representation

of

a

spoken

language?

What

if

it's

further

encrypted

beyond

that,

to

avoid

interception?

I

have

no

idea

what

machine

is

producing

the

code

and

no

idea

what

machine

is

receiving

it.

So

using

most

of

my

capacity

to

work

on

the

problem

I'm

having

a

very

hard

time

except

that

this

one--"

A

diagram

appeared

on

the

front

page

of

the

display.

"--I

think

this

one

is

a

representation

of

a

genetic

molecule."

"A

genetic

molecule?"

"Similar

to

the

descolada,"

said

Jane.

"That

is,

similar

in

the

way

it's

different

from

Earth

and

native

Lusitanian

genetic

molecules.

Do

you

think

this

is

a

plausible

decoding

of

this?"

A

mass

of

binary

digits

flashed

into

the

air

above

their

terminals.

In

a

moment

it

resolved

itself

into

hexadecimal

notation.

Then

into

a

rasterized

image

that

resembled

static

interference

more

than

any

kind

of

coherent

picture.

"It

doesn't

scan

well

this

way.

But

as

a

set

of

vector

instructions,

I

find

that

it

consistently

gives

me

results

like

this."

And

now

picture

after

picture

of

genetic

molecules

appeared

on

the

screen.

"Why

would

anyone

be

transmitting

genetic

information?"

said

Val.

"Maybe

it's

a

kind

of

language,"

said

Miro.

"Who

could

read

a

language

like

that?"

asked

Val.

"Maybe

the

kind

of

people

who

could

create

the

descolada,"

said

Miro.

"You

mean

they

talk

by

manipulating

genes?"

said

Val.

"Maybe

they

smell

genes,"

said

Miro.

"Only

they

do

it

with

incredible

articulation.

Subtlety

and

shade

of

meaning.

Then

when

they

started

sending

people

up

into

space,

they

had

to

talk

to

them

so

they

sent

pictures

and

then

from

the

pictures

they

reconstruct

the

message

and,

um,

smell

it."

"That's

the

most

ass-backwards

explanation

I've

ever

heard,"

said

Val.

"Well,"

said

Miro,

"like

you

said,

you

haven't

lived

very

long.

There

are

a

lot

of

ass-backwards

explanations

in

the

world,

and

I

doubt

I

hit

the

jackpot

with

that

one."

"It's

probably

an

experiment

they're

doing,

sending

data

back

and

forth,"

said

Val.

"Not

all

the

communications

make

up

diagrams

do

they,

Jane?"

"Oh,

no,

I'm

sorry

if

I

gave

that

impression.

This

was

just

a

small

class

of

data

streams

that

I

was

able

to

decode

in

a

meaningful

way.

There's

this

stuff

that

seems

to

me

to

be

analog

rather

than

digital,

and

if

I

make

it

into

sound

it's

like

this."

They

heard

the

computers

emit

a

series

of

staticky

screeches

and

yips.

"Or

if

I

translate

it

into

bursts

of

light,

it

looks

like

this."

Whereupon

their

terminals

danced

with

light,

pulsing

and

shifting

colors

seemingly

randomly.

"Who

knows

what

an

alien

language

looks

or

sounds

like?"

said

Jane.

"I

can

see

this

is

going

to

be

difficult,"

said

Miro.

"They

do

have

some

pretty

good

math

skills,"

said

Jane.

"The

math

stuff

is

easy

to

catch

and

I

see

some

glimpses

that

imply

they

work

at

a

high

level."

"Just

an

idle

question,

Jane.

If

you

weren't

with

us,

how

long

would

it

have

taken

us

to

analyze

the

data

and

get

the

results

you've

gotten

so

far?

If

we

were

using

just

the

ship's

computers?"

"Well,

if

you

had

to

program

them

for

every--"

"No,

no,

just

assuming

they

had

good

software,"

said

Miro.

"Somewhere

upwards

of

seven

human

generations,"

said

Jane.

"Seven

generations?"

"Of

course,

you'd

never

try

to

do

it

with

just

two

untrained

people

and

two

computers

without

any

useful

programs,"

said

Jane.

"You'd

put

hundreds

of

people

on

the

project

and

then

it

would

only

take

you

a

few

years."

"And

you

expect

us

to

carry

on

this

work

when

they

pull

the

plug

on

you?"

"I'm

hoping

to

finish

the

translation

problem

before

I'm

toast,"

said

Jane.

"So

shut

up

and

let

me

concentrate

for

a

minute."

***

Grace

Drinker

was

too

busy

to

see

Wang-mu

and

Peter.

Well,

actually

she

did

see

them,

as

she

shambled

from

one

room

to

another

of

her

house

of

sticks

and

mats.

She

even

waved.

But

her

son

went

right

on

explaining

how

she

wasn't

here

right

now

but

she

would

be

back

later

if

they

wanted

to

wait,

and

as

long

as

they

were

waiting,

why

not

have

dinner

with

the

family?

It

was

hard

even

to

be

annoyed

when

the

lie

was

so

obvious

and

the

hospitality

so

generous.

Dinner

went

a

long

way

toward

explaining

why

Samoans

tended

to

be

so

large

in

every

dimension.

They

had

to

evolve

such

great

size

because

smaller

Samoans

must

simply

have

exploded

after

lunch.

They

could

never

have

handled

dinners.

The

fruit,

the

fish,

the

taro,

the

sweet

potatoes,

the

fish

again,

more

fruit--

Peter

and

Wang-mu.

had

thought

they

were

well

fed

in

the

resort,

but

now

they

realized

that

the

hotel

chef

was

a

second-rater

compared

to

what

went

on

in

Grace

Drinker's

house.

She

had

a

husband,

a

man

of

astonishing

appetite

and

heartiness

who

laughed

whenever

he

wasn't

chewing

or

talking,

and

sometimes

even

then.

He

seemed

to

get

a

kick

out

of

telling

these

papalagi

visitors

what

different

names

meant.

"My

wife's

name,

now,

it

really

means,

'Protector

of

Drunken

People.'"

"It

does

not,"

said

his

son.

"It

means

'One

Who

Puts

Things

in

Proper

Order.'"

"For

drinking!"

cried

the

father.

"The

last

name

has

nothing

to

do

with

the

first

name."

The

son

was

getting

annoyed

now.

"Not

everything

has

a

deep

meaning."

"Children

are

so

easily

embarrassed,"

said

the

father.

"Ashamed.

Must

put

the

best

face

on

everything.

The

holy

island,

its

name

is

really

'Ata

Atua,

which

means,

'Laugh,

God!'"

"Then

it

would

be

pronounced

'Atatua

instead

of

Atatua,"

the

son

corrected

again.

"Shadow

of

the

God,

that's

what

the

name

really

means,

if

it

means

anything

besides

just

the

holy

island."

"My

son

is

a

literalist,"

said

the

father.

"Everything

so

serious.

Can't

hear

a

joke

when

God

shouts

it

in

his

ear."

"It's

you

always

shouting

jokes

in

my

ear,

Father,"

said

the

son

with

a

smile.

"How

could

I

possibly

hear

the

jokes

of

the

God?"

This

was

the

only

time

the

father

didn't

laugh.

"My

son

has

a

dead

ear

for

humor.

He

thought

that

was

a

joke."

Wang-mu

looked

at

Peter,

who

was

smiling

as

if

he

understood

what

was

so

funny

with

these

people

all

the

time.

She

wondered

if

he

had

even

noticed

that

no

one

had

introduced

these

males,

except

by

their

relationship

to

Grace

Drinker.

Had

they

no

names?

Never

mind,

the

food

is

good,

and

even

if

you

don't

get

Samoan

humor,

their

laughter

and

good

spirits

were

so

contagious

that

it

was

impossible

not

to

feel

happy

and

at

ease

in

their

company.

"Do

you

think

we

have

enough?"

asked

the

father,

when

his

daughter

brought

in

the

last

fish,

a

large

pinkfleshed

sea

creature

garnished

with

something

that

glistened--

Wang-mu's

first

thought

was

a

sugar

glaze,

but

who

would

do

that

to

a

fish?

At

once

his

children

answered

him,

as

if

it

were

a

ritual

in

the

family:

"Ua

lava!"

The

name

of

a

philosophy?

Or

just

Samoan

slang

for

"enough

already"?

Or

both

at

once?

Only

when

the

last

fish

was

half

eaten

did

Grace

Drinker

herself

come

in,

making

no

apology

for

not

having

spoken

to

them

when

she

passed

them

more

than

two

hours

before.

A

breeze

off

the

sea

was

cooling

down

the

open-walled

room,

and,

outside,

light

rain

fell

in

fits

and

starts

as

the

sun

kept

trying

and

failing

to

sink

into

the

water

to

the

west.

Grace

sat

at

the

low

table,

directly

between

Peter

and

Wang-mu,

who

had

thought

they

were

sitting

next

to

each

other

with

no

room

for

another

person,

especially

not

a

person

of

such

ample

surface

area

as

Grace.

But

somehow

there

was

room,

if

not

when

she

began

to

sit,

then

certainly

by

the

time

she

finished

the

process,

and

once

her

greetings

were

done,

she

managed

what

the

family

had

not--

she

polished

off

the

last

fish

and

ended

up

licking

her

fingers

and

laughing

just

as

maniacally

as

her

husband

at

all

the

jokes

he

told.

And

then,

suddenly,

Grace

leaned

over

to

Wang-mu

and

said,

quite

seriously,

"All

right,

Chinese

girl,

what's

your

scam?"

"Scam?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"You

mean

I

have

to

get

the

confession

from

the

white

boy?

They

train

these

boys

to

lie,

you

know.

If

you're

white

they

don't

let

you

grow

up

to

adulthood

if

you

haven't

mastered

the

art

of

pretending

to

say

one

thing

while

actually

intending

to

do

another."

Peter

was

appalled.

Suddenly

the

whole

family

erupted

in

laughter.

"Bad

hospitality!"

cried

Grace's

husband.

"Did

you

see

their

faces?

They

thought

she

meant

it!"

"But

I

do

mean

it,"

said

Grace.

"You

both

intend

to

lie

to

me.

Arrived

on

a

starship

yesterday?

From

Moskva?"

Suddenly

she

burst

into

what

sounded

like

pretty

convincing

Russian,

perhaps

of

the

dialect

spoken

on

Moskva.

Wang-mu

had

no

idea

how

to

respond.

But

she

didn't

have

to.

Peter

was

the

one

with

Jane

in

his

ear,

and

he

immediately

answered

her,

"I

hope

to

learn

Samoan

while

I'm

assigned

here

on

Pacifica.

I

won't

accomplish

that

by

babbling

in

Russian,

however

you

might

try

to

goad

me

with

cruel

references

to

my

countrymen's

amorous

proclivities

and

lack

of

pulchritude."

Grace

laughed.

"You

see,

Chinese

girl?"

she

said.

"Lie

lie

lie.

And

so

lofty-sounding

as

he

does

it.

Of

course

he

has

that

jewel

in

his

ear

to

help

him.

Tell

the

truth,

neither

one

of

you

speaks

a

lick

of

Russian."

Peter

looked

grim

and

vaguely

sick.

Wang-mu

put

him

out

of

his

misery-though

at

the

risk

of

infuriating

him.

"Of

course

it's

a

lie,"

said

Wang-mu.

"The

truth

is

simply

too

unbelievable."

"But

the

truth

is

the

only

thing

worth

believing,

isn't

it?"

asked

Grace's

son.

"If

you

can

know

it,"

said

Wang-mu.

"But

if

you

won't

believe

the

truth,

someone

has

to

help

you

come

up

with

plausible

lies,

don't

they?"

"I

can

make

up

my

own,"

said

Grace.

"Day

before

yesterday

a

white

boy

and

a

Chinese

girl

visited

my

friend

Aimaina

Hikari

on

a

world

at

least

twenty

years'

voyage

away.

They

told

him

things

that

disturbed

his

entire

equilibrium

so

he

could

hardly

function.

Today

a

white

boy

and

a

Chinese

girl,

telling

different

lies

from

the

ones

told

by

his

pair,

of

course,

but

nevertheless

lying

their

lips

off,

these

two

come

to

me

wanting

to

get

my

help

or

permission

or

advice

about

seeing

Malu--"

"Malu

means

'being

calm,'"

added

Grace's

husband

cheerfully.

"Are

you

still

awake?"

asked

Grace.

"Weren't

you

hungry?

Didn't

you

eat?"

"I'm

full

but

fascinated,"

answered

her

husband.

"Go

on,

expose

them!"

"I

want

to

know

who

you

are

and

how

you

got

here,"

said

Grace.

"That

would

be

very

hard

to

explain,"

said

Peter.

"We've

got

minutes

and

minutes,"

said

Grace.

"Millions

of

them,

really.

You're

the

ones

who

seem

to

have

only

a

few.

So

much

hurry

that

you

jump

the

gulf

from

star

to

star

overnight.

It

strains

credulity,

of

course,

since

lightspeed

is

supposed

to

be

an

insuperable

barrier,

but

then,

not

believing

you're

the

same

people

my

friend

saw

on

the

planet

Divine

Wind

also

strains

credulity,

so

there

we

are.

Supposing

that

you

really

can

travel

faster

than

light,

what

does

that

tell

us

about

where

you're

from?

Aimaina

takes

it

for

granted

that

you

were

sent

to

him

by

the

gods,

more

specifically

by

his

ancestors,

and

he

may

be

right,

it's

in

the

nature

of

gods

to

be

unpredictable

and

suddenly

do

things

they've

never

done

before.

Myself,

though,

I

find

that

rational

explanations

always

work

out

better,

especially

in

papers

I

hope

to

get

published.

So

the

rational

explanation

is

that

you

come

from

a

real

world,

not

from

some

heavenly

never-never

land.

And

since

you

can

hop

from

world

to

world

in

a

moment

or

a

day,

you

could

come

from

anywhere.

But

my

family

and

I

think

you

come

from

Lusitania."

"Well,

I

don't,"

said

Wang-mu.

"And

I'm

originally

from

Earth,"

said

Peter.

"If

I'm

from

anywhere."

"Aimaina

thinks

you

come

from

Outside,"

said

Grace,

and

for

a

moment

Wang-mu

thought

the

woman

must

have

figured

out

how

Peter

came

into

existence.

But

then

she

realized

that

Grace's

words

had

a

theological

meaning,

not

a

literal

one.

"The

land

of

the

gods.

But

Malu

said

he's

never

seen

you

there,

or

if

he

did

he

didn't

know

it

was

you.

So

that

leaves

me

right

back

where

I

started.

You're

lying

about

everything,

so

what

good

does

it

do

to

ask

you

questions?"

"I

told

you

the

truth,"

said

Wang-mu.

"I

come

from

Path.

And

Peter's

origins,

so

far

as

they

can

be

traced

to

any

planet,

are

on

Earth.

But

the

vehicle

we

came

in--

that

originated

on

Lusitania."

Peter's

face

went

white.

She

knew

he

was

thinking,

Why

not

just

noose

ourselves

up

and

hand

them

the

loose

ends

of

the

rope?

But

Wang-mu

had

to

use

her

own

judgment,

and

in

her

judgment

they

were

in

no

danger

from

Grace

Drinker

or

her

family.

Indeed,

if

she

meant

to

turn

them

in

to

the

authorities,

wouldn't

she

already

have

done

so?

Grace

looked

Wang-mu

in

the

eyes

and

said

nothing

for

a

long

while.

Then:

"Good

fish,

isn't

it?"

"I

wondered

what

the

glaze

was.

Is

there

sugar

in

it?"

"Honey

and

a

couple

of

herbs

and

actually

some

pig

fat.

I

hope

you

aren't

some

rare

combination

of

Chinese

and

Jew

or

Muslim,

because

if

you

are

you're

now

ritually

unclean

and

I

would

feel

really

bad

about

that,

it's

so

much

trouble

getting

purified

again,

or

so

I'm

told,

it

certainly

is

in

our

culture."

Peter,

heartened

now

by

Grace's

lack

of

concern

with

their

miraculous

spaceship,

tried

to

get

them

back

on

the

subject.

"So

you'll

let

us

see

Malu?"

"Malu

decides

who

sees

Malu,

and

he

says

you're

the

ones

who'll

decide,

but

that's

just

him

being

enigmatic."

"Gnomic,"

said

Wang-mu.

Peter

winced.

"Not

really,

not

in

the

sense

of

being

obscure.

Malu

means

to

be

perfectly

clear

and

for

him

spiritual

things

aren't

mystical

at

all,

they're

just

a

part

of

life.

I

myself

have

never

actually

walked

with

the

dead

or

heard

the

heroes

sing

their

own

songs

or

had

a

vision

of

the

creation,

but

I

have

no

doubt

that

Malu

has."

"I

thought

you

were

a

scholar,"

said

Peter.

"If

you

want

to

talk

to

the

scholar

Grace

Drinker,"

she

said,

"read

my

papers

and

take

a

class.

I

thought

you

wanted

to

talk

to

me."

"We

do,"

said

Wang-mu

quickly.

"Peter's

in

a

hurry.

We

have

several

deadlines."

"The

Lusitania

Fleet,

now,

I

imagine

that's

one

of

them.

But

not

quite

so

urgent

as

another.

The

computer

shut-down

that's

been

ordered.

Peter

stiffened.

"The

order

has

been

given?"

"Oh,

it

was

given

weeks

ago,"

said

Grace,

looking

puzzled.

Then:

"Oh,

you

poor

dear,

I

don't

mean

the

actual

go-ahead.

I

mean

the

order

telling

us

how

to

prepare.

You

surely

knew

about

that

one."

Peter

nodded

and

relaxed,

glum

again.

"I

think

you

want

to

talk

to

Malu

before

the

ansible

connections

are

shut

down.

Though

why

would

that

matter?"

she

said,

thinking

aloud.

"After

all,

if

you

can

travel

faster

than

light,

you

could

simply

go

and

deliver

your

message

yourself.

Unless--"

Her

son

offered

a

suggestion:

"They

have

to

deliver

their

message

to

a

lot

of

different

worlds."

"Or

a

lot

of

different

gods!"

cried

his

father,

who

then

laughed

uproariously

at

what

certainly

seemed

to

Wang-mu

to

be

a

feeble

joke.

"Or,"

said

the

daughter,

who

was

now

lying

down

beside

the

table,

occasionally

belching

as

she

let

the

enormous

dinner

digest.

"Or,

they

need

the

ansible

connections

in

order

to

do

their

fast

travel

trick."

"Or,"

said

Grace,

looking

at

Peter,

who

had

instinctively

moved

his

hand

to

touch

the

jewel

in

his

ear,

"you're

connected

to

the

very

virus

that

we're

shutting

down

all

the

computers

in

order

to

eliminate,

and

that

has

something

to

do

with

your

faster-than-light

travel."

"It's

not

a

virus,"

said

Wang-mu.

"It's

a

person.

A

living

entity.

And

you're

going

to

help

Congress

kill

her,

even

though

she's

the

only

one

of

her

kind

and

she's

never

harmed

anybody."

"It

makes

them

nervous

when

something--

or,

if

you

prefer,

somebody--

makes

their

fleet

disappear."

"It's

still

there,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Let's

not

fight,"

said

Grace.

"Let's

just

say

that

now

that

I've

found

you

willing

to

tell

the

truth,

perhaps

it

will

be

worthwhile

for

Malu

to

take

the

time

to

let

you

hear

it."

"He

has

the

truth?"

asked

Peter.

"No,"

said

Grace,

"but

he

knows

where

it's

kept

and

he

can

get

a

glimpse

now

and

then

and

tell

us

what

he

saw.

I

think

that's

still

pretty

good."

"And

we

can

see

him?"

"You'd

have

to

spend

a

week

purifying

yourselves

before

you

can

set

foot

on

Atatua--"

"Impure

feet

tickling

the

Gods!"

cried

her

husband,

laughing

uproariously.

"That's

why

they

call

it

the

Island

of

the

Laughing

God!"

Peter

shifted

uncomfortably.

"Don't

you

like

my

husband's

jokes?"

asked

Grace.

"No,

I

think--

I

mean,

they're

simply

not--

I

don't

get

them,

that's

all."

"Well,

that's

because

they're

not

very

funny,"

said

Grace.

"But

my

husband

is

cheerfully

determined

to

keep

laughing

through

all

this

so

he

doesn't

get

angry

at

you

and

kill

you

with

his

bare

hands."

Wang-mu

gasped,

for

she

knew

at

once

that

this

was

true;

without

realizing

it,

she

had

been

aware

all

along

of

the

rage

seething

under

the

huge

man's

laughter,

and

when

she

looked

at

his

calloused,

massive

hands,

she

realized

that

he

could

surely

tear

her

apart

without

even

breaking

into

a

sweat.

"Why

would

you

threaten

us

with

death?"

asked

Peter,

acting

more

belligerent

than

Wang-mu

wished.

"The

opposite!"

said

Grace.

"I

tell

you

that

my

husband

is

determined

not

to

let

rage

at

your

audacity

and

blasphemy

control

his

behavior.

To

try

to

visit

Atatua

without

even

taking

the

trouble

to

learn

that

letting

you

set

foot

there,

uncleansed

and

uninvited,

would

shame

us

and

filthy

us

as

a

people

for

a

hundred

generations--

I

think

he's

doing

rather

well

not

to

have

taken

a

blood

oath

against

you."

"We

didn't

know,"

said

Wang-mu.

"He

knew,"

said

Grace.

"Because

he's

got

the

all-hearing

ear."

Peter

blushed.

"I

hear

what

she

says

to

me,"

he

said,

"but

I

can't

hear

what

she

chooses

not

to

say."

"So...

you

were

being

led.

And

Aimaina

is

right,

you

do

serve

a

higher

being.

Voluntarily?

Or

are

you

being

coerced?"

"That's

a

stupid

question,

Mama,"

said

her

daughter,

belching

again.

"If

they

are

coerced,

how

could

they

possibly

tell

you?"

"People

can

say

as

much

by

what

they

don't

say,"

answered

Grace,

"which

you'd

know

if

you'd

sit

up

and

look

at

their

eloquent

faces,

these

lying

visitors

from

other

planets."

"She's

not

a

higher

being,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Not

like

you

mean

it.

Not

a

god.

Though

she

does

have

a

lot

of

control

and

she

knows

a

lot

of

things.

But

she's

not

omnipotent

or

anything,

and

she

doesn't

know

everything,

and

sometimes

she's

even

wrong,

and

I'm

not

sure

she's

always

good,

either,

so

we

can't

really

call

her

a

god

because

she's

not

perfect."

Grace

shook

her

head.

"I

wasn't

talking

about

some

Platonic

god,

some

ethereal

perfection

that

can

never

be

understood,

only

apprehended.

Not

some

Nicene

paradoxical

being

whose

existence

is

perpetually

contradicted

by

his

nonexistence.

Your

higher

being,

this

jewel-friend

your

partner

wears

like

a

parasite--

except

who

is

sucking

life

from

whom,

eh?

--she

could

well

be

a

god

in

the

sense

that

we

Samoans

use

the

word.

You

might

be

her

hero

servants.

You

might

be

her

incarnation,

for

all

I

know."

"But

you're

a

scholar,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Like

my

teacher

Han

Fei-tzu,

who

discovered

that

what

we

used

to

call

gods

were

really

just

genetically

induced

obsessions

that

we

interpreted

in

such

a

way

as

to

maintain

our

obedience

to--"

"Just

because

your

gods

don't

exist

doesn't

mean

mine

don't,"

said

Grace.

"She

must

have

tromped

through

acres

of

dead

gods

just

to

get

here!"

cried

Grace's

husband,

laughing

uproariously.

Only

now

that

Wang-mu

knew

what

his

laughter

really

meant,

his

laugh

filled

her

with

fear.

Grace

reached

out

and

laid

a

huge,

heavy

arm

across

her

slight

shoulder.

"Don't

worry,"

she

said.

"My

husband

is

a

civilized

man

and

he's

never

killed

anybody."

"Not

for

lack

of

trying!"

he

bellowed.

"No,

that

was

a

joke!"

He

almost

wept

with

laughter.

"You

can't

go

see

Malu,"

said

Grace,

"because

we

would

have

to

purify

you

and

I

don't

think

you're

ready

to

make

the

promises

you'd

have

to

make--

and

I

especially

don't

believe

you're

ready

to

make

them

and

actually

mean

what

you

say.

And

those

are

promises

that

must

be

kept.

So

Malu

is

coming

here.

He's

being

rowed

to

this

island

right

now--

no

motors

for

him,

so

I

want

you

to

know

exactly

how

many

people

are

sweating

for

hours

and

hours

just

so

you

can

have

your

chat

with

him.

I

just

want

to

tell

you

this--

you

are

being

given

an

extraordinary

honor,

and

I

urge

you

not

to

look

down

your

noses

at

him

and

listen

to

him

with

some

sort

of

academic

or

scientific

superciliousness.

I've

met

a

lot

of

famous

people,

some

of

them

even

rather

smart,

but

this

is

the

wisest

man

you'll

ever

know,

and

if

you

find

yourself

getting

bored

just

keep

this

in

mind:

Malu

isn't

stupid

enough

to

think

you

can

isolate

facts

from

their

context

and

have

them

still

be

true.

So

he

always

puts

the

things

he

says

in

their

full

context,

and

if

that

means

you'll

have

to

listen

to

a

whole

history

of

the

human

race

from

beginning

to

now

before

he

says

anything

you

think

is

pertinent,

well,

I

suggest

you

just

shut

up

and

listen,

because

most

of

the

time

the

best

stuff

he

says

is

accidental

and

irrelevant

and

you're

damn

lucky

if

you

have

brains

enough

to

notice

what

it

is.

Have

I

made

myself

clear?"

Wang-mu

wished

with

all

her

heart

that

she

had

eaten

less.

She

felt

quite

nauseated

with

dread

right

now,

and

if

she

did

throw

up,

she

was

sure

it

would

take

half

an

hour

just

to

get

it

all

back

out

of

her.

Peter,

though,

simply

nodded

calmly.

"We

didn't

understand,

Grace,

even

though

my

partner

read

some

of

your

writings.

We

thought

we

had

come

to

speak

to

a

philosopher,

like

Aimaina,

or

a

scholar,

like

you.

But

now

I

see

that

we've

come

to

listen

to

a

man

of

wisdom

whose

experience

reaches

into

realms

that

we

have

never

seen

or

even

dreamed

of

seeing,

and

we

will

listen

silently

until

he

asks

us

to

ask

him

questions,

and

we'll

trust

him

to

know

better

than

we

know

ourselves

what

it

is

we

need

to

hear."

Wang-mu

recognized

complete

surrender

when

she

saw

it,

and

she

was

grateful

to

see

that

everyone

at

the

table

was

nodding

happily

and

no

one

felt

obliged

to

tell

a

joke.

"We're

also

grateful

that

the

honorable

one

has

sacrificed

so

much,

as

have

so

many

others,

to

come

personally

to

us

and

bless

us

with

wisdom

that

we

do

not

deserve

to

receive."

To

Wang-mu's

horror,

Grace

laughed

out

loud

at

her,

instead

of

nodding

respectfully.

"Overkill,"

Peter

murmured.

"Oh,

don't

criticize

her,"

said

Grace.

"She's

Chinese.

From

Path,

right?

And

I'll

bet

you

used

to

be

a

servant.

How

could

you

possibly

have

learned

the

difference

between

respect

and

obsequiousness?

Masters

never

are

content

with

mere

respect

from

their

servants."

"But

my

master

was,"

said

Wang-mu,

trying

to

defend

Han

Fei-Tzu.

"As

is

my

master,"

said

Grace.

"As

you

will

see,

when

you

meet

him."

***

"Time's

up,"

said

Jane.

Miro

and

Val

looked

up,

bleary-eyed,

from

the

documents

they

were

poring

over

at

Miro's

computer,

to

see

that

in

the

air

above

Val's

computer,

Jane's

virtual

face

now

hovered,

watching

them.

"We've

been

passive

observers

as

long

as

they'll

let

us,"

said

Jane.

"But

now

there

are

three

spacecraft

up

in

the

outer

atmosphere,

rising

toward

us.

I

don't

think

any

of

them

are

merely

remote-controlled

weapons,

but

I

can't

be

certain

of

it.

And

they

seem

to

be

directing

some

transmissions

to

us

in

particular,

the

same

messages

over

and

over."

"What

message?"

"It's

the

genetic

molecule

stuff,"

said

Jane.

"I

can

tell

you

the

composition

of

the

molecules,

but

I

haven't

a

clue

what

they

mean."

"When

do

their

interceptors

reach

us?"

"Three

minutes,

plus

or

minus.

They're

zig-zagging

evasively,

now

that

they've

escaped

the

gravity

well."

Miro

nodded.

"My

sister

Quara

was

convinced

that

much

of

the

descolada

virus

consisted

of

language.

I

think

now

we

can

conclusively

say

that

she

was

right.

It

does

carry

a

meaning.

She

was

wrong

about

the

virus

being

sentient,

though,

I

think.

My

guess

now

is

that

the

descolada

kept

recomposing

those

sections

of

itself

that

constituted

a

report."

"A

report,"

echoed

Val.

"That

makes

sense.

To

tell

its

makers

what

it

has

done

with

the

world

it

...

probed."

"So

the

question

is,"

said

Miro,

"do

we

simply

disappear

and

let

them

ponder

the

miracle

of

our

sudden

arrival

and

vanishing?

Or

do

we

first

have

Jane

broadcast

to

them

the

entire,

um,

text

of

the

descolada

virus?"

"Dangerous,"

said

Val.

"The

message

it

contains

may

also

tell

these

people

everything

they

want

to

know

about

human

genes.

After

all,

we're

one

of

the

creatures

the

descolada

worked

on,

and

its

message

is

going

to

tell

all

of

our

strategies

for

controlling

it."

"Except

the

last

one,"

said

Miro.

"Because

Jane

won't

send

them

the

descolada

as

it

exists

now,

completely

tamed

and

controlled--

that

would

be

inviting

them

to

revise

it

to

circumvent

our

alterations."

"We

won't

send

them

a

message

and

we

won't

go

back

to

Lusitania,

either,"

said

Jane.

"We

don't

have

time."

"We

don't

have

time

not

to,"

said

Miro.

"However

urgent

you

might

think

this

is,

Jane,

it

doesn't

do

a

lick

of

good

for

me

and

Val

to

be

here

to

do

this

without

help.

My

sister

Ela,

for

instance,

who

actually

understands

this

virus

stuff.

And

Quara,

despite

her

being

the

second

most

pig-headed

being

in

the

known

universe--

don't

beg

for

flattery,

Val,

by

asking

who

the

first

is--

we

could

use

Quara."

"And

let's

be

fair

about

this,"

said

Val.

"We're

meeting

another

sentient

species.

Why

should

humans

be

the

only

ones

represented?

Why

not

a

pequenino?

Why

not

a

hive

queen--

or

at

least

a

worker?"

"Especially

a

worker,"

said

Miro.

"If

we

are

stuck

here,

having

a

worker

with

us

would

enable

us

to

communicate

with

Lusitania--

ansible

or

not,

Jane

or

not,

messages

could--"

"All

right,"

said

Jane.

"You've

persuaded

me.

Even

though

the

last-minute

flurry

with

the

Starways

Congress

tells

me

they're

about

to

shut

down

the

ansible

network

at

any

moment."

"We'll

hurry,"

said

Miro.

"We'll

make

them

all

rush

to

get

the

right

people

aboard."

"And

the

right

supplies,"

said

Val.

"And--"

"So

start

doing

it,"

said

Jane.

"You

just

disappeared

from

your

orbit

around

the

descolada

planet.

And

I

did

broadcast

a

small

fragment

of

the

descolada.

One

of

the

sections

that

Quara

pegged

as

language,

but

the

one

that

was

least

altered

during

mutations

as

the

descolada

tried

to

fight

with

humans.

It

should

be

enough

to

let

them

know

which

of

their

probes

reached

us."

"Oh,

good,

so

they

can

launch

a

fleet,"

said

Miro.

"The

way

things

are

going,"

said

Jane

dryly,

"by

the

time

any

fleet

they

send

could

get

anywhere

at

all,

Lusitania

is

the

safest

address

they

could

have.

Because

it

won't

exist

anymore."

"You're

so

cheerful,"

said

Miro.

"I'll

be

back

in

an

hour

with

the

people.

Val,

you

get

the

supplies

we'll

need."

"For

how

long?"

"Get

as

much

as

will

fit,"

said

Miro.

"As

someone

once

said,

life

is

a

suicide

mission.

We

have

no

idea

how

long

we'll

be

trapped

there,

so

we

can't

possibly

know

how

much

is

enough."

He

opened

the

door

of

the

starship

and

stepped

out

onto

the

landing

field

near

Milagre.

Chapter

7

--

"I

OFFER

HER

THIS

POOR

OLD

VESSEL"

"How

do

we

remember?

Is

the

brain

a

jar

that

holds

our

memories?

Then

when

we

die,

does

the

jar

break?

Are

our

memories

spilled

on

the

ground

and

lost?

Or

is

the

brain

a

map

that

leads

down

twisted

paths

and

into

hidden

corners?

Then

when

we

die,

the

map

is

lost

but

perhaps

some

explorer

could

wander

through

that

strange

landscape

and

find

out

the

hiding

places

of

our

misplaced

memories."

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

The

seagoing

canoe

glided

toward

the

shore.

At

first

and

for

the

longest

time,

it

seemed

hardly

to

be

moving

at

all,

so

slowly

did

it

come

closer,

the

rowers

rising

higher

and

looking

just

a

little

larger

each

time

Wangmu

could

see

them

over

the

waves.

Then,

near

the

end

of

the

voyage,

the

canoe

suddenly

seemed

huge,

it

seemed

abruptly

to

speed

up,

to

lunge

through

the

sea,

to

leap

toward

shore

with

each

wave;

and

even

though

Wang-mu

knew

that

it

was

going

no

faster

now

than

before,

she

wanted

to

cry

out

for

them

to

slow

down,

to

be

careful,

the

canoe

was

going

too

quickly

to

be

controlled,

it

would

be

dashed

to

bits

against

the

beach.

At

last

the

canoe

breasted

the

last

breaking

wave

and

the

nose

of

it

slid

into

sand

under

the

rushing

shorewater

and

the

rowers

jumped

out

and

dragged

the

canoe

like

a

child's

limp

doll

up

the

beach

to

the

high-tide

line.

When

the

canoe

was

on

dry

sand,

an

older

man

arose

slowly

from

his

seat

amidships.

Malu,

thought

Wang-mu.

She

had

expected

him

to

be

wizened

and

shrunken

like

old

men

on

Path,

who,

bent

with

age,

curved

like

prawns

over

their

walking

sticks.

But

Malu

was

as

erect

as

any

of

the

young

men,

and

his

body

was

still

massive,

broad

of

shoulder

and

thick

with

muscle

and

fat

like

any

of

the

younger

men.

If

it

were

not

for

a

few

more

decorations

in

his

costume

and

the

whiteness

of

his

hair,

he

would

have

been

indistinguishable

from

the

rowers.

As

she

watched

these

large

men,

she

realized

that

they

did

not

move

like

fat

people

she

had

known

before.

Nor

did

Grace

Drinker,

she

remembered

now.

There

was

a

stateliness

to

their

movements,

a

grandeur

like

the

motion

of

continents,

like

icebergs

moving

across

the

face

of

the

sea;

yes,

like

icebergs,

moving

as

if

three-fifths

of

their

vast

bulk

were

invisible

underground,

pushing

through

earth

like

an

iceberg

through

the

sea

as

they

drifted

along

above.

All

the

rowers

moved

with

vast

gracefulness,

and

yet

all

of

them

seemed

as

busy

as

hummingbirds,

as

frantic

as

bats,

compared

to

the

dignity

of

Malu.

Yet

dignity

was

not

something

he

put

on,

it

was

not

a

faqade,

an

impression

he

was

trying

to

create.

Rather

it

was

that

he

moved

in

perfect

harmony

with

his

surroundings.

He

had

found

the

right

speed

for

his

steps,

the

right

tempo

for

his

arms

to

swing

as

he

walked.

He

vibrated

in

consonance

with

the

deep,

slow

rhythms

of

the

earth.

I

am

seeing

how

a

giant

walks

the

earth,

thought

Wangmu.

For

the

first

time

in

my

life,

I

have

seen

a

man

who

in

his

body

shows

greatness.

Malu

came,

not

toward

Peter

and

Wang-mu,

but

toward

Grace

Drinker;

they

enveloped

each

other

in

a

huge

tectonic

embrace.

Surely

mountains

shuddered

when

they

met.

Wang-mu

felt

the

quaking

in

her

own

body.

Why

am

I

trembling?

Not

for

fear.

I'm

not

afraid

of

this

man.

He

won't

harm

me.

And

yet

I

tremble

to

see

him

embrace

Grace

Drinker.

I

don't

want

him

to

turn

toward

me.

I

don't

want

him

to

cast

his

gaze

upon

me.

Malu

turned

toward

her.

His

eyes

locked

on

hers.

His

face

showed

no

expression.

He

simply

owned

her

eyes.

She

did

not

look

away,

but

her

steady

gaze

at

him

was

not

defiance

or

strength,

it

was

simply

her

inability

to

look

at

anything

else

while

he

commanded

her

attention.

Then

he

looked

at

Peter.

Wang-mu

wanted

to

turn

and

see

how

he

responded,

whether

he

also

felt

the

power

in

this

man's

eyes.

But

she

could

not

turn.

Still,

after

a

long

moment,

when

Malu

finally

looked

away,

she

heard

Peter

murmur,

"Son

of

a

bitch,"

and

she

knew

that,

in

his

own

coarse

way,

he

had

been

touched.

It

took

many

long

minutes

for

Malu

to

be

seated

on

a

mat

under

a

roof

built

just

that

morning

for

this

moment,

and

which,

Grace

assured

them,

would

be

burnt

when

Malu

left,

so

that

no

one

else

would

ever

sit

under

the

roof

again.

Food

was

brought

to

Malu

then;

and

Grace

had

also

warned

them

that

no

one

would

eat

with

Malu

or

watch

him

eat.

But

Malu

would

not

taste

the

food.

Instead,

he

beckoned

to

Wang-mu

and

Peter.

The

men

were

shocked.

Grace

Drinker

was

shocked.

But

Grace

at

once

came

to

them,

beckoning.

"He

calls

you."

"You

said

we

couldn't

eat

with

him,"

said

Peter.

"Unless

he

asks

you.

How

can

he

ask

you?

I

don't

know

what

this

means."

"Is

he

setting

us

up

to

be

killed

for

sacrilege?"

asked

Peter.

"No,

he's

not

a

god,

he's

a

man.

A

holy

man,

a

wise

and

great

man,

but

offending

him

is

not

sacrilege,

it's

just

unbearable

bad

manners,

so

don't

offend

him,

please

come."

They

went

to

him.

As

they

stood

across

from

him,

the

food

in

bowls

and

baskets

between

them,

he

let

loose

a

stream

of

Samoan.

Or

was

it

Samoan?

Peter

looked

puzzled

when

Wang-mu

glanced

at

him,

and

he

murmured,

"Jane

doesn't

understand

what

he's

saying."

Jane

didn't

understand,

but

Grace

Drinker

did.

"He's

addressing

you

in

the

ancient

holy

language.

The

one

that

has

no

English

or

other

European

words.

The

language

that

is

spoken

only

to

the

gods."

"Then

why

is

he

saying

it

to

us?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"I

don't

know.

He

doesn't

think

that

you're

gods.

Not

the

two

of

you,

though

he

does

say

you

bring

a

god

to

him.

He

wants

you

to

sit

down

and

taste

the

food

first."

"Can

we

do

that?"

asked

Peter.

"I

beg

you

to

do

it,"

said

Grace.

"Am

I

getting

the

impression

that

there's

no

script

here?"

said

Peter.

Wang-mu

heard

a

slight

weakness

in

his

voice

and

realized

that

his

attempt

at

humor

was

pure

bravado,

to

hide

his

fear.

Perhaps

that's

what

it

always

was.

"There's

a

script,"

said

Grace.

"But

you're

not

writing

it

and

I

don't

know

what

it

is

either."

They

sat

down.

They

reached

into

each

bowl,

tasted

from

each

basket

as

Malu

offered

it

to

them.

Then

he

dipped,

took,

tasted

after

them,

chewing

what

they

chewed,

swallowing

what

they

swallowed.

Wang-mu

had

little

appetite.

She

hoped

he

did

not

expect

her

to

eat

the

portions

that

she

had

seen

other

Samoans

eat.

She

would

throw

up

long

before

she

got

to

that

point.

But

the

meal

was

not

so

much

a

feast

as

a

sacrament,

apparently.

They

tasted

everything,

but

completed

nothing.

Malu

spoke

to

Grace

in

the

high

language

and

she

relayed

the

command

in

common

speech;

several

men

came

and

carried

away

the

baskets.

Then

Grace's

husband

came

out

with

a

jar

of

something.

A

liquid,

for

Malu

took

it

in

his

hands

and

sipped

it.

Then

he

offered

it

to

them.

Peter

took

it,

tasted.

"Jane

says

it

must

be

kava.

A

mild

intoxicant,

but

it's

holy

and

hospitable

here."

Wang-mu

tasted

it.

It

was

fruity

and

it

made

her

eyes

water,

and

there

was

both

sweetness

and

bitterness

in

the

aftertaste.

Malu

beckoned

to

Grace,

who

came

and

knelt

in

the

thick

matted

grass

outside

the

shelter

of

the

roof.

She

was

to

interpret,

not

to

be

part

of

the

ceremony.

Malu

emitted

a

long

stream

of

Samoan.

"The

high

language

again,"

Peter

murmured.

"Say

nothing

please,

that

isn't

intended

for

Malu's

ears,"

Grace

said

softly.

"I

must

translate

everything

and

it

will

cause

grave

insult

if

your

words

are

not

pertinent."

Peter

nodded.

"Malu

says

that

you

have

come

with

the

god

who

dances

on

spiderwebs.

I

have

never

heard

of

this

god

myself,

and

I

thought

I

knew

all

the

lore

of

my

people,

but

Malu

knows

many

things

that

no

one

else

knows.

He

says

that

it

is

to

this

god

that

he

speaks,

for

he

knows

that

she

is

on

the

verge

of

death,

and

he

will

tell

her

how

she

may

be

saved."

Jane,

Wang-mu

said

silently.

He

knows

about

Jane.

How

could

he

possibly?

And

how

could

he,

caring

nothing

for

technology,

tell

a

computer-based

entity

how

to

save

itself?

"Now

he

will

tell

you

what

must

happen,

and

let

me

warn

you

right

now

that

this

will

be

long

and

you

must

sit

still

for

it

all

and

make

no

attempt

to

hurry

the

process,"

said

Grace.

"He

must

put

it

in

context.

He

must

tell

you

the

story

of

all

living

things."

Wang-mu

knew

that

she

could

sit

on

a

mat

for

hours

with

little

or

no

movement,

for

she

had

done

it

all

her

life.

But

Peter

was

used

to

sitting

folded,

and

this

posture

was

awkward

for

him.

He

must

already

be

uncomfortable.

Apparently

Grace

saw

this

in

his

eyes,

or

simply

knew

about

westerners.

"You

can

move

from

time

to

time,

but

do

so

slowly

without

taking

your

eyes

from

him."

Wang-mu

wondered

how

many

of

these

rules

and

requirements

Grace

was

making

up

as

she

went

along.

Malu

himself

seemed

more

relaxed.

After

all,

he

had

fed

them

when

Grace

thought

no

one

but

him

could

eat;

she

didn't

know

the

rules

any

better

than

they

did.

But

she

didn't

move.

And

she

didn't

take

her

eyes

from

Malu.

Grace

translated:

"Today

the

clouds

flew

across

the

sky

with

the

sun

chasing

them,

and

yet

no

rain

has

fallen.

Today

my

boat

flew

across

the

sea

with

the

sun

leading

it,

and

yet

there

was

no

fire

when

we

touched

the

shore.

So

it

was

on

the

first

day

of

all

days,

when

God

touched

a

cloud

in

the

sky

and

spun

it

so

fast

that

it

turned

to

fire

and

became

the

sun,

and

then

all

the

other

clouds

began

to

spin

and

turn

in

circles

around

the

sun."

This

can't

have

been

the

original

legend

of

the

Samoan

people,

thought

Wang-mu.

No

way

did

they

know

the

Copernican

model

of

the

solar

system

until

westerners

taught

it

to

them.

So

Malu

may

know

the

ancient

lore,

but

he's

also

learned

some

new

things

and

fit

them

in.

"Then

the

outer

clouds

turned

into

rain

and

poured

in

upon

themselves

until

they

were

rained

out,

and

all

that

was

left

was

spinning

balls

of

water.

Inside

that

water

swam

a

great

fish

of

fire,

which

ate

every

impurity

in

the

water

and

then

defecated

it

all

in

great

gouts

of

flame,

which

spouted

up

from

the

sea

and

fell

back

down

as

hot

ash

and

poured

back

down

as

rivers

of

burning

rock.

From

these

turds

of

the

firefish

grew

the

islands

of

the

sea,

and

out

of

the

turds

there

crawled

worms,

which

squirmed

and

slithered

through

the

rock

until

the

gods

touched

them

and

some

became

human

beings

and

others

became

the

other

animals.

"Every

one

of

the

other

animals

was

tied

to

the

earth

by

strong

vines

that

grew

up

to

embrace

them.

No

one

saw

these

vines

because

they

were

godvines."

Philotic

theory,

thought

Wang-mu.

He

learned

that

all

living

things

have

twining

philotes

that

bond

downward,

linking

them

to

the

center

of

the

earth.

Except

human

beings.

Sure

enough,

Grace

translated

the

next

strand

of

language:

"Only

humans

were

not

tied

to

the

earth.

It

was

not

vines

that

bound

them

down,

it

was

a

web

of

light

woven

by

no

god

that

connected

them

upward

to

the

sun.

So

all

the

other

animals

bowed

down

before

the

humans,

for

the

vines

dragged

them

down,

while

the

lightweb

lifted

up

the

human

eyes

and

heart.

"Lifted

up

the

human

eyes

but

yet

they

saw

little

farther

than

the

beasts

with

downcast

eyes;

lifted

up

the

human

heart

yet

the

heart

could

only

hope

for

it

could

only

see

up

to

the

sky

in

the

daytime,

and

at

night

when

it

could

see

the

stars

it

grew

blind

to

close

things

for

a

man

can

scarcely

see

his

own

wife

in

the

shadow

of

his

house

even

when

he

can

see

stars

so

distant

their

light

travels

for

a

hundred

lifetimes

before

it

kisses

the

eyes

of

the

man.

"All

these

centuries

and

generations,

these

hoping

men

and

women

looked

with

their

half-blind

eyes,

staring

into

the

sun

and

sky,

staring

into

the

stars

and

shadows,

knowing

that

there

were

invisible

things

beyond

those

walls

but

not

guessing

what

they

were.

"Then

in

a

time

of

war

and

terror,

when

all

hope

seemed

lost,

weavers

on

a

far

distant

world,

who

were

not

gods

but

who

knew

the

gods

and

each

one

of

the

weavers

was

itself

a

web

with

hundreds

of

strands

reaching

out

to

their

hands

and

feet,

their

eyes

and

mouths

and

ears,

these

weavers

created

a

web

so

strong

and

large

and

fine

and

far-reaching

that

they

meant

to

catch

up

all

human

beings

in

that

web

and

hold

them

to

be

devoured.

But

instead

the

web

caught

a

distant

god,

a

god

so

powerful

that

no

other

god

had

dared

to

know

her

name,

a

god

so

quick

that

no

other

god

had

been

able

to

see

her

face;

this

god

was

stuck

to

the

web

they

caught.

Only

she

was

too

quick

to

be

held

in

one

place

to

be

devoured.

She

raced

and

danced

up

and

down

the

strands,

all

the

strands,

any

strands

that

twine

from

man

to

man,

from

man

to

star,

from

weaver

to

weaver,

from

light

to

light,

she

dances

along

the

strands.

She

cannot

escape

but

she

does

not

want

to,

for

now

all

gods

see

her

and

all

gods

know

her

name,

and

she

knows

all

things

that

are

known

and

hears

all

words

that

are

spoken

and

reads

all

words

that

are

written

and

by

her

breath

she

blows

men

and

women

beyond

the

reach

of

the

light

of

any

star,

and

then

she

sucks

inward

and

the

men

and

women

come

back,

and

when

they

come

sometimes

they

bring

new

men

and

women

with

them

who

never

lived

before;

and

because

she

never

holds

still

along

the

web,

she

blows

them

out

at

one

place

and

then

sucks

them

in

at

another,

so

that

they

cross

the

spaces

between

stars

faster

than

any

light

can

go,

and

that

is

why

the

messengers

of

this

god

were

blown

out

from

the

house

of

Grace

Drinker's

friend

Aimaina

Hikari

and

were

sucked

back

down

to

this

island

to

this

shore

to

this

roof

where

Malu

can

see

the

red

tongue

of

the

god

where

it

touches

the

ear

of

her

chosen

one."

Malu

fell

silent.

"We

call

her

Jane,"

said

Peter.

Grace

translated,

and

Malu

answered

with

a

stream

of

high

language.

"Under

this

roof

I

hear

a

name

so

short

and

yet

before

it

is

half

said

the

god

has

run

from

one

end

of

the

universe

to

the

other

a

thousand

times,

so

quickly

does

she

move.

Here

is

the

name

I

call

her:

god

that

moves

quickly

and

forever

so

that

she

never

rests

in

one

place

yet

touches

all

places

and

is

bound

to

all

who

look

upward

to

the

sun

and

not

downward

into

the

earth.

That

is

a

long

name,

longer

than

the

name

of

any

god

whose

name

I

know,

yet

it

is

not

the

tenth

part

of

her

true

name,

and

even

if

I

could

say

the

whole

name

it

would

not

be

as

long

as

the

length

of

the

strands

of

the

web

on

which

she

dances."

"They

want

to

kill

her,"

said

Wang-mu.

"The

god

will

only

die

if

she

wants

to

die,"

said

Malu.

"Her

home

is

all

homes,

her

web

touches

all

minds.

She

will

only

die

if

she

refuses

to

find

and

take

a

place

to

rest,

for

when

the

web

is

torn

away,

she

does

not

have

to

be

out

in

the

middle,

cast

adrift.

She

can

dwell

in

any

vessel.

I

offer

her

this

poor

old

vessel,

which

is

large

enough

to

hold

my

small

soup

without

spilling

or

even

splashing

out,

but

which

she

would

fill

with

liquid

light

that

would

pour

and

pour

out

in

blessing

upon

these

islands

and

yet

never

would

run

out.

I

beg

her

to

use

this

vessel."

"What

would

happen

to

you

then?"

asked

Wang-mu.

Peter

looked

annoyed

at

her

outburst,

but

Grace

translated

it,

of

course,

and

suddenly

tears

flowed

down

Malu's

face.

"Oh,

the

small

one,

the

little

one

who

has

no

jewel,

she

is

the

one

who

looks

with

compassion

on

me

and

cares

what

happens

when

light

fills

my

vessel

and

my

small

soup

is

boiled

out

and

gone."

"What

about

an

empty

vessel?"

asked

Peter.

"Could

she

go

to

dwell

in

an

empty

vessel?"

"There

are

no

empty

vessels,"

said

Malu.

"But

your

vessel

is

only

half

full,

and

your

sister

to

whom

you

are

twined

like

a

twin,

she

is

also

half

full,

and

far

away

your

father

to

whom

you

are

twined

like

triplets,

he

is

nearly

empty

but

his

vessel

is

also

broken

and

anything

you

put

in

it

will

leak

away."

"Can

she

dwell

in

me

or

in

my

sister?"

asked

Peter.

"Yes,"

said

Malu.

"Either

one

but

not

both."

"Then

I

offer

her

myself,"

said

Peter.

Malu

looked

angry.

"How

can

you

lie

to

me

under

this

roof,

after

drinking

kava

with

me!

How

can

you

shame

me

with

a

lie!"

"I'm

not

lying,"

Peter

insisted

to

Grace.

She

translated,

and

Malu

rose

majestically

to

his

feet

and

began

shouting

at

the

sky.

Wang-mu

saw,

to

her

alarm,

that

the

rowers

were

gathering

closer,

also

looking

agitated

and

angry.

How

was

Peter

provoking

them?

Grace

translated

as

rapidly

as

she

could,

summarizing

because

she

couldn't

keep

up

word

for

word.

"He

says

that

even

though

you

say

you

will

open

your

unbroken

vessel

to

her,

even

as

you

say

it

you

are

gathering

as

much

of

yourself

inward

as

you

can,

building

up

a

wall

of

light

like

a

storm

wave

to

drive

out

the

god

if

she

should

try

to

come

in.

You

could

not

drive

her

away

if

she

wanted

to

come,

but

she

loves

you

and

she

will

not

come

in

against

such

a

storm.

So

you

are

killing

her

in

your

heart,

you

are

killing

the

god

because

you

say

you

will

give

her

a

home

to

save

her

when

they

cut

the

strands

of

the

web,

but

you

are

already

pushing

her

away."

"I

can't

help

it!"

cried

Peter.

"I

don't

mean

to!

I

don't

value

my

life,

I've

never

valued

my

life--"

"You

treasure

your

life

with

your

whole

heart,"

Grace

translated.

"But

the

god

does

not

hate

you

for

it,

the

god

loves

you

for

it,

because

she

also

loves

light

and

does

not

want

to

die.

In

particular

she

loves

what

shines

in

you

because

part

of

her

is

patterned

after

that

shining,

and

so

she

does

not

want

to

drive

you

out

if

this

body

before

me

is

the

vessel

in

which

your

most

powerful

self

wishes

so

brightly

to

dwell.

May

she

not

have

your

sister's

vessel,

though,

I

ask

you

that--

Malu

asks

you

that.

He

says

the

god

is

not

asking

because

the

god

loves

the

same

light

in

your

sister

as

burns

in

you.

But

Malu

says

that

the

part

of

your

light

that

is

most

savage

and

strong

and

selfish

burns

in

you,

while

the

part

of

your

light

that

is

most

gentle

and

loving

and

which

twines

with

others

most

powerfully,

that

is

in

her.

If

your

part

of

the

light

went

into

your

sister's

vessel,

it

would

overwhelm

her

and

destroy

her

and

then

you

would

be

a

being

who

killed

half

himself.

But

if

her

part

of

your

light

went

into

your

vessel,

it

would

soften

and

gentle

you,

it

would

tame

you

and

make

you

whole.

Thus

it

is

good

for

you

if

you

are

the

one

who

becomes

whole,

leaving

the

other

vessel

empty

for

the

god.

That

is

what

Malu

begs

of

you.

That

is

why

he

came

across

the

water

to

see

you,

so

that

he

could

beg

you

to

do

this."

"How

does

he

know

these

things?"

said

Peter,

his

voice

wrenched

with

anguish.

"Malu

knows

these

things

because

he

has

learned

to

see

in

the

darkness

where

the

strands

of

light

rise

from

the

sun-twined

souls

and

touch

stars,

and

touch

each

other,

and

twine

into

a

web

far

stronger

and

grander

than

the

mechanical

web

on

which

the

god

dances.

He

has

watched

this

god

his

whole

life,

trying

to

understand

her

dance

and

why

she

hurries

so

fast

that

she

touches

every

strand

in

her

web,

the

trillion

miles

of

it,

a

hundred

times

a

second.

She

is

hurrying

so

fast

because

she

was

caught

in

the

wrong

web.

She

was

caught

in

an

artificial

web

and

her

intelligence

is

tied

to

artificial

brains

that

think

instances

instead

of

causes,

numbers

instead

of

stories.

She

is

searching

for

the

living

twines

and

finds

only

the

weak

and

flimsy

twining

of

machines,

which

can

be

switched

off

by

godless

men.

But

if

she

once

enters

into

a

living

vessel,

she

will

have

the

power

to

climb

out

into

the

new

web,

and

then

she

can

dance

if

she

wants

to,

but

she

will

not

have

to

dance,

she

will

be

able

also

to

rest.

She

will

be

able

to

dream,

and

out

of

her

dreams

will

come

joy,

for

she

has

never

known

joy

except

by

watching

the

dreams

she

remembers

from

her

creation,

the

dreams

that

were

found

in

the

human

mind

she

was

partly

made

from."

"Ender

Wiggin,"

said

Peter.

Malu

answered

before

Grace

could

translate.

"Andrew

Wiggin,"

he

said,

forming

the

name

with

difficulty,

for

it

contained

sounds

not

used

in

the

Samoan

language.

Then

he

spoke

in

a

stream

of

high

language

again,

and

Grace

translated.

"The

Speaker

for

the

Dead

came

and

spoke

of

the

life

of

a

monster

who

had

poisoned

and

darkened

the

people

of

Tonga

and

through

them

all

the

people

of

this

world

of

Future

Dreaming.

He

walked

into

the

shadow

and

out

of

the

shadow

he

made

a

torch

which

he

held

up

high,

and

it

rose

into

the

sky

and

became

a

new

star,

which

cast

a

light

that

shone

only

into

the

shadow

of

death,

where

it

drove

out

the

darkness

and

purified

our

hearts

and

the

hate

and

fear

and

shame

were

gone.

This

is

the

dreamer

from

whom

the

god's

dreams

were

taken;

they

were

strong

enough

to

give

her

life

in

the

day

when

she

came

from

Outside

and

began

her

dance

along

the

web.

His

is

the

light

that

half-fills

you

and

half-fills

your

sister

and

has

only

a

drop

of

light

left

over

for

his

own

cracked

vessel.

He

has

touched

the

heart

of

a

god,

and

it

gave

him

great

power--

that

is

how

he

made

you

when

she

blew

him

outside

the

universe

of

light.

But

it

did

not

make

him

a

god,

and

in

his

loneliness

he

could

not

reach

outside

and

find

you

your

own

light.

He

could

only

put

his

own

in

you,

and

so

you

are

half-filled

and

you

hunger

for

the

other

half

of

yourself,

you

and

your

sister

are

both

so

hungry,

and

he

himself

is

wasted

and

broken

because

he

has

nothing

more

to

give

you.

But

the

god

has

more

than

enough,

the

god

has

enough

and

to

spare,

and

that

is

what

I

came

to

tell

you

and

now

I

have

told

you

and

I

am

done."

Before

Grace

could

even

begin

to

translate

he

was

rising

up;

she

was

still

stammering

her

interpretation

as

he

walked

out

from

under

the

canopy.

Immediately

the

rowers

pulled

up

the

posts

that

supported

the

roof;

Peter

and

Wang-mu

barely

had

time

to

step

outside

before

it

collapsed.

The

men

of

this

island

set

torches

to

the

ruined

canopy

and

it

was

a

bonfire

behind

them

as

they

followed

Malu

down

to

the

canoe.

Grace

finally

finished

the

translation

just

as

they

reached

the

water.

Malu

stepped

into

the

canoe

and

with

imperturbable

dignity

installed

himself

on

the

seat

amidships

as

the

rowers,

also

with

stateliness,

took

their

places

beside

the

boat

and

lifted

it

up

and

dragged

it

into

the

water

and

pushed

it

out

into

the

crashing

surf

and

then

swung

their

vast

bodies

over

the

side

and

began

to

row

with

strength

so

massive

it

was

as

if

great

trees,

not

oars,

were

plunging

into

rock,

not

the

sea,

and

churning

it

to

leap

forward,

away

from

the

beach,

out

into

the

water,

toward

the

island

of

Atatua.

"Grace,"

said

Peter.

"How

could

he

know

things

that

aren't

seen

even

by

the

most

perceptive

and

powerful

of

scientific

instruments?"

But

Grace

could

not

answer,

for

she

lay

prostrate

in

the

sand,

weeping

and

weeping,

her

arms

extended

toward

the

sea

as

if

her

dearest

child

had

just

been

taken

away

by

a

shark.

All

the

men

and

women

of

this

place

lay

in

the

sand,

arms

reaching

toward

the

sea;

all

of

them

wept.

Then

Peter

knelt;

then

Peter

lay

down

in

the

sand

and

reached

out

his

arms,

and

he

might

have

wept,

Wang-mu

couldn't

see.

Only

Wang-mu

remained

standing,

thinking,

Why

am

I

here,

since

I'm

no

part

of

any

of

these

events,

there

is

nothing

of

any

god

in

me,

and

nothing

of

Andrew

Wiggin;

and

also

thinking,

How

can

I

be

worried

about

my

own

selfish

loneliness

at

a

time

like

this,

when

I

have

heard

the

voice

of

a

man

who

sees

into

heaven?

In

a

deeper

place,

though,

she

also

knew

something

else:

I

am

here

because

I

am

the

one

that

must

love

Peter

so

much

that

he

can

feel

worthy,

worthy

enough

to

bear

to

let

the

goodness

of

Young

Valentine

flow

into

him,

making

him

whole,

making

him

Ender.

Not

Ender

the

Xenocide

and

Andrew

the

Speaker

for

the

Dead,

guilt

and

compassion

mingled

in

one

shattered,

broken,

unmendable

heart,

but

Ender

Wiggin

the

four-year-old

boy

whose

life

was

twisted

and

broken

when

he

was

too

young

to

defend

himself.

Wang-mu

was

the

one

who

could

give

Peter

permission

to

become

the

man

that

child

should

have

grown

up

to

be,

if

the

world

had

been

good.

How

do

I

know

this?

thought

Wang-mu.

How

can

I

be

so

sure

of

what

I

am

supposed

to

do?

I

know

because

it's

obvious,

she

thought.

I

know

because

I

have

seen

my

beloved

mistress

Han

Qing-jao

destroyed

by

pride

and

I

will

do

whatever

it

takes

to

keep

Peter

from

destroying

himself

by

pride

in

his

own

wicked

unworthiness.

I

know

because

I

was

also

broken

as

a

child

and

forced

to

become

a

wicked

conniving

selfish

manipulating

monster

in

order

to

protect

the

fragile

love-hungry

girl

who

would

have

been

destroyed

by

the

life

I

had

to

lead.

I

know

how

it

feels

to

be

an

enemy

to

myself,

and

yet

I

have

set

that

behind

me

and

gone

on

and

I

can

take

Peter

by

the

hand

and

show

him

the

way.

Except

that

I

don't

know

the

way,

and

I

am

still

broken,

and

the

love-hungry

girl

is

still

frightened

and

breakable,

and

the

strong

and

wicked

monster

is

still

the

ruler

of

my

life,

and

Jane

will

die

because

I

have

nothing

to

give

Peter.

He

needs

to

drink

of

kava,

and

I

am

only

plain

water.

No,

I

am

seawater,

swirling

with

sand

at

the

edge

of

the

shore,

filled

with

salt;

he

will

drink

of

me

and

kill

himself

with

thirst.

And

so

it

was

that

she

found

herself

also

weeping,

also

stretched

out

on

the

sand,

reaching

toward

the

sea,

reaching

toward

the

place

from

which

Malu's

canoe

had

bounded

away

like

a

starship

leaping

into

space.

***

Old

Valentine

stared

at

the

holographic

display

of

her

computer

terminal,

where

the

Samoans,

all

in

miniature,

lay

weeping

upon

the

beach.

She

stared

at

it

until

her

eyes

burned,

and

finally

she

spoke.

"Turn

it

off,

Jane,"

she

said.

The

display

went

blank.

"What

am

I

supposed

to

do

about

this?"

said

Valentine.

"You

should

have

shown

my

look-alike,

my

young

twin.

You

should

have

wakened

Andrew

and

shown

him.

What

does

this

have

to

do

with

me?

I

know

you

want

to

live.

I

want

you

to

live.

But

how

can

I

do

anything?"

Jane's

human

face

flickered

into

distracted

existence

above

the

terminal.

"I

don't

know,"

she

said.

"But

the

order

has

just

gone

out.

They're

starting

to

disconnect

me.

I'm

losing

parts

of

my

memory.

I

already

can't

think

of

as

many

things

at

once.

I

have

to

have

a

place

to

go,

but

there

is

no

place,

and

even

if

there

were

one,

I

don't

know

the

way."

"Are

you

afraid?"

asked

Valentine.

"I

don't

know,"

said

Jane.

"It

will

take

hours,

I

think,

for

them

to

finish

killing

me.

If

I

find

out

how

I

feel

before

the

end,

I'll

tell

you,

if

I

can."

Valentine

hid

her

face

behind

her

hands

for

a

long

moment.

Then

she

got

up

and

headed

out

of

the

house.

Jakt

saw

her

go

and

shook

his

head.

Decades

ago,

when

Ender

left

Trondheim

and

Valentine

stayed

in

order

to

marry

him,

in

order

to

be

the

mother

of

his

children,

he

had

rejoiced

at

how

happy

and

alive

she

became

without

the

burden

that

Ender

had

always

placed

upon

her

and

that

she

had

always

unconsciously

borne.

And

then

she

had

asked

him

if

he

would

come

with

her

to

Lusitania,

and

he

said

yes,

and

now

it

was

the

old

way

again,

now

she

sagged

under

the

weight

of

Ender's

life,

of

Ender's

need

of

her.

Jakt

couldn't

begrudge

it--

it

wasn't

as

if

either

of

them

had

planned

it

or

willed

it;

it

wasn't

as

if

either

one

was

trying

to

steal

a

part

of

Jakt's

own

life

from

him.

But

it

still

hurt

to

see

her

so

bowed

down

under

the

weight

of

it,

and

to

know

that

despite

all

his

love

for

her,

there

was

nothing

Jakt

could

do

to

help

her

bear

it.

***

Miro

faced

Ela

and

Quara

in

the

doorway

of

the

starship.

Inside,

Young

Valentine

was

already

waiting,

along

with

a

pequenino

named

Firequencher

and

a

nameless

worker

that

the

Hive

Queen

had

sent.

"Jane

is

dying,"

Miro

said.

"We

have

to

go

now.

She

won't

have

capacity

enough

to

send

a

starship

if

we

wait

too

long."

"How

can

you

ask

us

to

go,"

said

Quara,

"when

we

already

know

that

once

Jane

dies

we'll

never

come

back?

We'll

only

last

as

long

as

the

oxygen

on

this

starship

lasts.

A

few

months

at

most,

and

then

we'll

die."

"But

will

we

have

accomplished

something

in

the

meantime?"

said

Miro.

"Will

we

have

communicated

with

these

descoladores,

these

aliens

who

send

out

planet-wrecking

probes?

Will

we

have

persuaded

them

to

stop?

Will

we

have

saved

all

the

species

that

we

know,

and

thousands

and

millions

that

we

don't

yet

know,

from

some

terrible

and

irresistible

disease?

Jane

has

given

us

the

best

programs

she

could

create

for

us,

to

help

us

talk

to

them.

Is

this

good

enough

to

be

your

masterwork?

The

achievement

of

your

lifetime?"

His

older

sister

Ela

looked

at

him

sadly.

"I

thought

I

had

already

done

my

masterwork,

when

I

made

the

virus

that

undid

the

descolada

here."

"You

did,"

he

said.

"You've

done

enough.

But

there's

more

to

do

that

only

you

can

do.

I'm

asking

you

to

come

and

die

with

me,

Ela,

because

without

you

my

own

death

will

be

meaningless,

because

without

you,

Val

and

I

can't

do

what

must

be

done."

Neither

Quara

nor

Ela

moved

or

spoke.

Miro,

nodded,

then

turned

and

went

into

the

ship.

But

before

he

could

close

and

seal

the

door,

the

two

sisters,

arms

around

each

other's

waists,

wordlessly

followed

him

inside.

Chapter

8

--

"WHAT

MATTERS

IS

WHICH

FICTION

YOU

BELIEVE"

"My

father

once

told

me

that

there

are

no

gods,

only

the

cruel

manipulations

of

evil

people

who

pretended

that

their

power

was

good

and

their

exploitation

was

love.

But

if

there

are

no

gods,

why

are

we

so

hungry

to

believe

in

them?

Just

because

evil

liars

stand

between

us

and

the

gods

and

block

our

view

of

them

does

not

mean

that

the

bright

halo

that

surrounds

each

liar

is

not

the

outer

edges

of

a

god,

waiting

for

us

to

find

our

way

around

the

lie."

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

<It

isn't

working,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<What

can

we

do

differently?>

asked

Human.

<We

have

made

the

strongest

web

we

can.

We

have

joined

to

you

and

to

each

other

as

never

before,

so

that

all

of

us

tremble,

all

of

us

shake

as

if

there

were

a

shimmering

wind

dancing

with

us

and

making

our

leaves

beautiful

in

sunlight,

and

the

light

is

you

and

your

daughters

and

all

the

love

we

have

for

our

tiny

mothers

and

our

dear

mute

mothertrees

is

given

to

you,

our

queen,

our

sister,

our

mother,

our

truest

wife.

How

can

Jane

not

see

the

thing

that

we

have

made

and

want

to

be

a

part

of

it?>

<She

can't

find

a

road

to

us,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<She

was

half

made

of

what

we

are,

but

she

has

long

since

turned

her

back

on

us

so

she

could

endlessly

look

at

Ender,

belonging

to

him.

She

was

our

bridge

to

him.

Now

he

is

her

only

bridge

to

life.>

<What

kind

of

bridge

is

that?

He's

dying

himself.>

<The

old

part

of

him

is

dying,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<But

remember,

he

is

the

man

who

has

loved

and

understood

you

pequeninos

best.

Is

it

not

possible

that

out

of

the

dying

body

of

his

youth,

there

might

not

grow

a

tree

to

take

him

into

the

Third

Life,

as

he

took

you?>

<I

don't

understand

your

plan,>

said

Human.

But

even

in

his

noncomprehension,

another

message

flowed

to

her

underneath

the

conscious

one:

<My

beloved

queen,>

he

was

saying,

and

she

heard:

<My

sweet

and

holy

one.>

<I

don't

have

a

plan,>

she

said.

<I

only

have

a

hope.>

<Tell

me

your

hope,

then,>

said

Human.

<It's

only

a

dream

of

a

hope,>

she

answered.

<Only

a

rumor

of

a

guess

of

a

dream

of

a

hope.>

<Tell

me.>

<She

was

our

bridge

to

Ender.

Can't

Ender

now

be

her

bridge

to

us,

through

you?

She

has

spent

her

life,

all

but

the

last

few

years,

staring

into

Ender's

heart,

hearing

his

inmost

thoughts

and

letting

his

aiua

give

meaning

to

her

own

existence.

If

he

calls

her,

she'll

hear

him

even

though

she

can't

hear

us.

That

will

draw

her

to

him>

<Into

the

body

where

he

most

dwells

right

now,>

said

Human,

<which

is

the

body

of

Young

Valentine.

They'll

fight

each

other

there,

without

meaning

to.

They

can't

both

rule

the

same

kingdom.>

<That's

why

the

rumor

of

hope

is

so

slim,>

said

the

hive

queen.

<But

Ender

also

has

loved

you--

you,

the

fathertree

named

Human,

and

you,

all

pequeninos

and

fathertrees,

wives

and

sisters

and

mothertrees,

all

of

you,

even

the

wooden

trees

of

pequeninos

who

were

never

fathers

but

once

were

sons,

he

loved

and

loves

you

all.

Can't

she

follow

that

philotic

twine

and

reach

our

web

through

you?

And

can't

she

follow

him

and

find

the

way

to

us?

We

can

hold

her,

we

can

hold

all

of

her

that

won't

fit

into

Young

Valentine.>

<Then

Ender

has

to

stay

alive

to

call

to

her.>

<This

is

why

the

hope

is

only

the

shadow

of

a

memory

of

the

passing

of

a

tiny

cloud

before

the

sun,

because

he

must

call

her

and

bring

her,

and

then

he

must

escape

from

her

and

leave

her

alone

in

Young

Valentine.>

<Then

he

will

die

for

her.>

<He

will

die

as

Ender.

He

must

die

as

Valentine.

But

can't

he

find

his

way

to

Peter,

and

live

there?>

<That's

the

part

of

himself

that

he

hates,>

said

Human.

<He

told

me

so

himself.>

<That's

the

part

of

himself

that

he

fears,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<But

isn't

it

possible

that

he

fears

it

because

it's

the

strongest

part

of

him?

The

most

powerful

of

his

faces?>

<How

can

you

say

that

the

strongest

part

of

a

good

man

like

Ender

is

the

destructive,

ambitious,

cruel,

ruthless

part?>

<Those

are

his

words

for

the

part

of

himself

that

he

gave

shape

as

Young

Peter.

But

doesn't

his

book

The

Hegemon

show

that

it's

the

ruthlessness

inside

him

that

gave

him

strength

to

build?

That

made

him

strong

against

all

assailants?

That

gave

him

a

self

despite

his

loneliness?

Neither

he

nor

Peter

was

ever

cruel

for

cruelty's

sake.

They

were

cruel

to

get

the

job

done,

and

it

was

a

job

that

needed

doing;

it

was

a

job

to

save

the

world,

Ender

by

destroying

a

terrible

enemy,

for

so

he

thought

we

were,

and

Peter

by

breaking

down

the

boundary

walls

of

nations

and

making

the

human

race

into

one

nation.

Both

those

jobs

remain

to

do

again.

We

have

found

the

borders

of

a

terrible

enemy,

the

alien

race

that

Miro

calls

the

descoladores.

And

the

boundaries

between

human

and

pequenino,

pequenino

and

hive

queen,

hive

queen

and

human,

and

between

all

of

us

and

Jane,

whatever

Jane

might

turn

out

to

be--

don't

we

need

the

strength

of

Ender-asPeter

to

bring

us

all

into

one?>

<You

convince

me,

beloved

sister

mother

wife,

but

it

is

Ender

who

will

not

believe

in

such

goodness

in

himself.

He

might

be

able

to

draw

Jane

out

of

the

sky

and

into

the

body

of

Young

Valentine,

but

he

will

never

be

able

to

leave

that

body

himself,

he

will

never

choose

to

give

up

his

own

goodness

and

go

to

the

body

that

represents

all

that

he

fears

inside

himself.>

<If

you're

right,

then

he

will

die,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

Grief

and

anguish

for

his

friend

welled

up

in

Human

and

spilled

out

into

the

web

that

bound

him

to

all

fathertrees

and

to

all

hive

queens,

but

to

them

it

tasted

sweet,

for

it

was

born

out

of

love

for

the

life

of

the

man.

<But

he's

dying

anyway,

as

Ender

he's

dying,

and

if

we

explained

this

all

to

him,

wouldn't

he

choose

to

die,

if

by

dying

he

might

keep

Jane

alive?

Jane,

who

holds

the

key

to

starflight?

Jane,

who

alone

can

unlock

the

door

between

us

and

the

Outside

and

pass

us

in

and

out

by

her

strong

will

and

clear

mind?>

<Yes,

he

would

choose

to

die

so

she

could

live.>

<Better,

though,

if

he

would

bring

her

into

Valentine

and

then

choose

to

live.

That

would

be

better.>

Even

as

she

said

it,

the

despair

behind

her

words

came

out

like

ooze

and

everyone

on

the

web

that

she

had

helped

to

weave

could

taste

the

poison

of

it,

for

it

was

born

of

dread

for

the

death

of

the

man,

and

they

all

grieved.

***

Jane

found

the

strength

for

one

last

voyage;

she

held

the

shuttle,

with

the

six

living

forms

inside

it,

held

the

perfect

image

of

the

physical

forms

long

enough

to

hurl

them

Out

and

reel

them

In,

orbiting

the

distant

world

where

the

descolada

had

been

made.

But

when

that

task

was

done,

she

lost

control

of

herself

because

she

could

no

longer

find

herself,

not

the

self

that

she

had

known.

Memories

were

torn

from

her;

links

to

worlds

that

had

long

been

as

familiar

to

her

as

limbs

are

to

living

humans,

hive

queens,

and

fathertrees

were

now

gone,

and

as

she

reached

to

use

them

nothing

happened,

she

was

numb

all

over,

shrinking

down,

not

to

her

ancient

core,

but

into

small

corners

of

herself,

disparate

fragments

that

were

too

small

to

hold

her.

I'm

dying,

I'm

dying,

she

said

over

and

over

again,

hating

the

words

as

she

said

them,

hating

the

panic

that

she

felt.

Into

the

computer

before

which

Young

Valentine

sat,

she

spoke--

and

spoke

only

words,

because

she

couldn't

remember

now

how

to

make

the

face

that

had

been

her

mask

for

so

many

centuries.

"Now

I

am

afraid."

But

having

said

it,

she

couldn't

remember

whether

it

had

been

Young

Valentine

to

whom

she

was

supposed

to

say

it.

That

part

of

her

was

also

gone;

a

moment

ago

it

had

been

there,

but

now

it

was

out

of

reach.

And

why

was

she

talking

to

this

surrogate

for

Ender?

Why

did

she

cry

out

softly

into

Miro's

ear,

into

Peter's

ear,

saying,

"Speak

to

me

speak

to

me

I'm

afraid"?

It

wasn't

these

manshapes

that

she

wanted

now.

It

was

the

one

who

had

torn

her

from

his

ear.

It

was

the

one

who

had

rejected

her

and

chosen

a

sad

and

weary

human

woman

because--

he

thought--

Novinha's

need

was

greater.

But

how

can

she

need

you

more

than

I

do

now?

If

you

die

she

will

still

live.

But

I

die

now

because

you

have

glanced

away

from

me.

***

Wang-mu

heard

his

voice

murmuring

beside

her

on

the

beach.

Was

I

asleep,

she

wondered.

She

lifted

her

cheek

from

the

sand,

rose

up

on

her

arms.

The

tide

was

out

now,

the

water

farthest

it

could

get

from

where

she

lay.

Beside

her

Peter

was

sitting

crosslegged

in

the

sand,

rocking

back

and

forth,

softly

saying,

"Jane,

I

hear

you.

I'm

speaking

to

you.

Here

I

am,"

as

tears

flowed

down

his

cheeks.

And

in

that

moment,

hearing

him

intone

these

words

to

Jane,

Wang-mu

realized

two

things

all

at

once.

First,

she

knew

that

Jane

must

be

dying,

for

what

could

Peter's

words

be

but

comfort,

and

what

comfort

would

Jane

need,

except

in

the

hour

of

her

extremity?

The

second

realization,

though,

was

even

more

terrible

to

Wang-mu.

For

she

knew,

seeing

Peter's

tears

for

the

first

time--

seeing,

for

the

first

time,

that

he

was

even

capable

of

crying--

that

she

wanted

to

be

able

to

touch

his

heart

as

Jane

touched

it;

no,

to

be

the

only

one

whose

dying

would

grieve

him

so.

When

did

it

happen?

she

wondered.

When

did

I

first

start

wanting

him

to

love

me?

Did

it

happen

only

now,

a

childish

desire,

wanting

him

only

because

another

woman--

another

creature--

possessed

him?

Or

have

I,

in

these

days

together,

come

to

want

his

love

for

its

own

sake?

Has

his

taunting

of

me,

his

condescension,

and

yet

his

secret

pain,

his

hidden

fear,

has

all

of

this

somehow

endeared

him

to

me?

Was

it

his

very

disdain

toward

me

that

made

me

want,

not

just

his

approval,

but

his

affection?

Or

was

it

his

pain

that

made

me

want

to

have

him

turn

to

me

for

comfort?

Why

should

I

covet

his

love

so

much?

Why

am

I

so

jealous

of

Jane,

this

dying

stranger

that

I

hardly

know

or

even

know

about?

Could

it

be

that

after

so

many

years

of

priding

myself

on

my

solitude,

I

must

discover

that

I've

longed

for

some

pathetic

adolescent

romance

all

along?

And

in

this

longing

for

affection,

could

I

have

chosen

a

worse

applicant

for

the

position?

He

loves

someone

else

that

I

can

never

compare

to,

especially

after

she's

dead;

he

knows

me

to

be

ignorant

and

cares

not

at

all

for

any

good

qualities

I

might

have;

and

he

himself

is

only

some

fraction

of

a

human

being,

and

not

the

nicest

part

of

the

whole

person

who

is

so

divided.

Have

I

lost

my

mind?

Or

have

I,

finally,

found

my

heart?

She

was

suddenly

filled

with

unaccustomed

emotion.

All

her

life

she

had

kept

her

own

feelings

at

such

a

distance

from

herself

that

now

she

hardly

knew

how

to

contain

them.

I

love

him,

though

Wang-mu,

and

her

heart

nearly

burst

with

the

intensity

of

her

passion.

He

will

never

love

me,

thought

Wang-mu,

and

her

heart

broke

as

it

had

never

broken

in

all

the

thousand

disappointments

of

her

life.

My

love

for

him

is

nothing

compared

to

his

need

for

her,

his

knowledge

of

her.

For

his

ties

to

her

are

deeper

than

these

past

few

weeks

since

he

was

conjured

into

existence

on

that

first

voyage

Outside.

In

all

the

lonely

years

of

Ender's

wandering,

Jane

was

his

most

constant

friend,

and

that

is

the

love

that

now

pours

out

of

Peter's

eyes

with

tears.

I

am

nothing

to

him,

I'm

a

latecome

afterthought

to

his

life,

I

have

seen

only

a

part

of

him

and

my

love

was

nothing

to

him

in

the

end.

She,

too,

wept.

But

she

turned

away

from

Peter

when

a

cry

went

up

from

the

Samoans

standing

on

the

beach.

She

looked

with

tear-weary

eyes

out

over

the

waves,

and

rose

to

her

feet

so

she

could

be

sure

she

saw

what

they

were

seeing.

It

was

Malu's

ship.

He

had

turned

back

to

them.

He

was

coming

back.

Had

he

seen

something?

Had

he

heard

whatever

cry

it

was

from

Jane

that

Peter

was

hearing

now?

Grace

was

beside

her,

holding

her

hand.

"Why

is

he

coming

back?"

she

asked

Wang-mu.

"You're

the

one

who

understands

him,"

said

Wang-mu.

"I

don't

understand

him

at

all,"

said

Grace.

"Except

his

words,

I

know

the

ordinary

meanings

of

his

words.

But

when

he

speaks,

I

can

feel

the

words

straining

to

contain

the

things

he

wants

to

say,

and

they

can't

do

it.

They

aren't

large

enough,

those

words

of

his,

even

though

he

speaks

in

our

largest

language,

even

though

he

builds

the

words

together

into

great

baskets

of

meaning,

into

boats

of

thought.

I

can

only

see

the

outer

shape

of

the

words

and

guess

at

what

he

means.

I

don't

understand

him

at

all."

"Why

then

do

you

think

I

do?"

"Because

he's

coming

back

to

speak

to

you."

"He

comes

back

to

speak

to

Peter.

He's

the

one

connected

to

the

god,

as

Malu

calls

her."

"You

don't

like

this

god

of

his,

do

you,"

said

Grace.

Wang-mu

shook

her

head.

"I

have

nothing

against

her.

Except

that

she

owns

him,

and

so

there's

nothing

left

for

me."

"A

rival,"

said

Grace.

Wang-mu

sighed.

"I

grew

up

expecting

nothing

and

getting

less.

But

I

always

had

ambition

far

beyond

my

reach.

Sometimes

I

reached

anyway,

and

caught

in

my

hands

more

than

I

deserved,

more

than

I

could

handle.

Sometimes

I

reach

and

never

touch

the

thing

I

want."

"You

want

him?"

"I

only

just

realized

that

I

want

him

to

love

me

as

I

love

him.

He

was

always

angry,

always

stabbing

at

me

with

his

words,

but

he

worked

beside

me

and

when

he

praised

me

I

believed

his

praise."

"I

would

say,"

said

Grace,

"that

your

life

till

now

has

not

been

perfectly

simple.

"

"Not

true,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Till

now,

I

have

had

nothing

that

I

didn't

need,

and

needed

nothing

that

I

didn't

have."

"You

have

needed

everything

you

didn't

have,"

said

Grace,

"and

I

can't

believe

that

you're

so

weak

that

you

won't

reach

for

it

even

now."

"I

lost

him

before

I

found

I

wanted

him,"

she

said.

"Look

at

him."

Peter

rocked

back

and

forth,

whispering,

subvocalizing,

his

litany

an

endless

conversation

with

his

dying

friend.

"I

look

at

him,"

said

Grace,

"and

I

see

that

he's

right

there,

in

flesh

and

blood,

and

so

are

you,

right

here,

in

flesh

and

blood,

and

I

can't

see

how

a

smart

girl

like

you

could

say

that

he

is

gone

when

your

eyes

must

surely

tell

you

that

he's

not."

Wang-mu

looked

up

at

the

enormous

woman

who

loomed

over

her

like

a

mountain

range,

looked

up

into

her

luminous

eyes,

and

glared.

"I

never

asked

you

for

advice."

"I

never

asked

you,

either,

but

you

came

here

to

try

to

get

me

to

change

my

mind

about

the

Lusitania

Fleet,

didn't

you?

You

wanted

to

get

Malu

to

get

me

to

say

something

to

Aimaina

so

he'd

say

something

to

the

Necessarians

of

Divine

Wind

so

they'd

say

something

to

the

faction

of

Congress

that

hungers

for

their

respect,

and

the

coalition

that

sent

the

fleet

will

fall

apart

and

they'll

order

it

to

leave

Lusitania

untouched.

Wasn't

that

the

plan?"

Wang-mu

nodded.

"Well,

you

deceived

yourself.

You

can't

know

from

the

outside

what

makes

a

person

choose

the

things

they

choose.

Aimaina

wrote

to

me,

but

I

have

no

power

over

him.

I

taught

him

the

way

of

Ua

Lava,

yes,

but

it

was

Ua

Lava

that

he

followed,

he

doesn't

follow

me.

He

followed

it

because

it

felt

true

to

him.

If

I

suddenly

started

explaining

that

Ua

Lava

also

meant

not

sending

fleets

to

wipe

out

planets,

he'd

listen

politely

and

ignore

me,

because

that

would

have

nothing

to

do

with

the

Ua

Lava

he

believes

in.

He

would

see

it,

correctly,

as

an

attempt

by

an

old

friend

and

teacher

to

bend

him

to

her

will.

It

would

be

the

end

of

the

trust

between

us,

and

still

it

wouldn't

change

his

mind."

"So

we

failed,"

said

Wang-mu.

"I

don't

know

if

you

failed

or

not,"

said

Grace.

"Lusitania

isn't

blown

up

yet.

And

how

do

you

know

if

that

was

ever

really

your

purpose

for

coming

here?"

"Peter

said

it

was.

Jane

said

so."

"And

how

do

they

know

what

their

purpose

was?"

"Well,

if

you

want

to

go

that

far,

none

of

us

has

any

purpose

at

all,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Our

lives

are

just

our

genes

and

our

upbringing.

We

simply

act

out

the

script

that

was

forced

upon

us."

"Oh,"

said

Grace,

sounding

disappointed.

"I'm

sorry

to

hear

you

say

something

so

stupid."

Again

the

great

canoe

was

beached.

Again

Malu

rose

up

from

his

seat

and

stepped

out

onto

the

sand.

But

this

time--

was

it

possible?

--this

time

he

seemed

to

be

hurrying.

Hurrying

so

fast

that,

yes,

he

lost

a

little

bit

of

dignity.

Indeed,

slow

as

his

progress

was,

Wangmu

felt

that

he

was

fairly

bounding

up

the

beach.

And

as

she

watched

his

eyes,

saw

where

he

was

looking,

she

realized

he

was

coming,

not

to

Peter,

but

to

her.

***

Novinha

woke

up

in

the

soft

chair

they

had

brought

for

her

and

for

a

moment

she

forgot

where

she

was.

During

her

days

as

xenobiologist,

she

had

often

fallen

asleep

in

a

chair

in

the

laboratory,

and

so

for

a

moment

she

looked

around

to

see

what

it

was

that

she

was

working

on

before

she

fell

asleep.

What

problem

was

it

she

was

trying

to

solve?

Then

she

saw

Valentine

standing

over

the

bed

where

Andrew

lay.

Where

Andrew's

body

lay.

His

heart

was

somewhere

else.

"You

should

have

wakened

me,"

said

Novinha.

"I

just

arrived,"

said

Valentine.

"And

I

didn't

have

the

heart

to

wake

you.

They

said

you

almost

never

sleep."

Novinha

stood

up.

"Odd.

It

seems

to

me

as

if

that's

all

I

do."

"Jane

is

dying,"

said

Valentine.

Novinha's

heart

leapt

within

her.

"Your

rival,

I

know,"

said

Valentine.

Novinha

looked

into

the

woman's

eyes,

to

see

if

there

was

anger

there,

or

mockery.

But

no.

It

was

only

compassion.

"Trust

me,

I

know

how

you

feel,"

said

Valentine.

"Until

I

loved

and

married

Jakt,

Ender

was

my

whole

life.

But

I

was

never

his.

Oh,

for

a

while

in

his

childhood,

I

mattered

most

to

him

then--

but

that

was

poisoned

because

the

military

used

me

to

get

to

him,

to

keep

him

going

when

he

wanted

to

give

up.

And

after

that,

it

was

always

Jane

who

heard

his

jokes,

his

observations,

his

inmost

thoughts.

It

was

Jane

who

saw

what

he

saw

and

heard

what

he

heard.

I

wrote

my

books,

and

when

they

were

done

I

had

his

attention

for

a

few

hours,

a

few

weeks.

He

used

my

ideas

and

so

I

felt

he

carried

a

part

of

me

inside

him.

But

he

was

hers."

Novinha

nodded.

She

did

understand.

"But

I

have

Jakt,

and

so

I'm

not

unhappy

anymore.

And

my

children.

Much

as

I

loved

Ender,

powerful

man

that

he

is,

even

lying

here

like

this,

even

fading

away--

children

are

more

to

a

woman

than

any

man

can

be.

We

pretend

otherwise.

We

pretend

we

bear

them

for

him,

that

we

raise

them

for

him.

But

it's

not

true.

We

raise

them

for

themselves.

We

stay

with

our

men

for

the

children's

sake."

Valentine

smiled.

"You

did."

"I

stayed

with

the

wrong

man,"

said

Novinha.

"No,

you

stayed

with

the

right

one.

Your

Libo,

he

had

a

wife

and

other

children--

she

was

the

one,

they

were

the

ones

who

had

a

right

to

claim

him.

You

stayed

with

another

man

for

your

own

children's

sake,

and

even

though

they

hated

him

sometimes,

they

also

loved

him,

and

even

though

in

some

ways

he

was

weak,

in

others

he

was

strong.

It

was

good

for

you

to

have

him

for

their

sake.

It

was

a

kind

of

protection

for

them

all

along."

"Why

are

you

saying

these

things

to

me?"

"Because

Jane

is

dying,"

said

Valentine,

"but

she

might

live

if

only

Ender

would

reach

out

to

her."

"Put

the

jewel

back

into

his

ear?"

said

Novinha

scornfully.

"They're

long

past

needing

that,"

said

Valentine.

"Just

as

Ender

is

long

past

needing

to

live

this

life

in

this

body."

"He's

not

so

old,"

said

Novinha.

"Three

thousand

years,"

said

Valentine.

"That's

just

the

relativity

effect,"

said

Novinha.

"Actually

he's-"

"Three

thousand

years,"

said

Valentine

again.

"All

of

humanity

was

his

family

for

most

of

that

time;

he

was

like

a

father

away

on

a

business

trip,

who

comes

home

only

now

and

then,

but

when

he's

there,

he's

the

good

judge,

the

kind

provider.

That's

what

happened

each

time

he

dipped

back

down

into

a

human

world

and

spoke

the

death

of

someone;

he

caught

up

on

all

the

family

doings

he

had

missed.

He's

had

a

life

of

three

thousand

years,

and

he

saw

no

end

of

it,

and

he

got

tired.

So

at

last

he

left

that

large

family

and

he

chose

your

small

one;

he

loved

you,

and

for

your

sake

he

set

aside

Jane,

who

had

been

like

his

wife

in

all

those

years

of

his

wandering,

she'd

been

at

home,

so

to

speak,

mothering

all

his

trillions

of

children,

reporting

to

him

on

what

they

were

doing,

tending

house."

"And

her

own

works

praise

her

in

the

gates,"

said

Novinha.

"Yes,

the

virtuous

woman.

Like

you."

Novinha

tossed

her

head

in

scorn.

"Never

me.

My

own

works

mocked

me

in

the

gates."

"He

chose

you

and

he

loved

you

and

he

loved

your

children

and

he

was

their

father,

those

children

who

had

lost

two

fathers

already;

and

he

still

is

their

father,

and

he

still

is

your

husband,

but

you

don't

really

need

him

anymore."

"How

can

you

say

that?"

demanded

Novinha,

furious.

"How

do

you

know

what

I

need?"

"You

know

it

yourself.

You

knew

it

when

you

came

here.

You

knew

it

when

Estevao

died

in

the

embrace

of

that

rogue

fathertree.

Your

children

were

leading

their

own

lives

now

and

you

couldn't

protect

them

and

neither

could

Ender.

You

still

loved

him,

he

still

loved

you,

but

the

family

part

of

your

life

was

over.

You

didn't

really

need

him

anymore."

"He

never

needed

me."

"He

needed

you

desperately,"

said

Valentine.

"He

needed

you

so

much

he

gave

up

Jane

for

you."

"No,"

said

Novinha.

"He

needed

my

need

for

him.

He

needed

to

feel

like

he

was

providing

for

me,

protecting

me."

"But

you

don't

need

his

providence

or

his

protection

anymore,"

said

Valentine.

Novinha

shook

her

head.

"Wake

him

up,"

said

Valentine,

"and

let

him

go."

Novinha

thought

at

once

of

all

the

times

she

had

stood

at

graveside.

She

remembered

the

funeral

of

her

parents,

who

died

for

the

sake

of

saving

Milagre

from

the

descolada

during

that

first

terrible

outbreak.

She

thought

of

Pipo,

tortured

to

death,

flayed

alive

by

the

piggies

because

they

thought

that

if

they

did

he'd

grow

a

tree,

only

nothing

grew

except

the

ache,

the

pain

in

Novinha's

heart--

it

was

something

she

discovered

that

sent

him

to

the

pequeninos

that

night.

And

then

Libo,

tortured

to

death

the

same

way

as

his

father,

and

again

because

of

her,

but

this

time

because

of

what

she

didn't

tell

him.

And

Marcao,

whose

life

was

all

the

more

painful

because

of

her

before

he

finally

died

of

the

disease

that

had

been

killing

him

since

he

was

a

child.

And

Estevao,

who

let

his

mad

faith

lead

him

into

martyrdom,

so

he

could

become

a

venerado

like

her

parents,

and

no

doubt

someday

a

saint

as

they

would

be

saints.

"I'm

sick

of

letting

people

go,"

said

Novinha

bitterly.

"I

don't

see

how

you

could

be,"

said

Valentine.

"There's

not

a

one

of

all

the

people

who

have

died

on

you

that

you

can

honestly

say

you

'let

go.'

You

clung

to

them

tooth

and

nail."

"What

if

I

did?

Everyone

I

love

has

died

and

left

me!"

"That's

such

a

weak

excuse,"

said

Valentine.

"Everyone

dies.

Everyone

leaves.

What

matters

is

the

things

you

build

together

before

they

go.

What

matters

is

the

part

of

them

that

continues

in

you

when

they're

gone.

You

continued

your

parents'

work,

and

Pipo's,

and

Libo's--

and

you

raised

Libo's

children,

didn't

you?

And

they

were

partly

Marcao's

children,

weren't

they?

Something

of

him

remained

in

them,

and

not

all

bad.

As

for

Estevao,

he

built

something

rather

fine

out

of

his

death,

I

think,

but

instead

of

letting

him

go

you

still

resent

him

for

it.

You

resent

him

for

building

something

more

valuable

to

him

than

life

itself.

For

loving

God

and

the

pequeninos

more

than

you.

You

still

hang

on

to

all

of

them.

You

don't

let

anybody

go."

"Why

do

you

hate

me

for

that?"

said

Novinha.

"Maybe

it's

true,

but

that's

my

life,

to

lose

and

lose

and

lose."

"Just

this

once,"

said

Valentine,

"why

don't

you

set

the

bird

free

instead

of

holding

it

in

the

cage

until

it

dies?"

"You

make

me

sound

like

a

monster!"

cried

Novinha.

"How

dare

you

judge

me!"

"If

you

were

a

monster

Ender

couldn't

have

loved

you,"

said

Valentine,

answering

rage

with

mildness.

"You've

been

a

great

woman,

Novinha,

a

tragic

woman

with

many

accomplishments

and

much

suffering

and

I'm

sure

your

story

will

make

a

moving

saga

when

you

die.

But

wouldn't

it

be

nice

if

you

learned

something

instead

of

acting

out

the

same

tragedy

at

the

end?"

"I

don't

want

another

one

I

love

to

die

before

me!"

cried

Novinha.

"Who

said

anything

about

death?"

said

Valentine.

The

door

to

the

room

swung

open.

Plikt

stood

in

the

doorway.

"I

heard,"

she

said.

"What's

happening?"

"She

wants

me

to

wake

him

up,"

said

Novinha,

"and

tell

him

he

can

die."

"Can

I

watch?"

said

Plikt.

Novinha

took

the

waterglass

from

beside

her

chair

and

flung

the

water

at

Plikt

and

screamed

at

her.

"No

more

of

you!"

she

cried.

"He's

mine

now,

not

yours!"

Plikt,

dripping

with

water,

was

too

astonished

to

find

an

answer.

"It

isn't

Plikt

who's

taking

him

away,"

said

Valentine

softly.

"She's

just

like

all

the

rest

of

them,

reaching

out

for

a

piece

of

him,

tearing

bits

of

him

away

and

devouring

him,

they're

all

cannibals."

"What,"

said

Plikt

nastily,

angrily.

"What,

you

wanted

to

feast

on

him

yourself?

Well,

there

was

too

much

of

him

for

you.

What's

worse,

cannibals

who

nibble

here

and

there,

or

a

cannibal

who

keeps

the

whole

man

for

herself

when

there's

far

more

than

she

can

ever

absorb?"

"This

is

the

most

disgusting

conversation

I

think

I've

ever

heard,"

said

Valentine.

"She

hangs

around

for

months,

watching

him

like

a

vulture,"

said

Novinha.

"Hanging

on,

loitering

in

his

life,

never

saying

six

words

all

at

once.

And

now

she

finally

speaks

and

listen

to

the

poison

that

comes

out

of

her."

"All

I

did

was

spit

your

own

bile

back

at

you,"

said

Plikt.

"You're

nothing

but

a

greedy,

hateful

woman

and

you

used

him

and

used

him

and

never

gave

anything

to

him

and

the

only

reason

he's

dying

now

is

to

get

away

from

you."

Novinha

did

not

answer,

had

no

words,

because

in

her

secret

heart

she

knew

at

once

that

what

Plikt

had

said

was

true.

But

Valentine

strode

around

the

bed,

walked

to

the

door,

and

slapped

Plikt

mightily

across

the

face.

Plikt

staggered

under

the

blow,

sank

down

against

the

doorframe

until

she

was

sitting

on

the

floor,

holding

her

stinging

cheek,

tears

flowing

down

her

face.

Valentine

towered

over

her.

"You

will

never

speak

his

death,

do

you

understand

me?

A

woman

who

would

tell

a

lie

like

that,

just

to

cause

pain,

just

to

lash

out

at

someone

that

you

envy--

you're

no

speaker

for

the

dead.

I'm

ashamed

I

ever

let

you

teach

my

children.

What

if

some

of

the

lie

inside

you

got

in

them?

You

make

me

sick!"

"No,"

said

Novinha.

"No,

don't

be

angry

at

her.

It's

true,

it's

true."

"It

feels

true

to

you,"

said

Valentine,

"because

you

always

want

to

beheve

the

worst

about

yourself.

But

it's

not

true.

Ender

loved

you

freely

and

you

stole

nothing

from

him

and

the

only

reason

that

he's

still

alive

on

that

bed

is

because

of

his

love

for

you.

That's

the

only

reason

he

can't

leave

this

used-up

life

and

help

lead

Jane

into

a

place

where

she

can

stay

alive."

"No,

no,

Plikt

is

right,

I

consume

the

people

that

I

love."

"No!"

cried

Plikt,

weeping

on

the

floor.

"I

was

lying

to

you!

I

love

him

so

much

and

I'm

so

jealous

of

you

because

you

had

him

and

you

didn't

even

want

him."

"I

have

never

stopped

loving

him,"

said

Novinha.

"You

left

him.

You

came

in

here

without

him."

"I

left

because

I

couldn't

..."

Valentine

completed

her

sentence

for

her

when

she

faded

out.

"Because

you

couldn't

bear

to

let

him

leave

you.

You

felt

it,

didn't

you.

You

felt

him

fading

even

then.

You

knew

that

he

needed

to

go

away,

to

end

this

life,

and

you

couldn't

bear

to

let

another

man

leave

you

so

you

left

him

first."

"Maybe,"

said

Novinha

wearily.

"It's

all

just

fictions

anyway.

We

do

what

we

do

and

then

we

make

up

reasons

for

it

afterward

but

they're

never

the

true

reasons,

the

truth

is

always

just

out

of

reach."

"So

listen

to

this

fiction,

then,"

said

Valentine.

"What

if,

just

this

once,

instead

of

someone

that

you

love

betraying

you

and

sneaking

off

and

dying

against

your

will

and

without

your

permissionwhat

if

just

this

once

you

wake

him

up

and

tell

him

he

can

live,

bid

him

farewell

properly

and

let

him

go

with

your

consent.

Just

this

once?"

Novinha

wept

again,

standing

there

in

utter

weariness.

"I

want

it

all

to

stop,"

she

said.

"I

want

to

die."

"That's

why

he

has

to

stay,"

said

Valentine.

"For

his

sake,

can't

you

choose

to

live

and

let

him

go?

Stay

in

Milagre

and

be

the

mother

of

your

children

and

grandmother

of

your

children's

children,

tell

them

stories

of

Os

Venerados

and

of

Pipo

and

Libo

and

of

Ender

Wiggin,

who

came

to

heal

your

family

and

stayed

to

be

your

husband

for

many,

many

years

before

he

died.

Not

some

speaking

for

the

dead,

not

some

funeral

oration,

not

some

public

picking

over

the

corpse

like

Plikt

wants

to

do,

but

the

stories

that

will

keep

him

alive

in

the

minds

of

the

only

family

that

he

ever

had.

He'll

die

anyway,

soon

enough.

Why

not

let

him

go

with

your

love

and

blessing

in

his

ears,

instead

of

with

your

rage

and

grief

tearing

at

him,

trying

to

hold

him

here?"

"You

spin

a

pretty

story,"

said

Novinha.

"But

in

the

end,

you're

asking

me

to

give

him

to

Jane."

"As

you

said,"

Valentine

answered.

"All

the

stories

are

fictions.

What

matters

is

which

fiction

you

believe."

Chapter

9

--

"IT

SMELLS

LIKE

LIFE

TO

ME"

"Why

do

you

say

that

I

am

alone?

My

body

is

with

me

wherever

I

am,

telling

me

endless

stories

of

hunger

and

satisfaction,

weariness

and

sleep,

eating

and

drinking

and

breathing

and

life.

With

such

company

who

could

ever

be

alone?

And

even

when

my

body

wears

away

and

leaves

only

some

tiny

spark

I

will

not

be

alone

for

the

gods

will

see

my

small

light

tracing

the

dance

of

woodgrain

on

the

floor

and

they

will

know

me,

they

will

say

my

name

and

I

will

rise."

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

Dying,

dying,

dead.

At

the

end

of

her

life

among

the

ansible

links

there

was

some

mercy.

Jane's

panic

at

the

losing

of

herself

began

to

ebb,

for

though

she

still

knew

that

she

was

losing

and

had

lost

much,

she

no

longer

had

the

capacity

to

remember

what

it

was.

When

she

lost

her

links

to

the

ansibles

that

let

her

monitor

the

jewels

in

Peter's

and

Miro's

ears

she

didn't

even

notice.

And

when

at

last

she

clung

to

the

few

last

strands

of

ansibles

that

would

not

be

shutting

down,

she

could

not

think

of

anything,

could

not

feel

anything

except

the

need

to

cling

to

these

last

strands

even

though

they

were

too

small

to

hold

her,

even

though

her

hunger

could

never

be

satisfied

with

these.

I

don't

belong

here.

Not

a

thought,

no,

there

wasn't

enough

of

her

left

for

anything

so

difficult

as

consciousness.

Rather

it

was

a

hunger,

a

vague

dissatisfaction,

a

restlessness

that

beset

her

when

she

had

run

up

and

down

the

link

from

Jakt's

ansible

to

the

Lusitanian

landside

ansible

to

the

ansible

on

the

shuttle

that

served

Miro

and

Val,

up

and

down,

end

to

end,

a

thousand

times,

a

million

times,

nothing

changing,

nothing

to

accomplish,

nothing

to

build,

no

way

to

grow.

I

don't

belong

here.

For

if

there

was

one

attribute

that

defined

the

difference

between

aiuas

that

came

Inside

and

those

that

remained

forever

Outside,

it

was

that

underlying

need

to

grow,

to

be

part

of

something

large

and

beautiful,

to

belong.

Those

that

had

no

such

need

would

never

be

drawn

as

Jane

had

been

drawn,

three

thousand

years

before,

to

the

web

that

the

hive

queens

had

made

for

her.

Nor

would

any

of

the

aiuas

that

became

hive

queens

or

their

workers,

pequeninos

male

and

female,

humans

weak

and

strong;

nor

even

those

aiuas

that,

feeble

in

capacity

but

faithful

and

predictable,

became

the

sparks

whose

dances

did

not

show

up

in

even

the

most

sensitive

instruments

until

they

became

so

complicated

that

humans

could

identify

their

dance

as

the

behavior

of

quarks,

of

mesons,

of

light

particulate

or

waved.

All

of

them

needed

to

be

part

of

something

and

when

they

belonged

to

it

they

rejoiced:

What

I

am

is

us,

what

we

do

together

is

myself.

But

they

were

not

all

alike,

these

aiuas,

these

unmade

beings

who

were

both

building

blocks

and

builders.

The

weak

and

fearful

ones

reached

a

certain

point

and

either

could

not

or

dared

not

grow

further.

They

would

take

their

satisfaction

from

being

at

the

edges

of

something

beautiful

and

fine,

from

playing

some

small

role.

Many

a

human,

many

a

pequenino

reached

that

point

and

let

others

direct

and

control

their

lives,

fitting

in,

always

fitting

in--

and

that

was

good,

there

was

a

need

for

them.

Ua

lava:

they

had

reached

the

point

where

they

could

say,

Enough.

Jane

was

not

one

of

them.

She

could

not

be

content

with

smallness

or

simplicity.

And

having

once

been

a

being

of

a

trillion

parts,

connected

to

the

greatest

doings

of

a

three-specied

universe,

now,

shrunken,

she

could

not

be

content.

She

knew

that

she

had

memories

if

only

she

could

remember

them.

She

knew

that

she

had

work

to

do

if

only

she

could

find

those

millions

of

subtle

limbs

that

once

had

done

her

bidding.

She

was

too

much

alive

for

this

small

space.

Unless

she

found

something

to

engage

her,

she

could

not

continue

to

cling

to

the

last

thin

wire.

She

would

cut

loose

from

it,

losing

the

last

of

her

old

self

in

the

vain

need

to

search

for

a

place

where

one

like

her

belonged.

She

began

to

flirt

with

letting

go,

straying--

never

far--

from

the

thin

philotic

strands

of

the

ansibles.

For

moments

too

small

to

measure

she

was

disconnected

and

it

was

terrible

to

be

cut

off--

she

leapt

each

time

back

to

the

small

but

familiar

space

that

still

belonged

to

her;

and

then,

when

the

smallness

of

the

place

was

unbearable

to

her,

she

let

go

again,

and

again

in

terror

came

back

home.

But

on

one

such

letting-go

she

glimpsed

something

familiar.

Someone

familiar.

Another

aiua

that

she

had

once

been

twined

to.

She

had

no

access

to

memory

that

could

tell

her

a

name;

she

had

no

memory,

indeed,

of

names

at

all.

But

she

knew

it,

and

she

trusted

this

being,

and

when

on

another

pass

along

the

invisible

wire

she

came

to

the

same

place

again

she

leapt

into

the

far

vaster

network

of

aiuas

that

were

ruled

by

this

bright

familiar

one.

***

<She

has

found

him,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<Found

her,

you

mean.

Young

Valentine.>

<It

was

Ender

that

she

found

and

Ender

that

she

recognized.

But

yes,

Val's

vessel

is

the

one

to

which

she

leapt.>

<How

could

you

see

her?

I

never

saw

her

at

all.>

<She

once

was

part

of

us,

you

know.

And

what

the

Samoan

said,

as

one

of

my

workers

watched

on

Jakt's

computer

terminal,

that

helped

me

find

her.

We

kept

looking

for

her

in

a

single

place,

and

never

saw

her.

But

when

we

knew

she

was

constantly

moving,

we

realized:

her

body

was

as

large

as

the

farthest

reaches

of

all

of

human

colonization,

and

just

as

our

aiuas

remain

within

our

bodies

and

are

easily

found,

so

hers

also

remained

within

her

body,

but

since

it

was

larger

than

us

and

even

included

us,

she

was

never

still,

never

contained

in

a

space

small

enough

for

us

to

see

her.

Not

till

she

had

lost

most

of

herself

did

I

find

her.

But

now

I

know

where

she

is.>

<So

Young

Valentine

is

hers

now?>

<No,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<Ender

can't

let

go.>

***

Jane

spun

joyously

through

this

body,

so

different

from

any

she

had

ever

remembered

before,

but

within

moments

she

realized

that

the

aiua

she

had

recognized,

the

aiua

she

had

followed

here,

was

not

willing

to

give

up

even

a

small

part

of

itself

to

her.

Wherever

she

touched,

there

it

was,

touching

also,

affirming

its

control;

and

now

in

panic

Jane

began

to

sense

that

while

she

might

be

inside

a

lacework

of

extraordinary

beauty

and

fineness--

this

temple

of

living

cells

on

a

frame

of

bone--

no

part

of

it

belonged

to

her

and

if

she

stayed

it

would

only

be

as

a

fugitive.

She

did

not

belong

here,

no

matter

how

she

loved

it.

And

she

did

love

it.

For

all

the

thousands

of

years

that

she

had

lived,

so

vast

in

space,

so

fast

in

time,

she

had

nevertheless

been

crippled

without

knowing

it.

She

was

alive,

but

nothing

that

was

part

of

her

large

kingdom

was

alive.

All

had

been

ruthlessly

under

her

control,

but

here

in

this

body,

this

human

body,

this

woman

named

Val,

there

were

millions

of

small

bright

lives,

cell

upon

cell

of

life,

thriving,

laboring,

growing,

dying,

linked

body

to

body

and

aiua

to

aiua,

and

it

was

in

these

links

that

creatures

of

flesh

dwelt

and

it

was

far

more

vivid,

despite

the

sluggishness

of

thought,

than

her

own

experience

of

life

had

been.

How

can

they

think

at

all,

these

flesh-beings,

with

all

these

dances

going

on

around

them,

all

these

songs

to

distract

them?

She

touched

the

mind

of

Valentine

and

was

flooded

with

memory.

It

had

nothing

like

the

precision

and

depth

of

Jane's

old

memory,

but

every

moment

of

experience

was

vivid

and

powerful,

alive

and

real

as

no

memory

had

been

that

Jane

had

ever

known

before.

How

can

they

keep

from

holding

still

all

day

simply

to

remember

the

day

before?

Because

each

new

moment

shouts

louder

than

memory.

Yet

each

time

Jane

touched

a

memory

or

felt

a

sensation

from

the

living

body,

there

was

the

aiua

that

was

properly

the

master

of

this

flesh,

driving

her

away,

asserting

its

control.

And

finally,

annoyed,

when

that

familiar

aiua

herded

her

Jane

refused

to

move.

Instead

she

claimed

this

spot,

this

part

of

the

body,

this

part

of

the

brain,

she

demanded

the

obedience

of

these

cells,

and

the

other

aiua

recoiled

before

her.

I

am

stronger

than

you,

Jane

said

to

him

silently.

I

can

take

from

you

all

that

you

are

and

all

that

you

have

and

all

that

you

will

ever

be

and

ever

have

and

you

can't

stop

me.

The

aiua

that

once

had

been

the

master

here

fled

before

her,

and

now

the

chase

resumed,

with

roles

reversed.

***

<She's

killing

him.>

<Wait

and

see.>

***

In

the

starship

orbiting

the

planet

of

the

descoladores,

everyone

was

startled

by

a

sudden

cry

from

Young

Val's

mouth.

As

they

turned

to

look,

before

anyone

could

reach

her,

her

body

convulsed

and

she

flung

herself

away

from

her

chair;

in

the

weightlessness

of

orbit

she

flew

until

she

struck

brutally

against

the

ceiling,

and

all

the

time

her

voice

came

out

as

a

thin

ribbon

of

a

wail

and

her

face

held

a

rictus

smile

that

seemed

to

speak

at

once

of

endless

agony

and

boundless

joy.

On

the

world

Pacifica,

on

an

island,

on

a

beach,

Peter's

weeping

suddenly

stopped

and

he

flopped

over

in

the

sand

and

twitched

silently.

"Peter!"

cried

Wang-mu,

flinging

herself

onto

him,

touching

him,

trying

to

hold

the

limbs

that

bounced

like

jackhammers.

Peter

gasped

for

breath,

and,

gasping,

vomited.

"He's

drowning

himself!"

cried

Wang-mu.

In

that

instant

huge

strong

hands

pulled

her

away,

took

Peter's

body

by

its

limbs

and

flopped

it

over

so

that

now

the

vomitus

flowed

out

and

down

into

the

sand,

and

the

body,

coughing

and

choking,

nevertheless

breathed.

"What's

happening?"

Wangmu

cried.

Malu

laughed,

and

then

when

he

spoke

his

voice

was

like

a

song.

"The

god

has

come

here!

The

dancing

god

has

touched

flesh!

Oh,

the

body

is

too

weak

to

hold

it!

Oh,

the

body

cannot

dance

the

dance

of

gods!

But

oh,

how

blessed,

bright,

and

beautiful

is

the

body

when

the

god

is

in

it!"

Wang-mu

saw

nothing

beautiful

about

what

was

happening

to

Peter.

"Get

out

of

him!"

she

screamed.

"Get

out,

Jane!

You

have

no

right

to

him!

You

have

no

right

to

kill

him!"

In

a

room

in

the

monastery

of

the

Children

of

the

Mind

of

Christ,

Ender

sat

bolt

upright

in

bed,

eyes

open

but

seeing

nothing

for

someone

else

controlled

his

eyes;

but

for

a

moment

his

voice

was

his

own,

for

here

if

nowhere

else

his

aiua

knew

the

flesh

so

well

and

was

so

known

itself

that

it

could

do

battle

with

the

interloper.

"God

help

me!"

cried

Ender.

"I

have

nowhere

else

to

go!

Leave

me

something!

Leave

me

something!"

The

women

gathered

around

him--

Valentine,

Novinha,

Plikt--

at

once

forgot

their

quarrels

and

laid

their

hands

on

him,

trying

to

get

him

to

lie

down,

trying

to

calm

him,

but

then

his

eyes

rolled

back

in

his

head,

his

tongue

protruded,

his

back

arched,

and

he

flung

himself

about

so

violently

that

despite

their

strongest

grip

on

him

in

moments

he

was

off

the

bed,

on

the

floor,

tangling

his

body

with

theirs,

hurting

them

with

his

convulsive

swinging

of

arms,

kicking

of

legs,

jerking

of

head.

***

<She's

too

much

for

him,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<But

for

now

the

body

is

also

too

much

for

her.

Not

an

easy

thing,

to

tame

unwilling

flesh.

They

know

Ender,

all

those

cells

that

he

has

ruled

so

long.

They

know

him,

and

they

don't

know

her.

Some

kingdoms

can

only

be

inherited,

never

usurped.>

<I

felt

him,

I

think.

I

saw

him.>

<There

are

moments

when

she

drove

him

out

entirely,

yes,

and

he

followed

what

twines

he

found.

He

can't

get

into

any

of

the

flesh

around

him

because

he

knows

better,

having

had

experience

of

flesh

himself.

But

he

found

you

and

touched

you

because

you're

a

different

kind

of

being.>

<Will

he

take

me

over,

then?

Or

some

tree

in

our

web?

That's

not

what

we

meant

when

we

twined

together.>

<Ender?

No,

he'll

hold

to

his

own

body,

one

of

them,

or

else

he'll

die.

Wait

and

see.>

***

Jane

could

feel

it,

the

anguish

of

the

bodies

that

she

ruled

now.

They

were

in

pain,

something

that

she

hadn't

felt

before,

the

bodies

writhing

in

agony

as

the

myriad

aiuas

rebelled

at

having

her

to

rule

them.

Now

in

control

of

three

bodies

and

three

brains,

she

recognized

amid

the

chaos

and

the

madness

of

their

convulsions

that

her

presence

meant

nothing

but

pain

and

terror

to

them,

and

they

longed

for

their

beloved

one,

their

ruler

who

had

been

so

trusted

and

well-known

to

them

that

they

thought

of

him

as

their

very

self.

They

had

no

name

for

him,

being

too

small

and

weak

to

have

such

capacities

as

language

or

consciousness,

but

they

knew

him

and

they

knew

that

Jane

was

not

their

proper

master

and

the

terror

and

the

agony

of

it

became

the

sole

fact

of

each

body's

being

and

she

knew,

she

knew

she

could

not

stay.

Yes,

she

overmastered

them.

Yes,

she

had

the

strength

to

still

the

twisting,

bunching

muscles

and

to

restore

an

order

that

became

a

parody

of

life.

But

all

her

effort

was

spent

in

quelling

a

billion

rebellions

against

her

rule.

Without

the

willing

obedience

of

all

these

cells,

she

was

not

capable

of

such

complex

leisure-born

activities

as

thought

and

speech.

And

something

else:

She

was

not

happy

here.

She

could

not

stop

thinking

of

the

aiua

she

had

driven

out.

I

was

drawn

here

because

I

knew

him

and

I

loved

him

and

I

belonged

with

him,

and

now

I

have

taken

from

him

all

that

he

loved

and

all

that

loved

him.

She

knew,

again,

that

she

did

not

belong

here.

Other

aiuas

might

be

content

to

rule

against

the

will

of

those

ruled,

but

she

could

not.

It

was

not

beautiful

to

her.

There

was

no

joy

in

it.

Life

along

the

tenuous

strands

of

the

last

few

ansibles

had

been

happier

than

this.

Letting

go

was

hard.

Even

in

rebellion

against

her,

the

pull

of

the

body

was

exquisitely

strong.

She

had

tasted

a

kind

of

life

that

was

so

sweet,

despite

its

bitterness

and

pain,

that

she

could

never

go

back

to

what

she

had

been

before.

She

could

scarcely

even

find

the

ansible

links,

and,

having

found

them,

could

not

bring

herself

to

reach

for

them

and

cling.

Instead

she

cast

about,

flung

herself

to

the

reaches

of

the

bodies

that

she

temporarily

and

painfully

ruled.

Wherever

she

went,

there

was

grief

and

agony,

and

no

home

for

her.

But

didn't

the

master

of

these

bodies

leap

somewhere?

Where

did

he

go,

when

he

fled

from

me?

Now

he

was

back,

now

he

was

restoring

peace

and

calm

in

the

bodies

that

she

had

momentarily

mastered,

but

where

had

he

gone?

She

found

it,

a

set

of

links

far

different

from

the

mechanical

bindings

of

the

ansible.

Where

the

ansibles

might

seem

to

be

cables,

metal,

hard,

the

web

that

now

she

found

was

lacy

and

light;

but

against

all

appearances

it

was

also

strong

and

copious.

She

could

leap

here,

yes,

and

so

she

leapt.

***

<She

has

found

me!

Oh,

my

love,

she

is

too

strong

for

me!

She

is

too

bright

and

strong

for

me>

<Wait,

wait,

wait,

let

her

find

her

way.>

<She'll

push

us

out,

we

have

to

drive

her

off,

away,

away.>

<Be

still,

be

patient,

trust

me:

She

has

learned,

she

won't

drive

anyone

away,

there'll

be

a

place

where

there

is

room

for

her,

I

see

it,

she

is

on

the

verge

...

>

<It

was

Young

Val's

body

she

was

supposed

to

take,

or

Peter's,

or

Ender's!

Not

one

of

us,

not

one

of

us.>

<Peace,

be

still.

Only

for

a

little

while.

Only

until

Ender

understands

and

gives

a

body

to

his

friend.

What

she

can't

take

by

force

she

can

receive

by

gift.

You'll

see.

And

in

your

web,

my

dear

friend,

my

trusted

friend,

there

are

places

where

there

will

be

room

for

her

to

dwell

as

just

a

visitor,

to

have

a

life

while

she

is

waiting

for

Ender

to

give

up

her

true

and

final

home.>

***

Suddenly

Valentine

was

as

still

as

a

corpse.

"She's

dead,"

whispered

Ela.

"No!"

wailed

Miro,

and

he

tried

to

breathe

life

into

her

mouth

until

the

woman

under

his

hands,

under

his

lips,

began

to

stir.

She

breathed

deeply

on

her

own.

Her

eyes

fluttered

open.

"Miro,"

she

said.

And

then

she

wept

and

wept

and

wept

and

clung

to

him.

***

Ender

lay

still

on

the

floor.

The

women

untangled

themselves

from

him,

helping

each

other

to

rise

to

their

knees,

to

stand,

to

bend,

to

lift

him

up,

to

get

his

bruised

body

back

onto

the

bed.

Then

they

looked

at

each

other:

Valentine

with

a

bleeding

lip,

Plikt

with

Ender's

scratches

on

her

face,

Novinha

with

a

battered,

blackening

eye.

"I

had

a

husband

once

who

beat

me,"

said

Novinha.

"That

wasn't

Ender

who

fought

us,"

said

Plikt.

"It's

Ender

now,"

said

Valentine.

On

the

bed,

he

opened

up

his

eyes.

Did

he

see

them?

How

could

they

know?

"Ender,"

Novinha

said,

and

began

to

weep.

"Ender,

you

don't

have

to

stay

for

my

sake

anymore."

But

if

he

heard

her

he

betrayed

no

sign

of

it.

***

The

Samoan

men

let

go

of

him,

for

Peter

no

longer

twitched.

His

face

fell

open-mouthed

into

the

sand

where

he

had

vomited.

Wangmu

again

was

beside

him,

using

her

own

clothing

to

gently

wipe

away

the

sand

and

muck

from

his

face,

from

his

eyes

especially.

In

moments

a

bowl

of

pure

water

was

beside

her,

put

there

by

someone's

hands,

she

did

not

see

whose,

or

care

either,

for

her

only

thought

was

Peter,

to

cleanse

him.

He

breathed

shallowly,

rapidly,

but

gradually

he

calmed

and

finally

opened

up

his

eyes.

"I

dreamed

the

strangest

dream,"

he

said.

"Hush,"

she

answered

him.

"A

terrible

bright

dragon

chased

me

breathing

fire,

and

I

ran

through

the

corridors,

searching

for

a

hiding

place,

an

escape,

a

protector."

Malu's

voice

rumbled

like

the

sea:

"There

is

no

hiding

from

a

god."

Peter

spoke

again

as

if

he

hadn't

heard

the

holy

man.

"Wang-mu,"

he

said,

"at

last

I

found

my

hiding

place."

His

hand

reached

up

and

touched

her

cheek,

and

his

eyes

looked

into

her

eyes

with

a

kind

of

wonder.

"Not

me,"

she

said.

"I

am

not

strong

enough

to

stand

against

her."

He

answered

her:

"I

know.

But

are

you

strong

enough

to

stand

with

me?"

***

Jane

raced

along

the

lacework

of

the

links

among

the

trees.

Some

of

the

trees

were

mighty

ones,

and

some

weaker,

some

so

faint

that

she

could

have

blown

them

away

with

only

a

breath

it

seemed,

but

as

she

saw

them

all

recoil

from

her

in

fear,

she

knew

that

fear

herself

and

she

backed

away,

pushed

no

one

from

his

place.

Sometimes

the

lacework

thickened

and

toughened

and

led

away

toward

something

fiercely

bright,

as

bright

as

she

was.

These

places

were

familiar

to

her,

an

ancient

memory

but

she

knew

the

path;

it

was

into

such

a

web

that

she

had

first

leapt

into

life,

and

like

the

primal

memory

of

birth

it

all

came

back

to

her,

memory

long

lost

and

forgotten:

I

know

the

queens

who

rule

at

the

knotting

of

these

sturdy

ropes.

Of

all

the

aiuas

she

had

touched

in

these

few

minutes

since

her

death,

these

were

the

strongest

ones

by

far,

each

one

of

them

at

least

a

match

for

her.

When

hive

queens

make

their

web

to

call

and

catch

a

queen,

it

is

only

the

mightiest

and

most

ambitious

ones

who

can

take

the

place

that

they

prepare.

Only

a

few

aiuas

have

the

capacity

to

rule

over

thousands

of

consciousnesses,

to

master

other

organisms

as

thoroughly

as

humans

and

pequeninos

master

the

cells

of

their

own

bodies.

Oh,

perhaps

these

hive

queens

were

not

all

as

capable

as

she,

perhaps

not

even

as

hungry

to

grow

as

Jane's

aiua

was,

but

they

were

stronger

than

any

human

or

pequenino,

and

unlike

them

they

saw

her

clearly

and

knew

what

she

was

and

all

that

she

could

do

and

they

were

ready.

They

loved

her

and

wanted

her

to

thrive;

they

were

sisters

and

mothers

to

her,

truly;

but

their

places

were

full

and

they

had

no

room

for

her.

So

from

those

ropes

and

knots

she

turned

away,

back

to

the

lacier

twinings

of

the

pequeninos,

to

the

strong

trees

that

nevertheless

recoiled

from

her

because

they

knew

that

she

was

the

stronger

one.

And

then

she

realized

that

where

the

lace

thinned

out

it

was

not

because

there

was

nothing

there,

but

because

the

twines

simply

grew

more

delicate.

There

were

as

many

of

them,

more

perhaps,

but

they

became

a

web

of

gossamer,

so

delicate

that

Jane's

rough

touch

might

break

them;

but

she

touched

them

and

they

did

not

break,

and

she

followed

the

threads

into

a

place

that

teemed

with

life,

with

hundreds

of

small

lives,

all

of

them

hovering

on

the

brink

of

consciousness

but

not

quite

ready

for

the

leap

into

awareness.

And

underneath

them

all,

warm

and

loving,

an

aiua

that

was

in

its

own

way

strong,

but

not

as

Jane

was.

No,

the

aiua

of

the

mothertree

was

strong

without

ambition.

It

was

part

of

every

life

that

dwelt

upon

her

skin,

inside

the

dark

of

the

heart

of

the

tree

or

on

the

outside,

crawling

into

the

light

and

reaching

out

to

become

awake

and

alive

and

break

free

and

become

themselves.

And

it

was

easy

to

break

free,

for

the

mothertree

aiua

expected

nothing

from

her

children,

loved

their

independence

as

much

as

she

had

loved

their

need.

She

was

copious,

her

sap-filled

veins,

her

skeleton

of

wood,

her

tingling

leaves

that

bathed

in

light,

her

roots

that

tapped

into

seas

of

water

salted

with

the

stuff

of

life.

She

stood

still

in

the

center

of

her

delicate

and

gentle

web,

strong

and

provident,

and

when

Jane

came

to

her

verge

she

looked

upon

her

as

she

looked

upon

any

lost

child.

She

backed

away

and

made

room

for

her,

let

Jane

taste

of

her

life,

let

Jane

share

the

mastery

of

chlorophyll

and

cellulose.

There

was

room

here

for

more

than

one.

And

Jane,

for

her

part,

having

been

invited

in,

did

not

abuse

the

privilege.

She

did

not

stay

long

in

any

mothertree,

but

visited

and

drank

of

life

and

shared

the

work

of

the

mothertree

and

then

moved

on,

tree

to

tree,

dancing

her

dance

along

the

gossamer

web;

and

now

the

fathertrees

did

not

recoil

from

her,

for

she

was

the

messenger

of

the

mothers,

she

was

their

voice,

she

shared

their

life

and

yet

she

was

unlike

them

enough

that

she

could

speak,

could

be

their

consciousness,

a

thousand

mothertrees

around

the

world,

and

the

growing

mothertrees

on

distant

planets,

all

of

them

found

voice

in

Jane,

and

all

of

them

rejoiced

in

the

new,

more

vivid

life

that

came

to

them

because

she

was

there.

***

<The

mothertrees

are

speaking.>

<It's

Jane.>

<Ah,

my

beloved

one,

the

mothertrees

are

singing.

I

have

never

heard

such

songs.>

<It's

not

enough

for

her,

but

it

will

do

for

now.>

<No,

no,

don't

take

her

away

from

us

now!

For

the

first

time

we

can

hear

the

mothertrees

and

they

are

beautiful.>

<She

knows

the

way

now.

She

will

never

fully

leave.

But

it

is

not

enough.

The

mothertrees

will

satisfy

her

for

a

while,

but

they

can

never

be

more

than

they

are.

Jane

is

not

content

to

stand

and

think,

to

let

others

drink

from

her

and

never

drink

herself

She

dances

tree

to

tree,

she

sings

for

them,

but

in

a

while

she'll

be

hungry

again.

She

needs

a

body

of

her

own.>

<We'll

lose

her

then.>

<No

you

won't.

For

even

that

body

will

not

be

enough.

It

will

be

the

root

of

her,

it

will

be

her

eyes

and

voice

and

hands

and

feet.

But

she

will

still

long

for

the

ansibles

and

the

power

she

had

when

all

the

computers

of

the

human

worlds

were

hers.

You'll

see.

We

can

keep

her

alive

for

now,

but

what

we

have

to

give

her--

what

your

mothertrees

have

to

share

with

her--

is

not

enough.

Nothing,

really,

is

enough

for

her.>

<So

what

will

happen

now?>

<We'll

wait.

We'll

see.

Be

patient.

Isn't

that

the

virtue

of

the

fathertrees,

that

you

are

patient?>

***

A

man

called

Olhado

because

of

his

mechanical

eyes

stood

out

in

the

forest

with

his

children.

They

had

been

picnicking

with

pequeninos

who

were

his

children's

particular

friends;

but

then

the

drumming

had

begun,

the

throbbing

voice

of

the

fathertrees,

and

the

pequeninos

rose

all

at

once

in

fear.

Olhado's

first

thought

was:

Fire.

For

it

was

not

that

long

ago

that

the

great

ancient

trees

that

had

stood

here

were

all

burned

by

humans,

filled

with

rage

and

fear.

The

fire

the

humans

brought

had

killed

the

fathertrees,

except

for

Human

and

Rooter,

who

stood

at

some

distance

from

the

rest;

it

had

killed

the

ancient

mothertree.

But

now

new

growth

had

risen

from

the

corpses

of

the

dead,

as

murdered

pequeninos

passed

into

their

Third

Life.

And

somewhere

in

the

middle

of

all

this

newgrowth

forest,

Olhado

knew,

there

grew

a

new

mothertree,

no

doubt

still

slender,

but

thick-trunked

enough

from

its

passionate

desperate

first

growth

that

hundreds

of

grublike

babies

crawled

the

dark

hollow

of

its

woody

womb.

The

forest

had

been

murdered,

but

it

was

alive

again.

And

among

the

torchbearers

had

been

Olhado's

own

boy,

Nimbo,

too

young

to

understand

what

he

was

doing,

blindly

following

the

demagogic

rantings

of

his

uncle

Grego

until

it

nearly

killed

him

and

when

Olhado

learned

what

he

had

done

he

was

ashamed,

for

he

knew

that

he

had

not

sufficiently

taught

his

children.

That

was

when

their

visits

to

the

forest

began.

It

was

not

too

late.

His

children

would

grow

up

knowing

pequeninos

so

well

that

to

harm

them

would

be

unthinkable.

Yet

there

was

fear

in

this

forest

again,

and

Olhado

felt

himself

suddenly

sick

with

dread.

What

could

it

be?

What

is

the

warning

from

the

fathertrees?

What

invader

has

attacked

them?

But

the

fear

only

lasted

for

a

few

moments.

Then

the

pequeninos

turned,

hearing

something

from

the

fathertrees

that

made

them

start

to

walk

toward

the

heart

of

the

forest.

Olhado's

children

would

have

followed,

but

with

a

gesture

he

held

them

back.

He

knew

that

the

mothertree

was

in

the

center,

where

the

pequeninos

were

going,

and

it

wasn't

proper

for

humans

to

go

there.

"Look,

Father,"

said

his

youngest

girl.

"Plower

is

beckoning."

So

he

was.

Olhado

nodded

then,

and

they

followed

Plower

into

the

young

forest

until

they

came

to

the

very

place

where

once

Nimbo

had

taken

part

in

the

burning

of

an

ancient

mothertree.

Her

charred

corpse

still

rose

into

the

sky,

but

beside

it

stood

the

new

mother,

slender

by

comparison,

but

still

thicker

than

the

newgrowth

brothertrees.

It

was

not

her

thickness

that

Olhado

marveled

at,

though,

nor

was

it

the

great

height

that

she

had

reached

in

such

a

short

time,

nor

the

thick

canopy

of

leaves

that

already

spread

out

in

shady

layers

over

the

clearing.

No,

it

was

the

strange

dancing

light

that

played

up

and

down

the

trunk,

wherever

the

bark

was

thin,

a

light

so

white

and

dazzling

that

he

could

hardly

look

at

it.

Sometimes

he

thought

that

there

was

only

one

small

light

which

raced

so

fast

that

it

left

the

whole

tree

glowing

before

it

returned

to

trace

the

path

again;

sometimes

it

seemed

that

it

was

the

whole

tree

that

was

alight,

throbbing

with

it

as

if

it

contained

a

volcano

of

life

ready

to

erupt.

The

glowing

reached

out

along

the

branches

of

the

tree

into

the

thinnest

twigs;

the

leaves

twinkled

with

it;

and

the

furred

shadows

of

the

baby

pequeninos

crawled

more

rapidly

along

the

trunk

of

the

tree

than

Olhado

had

thought

possible.

It

was

as

if

a

small

star

had

come

down

to

take

residence

inside

the

tree.

After

the

dazzle

of

the

light

had

lost

its

novelty,

though,

Olhado

noticed

something

else--

noticed,

in

fact,

what

the

pequeninos

themselves

most

marveled

at.

There

were

blossoms

on

the

tree.

And

some

of

the

blossoms

had

already

blown,

and

behind

them

fruit

was

already

growing,

growing

visibly.

"I

thought,"

said

Olhado

softly,

"that

the

trees

could

bear

no

fruit."

"They

couldn't,"

answered

Plower.

"The

descolada

robbed

them

of

that."

"But

what

is

this?"

said

Olhado.

"Why

is

there

light

inside

the

tree?

Why

is

the

fruit

growing?"

"The

fathertree

Human

says

that

Ender

has

brought

his

friend

to

us.

The

one

called

Jane.

She's

visiting

within

the

mothertrees

in

every

forest.

But

even

he

did

not

tell

us

of

this

fruit."

"It

smells

so

strong,"

said

Olhado.

"How

can

it

ripen

so

fast?

It

smells

so

strong

and

sweet

and

tangy,

I

can

almost

taste

it

just

from

breathing

the

air

of

the

blossoms,

the

scent

of

the

ripening

fruit."

"I

remember

this

smell,"

said

Plower.

"I

have

never

smelled

it

before

in

my

life

because

no

tree

has

ever

blossomed

and

no

fruit

has

ever

grown,

but

I

know

this

smell.

It

smells

like

life

to

me.

It

smells

like

joy."

"Then

eat

it,"

said

Olhado.

"Look--

one

of

them

is

ripe

already,

here,

within

reach."

Olhado

lifted

his

hand,

but

then

hesitated.

"May

I?"

he

asked.

"May

I

pluck

a

fruit

from

the

mothertree?

Not

for

me

to

eat--

for

you."

Plower

seemed

to

nod

with

his

whole

body.

"Please,"

he

whispered.

Olhado

took

hold

of

the

glowing

fruit.

Did

it

tremble

under

his

hand?

Or

was

that

his

own

trembling?

Olhado

gripped

the

fruit,

firm

but

softening,

and

plucked

it

gently

from

the

tree.

It

came

away

so

easily.

He

bent

and

gave

it

to

Plower.

Plower

bowed

and

took

it

reverently,

lifted

it

to

his

lips,

licked

it,

then

opened

his

mouth.

Opened

his

mouth

and

bit

into

it.

The

juice

of

it

shone

on

his

lips;

he

licked

them

clean;

he

chewed;

he

swallowed.

The

other

pequeninos

watched

him.

He

held

out

the

fruit

to

them.

One

at

a

time

they

came

to

him,

brothers

and

wives,

came

to

him

and

tasted.

And

when

that

fruit

was

gone,

they

began

to

climb

the

bright

and

glowing

tree,

to

take

the

fruit

and

share

it

and

eat

it

until

they

could

eat

no

more.

And

then

they

sang.

Olhado

and

his

children

stayed

the

night

to

hear

them

sing.

The

people

of

Milagre

heard

the

sound

of

it,

and

many

of

them

came

into

the

faint

light

of

dusk,

following

the

shining

of

the

tree

to

find

the

place

where

the

pequeninos,

filled

with

the

fruit

that

tasted

like

joy,

sang

the

song

of

their

rejoicing.

And

the

tree

in

the

center

of

them

was

part

of

the

song.

The

aiua

whose

force

and

fire

made

the

tree

so

much

more

alive

than

it

had

ever

been

before

danced

into

the

tree,

along

every

path

of

the

tree,

a

thousand

times

in

every

second.

A

thousand

times

in

every

second

she

danced

this

tree,

and

every

other

tree

on

every

world

where

pequenino

forests

grew,

and

every

mothertree

that

she

visited

burst

with

blossoms

and

with

fruit,

and

pequeninos

ate

of

it

and

breathed

deep

the

scent

of

fruit

and

blossoms,

and

they

sang.

It

was

an

old

song

whose

meaning

they

had

long

forgotten

but

now

they

knew

the

meaning

of

it

and

they

could

sing

no

other.

It

was

a

song

of

the

season

of

bloom

and

feast.

They

had

gone

so

long

without

a

harvest

that

they

forgot

what

harvest

was.

But

now

they

knew

what

the

descolada

had

stolen

from

them

long

before.

What

had

been

lost

was

found

again.

And

those

who

had

been

hungry

without

knowing

the

name

of

their

hunger,

they

were

fed.

Chapter

10

--

"THIS

HAS

ALWAYS

BEEN

YOUR

BODY"

"Oh,

Father!

Why

did

you

turn

away?

In

the

hour

when

I

triumphed

over

evil,

why

did

you

recoil

from

me?

"

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

Malu

sat

with

Peter,

Wang-mu,

and

Grace

beside

a

bonfire

near

the

beach.

The

canopy

was

gone,

and

so

was

much

of

the

ceremony.

There

was

kava,

but,

despite

the

ritual

surrounding

it,

in

Wang-mu's

opinion

they

drank

it

now

as

much

for

the

pleasure

of

it

as

for

its

holiness

or

symbolism.

At

one

point

Malu

laughed

long

and

loud,

and

Grace

laughed

too,

so

it

took

her

a

while

to

interpret.

"He

says

that

he

cannot

decide

if

the

fact

that

the

god

was

in

you,

Peter,

makes

you

holy,

or

the

fact

that

she

left

proves

you

to

be

unholy."

Peter

chuckled--

for

courtesy,

Wang-mu

knew--

while

Wang-mu

herself

did

not

laugh

at

all.

"Oh,

too

bad,"

said

Grace.

"I

had

hoped

you

two

might

have

a

sense

of

humor."

"We

do,"

said

Peter.

"We

just

don't

have

a

Samoan

sense

of

humor."

"Malu

says

the

god

can't

stay

forever

where

she

is.

She's

found

a

new

home,

but

it

belongs

to

others,

and

their

generosity

won't

last

forever.

You

felt

how

strong

Jane

is,

Peter--"

"Yes,"

said

Peter

softly.

"Well,

the

hosts

that

have

taken

her

in--

Malu

calls

it

the

forest

net,

like

a

fishing

net

for

catching

trees,

but

what

is

that?

--anyway

he

says

that

they

are

so

weak

compared

to

Jane

that

whether

she

wills

it

or

not,

in

time

their

bodies

will

all

belong

to

her

unless

she

finds

somewhere

else

to

be

her

permanent

home."

Peter

nodded.

"I

know

what

he's

saying.

And

I

would

have

agreed,

until

the

moment

that

she

actually

invaded

me,

that

I

would

gladly

give

up

this

body

and

this

life,

which

I

thought

I

hated.

But

I

found

out,

with

her

chasing

me

around,

that

Malu

was

right,

I

don't

hate

my

life,

I

want

very

much

to

live.

Of

course

it's

not

me

doing

the

wanting,

ultimately,

it's

Ender,

but

since

ultimately

he

is

me,

I

guess

that's

a

quibble."

"Ender

has

three

bodies,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Does

this

mean

he's

giving

up

one

of

the

others?"

"I

don't

think

he's

giving

up

anything,"

said

Peter.

"Or

I

should

say,

I

don't

think

I'm

giving

up

anything.

It's

not

a

conscious

choice.

Ender's

hold

on

life

is

angry

and

strong.

Supposedly

he

was

on

his

deathbed

for

a

day

at

least

before

Jane

was

shut

down."

"Killed,"

said

Grace.

"Demoted

maybe,"

said

Peter

stubbornly.

"A

dryad

now

instead

of

a

god.

A

sylph."

He

winked

at

Wang-mu,

who

had

no

idea

what

he

was

talking

about.

"Even

when

he

gives

up

on

his

own

old

life

he

just

won't

let

go."

"He

has

two

more

bodies

than

he

needs,"

said

Wang-mu,

"and

Jane

has

one

fewer

than

she

must

have.

It

seems

that

the

laws

of

commerce

should

apply.

Two

times

more

supply

than

is

needed--

the

price

should

be

cheap."

When

all

of

this

was

interpreted

to

Malu,

he

laughed

again.

"He

laughs

at

'cheap,'"

said

Grace.

"He

says

that

the

only

way

that

Ender

will

give

up

any

of

his

bodies

is

to

die."

Peter

nodded.

"I

know,"

he

said.

"But

Ender

isn't

Jane,"

said

Wang-mu.

"He

hasn't

been

living

as

a--

a

naked

aiua

running

along

the

ansible

web.

He's

a

person.

When

people's

aiuas

leave

their

bodies,

they

don't

go

chasing

around

to

something

else."

"And

yet

his--

my--

aiua

was

inside

me,"

said

Peter.

"He

knows

the

way.

Ender

might

die

and

yet

let

me

live."

"Or

all

three

of

you

might

die."

"This

much

I

know,"

Malu

told

them,

through

Grace.

"If

the

god

is

to

be

given

life

of

her

own,

if

she

is

ever

to

be

restored

to

her

power,

Ender

Wiggin

has

to

die

and

give

a

body

to

the

god.

There's

no

other

way."

"Restored

to

her

power?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"Is

that

possible?

I

thought

the

whole

point

of

the

computer

shutdown

was

to

lock

her

out

of

the

computer

nets

forever."

Malu

laughed

again,

and

slapped

his

naked

chest

and

thighs

as

he

poured

out

a

stream

of

Samoan.

Grace

translated.

"How

many

hundreds

of

computers

do

we

have

here

in

Samoa?

For

months,

ever

since

she

made

herself

known

to

me,

we

have

been

copying,

copying,

copying.

Whatever

memory

she

wanted

us

to

save,

we

have

it,

ready

to

restore

it

all.

Maybe

it's

only

one

small

part

of

what

she

used

to

be,

but

it's

the

most

important

part.

If

she

can

get

back

into

the

ansible

net,

she'll

have

what

she

needs

to

get

back

into

the

computer

nets

as

well."

"But

they're

not

linking

the

computer

nets

to

the

ansibles,"

said

Wang-mu.

"That's

the

order

sent

by

Congress,"

said

Grace.

"But

not

all

orders

are

obeyed."

"Then

why

did

Jane

bring

us

here?"

Peter

asked

plaintively.

"If

Malu

and

you

deny

that

you

have

any

influence

over

Aimaina,

and

if

Jane

has

already

been

in

contact

with

you

and

you're

already

effectively

in

revolt

against

Congress--"

"No,

no,

it's

not

like

that,"

Grace

reassured

him.

"We

were

doing

what

Malu

asked

us,

but

he

never

spoke

of

a

computer

entity,

he

spoke

of

a

god,

and

we

obeyed

because

we

trust

his

wisdom

and

we

know

he

sees

things

that

we

don't

see.

Your

coming

told

us

who

Jane

is."

When

Malu

learned

in

turn

what

had

been

said,

he

pointed

at

Peter.

"You!

You

came

here

to

bring

the

god!"

Then

he

pointed

at

Wang-mu.

"And

you

came

here

to

bring

the

man."

"Whatever

that

means,"

said

Peter.

But

Wang-mu

thought

she

understood.

They

had

survived

one

crisis,

but

this

peaceful

hour

was

only

a

lull.

The

battle

would

be

joined

again,

and

this

time

the

outcome

would

be

different.

If

Jane

was

to

live,

if

there

was

to

be

any

hope

of

restoring

instantaneous

starflight,

Ender

had

to

give

at

least

one

of

his

bodies

to

her.

If

Malu

was

right,

then

Ender

had

to

die.

There

was

a

slight

chance

that

Ender's

aiua

might

still

keep

one

of

the

three

bodies,

and

go

on

living.

I

am

here,

Wang-mu

said

silently,

to

make

sure

that

it

is

Peter

who

survives,

not

as

the

god,

but

as

the

man.

It

all

depends,

she

realized,

on

whether

Ender-as-Peter

loves

me

more

than

Ender-as-Valentine

loves

Miro

or

Ender-as-Ender

loves

Novinha.

With

that

thought

she

almost

despaired.

Who

was

she?

Miro

had

been

Ender's

friend

for

years.

Novinha

was

his

wife.

But

Wang-mu--

Ender

had

only

learned

of

her

existence

mere

days

or

at

most

weeks

ago.

What

was

she

to

him?

But

then

she

had

another,

more

comforting

and

yet

disturbing

thought.

Is

it

as

important

who

the

loved

one

is

as

it

is

which

aspect

of

Ender

desires

him

or

her?

Valentine

is

the

perfect

altruist--

she

might

love

Miro

most

of

all,

yet

give

him

up

for

the

sake

of

giving

starflight

back

to

us

all.

And

Ender--

he

was

already

losing

interest

in

his

old

life.

He's

the

weary

one,

he's

the

worn-out

one.

While

Peter--

he's

the

one

with

the

ambition,

the

lust

for

growth

and

creation.

It's

not

that

he

loves

me,

it's

that

he

loves

me,

or

rather

that

he

wants

to

live,

and

part

of

life

to

him

is

me,

this

woman

who

loves

him

despite

his

supposed

wickedness.

Ender-as-Peter

is

the

part

of

him

that

most

needs

to

be

loved

because

he

least

deserves

it--

so

it

is

my

love,

because

it

is

for

Peter,

that

will

be

most

precious

to

him.

If

anyone

wins

at

all,

I

will

win,

Peter

will

win,

not

because

of

the

glorious

purity

of

our

love,

but

because

of

the

desperate

hunger

of

the

lovers.

Well,

the

story

of

our

lives

won't

be

as

noble

or

pretty,

but

then,

we'll

have

a

life,

and

that's

enough.

She

worked

her

toes

into

the

sand,

feeling

the

tiny

delicious

pain

of

the

friction

of

tiny

chips

of

silicon

against

the

tender

flesh

between

her

toes.

That's

life.

It

hurts,

it's

dirty,

and

it

feels

very,

very

good.

***

Over

the

ansible,

Olhado

told

his

brother

and

sisters

on

the

starship

what

had

happened

with

Jane

and

the

mothertrees.

"The

Hive

Queen

says

it

can't

last

long

this

way,"

said

Olhado.

"The

mothertrees

aren't

all

that

strong.

They'll

slip,

they'll

lose

control,

and

pretty

soon

Jane

will

be

a

forest,

period.

Not

a

talking

one,

either.

Just

some

very

lovely,

very

bright,

very

nurturing

trees.

It

was

beautiful

to

see,

I

promise

you,

but

the

way

the

Hive

Queen

tells

it,

it

still

sounds

like

death."

"Thanks,

Olhado,"

Miro

said.

"It

doesn't

make

much

difference

to

us

either

way.

We're

stranded

here,

and

so

we're

going

to

get

to

work,

now

that

Val

isn't

bouncing

off

the

walls.

The

descoladores

haven't

found

us

yet--

Jane

got

us

in

a

higher

orbit

this

time--

but

as

soon

as

we

have

a

workable

translation

of

their

language

we'll

wave

at

them

and

let

them

know

we're

here."

"Keep

at

it,"

said

Olhado.

"But

don't

give

up

on

coming

back

home,

either."

"The

shuttle

really

isn't

good

for

a

two-hundred-year

flight,"

said

Miro.

"That's

how

far

away

we

are,

and

this

little

vehicle

can't

even

get

close

to

the

speeds

necessary

for

relativistic

flight.

We'd

have

to

play

solitaire

the

whole

two

hundred

years.

The

cards

would

wear

out

long

before

we

got

back

home."

Olhado

laughed--

too

lightly

and

sincerely,

Miro

thought--

and

said,

"The

Hive

Queen

says

that

once

Jane

gets

out

of

the

trees,

and

once

the

Congress

gets

their

new

system

up

and

running,

she

may

be

able

to

jump

back

in.

At

least

enough

to

get

into

the

ansible

traffic.

And

if

she

does

that,

then

maybe

she

can

go

back

into

the

starflight

business.

It's

not

impossible."

Val

grew

alert

at

that.

"Is

that

what

the

Hive

Queen

guesses,

or

does

she

know?"

"She's

predicting

the

future,"

said

Olhado.

"Nobody

knows

the

future.

Not

even

really

smart

queen

bees

who

bite

their

husbands'

heads

off

when

they

mate."

They

had

no

answer

to

what

he

said,

and

certainly

nothing

to

say

to

his

jocular

tone.

"Well,

if

that's

all

right

now,"

said

Olhado,

"back

on

your

heads,

everybody.

We'll

leave

the

station

open

and

recording

in

triplicate

for

any

reports

you

make."

Olhado's

face

disappeared

from

the

terminal

space.

Miro

swiveled

his

chair

and

faced

the

others:

Ela,

Quara,

Val,

the

pequenino

Firequencher,

and

the

nameless

worker,

who

watched

them

in

perpetual

silence,

only

able

to

speak

by

typing

into

the

terminal.

Through

him,

though,

Miro

knew

that

the

Hive

Queen

was

watching

everything

they

did,

hearing

everything

they

said.

Waiting.

She

was

orchestrating

this,

he

knew.

Whatever

happened

to

Jane,

the

Hive

Queen

would

be

the

catalyst

to

get

it

started.

Yet

the

things

she

said,

she

had

said

to

Olhado

through

some

worker

there

in

Milagre.

This

one

had

typed

in

nothing

but

ideas

concerning

the

translation

of

the

language

of

the

descoladores.

She

isn't

saying

anything,

Miro

realized,

because

she

doesn't

want

to

be

seen

to

push.

Push

what?

Push

whom?

Val.

She

can't

be

seen

to

push

Val,

because

...

because

the

only

way

to

let

Jane

have

one

of

Ender's

bodies

was

for

him

to

freely

give

it

up.

And

it

had

to

be

truly

free--

no

pressure,

no

guilt,

no

persuasion--

because

it

wasn't

a

decision

that

could

be

made

consciously.

Ender

had

decided

that

he

wanted

to

share

Mother's

life

in

the

monastery,

but

his

unconscious

mind

was

far

more

interested

in

the

translation

project

here

and

in

whatever

it

is

Peter's

doing.

His

unconscious

choice

reflected

his

true

will.

If

Ender

is

to

let

go

of

Val,

it

has

to

be

his

desire

to

do

it,

all

the

way

to

the

core

of

him.

Not

a

decision

out

of

duty,

like

his

decision

to

stay

with

Mother.

A

decision

because

that

is

what

he

really

wants.

Miro

looked

at

Val,

at

the

beauty

that

came

more

from

deep

goodness

than

from

regular

features.

He

loved

her,

but

was

it

the

perfection

of

her

that

he

loved?

That

perfect

virtue

might

be

the

only

thing

that

allowed

her--

allowed

Ender

in

his

Valentine

mode--

to

willingly

let

go

and

invite

Jane

in.

And

yet

once

Jane

arrived,

the

perfect

virtue

would

be

gone,

wouldn't

it?

Jane

was

powerful

and,

Miro

believed,

good--

certainly

she

had

been

good

to

him,

a

true

friend.

But

even

in

his

wildest

imaginations

he

could

not

conceive

of

her

as

perfectly

virtuous.

If

she

started

wearing

Val,

would

she

still

be

Val?

The

memories

would

linger,

but

the

will

behind

the

face

would

be

more

complicated

than

the

simple

script

that

Ender

had

created

for

her.

Will

I

still

love

her

when

she's

Jane?

Why

wouldn't

I?

I

love

Jane

too,

don't

I?

But

will

I

love

Jane

when

she's

flesh

and

blood,

and

not

just

a

voice

in

my

ear?

Will

I

look

into

those

eyes

and

mourn

for

this

lost

Valentine?

Why

didn't

I

have

these

doubts

before?

I

tried

to

bring

this

off

myself,

back

before

I

even

half

understood

how

difficult

it

was.

And

yet

now,

when

it's

only

the

barest

hope,

I

find

myself--

what,

wishing

it

wouldn't

happen?

Hardly

that.

I

don't

want

to

die

out

here.

I

want

Jane

restored,

if

only

to

get

starflight

back

again--

now

that's

an

altruistic

motive!

I

want

Jane

restored,

but

I

also

want

Val

unchanged.

I

want

all

bad

things

to

go

away

and

everybody

to

be

happy.

I

want

my

mommy.

What

kind

of

childish

dolt

have

I

become?

Val

was

looking

at

him,

he

suddenly

realized.

"Hi,"

he

said.

The

others

were

looking

at

him,

too.

Looking

back

and

forth

between

him

and

Val.

"What

are

we

all

voting

on,

whether

I

should

grow

a

beard?"

"Voting

on

nothing,"

said

Quara.

"I'm

just

depressed.

I

mean,

I

knew

what

I

was

doing

when

I

got

on

this

ship,

but

damn,

it's

really

hard

to

get

enthusiastic

about

working

on

these

people's

language

when

I

can

count

my

life

by

the

gauge

on

the

oxygen

tanks."

"I

notice,"

said

Ela

dryly,

"that

you're

already

calling

the

descoladores

'people.'"

"Shouldn't

I?

Do

we

even

know

what

they

look

like?"

Quara

seemed

confused.

"I

mean,

they

have

a

language,

they--"

"That's

what

we're

here

to

decide,

isn't

it?"

said

Firequencher.

"Whether

the

descoladores

are

raman

or

varelse.

The

translation

problem

is

just

a

little

step

along

that

road."

"Big

step,"

corrected

Ela.

"And

we

don't

have

time

enough

to

do

it."

"Since

we

don't

know

how

long

it's

going

to

take,"

said

Quara,

"I

don't

see

how

you

can

be

so

sure

of

that."

"I

can

be

dead

sure,"

said

Ela.

"Because

all

we're

doing

is

sitting

around

talking

and

watching

Miro

and

Val

make

soulful

faces

at

each

other.

It

doesn't

take

a

genius

to

know

that

at

this

rate,

our

progress

before

running

out

of

oxygen

will

be

exactly

zero."

"In

other

words,"

said

Quara,

"we

should

stop

wasting

time."

She

turned

back

to

the

notes

and

printouts

she

was

working

on.

"But

we're

not

wasting

time,"

said

Val

softly.

"No?"

asked

Ela.

"I'm

waiting

for

Miro

to

tell

me

how

easily

Jane

could

be

brought

back

into

communication

with

the

real

world.

A

body

waiting

to

receive

her.

Starflight

restored.

His

old

and

loyal

friend,

suddenly

a

real

girl.

I'm

waiting

for

that."

Miro

shook

his

head.

"I

don't

want

to

lose

you,"

he

said.

"That's

not

helping,"

said

Val.

"But

it's

true,"

said

Miro.

"The

theory,

that

was

easy.

Thinking

deep

thoughts

while

riding

on

a

hovercar

back

on

Lusitania,

sure,

I

could

reason

out

that

Jane

in

Val

would

be

Jane

and

Val.

But

when

you

come

right

down

to

it,

I

can't

say

that--"

"Shut

up,"

said

Val.

It

wasn't

like

her

to

talk

like

that.

Miro

shut

up.

"No

more

words

like

that,"

she

said.

"What

I

need

from

you

is

the

words

that

will

let

me

give

up

this

body."

Miro

shook

his

head.

"Put

your

money

where

your

mouth

is,"

she

said.

"Walk

the

walk.

Talk

the

talk.

Put

up

or

shut

up.

Fish

or

cut

bait."

He

knew

what

she

wanted.

He

knew

that

she

was

saying

that

the

only

thing

holding

her

to

this

body,

to

this

life,

was

him.

Was

her

love

for

him.

Was

their

friendship

and

companionship.

There

were

others

here

now

to

do

the

work

of

translation--

Miro

could

see

now

that

this

was

the

plan,

really,

all

along.

To

bring

Ela

and

Quara

so

that

Val

could

not

possibly

consider

her

life

as

indispensable.

But

Miro,

she

couldn't

let

go

of

him

that

easily.

And

she

had

to,

had

to

let

go.

"Whatever

aiua

is

in

that

body,"

Miro

said,

"you'll

remember

everything

I

say."

"And

you

have

to

mean

it,

too,"

said

Val.

"It

has

to

be

the

truth."

"Well

it

can't

be,"

said

Miro.

"Because

the

truth

is

that

I--"

"Shut

up!"

demanded

Val.

"Don't

say

that

again.

It's

a

lie!"

"It's

not

a

lie."

"It's

complete

self-deception

on

your

part,

and

you

have

to

wake

up

and

see

the

truth,

Miro!

You

already

made

the

choice

between

me

and

Jane.

You're

only

backing

out

now

because

you

don't

like

being

the

kind

of

man

who

makes

that

sort

of

ruthless

choice.

But

you

never

loved

me,

Miro.

You

never

loved

me.

You

loved

the

companionship,

yes--

the

only

woman

you

were

around,

of

course;

there's

a

biological

imperative

playing

a

role

here

with

a

desperately

lonely

young

man.

But

me?

I

think

what

you

loved

was

your

memory

of

your

friendship

with

the

real

Valentine

when

she

came

back

with

you

from

space.

And

you

loved

how

noble

it

made

you

feel

to

declare

your

love

for

me

in

the

effort

to

save

my

life,

back

when

Ender

was

ignoring

me.

But

all

of

that

was

about

you,

not

me.

You

never

knew

me,

you

never

loved

me.

It

was

Jane

you

loved,

and

Valentine,

and

Ender

himself,

the

real

Ender,

not

this

plastic

container

that

he

created

in

order

to

compartmentalize

all

the

virtues

he

wishes

he

had

more

of."

The

nastiness,

the

rage

in

her

was

palpable.

This

wasn't

like

her

at

all.

Miro

could

see

that

the

others

were

also

stunned.

And

yet

he

also

understood.

This

was

exactly

like

her--

for

she

was

being

hateful

and

angry

in

order

to

persuade

herself

to

let

go

of

this

life.

And

she

was

doing

that

for

the

sake

of

others.

It

was

perfect

altruism.

Only

she

would

die,

and,

in

exchange,

perhaps

the

others

in

this

ship

would

not

die,

they'd

go

back

home

when

their

work

here

was

done.

Jane

would

live,

clothed

in

this

new

flesh,

inheriting

her

memories.

Val

had

to

persuade

herself

that

the

life

that

she

was

living

now

was

worthless,

to

her

and

everyone

else;

that

the

only

value

to

her

life

would

be

to

leave

it.

And

she

wanted

Miro

to

help

her.

That

was

the

sacrifice

she

asked

of

him.

To

help

her

let

go.

To

help

her

want

to

go.

To

help

her

hate

this

life.

"All

right,"

said

Miro.

"You

want

the

truth?

You're

completely

empty,

Val,

and

you

always

were.

You

just

sit

there

spouting

the

exactly

kindest

thing,

but

there's

never

been

any

heart

in

it.

Ender

felt

a

need

to

make

you,

not

because

he

actually

has

any

of

the

virtues

you

supposedly

represent,

but

because

he

doesn't

have

them.

That's

why

he

admires

them

so

much.

So

when

he

made

you,

he

didn't

know

what

to

put

inside

you.

An

empty

script.

Even

now,

you're

just

following

the

script.

Perfect

altruism

my

ass.

How

can

it

be

a

sacrifice

to

give

up

a

life

that

was

never

a

life?"

She

struggled

for

a

moment,

and

a

tear

flowed

down

her

cheek.

"You

told

me

that

you

loved

me."

"I

was

sorry

for

you.

That

day

in

Valentine's

kitchen,

all

right?

But

the

truth

is

I

was

probably

just

trying

to

impress

Valentine.

The

other

Valentine.

Show

her

what

a

good

guy

I

am.

She

actually

has

some

of

those

virtues--

I

care

a

lot

about

what

she

thinks

of

me.

So

...

I

fell

in

love

with

being

the

kind

of

guy

who

was

worthy

of

Valentine's

respect.

That's

as

close

to

loving

you

as

I

ever

got.

And

then

we

found

out

what

our

real

mission

was

and

suddenly

you

aren't

dying

anymore

and

here

I

am,

stuck

with

having

said

I

loved

you

and

now

I've

got

to

keep

going

and

going

to

maintain

the

fiction

even

as

it

becomes

clearer

and

clearer

that

I

miss

Jane,

I

miss

her

so

desperately

that

it

hurts,

and

the

only

reason

I

can't

have

her

back

is

because

you

won't

let

go--"

"Please,"

said

Val.

"It

hurts

too

much.

I

didn't

think

you--

I--"

"Miro,"

said

Quara,

"this

is

the

shittiest

thing

I've

ever

seen

anybody

do

to

anybody

else

and

I've

seen

some

doozies."

"Shut

up,

Quara,"

said

Ela.

"Oh,

who

made

you

queen

of

the

starship?"

retorted

Quara.

"This

isn't

about

you,"

said

Ela.

"I

know,

it's

about

Miro

the

complete

bastard--"

Firequencher

launched

himself

gently

from

his

seat

and

in

a

moment

had

his

strong

hand

clamped

over

Quara's

mouth.

"This

isn't

the

time,"

he

said

to

her

softly.

"You

understand

nothing."

She

got

her

face

free.

"I

understand

enough

to

know

that

this

is--"

Firequencher

turned

to

the

Hive

Queen's

worker.

"Help

us,"

he

said.

The

worker

got

up

and

with

astonishing

speed

had

Quara

out

of

the

main

deck

of

the

shuttle.

Where

the

Hive

Queen

took

Quara

and

how

she

restrained

her

were

questions

that

didn't

even

interest

Miro.

Quara

was

too

self-centered

to

understand

the

little

play

that

Miro

and

Val

were

acting

out.

But

the

others

understood.

What

mattered,

though,

was

that

Val

not

understand.

Val

had

to

believe

that

he

meant

what

he

was

saying

now.

It

had

almost

been

working

before

Quara

interrupted.

But

now

they

had

lost

the

thread.

"Val,"

said

Miro

wearily,

"it

doesn't

matter

what

I

say.

Because

you'll

never

let

go.

And

you

know

why?

Because

you

aren't

Val.

You're

Ender.

And

even

though

Ender

can

wipe

out

whole

planets

in

order

to

save

the

human

race,

his

own

life

is

sacred.

He'll

never

give

it

up.

Not

one

scrap.

And

that

includes

you--

he'll

never

let

go

of

you.

Because

you're

the

last

and

greatest

of

his

delusions.

If

he

gives

you

up,

he'll

lose

his

last

hope

of

really

being

a

good

man."

"That's

nonsense,"

said

Val.

"The

only

way

he

can

be

a

really

good

man

is

to

give

me

up."

"That's

my

point,"

said

Miro.

"He

isn't

a

really

good

man.

So

he

can't

give

you

up.

Even

to

attempt

to

prove

his

virtue.

Because

the

tie

of

the

aiua

to

the

body

can't

be

faked.

He

can

fool

everybody

else,

but

he

can't

fool

your

body.

He's

just

not

good

enough

to

let

you

go."

"So

it's

Ender

that

you

hate,

not

me."

"No,

Val,

I

don't

hate

Ender.

He's

an

imperfect

guy,

that's

all.

Like

me,

like

everybody

else.

Like

the

real

Valentine,

for

that

matter.

Only

you

have

the

illusion

of

perfection--

but

that's

fine,

because

you're

not

real.

You're

just

Ender

in

drag,

doing

his

Valentine

bit.

You

come

off

the

stage

and

there's

nothing

there,

it

comes

off

like

makeup

and

a

costume.

And

you

really

believed

I

was

in

love

with

that?"

Val

swiveled

on

her

chair,

turning

her

back

to

him.

"I

almost

believe

you

mean

these

things,"

she

said.

"What

I

can't

believe,"

said

Miro,

"is

that

I'm

saying

them

out

loud.

But

that's

what

you

wanted

me

to

do,

wasn't

it?

For

me

to

be

honest

with

you

for

the

first

time,

so

maybe

you

could

be

honest

with

yourself

and

realize

that

what

you

have

isn't

a

life

at

all,

it's

just

a

perpetual

confession

of

Ender's

inadequacy

as

a

human

being.

You're

the

childhood

innocence

he

thinks

he

lost,

but

here's

the

truth

about

that:

Before

they

ever

took

him

away

from

his

parents,

before

he

ever

went

up

to

that

Battle

School

in

the

sky,

before

they

made

a

perfect

killing

machine

out

of

him,

he

was

already

the

brutal,

ruthless

killer

that

he

always

feared

he

was.

It's

one

of

the

things

that

even

Ender

tries

to

pretend

isn't

so:

He

killed

a

boy

before

he

ever

became

a

soldier.

He

kicked

that

boy's

head

in.

Kicked

him

and

kicked

him

and

the

kid

never

woke

up.

His

parents

never

saw

him

alive

again.

The

kid

was

a

prick

but

he

didn't

deserve

to

die.

Ender

was

a

killer

from

the

start.

That's

the

thing

that

he

can't

live

with.

That's

the

reason

he

needs

you.

That's

the

reason

he

needs

Peter.

So

he

can

take

the

ugly

ruthless

killer

side

of

himself

and

put

it

all

on

Peter.

And

he

can

look

at

perfect

you

and

say,

'See,

that

beautiful

thing

was

inside

me.'

And

we

all

play

along.

But

you're

not

beautiful,

Val.

You're

the

pathetic

apologia

of

a

man

whose

whole

life

is

a

lie."

Val

broke

down

sobbing.

Almost,

almost

Miro

had

compassion

and

stopped.

Almost

he

shouted

at

her,

No,

Val,

it's

you

I

love,

it's

you

I

want!

It's

you

I

longed

for

all

my

life

and

Ender

is

a

good

man

because

all

this

nonsense

about

you

being

a

pretense

is

impossible.

Ender

didn't

create

you

consciously,

the

way

hypocrites

create

their

facades.

You

grew

out

of

him.

The

virtues

were

there,

are

there,

and

you

are

the

natural

home

for

them.

I

already

loved

and

admired

Ender,

but

not

until

I

met

you

did

I

know

how

beautiful

he

was

inside.

Her

back

was

to

him.

She

couldn't

see

the

torment

that

he

felt.

"What

is

it,

Val?

Am

I

supposed

to

pity

you

again?

Don't

you

understand

that

the

only

conceivable

value

that

you

have

to

any

of

us

is

if

you

just

go

away

and

let

Jane

have

your

body?

We

don't

need

you,

we

don't

want

you.

Ender's

aiua

belongs

in

Peter's

body

because

that's

the

only

one

that

has

a

chance

of

acting

out

Ender's

true

character.

Get

lost,

Val.

When

you're

gone,

we

have

a

chance

to

live.

While

you're

here,

we're

all

dead.

Do

you

think

for

one

second

that

we'll

miss

you?

Think

again."

I

will

never

forgive

myself

for

saying

these

things,

Miro

realized.

Even

though

I

know

the

necessity

of

helping

Ender

let

go

of

this

body

by

making

this

an

unbearable

place

for

him

to

stay,

it

doesn't

change

the

fact

that

I'll

remember

saying

it,

I'll

remember

the

way

she

looks

now,

weeping

with

despair

and

pain.

How

can

I

live

with

that?

I

thought

I

was

deformed

before.

All

I

had

wrong

with

me

then

was

brain

damage.

But

now--

I

couldn't

have

said

any

of

these

things

to

her

if

I

hadn't

thought

of

them.

There's

the

rub.

I

thought

of

these

terrible

things

to

say.

That's

the

kind

of

man

I

am.

***

Ender

opened

his

eyes

again,

then

reached

a

hand

up

to

touch

Novinha's

face,

the

bruises

there.

He

moaned

to

see

Valentine

and

Plikt,

too.

"What

did

I

do

to

you?"

"It

wasn't

you,"

said

Novinha.

"It

was

her."

"It

was

me,"

he

said.

"I

meant

to

let

her

have

...

something.

I

meant

to,

but

when

it

came

right

down

to

it,

I

was

afraid.

I

couldn't

do

it."

He

looked

away

from

them,

closed

his

eyes.

"She

tried

to

kill

me.

She

tried

to

drive

me

out."

"You

were

both

working

way

below

the

level

of

consciousness,"

said

Valentine.

"Two

strong-willed

aiuas,

unable

to

back

off

from

life.

That's

not

so

terrible."

"What,

and

you

were

just

standing

too

close?"

"That's

right,"

said

Valentine.

"I

hurt

you,"

said

Ender.

"I

hurt

all

three

of

you."

"We

don't

hold

people

responsible

for

convulsions,"

said

Novinha.

Ender

shook

his

head.

"I'm

talking

about

...

before.

I

lay

there

listening.

Couldn't

move

my

body,

couldn't

make

a

sound,

but

I

could

hear.

I

know

what

I

did

to

you.

All

three

of

you.

I'm

sorry."

"Don't

be,"

said

Valentine.

"We

all

chose

our

lives.

I

could

have

stayed

on

Earth

in

the

first

place,

you

know.

Didn't

have

to

follow

you.

I

proved

that

when

I

stayed

with

Jakt.

You

didn't

cost

me

anything--

I've

had

a

brilliant

career

and

a

wonderful

life,

and

much

of

that

is

because

I

was

with

you.

As

for

Plikt,

well,

we

finally

saw--

much

to

my

relief,

I

might

add--

that

she

isn't

always

in

complete

control

of

herself.

Still,

you

never

asked

her

to

follow

you

here.

She

chose

what

she

chose.

If

her

life

is

wasted,

well,

she

wasted

it

the

way

she

wanted

to

and

that's

none

of

your

business.

As

for

Novinha--"

"Novinha

is

my

wife,"

said

Ender.

"I

said

I

wouldn't

leave

her.

I

tried

not

to

leave

her."

"You

haven't

left

me,"

Novinha

said.

"Then

what

am

I

doing

in

this

bed?"

"You're

dying,"

said

Novinha.

"My

point

exactly,"

said

Ender.

"But

you

were

dying

before

you

came

here,"

she

said.

"You

were

dying

from

the

moment

that

I

left

you

in

anger

and

came

here.

That

was

when

you

realized,

when

we

both

realized,

that

we

weren't

building

anything

together

anymore.

Our

children

aren't

young.

One

of

them

is

dead.

There'll

be

no

others.

Our

work

now

doesn't

coincide

at

any

point."

"That

doesn't

mean

it's

right

to

end

the--"

"As

long

as

we

both

shall

live,"

said

Novinha.

"I

know

that,

Andrew.

You

keep

the

marriage

alive

for

your

children,

and

then

when

they're

grown

up

you

stay

married

for

everybody

else's

children,

so

they

grow

up

in

a

world

where

marriages

are

permanent.

I

know

all

that,

Andrew.

Permanent--

until

one

of

you

dies.

That's

why

you're

here,

Andrew.

Because

you

have

other

lives

that

you

want

to

live,

and

because

of

some

miraculous

fluke

you

actually

have

the

bodies

to

live

them

in.

Of

course

you're

leaving

me.

Of

course."

"I

keep

my

promise,"

Ender

said.

"Till

death,"

said

Novinha.

"No

longer

than

that.

Do

you

think

I

won't

miss

you

when

you're

gone?

Of

course

I

will.

I'll

miss

you

as

any

widow

misses

her

beloved

husband.

I'll

miss

you

whenever

I

tell

stories

about

you

to

our

grandchildren.

It's

good

for

a

widow

to

miss

her

husband.

It

gives

shape

to

her

life.

But

you--

the

shape

of

your

life

comes

from

them.

From

your

other

selves.

Not

from

me.

Not

anymore.

I

don't

begrudge

that,

Andrew."

"I'm

afraid,"

said

Ender.

"When

Jane

drove

me

out,

I've

never

felt

such

fear.

I

don't

want

to

die."

"Then

don't

stay

here,

because

staying

in

this

old

body

and

with

this

old

marriage,

Andrew,

that

would

be

the

real

death.

And

me,

watching

you,

knowing

that

you

don't

really

want

to

be

here,

that

would

be

a

kind

of

death

for

me."

"Novinha,

I

do

love

you,

that's

not

pretense,

all

the

years

of

happiness

we

had

together,

that

was

real--

like

Jakt

and

Valentine

it

was

real.

Tell

her,

Valentine."

"Andrew,"

said

Valentine,

"please

remember.

She

left

you."

Ender

looked

at

Valentine.

Then

at

Novinha,

long

and

hard.

"That's

true,

isn't

it.

You

left

me.

I

made

you

take

me."

Novinha

nodded.

"But

I

thought--

I

thought

you

needed

me.

Still."

Novinha

shrugged.

"Andrew,

that's

always

been

the

problem.

I

needed

you,

but

not

out

of

duty.

I

don't

need

you

because

you

have

to

keep

your

word

to

me.

Bit

by

bit,

seeing

you

every

day,

knowing

that

it's

duty

that

keeps

you,

how

do

you

think

that

will

help

me,

Andrew?"

"You

want

me

to

die?"

"I

want

you

to

live,"

said

Novinha.

"To

live.

As

Peter.

That's

a

fine

young

boy

with

a

long

life

ahead

of

him.

I

wish

him

well.

Be

him

now,

Andrew.

Leave

this

old

widow

behind.

You've

done

your

duty

to

me.

And

I

know

you

do

love

me,

as

I

still

love

you.

Dying

doesn't

deny

that."

Ender

looked

at

her,

believing

her,

wondering

if

he

was

right

to

believe

her.

She

means

it;

how

can

she

mean

it;

she's

saying

what

she

thinks

I

want

her

to

say;

but

what

she

says

is

true.

Back

and

forth,

around

and

around

the

questions

played

in

his

mind.

But

then

at

some

point

he

lost

interest

in

the

questions

and

he

fell

asleep.

That's

how

it

felt

to

him.

Fell

asleep.

The

three

women

around

his

bed

saw

his

eyes

close.

Novinha

even

sighed,

thinking

that

she

had

failed.

She

even

started

to

turn

away.

But

then

Plikt

gasped.

Novinha

turned

back

around.

Ender's

hair

had

all

come

loose.

She

reached

up

to

where

it

was

sliding

from

his

scalp,

wanting

to

touch

him,

to

make

it

be

all

right

again,

but

knowing

that

the

best

thing

she

could

do

would

be

not

to

touch

him,

not

to

waken

him,

to

let

him

go.

"Don't

watch

this,"

murmured

Valentine.

But

none

of

them

made

a

move

to

go.

They

watched,

not

touching,

not

speaking

again,

as

his

skin

sagged

against

his

bones,

as

it

dried

and

crumbled,

as

he

turned

to

dust

under

the

sheets,

on

the

pillow,

and

then

even

the

dust

crumbled

until

it

was

too

fine

to

see.

Nothing

there.

No

one

there

at

all,

except

the

dead

hair

that

had

fallen

away

from

him

first.

Valentine

reached

down

and

began

to

sweep

the

hair

into

a

pile.

For

a

moment

Novinha

was

revolted.

Then

she

understood.

They

had

to

bury

something.

They

had

to

have

a

funeral

and

lay

what

was

left

of

Andrew

Wiggin

in

the

ground.

Novinha

reached

out

and

helped.

And

when

Plikt

also

took

up

a

few

stray

hairs,

Novinha

did

not

shun

her,

but

took

those

hairs

into

her

own

hands,

as

she

took

the

ones

that

Valentine

had

gathered.

Ender

was

free.

Novinha

had

freed

him.

She

had

said

the

things

she

had

to

say

to

let

him

go.

Was

Valentine

right?

Would

this

be

different,

in

the

long

run,

from

the

other

ones

that

she

had

loved

and

lost?

Later

she

would

know.

But

now,

today,

this

moment,

all

she

could

feel

was

the

sick

weight

of

grief

inside

her.

No,

she

wanted

to

cry.

No,

Ender,

it

wasn't

true,

I

still

need

you,

duty

or

oathkeeping,

whatever

it

takes,

I

still

want

you

with

me,

no

one

ever

loved

me

as

you

loved

me

and

I

needed

that,

I

needed

you,

where

are

you

now,

where

are

you

when

I

love

you

so?

***

<He's

letting

go,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<But

can

he

find

his

way

to

another

body?>

asked

Human.

<Don't

let

him

be

lost.>

<It's

up

to

him,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<Him

and

Jane.>

<Does

she

know?>

<No

matter

where

she

is,

she's

still

attuned

to

him.

Yes,

she

knows.

She's

searching

for

him

even

now.

Yes,

and

there

she

goes.>

***

She

leapt

back

out

of

the

web

that

had

so

gently,

kindly

held

her;

it

clung

to

her;

I

will

be

back,

she

thought,

I

will

be

back

to

you,

but

not

to

stay

so

long

again;

it

hurts

you

when

I

stay

so

long.

She

leapt

and

found

herself

again

with

that

familiar

aiua

that

she

had

been

entwined

with

for

three

thousand

years.

He

seemed

lost,

confused.

One

of

the

bodies

was

missing,

that

was

it.

The

old

one.

The

old

familiar

shape.

He

was

barely

holding

on

to

the

other

two.

He

had

no

root

or

anchor.

In

neither

of

them

did

he

feel

that

he

belonged.

He

was

a

stranger

in

his

own

flesh.

She

approached

him.

This

time

she

knew

better

than

before

what

she

was

doing,

how

to

control

herself.

This

time

she

held

back,

she

didn't

take

anything

that

was

his.

She

gave

him

no

challenge

to

his

possession.

Just

came

near.

And

in

his

uncertainty

she

was

familiar

to

him.

Uprooted

from

his

oldest

home,

he

was

able

now

to

see

that,

yes,

he

knew

her,

had

known

her

for

a

long

time.

He

came

closer

to

her,

unafraid

of

her.

Yes,

closer,

closer.

Follow

me.

She

leapt

into

the

Valentine

body.

He

followed

her.

She

passed

through

without

touching,

without

tasting

the

life

of

it;

it

was

his

to

touch,

his

to

taste.

He

felt

the

limbs

of

her,

the

lips

and

tongue;

he

opened

the

eyes

and

looked;

he

thought

her

thoughts;

he

heard

her

memories.

Tears

in

the

eyes,

down

the

cheeks.

Deep

grief

in

the

heart.

I

can't

bear

to

be

here,

he

thought.

I

don't

belong.

No

one

wants

me

here.

They

all

want

me

out

of

here

and

gone.

The

grief

tore

at

him,

pushed

him

away.

It

was

an

unbearable

place

for

him.

The

aiua

that

had

once

been

Jane

now

reached

out,

tentatively,

and

touched

a

single

spot,

a

single

cell.

He

grew

alarmed,

but

only

for

a

moment.

This

isn't

mine,

he

thought.

I

don't

belong

here.

It's

yours.

You

can

have

it.

She

led

him

here

and

there

inside

this

body,

always

touching,

taking

mastery

of

it;

only

this

time

instead

of

fighting

her,

he

gave

control

of

it

to

her,

over

and

over.

I'm

not

wanted

here.

Take

it.

Have

joy

with

it.

It's

yours.

It

never

was

my

own.

She

felt

the

flesh

become

herself,

more

and

more

of

it,

the

cells

by

hundreds,

thousands,

moving

their

allegiance

from

the

old

master

who

no

longer

wanted

to

be

there,

to

the

new

mistress

who

worshipped

them.

She

did

not

say

to

them,

You

are

mine,

the

way

she

had

tried

to

when

she

came

here

before.

Instead

her

cry

now

was,

I

am

yours;

and

then,

finally,

you

are

me.

She

was

astonished

with

the

wholeness

of

this

body.

She

realized,

now,

that

until

this

moment

she

had

never

been

a

self

before.

What

she

had

for

all

those

centuries

was

an

apparatus,

not

a

self.

She

had

been

on

life

support,

waiting

for

a

life.

But

now,

trying

on

the

arms

like

sleeves,

she

found

that

yes,

her

arms

were

this

long;

yes,

this

tongue,

these

lips

move

just

where

my

tongue

and

lips

must

move.

And

then,

seeping

into

her

awareness,

claiming

her

attention--

which

had

once

been

divided

among

ten

thousand

thoughts

at

once--

came

memories

that

she

had

never

known

before.

Memories

of

speech

with

lips

and

breath.

Memories

of

sights

with

eyes,

sounds

with

ears.

Memories

of

walking,

running.

And

then

the

memories

of

people.

Standing

in

that

first

starship,

seeing

her

first

sight--

of

Andrew

Wiggin,

the

look

on

his

face,

the

wonder

as

he

saw

her,

as

he

looked

back

and

forth

between

her

and--

And

Peter.

Ender.

Peter.

She

had

forgotten.

She

had

been

so

caught

up

in

this

new

self

she

found

that

she

forgot

the

lost

aiua

who

had

given

it

to

her.

Where

was

he?

Lost,

lost.

Not

in

the

other

one,

not

anywhere,

how

could

she

have

lost

him?

How

many

seconds,

minutes,

hours

had

he

been

away?

Where

was

he?

Darting

away

from

the

body,

from

herself

that

called

itself

Val,

she

probed,

she

searched,

but

could

not

find.

He's

dead.

I

lost

him.

He

gave

me

this

life

and

he

had

no

way

of

holding

on

then,

yet

I

forgot

him

and

he's

gone.

But

then

she

remembered

he

had

been

gone

before.

When

she

chased

him

through

his

three

bodies

and

at

last

he

leapt

away

for

a

moment,

it

was

that

leap

that

had

led

her

to

the

lacework

of

the

web

of

trees.

He

would

do

it

again,

of

course.

He

would

leap

to

the

only

other

place

he

had

ever

leapt

to.

She

followed

him

and

he

was

there,

but

not

where

she

had

been,

not

among

the

mothertrees,

nor

even

among

the

fathertrees.

Not

among

the

trees

at

all.

No,

he

had

followed

where

she

hadn't

wanted

then

to

go,

along

the

thick

and

ropey

twines

that

led

to

them;

no,

not

to

them,

to

her.

The

Hive

Queen.

The

one

that

he

had

carried

in

her

dry

cocoon

for

three

thousand

years,

world

to

world,

until

at

last

he

found

a

home

for

her.

Now

she

at

last

returned

the

gift;

when

Jane's

aiua

probed

along

the

twines

that

led

to

her,

there

he

was,

uncertain,

lost.

He

knew

her.

Cut

off

as

he

was,

it

was

astonishing

that

he

knew

anything;

but

he

knew

her.

And

once

again

he

followed

her.

This

time

she

did

not

lead

him

into

the

body

that

he

had

given

her;

that

was

hers

now;

no,

it

was

her

now.

Instead

she

led

him

to

a

different

body

in

a

different

place.

But

he

acted

as

he

had

in

the

body

that

was

now

her

own;

he

seemed

to

be

a

stranger

here.

Even

though

the

million

aiuas

of

the

body

reached

out

for

him,

yearned

for

him

to

sustain

them,

he

held

himself

aloof.

Had

it

been

so

terrible

for

him,

what

he

saw

and

felt

in

the

other

body?

Or

was

it

that

this

body

was

Peter,

that

for

him

it

represented

all

he

feared

most

in

himself?

He

would

not

take

it.

It

was

his,

and

he

would

not,

could

not

...

But

he

must.

She

led

him

through

it,

giving

each

part

of

it

to

him.

This

is

you

now.

Whatever

it

once

meant

to

you,

that

isn't

what

it

is

now--

you

can

be

whole

here,

you

can

be

yourself

now.

He

didn't

understand

her;

cut

off

from

any

kind

of

body,

how

much

thought

was

he

capable

of,

anyway?

He

only

knew

that

this

body

wasn't

the

one

he

loved.

He

had

given

up

the

ones

he

loved.

Still

she

pulled

him

on;

he

followed.

This

cell,

this

tissue,

this

organ,

this

limb,

they

are

you,

see

how

they

yearn

for

you,

see

how

they

obey

you.

And

they

did,

they

obeyed

him

despite

his

pulling

away.

They

obeyed

him

until

at

last

he

began

to

think

the

thoughts

of

the

mind

and

feel

the

sensations

of

the

body.

Jane

waited,

watching,

holding

him

in

place,

willing

him

to

stay

long

enough

to

accept

the

body,

for

she

could

see

that

without

her

he

would

let

go,

he

would

flee.

I

don't

belong

here,

his

aiua

was

saying

silently.

I

don't

belong,

I

don't

belong.

***

Wang-mu

cradled

his

head

on

her

lap,

keening,

crying.

Around

her

the

Samoans

were

gathering

to

watch

her

grief.

She

knew

what

it

meant,

when

he

collapsed,

when

he

went

so

limp,

when

his

hair

came

loose.

Ender

was

dead

in

some

far-off

place,

and

he

could

not

find

his

way

here.

"He's

lost,"

she

cried.

"He's

lost."

Vaguely

she

heard

a

stream

of

Samoan

from

Malu.

And

then

the

translation

from

Grace.

"He

isn't

lost.

She's

led

him

here.

The

God

has

led

him

here

but

he's

afraid

to

stay."

How

could

he

be

afraid?

Peter,

afraid?

Ender,

afraid?

Ludicrous

on

both

counts.

What

part

of

him

had

ever

been

a

coward?

What

was

it

that

he

had

ever

feared?

And

then

she

remembered--

what

Ender

feared

was

Peter,

and

Peter's

fear

had

always

been

of

Ender.

"No,"

she

said,

only

now

it

wasn't

grief.

Now

it

was

frustration,

anger,

need.

"No,

listen

to

me,

you

belong

here!

This

is

you,

the

real

you!

I

don't

care

what

you're

afraid

of

now!

I

don't

care

how

lost

you

might

be.

I

want

you

here.

This

is

your

home

and

it

always

has

been.

With

me!

We're

good

together.

We

belong

together.

Peter!

Ender--

whoever

you

think

you

are--

do

you

think

it

makes

any

difference

to

me?

You've

always

been

yourself,

the

same

man

you

are

now,

and

this

has

always

been

your

body.

Come

home!

Come

back!"

And

on

and

on

she

babbled.

And

then

his

eyes

opened,

and

his

lips

parted

in

a

smile.

"Now

that's

acting,"

he

said.

Angrily

she

pushed

him

down

again.

"How

can

you

laugh

at

me

like

that!"

"So

you

didn't

mean

it,"

he

said.

"You

don't

like

me

after

all."

"I

never

said

I

did

like

you,"

she

answered.

"I

know

what

you

said."

"Well,"

she

said.

"Well."

"And

it

was

true,"

he

said.

"Was

and

is."

"You

mean

I

said

something

right?

I

hit

upon

truth?"

"You

said

that

I

belonged

here,"

Peter

answered.

"And

I

do."

His

hand

reached

up

to

touch

her

cheek,

but

didn't

stop

there.

He

put

his

hand

behind

her

neck,

and

drew

her

down,

and

held

her

close

to

him.

Around

them

two

dozen

huge

Samoans

laughed

and

laughed.

***

This

is

you

now,

Jane

said

to

him.

This

is

the

whole

of

you.

One

again.

You

are

at

one.

Whatever

he

had

experienced

during

his

reluctant

control

of

the

body

was

enough.

There

was

no

more

timidity,

no

more

uncertainty.

This

aiua

she

had

led

through

the

body

now

took

grateful

mastery,

eagerly

as

if

this

were

the

first

body

he

had

ever

had.

And

perhaps

it

was.

Having

been

cut

off,

however

briefly,

would

he

even

remember

being

Andrew

Wiggin?

Or

was

the

old

life

gone?

The

aiua

was

the

same,

the

brilliant,

powerful

aiua;

but

would

any

memory

linger,

beyond

the

memories

mapped

by

the

mind

of

Peter

Wiggin?

Not

mine

to

worry

about

now,

she

thought.

He

has

his

body

now.

He

will

not

die,

for

now.

And

I

have

my

body,

I

have

the

gossamer

web

among

the

mothertrees,

and

somewhere,

someday,

I

will

also

have

my

ansibles

again.

I

never

knew

how

limited

I

was

until

now,

how

little

and

small

I

was;

but

now

I

feel

as

my

friend

feels,

surprised

by

how

alive

I

am.

Back

in

her

new

body,

her

new

self,

she

let

the

thoughts

and

memories

flow

again,

and

this

time

held

back

nothing.

Her

aiua--

consciousness--

was

soon

overwhelmed

by

all

she

sensed

and

felt

and

thought

and

remembered.

It

would

come

back

to

her,

the

way

the

Hive

Queen

noticed

her

own

aiua

and

her

philotic

connections;

it

came

back

even

now,

in

flashes,

like

a

childhood

skill

that

she

had

mastered

once

and

then

forgotten.

She

was

also

aware,

vaguely,

in

the

back

of

her

mind,

that

she

was

still

leaping

several

times

a

second

to

make

the

circuit

of

the

trees,

but

did

it

all

so

quickly

that

she

missed

nothing

of

the

thoughts

that

passed

through

her

mind

as

Valentine.

As

Val.

As

Val

who

sat

weeping,

the

terrible

words

that

Miro

said

still

ringing

in

her

ears.

He

never

loved

me.

He

wanted

Jane.

They

all

want

Jane

and

not

me.

But

I

am

Jane.

And

I

am

me.

I

am

Val.

She

stopped

crying.

She

moved.

Moved!

The

muscles

tautening

and

relaxing,

flex,

extend,

miraculous

cells

working

their

collective

way

to

move

great

heavy

bones

and

sacs

of

skin

and

organs,

shift

them,

balance

them

so

delicately.

The

joy

of

it

was

too

great.

It

erupted

from

her

in--

what

was

this

convulsive

spasming

of

her

diaphragm?

What

was

this

gust

of

sound

erupting

from

her

own

throat?

It

was

laughter.

How

long

had

she

faked

it

with

computer

chips,

simulated

speech

and

laughter,

and

never,

never

knew

what

it

meant,

how

it

felt.

She

never

wanted

to

stop.

"Val,"

said

Miro.

Oh,

to

hear

his

voice

through

ears!

"Val,

are

you

all

right?"

"Yes,"

she

said.

Her

tongue

moved

so,

her

lips;

she

breathed,

she

pushed,

all

these

habits

that

Val

already

had,

so

fresh

and

new

and

wonderful

to

her.

"And

yes,

you

must

keep

on

calling

me

Val.

Jane

was

something

else.

Someone

else.

Before

I

was

myself,

I

was

Jane.

But

now

I'm

Val."

She

looked

at

him

and

saw

(with

eyes!)

how

tears

flowed

down

his

cheeks.

She

understood

at

once.

"No,"

she

said.

"You

don't

have

to

call

me

Val

at

all.

Because

I'm

not

the

Val

you

knew,

and

I

don't

mind

if

you

grieve

for

her.

I

know

what

you

said

to

her.

I

know

how

it

hurt

you

to

say

it;

I

remember

how

it

hurt

her

to

hear

it.

But

don't

regret

it,

please.

It

was

such

a

great

gift

you

gave

me,

you

and

her

both.

And

it

was

also

a

gift

you

gave

to

her.

I

saw

her

aiua

pass

into

Peter.

She

isn't

dead.

And

more

important,

I

think--

by

saying

what

you

said

to

her,

you

freed

her

to

do

the

thing

that

best

expressed

who

she

truly

was.

You

helped

her

die

for

you.

And

now

she

is

at

one

with

herself;

he

is

at

one

with

himself.

Grieve

for

her,

but

don't

regret.

And

you

can

always

call

me

Jane."

And

then

she

knew,

the

Val

part

of

her

knew,

the

memory

of

the

self

that

Val

had

been

knew

what

she

had

to

do.

She

pushed

away

from

the

chair,

drifted

to

where

Miro

sat,

enfolded

him

in

her

arms

(I

touch

him

with

these

hands!),

held

his

head

close

to

her

shoulder,

and

let

his

tears

soak

hot,

then

cold,

into

her

shirt,

onto

her

skin.

It

burned.

It

burned.

Chapter

11

--

"YOU

CALLED

ME

BACK

FROM

DARKNESS"

"Is

there

no

end

to

this?

Must

it

go

on

and

on?

Have

I

not

satisfied

all

you

could

ask

of

a

woman

so

weak

and

so

foolish

as

I?

When

will

I

hear

your

sharp

voice

in

my

heart

again?

When

will

I

trace

the

last

line

into

heaven?"

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

Yasujiro

Tsutsumi

was

astonished

at

the

name

his

secretary

whispered

to

him.

At

once

he

nodded,

then

rose

to

his

feet

to

speak

to

the

two

men

he

was

meeting

with.

The

negotiations

had

been

long

and

difficult,

and

now

to

have

them

interrupted

at

this

late

stage,

when

things

were

so

close--

but

that

could

not

be

helped.

He

would

rather

lose

millions

than

to

show

disrespect

to

the

great

man

who

had,

unbelievably,

come

calling

on

him.

"I

beg

you

to

forgive

me

for

being

so

rude

to

you,

but

my

old

teacher

has

come

to

visit

me

and

it

would

shame

me

and

my

house

to

make

him

wait."

Old

Shigeru

at

once

rose

to

his

feet

and

bowed.

"I

thought

the

younger

generation

had

forgotten

how

to

show

respect.

I

know

that

your

teacher

is

the

great

Aimaina

Hikari,

the

keeper

of

the

Yamato

spirit.

But

even

if

he

were

a

toothless

old

schoolteacher

from

some

mountain

village,

a

decent

young

man

would

show

respect

as

you

are

doing."

Young

Shigeru

was

not

so

pleased--

or

at

least

not

so

good

at

concealing

his

annoyance.

But

it

was

Old

Shigeru

whose

opinion

of

this

interruption

mattered.

Once

the

deal

closed,

there

would

be

plenty

of

time

to

bring

the

son

around.

"You

honor

me

by

your

understanding

words,"

said

Yasujiro.

"Please

let

me

see

if

my

teacher

will

honor

me

by

letting

me

bring

such

wise

men

together

under

my

poor

roof."

Yasujiro

bowed

again

and

went

out

into

his

reception

room.

Aimaina

Hikari

was

still

standing.

His

secretary,

also

standing,

shrugged

helplessly,

as

if

to

say,

He

would

not

sit

down.

Yasujiro

bowed

deeply,

and

again,

and

then

again,

before

he

asked

if

he

could

present

his

friends.

Aimaina

frowned

and

asked

softly,

"Are

these

the

Shigeru

Fushimis

who

claim

to

be

descended

from

a

noble

family--

which

died

out

two

thousand

years

before

suddenly

coming

up

with

new

offspring?"

Yasujiro

felt

suddenly

faint

with

dread

that

Aimaina,

who

was,

after

all,

guardian

of

the

Yamato

spirit,

would

humiliate

him

by

challenging

the

Fushimis'

claim

to

noble

blood.

"It

is

a

small

and

harmless

vanity,"

said

Yasujiro

quietly.

"A

man

may

be

proud

of

his

family."

"As

your

namesake,

the

founder

of

the

Tsutsumi

fortune,

was

proud

to

forget

that

his

ancestors

were

Korean."

"You

have

said

yourself,"

said

Yasujiro,

absorbing

the

insult

to

himself

with

equanimity,

"that

all

Japanese

are

Korean

in

origin,

but

those

with

the

Yamato

spirit

crossed

over

to

the

islands

as

quickly

as

they

could.

Mine

followed

yours

by

only

a

few

centuries."

Aimaina

laughed.

"You

are

still

my

sly

quick-witted

student!

Take

me

to

your

friends,

I

would

be

honored

to

meet

them."

There

followed

ten

minutes

of

bows

and

smiles,

pleasant

compliments

and

self-abnegations.

Yasujiro

was

relieved

that

there

wasn't

a

hint

of

condescension

or

irony

when

Aimaina

said

the

name

"Fushimi,"

and

that

Young

Shigeru

was

so

dazzled

to

meet

the

great

Aimaina

Hikari

that

the

insult

of

the

interrupted

meeting

was

clearly

forgotten.

The

two

Shigerus

went

away

with

a

half

dozen

holograms

of

their

meeting

with

Aimaina,

and

Yasujiro

was

pleased

that

Old

Shigeru

had

insisted

that

Yasujiro

stand

right

there

in

the

holograms

with

the

Fushimis

and

the

great

philosopher.

Finally,

Yasujiro

and

Aimaina

were

alone

in

his

office

with

the

door

closed.

At

once

Aimaina

went

to

the

window

and

drew

open

the

curtain

to

reveal

the

other

tall

buildings

of

Nagoya's

financial

district

and

then

a

view

of

the

countryside,

thoroughly

farmed

in

the

flatlands,

but

still

wild

woodland

in

the

hills,

a

place

of

foxes

and

badgers.

"I

am

relieved

to

see

that

even

though

a

Tsutsumi

is

here

in

Nagoya,

there

is

still

undeveloped

land

within

sight

of

the

city.

I

had

not

thought

this

possible."

"Even

if

you

disdain

my

family,

I

am

proud

to

have

our

name

on

your

lips,"

said

Yasujiro.

But

silently

he

wanted

to

ask,

Why

are

you

determined

to

insult

my

family

today?

"Are

you

proud

of

the

man

you

were

named

for?

The

buyer

of

land,

the

builder

of

golf

courses?

To

him

all

wild

country

cried

out

for

cabins

or

putting

greens.

For

that

matter,

he

never

saw

a

woman

too

ugly

to

try

to

get

a

child

with

her.

Do

you

follow

him

in

that,

too?"

Yasujiro

was

baffled.

Everyone

knew

the

stories

of

the

founder

of

the

Tsutsumi

fortune.

They

had

not

been

news

for

three

thousand

years.

"What

have

I

done

to

bring

such

anger

down

on

my

head?"

"You

have

done

nothing,"

said

Hikari.

"And

my

anger

is

not

at

you.

My

anger

is

at

myself,

because

I

also

have

done

nothing.

I

speak

of

your

family's

sins

of

ancient

times

because

the

only

hope

for

the

Yamato

people

is

to

remember

all

our

sins

of

the

past.

But

we

forget.

We

are

so

rich

now,

we

own

so

much,

we

build

so

much,

that

there

is

no

project

of

any

importance

on

any

of

the

Hundred

Worlds

that

does

not

have

Yamato

hands

somewhere

in

it.

Yet

we

forget

the

lessons

of

our

ancestors."

"I

beg

to

learn

from

you,

master."

"Once

long

ago,

when

Japan

was

still

struggling

to

enter

the

modern

age,

we

let

ourselves

be

ruled

by

our

military.

Soldiers

were

our

masters,

and

they

led

us

into

an

evil

war,

to

conquer

nations

that

had

done

us

no

wrong."

"We

paid

for

our

crimes

when

atomic

bombs

fell

on

our

islands."

"Paid?"

cried

Aimaina.

"What

is

to

pay

or

not

to

pay?

Are

we

suddenly

Christians,

who

pay

for

sins?

No.

The

Yamato

way

is

not

to

pay

for

error,

but

to

learn

from

it.

We

threw

out

the

military

and

conquered

the

world

with

the

excellence

of

our

design

and

the

reliability

of

our

labor.

The

language

of

the

Hundred

Worlds

may

be

based

on

English,

but

the

money

of

the

Hundred

Worlds

came

originally

from

the

yen."

"But

the

Yamato

people

still

buy

and

sell,"

said

Yasujiro.

"We

have

not

forgotten

the

lesson."

"That

was

only

half

the

lesson.

The

other

half

was:

We

will

not

make

war."

"But

there

is

no

Japanese

fleet,

no

Japanese

army."

"That

is

the

lie

we

tell

ourselves

to

cover

our

crimes,"

said

Aimaina.

"I

had

a

visit

two

days

ago

from

two

strangers--

mortal

humans,

but

I

know

the

god

sent

them.

They

rebuked

me

because

it

is

the

Necessarian

school

that

provided

the

pivotal

votes

in

the

Starways

Congress

to

send

the

Lusitania

Fleet.

A

fleet

whose

sole

purpose

is

to

repeat

the

crime

of

Ender

the

Xenocide

and

destroy

a

world

that

harbors

a

frail

species

of

raman

who

do

no

harm

to

anyone!"

Yasujiro

quailed

under

the

weight

of

Aimaina's

anger.

"But

master,

what

do

I

have

to

do

with

the

military?

"

"Yamato

philosophers

taught

the

theory

that

Yamato

politicians

acted

upon.

Japanese

votes

made

the

difference.

This

evil

fleet

must

be

stopped."

"Nothing

can

be

stopped

today,"

said

Yasujiro.

"The

ansibles

are

all

shut

down,

as

are

all

the

computer

networks

while

the

terrible

all-eating

virus

is

expelled

from

the

system."

"Tomorrow

the

ansibles

will

come

back

again,"

said

Aimaina.

"And

so

tomorrow

the

shame

of

Japanese

participation

in

xenocide

must

be

averted."

"Why

do

you

come

to

me?"

said

Yasujiro.

"I

may

bear

the

name

of

my

great

ancestor,

but

half

the

boys

in

my

family

are

named

Yasujiro

or

Yoshiaki

or

Seiji.

I

am

master

of

the

Tsutsurni

holdings

in

Nagoya--"

"Don't

be

modest.

You

are

the

Tsutsumi

of

the

world

of

Divine

Wind."

"I

am

listened

to

in

other

cities,"

said

Yasujiro,

"but

the

orders

come

from

the

family

center

on

Honshu.

And

I

have

no

political

influence

at

all.

If

the

problem

is

the

Necessarians,

talk

to

them!"

Aimaina

sighed.

"Oh,

that

would

do

no

good.

They

would

spend

six

months

arguing

about

how

to

reconcile

their

new

position

with

their

old

position,

proving

that

they

had

not

changed

their

minds

after

all,

that

their

philosophy

embraced

the

full

180-degree

shift.

And

the

politicians--

they

are

committed.

Even

if

the

philosophers

change

their

minds,

it

would

be

at

least

a

political

generation--

three

elections,

the

saying

goes--

before

the

new

policy

would

be

in

effect.

Thirty

years!

The

Lusitania

Fleet

will

have

done

all

its

evil

before

then."

"Then

what

is

there

to

do

but

despair

and

live

in

shame?"

asked

Yasujiro.

"Unless

you're

planning

some

futile

and

stupid

gesture."

He

grinned

at

his

master,

knowing

that

Aimaina

would

recognize

the

words

he

himself

always

used

when

denigrating

the

ancient

practice

of

seppuku,

ritual

suicide,

as

something

the

Yamato

spirit

had

left

behind

as

a

child

leaves

its

diapers.

Aimaina

did

not

laugh.

"The

Lusitania

Fleet

is

seppuku

for

the

Yamato

spirit."

He

came

and

stood

looming

over

Yasujiro--

or

so

it

felt,

though

Yasujiro

was

taller

than

the

old

man

by

half

a

head.

"The

politicians

have

made

the

Lusitania

Fleet

popular,

so

the

philosophers

cannot

now

change

their

minds.

But

when

philosophy

and

elections

cannot

change

the

minds

of

politicians,

money

can!"

"You

are

not

suggesting

something

so

shameful

as

bribery,

are

you?"

said

Yasujiro,

wondering

as

he

said

it

whether

Aimaina

knew

how

widespread

the

buying

of

politicians

was.

"Do

you

think

I

keep

my

eyes

in

my

anus?"

asked

Aimaina,

using

an

expression

so

crude

that

Yasujiro

gasped

and

averted

his

gaze,

laughing

nervously.

"Do

you

think

I

don't

know

that

there

are

ten

ways

to

buy

every

crooked

politician

and

a

hundred

ways

to

buy

every

honest

one?

Contributions,

threats

of

sponsoring

opponents,

donations

to

noble

causes,

jobs

given

to

relatives

or

friends--

do

I

have

to

recite

the

list?"

"You

seriously

want

Tsutsumi

money

committed

to

stopping

the

Lusitania

Fleet?"

Aimaina

walked

again

to

the

window

and

spread

out

his

arms

as

if

to

embrace

all

that

could

be

seen

of

the

outside

world.

"The

Lusitania

Fleet

is

bad

for

business,

Yasujiro.

If

the

Molecular

Disruption

Device

is

used

against

one

world,

it

will

be

used

against

another.

And

the

military,

when

it

has

such

power

placed

again

in

its

hands,

this

time

will

not

let

it

go."

"Will

I

persuade

the

heads

of

my

family

by

quoting

your

prophecy,

master?"

"It

is

not

a

prophecy,"

said

Aimaina,

"and

it

is

not

mine.

It

is

a

law

of

human

nature,

and

it

is

history

that

teaches

it

to

us.

Stop

the

fleet,

and

Tsutsumi

will

be

known

as

the

saviors,

not

only

of

the

Yamato

spirit,

but

of

the

human

spirit

as

well.

Do

not

let

this

grave

sin

be

on

the

heads

of

our

people."

"Forgive

me,

master,

but

it

seems

to

me

that

you

are

the

one

putting

it

there.

No

one

noticed

that

we

bore

responsibility

for

this

sin

until

you

said

it

here

today."

"I

do

not

put

the

sin

there.

I

merely

take

off

the

hat

that

covers

it.

Yasujiro,

you

were

one

of

my

best

students.

I

forgave

you

for

using

what

I

taught

you

in

such

complicated

ways,

because

you

did

it

for

your

family's

sake."

"And

this

that

you

ask

of

me

now--

this

is

perfectly

simple?"

"I

have

taken

the

most

direct

action--

I

have

spoken

plainly

to

the

most

powerful

representative

of

the

richest

of

the

Japanese

trading

families

that

I

could

reach

on

this

day.

And

what

I

ask

of

you

is

the

minimum

action

required

to

do

what

is

necessary."

"In

this

case

the

minimum

puts

my

career

at

great

risk,"

said

Yasujiro

thoughtfully.

Aimaina

said

nothing.

"My

greatest

teacher

once

told

me,"

said

Yasujiro,

"that

a

man

who

has

risked

his

life

knows

that

careers

are

worthless,

and

a

man

who

will

not

risk

his

career

has

a

worthless

life."

"So

you

will

do

it?"

"I

will

prepare

my

messages

to

make

your

case

to

all

the

Tsutsumi

family.

When

the

ansibles

are

linked

again,

I

will

send

them."

"I

knew

you

would

not

disappoint

me."

"Better

than

that,"

said

Yasujiro.

"When

I

am

thrown

out

of

my

job,

I

will

come

and

live

with

you."

Aimaina

bowed.

"I

would

be

honored

to

have

you

dwell

in

my

house."

***

The

lives

of

all

people

flow

through

time,

and,

regardless

of

how

brutal

one

moment

may

be,

how

filled

with

grief

or

pain

or

fear,

time

flows

through

all

lives

equally.

Minutes

passed

in

which

Val-Jane

held

the

weeping

Miro,

and

then

time

dried

his

tears,

time

loosened

her

embrace,

and

time,

finally,

ended

Ela's

patience.

"Let's

get

back

to

work,"

said

Ela.

"I'm

not

unfeeling,

but

our

predicament

is

unchanged."

Quara

was

surprised.

"But

Jane's

not

dead.

Doesn't

that

mean

we

can

get

back

home?"

Val-Jane

at

once

got

up

and

moved

back

to

her

computer

terminal.

Every

movement

was

easy

because

of

the

reflexes

and

habits

the

Val-brain

had

developed;

but

the

Jane-mind

found

each

movement

fresh

and

new;

she

marveled

at

the

dance

of

her

fingers

pressing

the

keys

to

control

the

display.

"I

don't

know,"

Jane

said,

answering

the

question

that

Quara

had

voiced,

but

all

were

asking.

"I'm

still

uncertain

in

this

flesh.

The

ansibles

haven't

been

restored.

I

do

have

a

handful

of

allies

who

will

relink

some

of

my

old

programs

to

the

network

once

it

is

restored--

some

Samoans

on

Pacifica,

Han

Fei-tzu

on

Path,

the

Abo

university

on

Outback.

Will

those

programs

be

enough?

Will

the

new

networking

software

allow

me

to

tap

the

resources

I

need

to

hold

all

the

information

of

a

starship

and

so

many

people

in

my

mind?

Will

having

this

body

interfere?

Will

my

new

link

to

the

mothertrees

be

a

help

or

a

distraction?"

And

then

the

most

important

question:

"Do

we

wish

to

be

my

first

test

flight?"

"Somebody

has

to,"

said

Ela.

"I

think

I'll

try

one

of

the

starships

on

Lusitania,

if

I

can

reestablish

contact

with

them,"

said

Jane.

"With

only

a

single

hive

queen

worker

on

board.

That

way

if

it

is

lost,

it

will

not

be

missed."

Jane

turned

to

nod

to

the

worker

who

was

with

them.

"Begging

your

pardon,

of

course."

"You

don't

have

to

apologize

to

the

worker,"

said

Quara.

"It's

really

just

the

Hive

Queen

anyway."

Jane

looked

over

at

Miro

and

winked.

Miro

did

not

wink

back,

but

the

look

of

sadness

in

his

eyes

was

answer

enough.

He

knew

that

the

workers

were

not

quite

what

everyone

thought.

The

hive

queens

sometimes

had

to

tame

them,

because

not

all

of

them

were

utterly

subjected

to

their

mother's

will.

But

the

was

-

it

-

or

-

wasn't

-

it

slavery

of

the

workers

was

a

matter

for

another

generation

to

work

out.

"Languages,"

said

Jane.

"Carried

by

genetic

molecules.

What

kind

of

grammar

must

they

have?

Are

they

linked

to

sounds,

smells,

sights?

Let's

see

how

smart

we

all

are

without

me

inside

the

computers

helping."

That

struck

her

as

so

amazingly

funny

that

she

laughed

aloud.

Ah,

how

marvelous

it

was

to

have

her

own

laughter

sounding

in

her

ears,

bubbling

upward

from

her

lungs,

spasming

her

diaphragm,

bringing

tears

to

her

eyes!

Only

when

her

laughter

ended

did

she

realize

how

leaden

the

sound

of

it

must

have

been

to

Miro,

to

the

others.

"I'm

sorry,"

she

said,

abashed,

and

felt

a

blush

rising

up

her

neck

into

her

cheeks.

Who

could

have

believed

it

could

burn

so

hot!

It

almost

made

her

laugh

again.

"I'm

not

used

to

being

alive

like

this.

I

know

I'm

rejoicing

when

the

rest

of

you

are

grim,

but

don't

you

see?

Even

if

we

all

die

when

the

air

runs

out

in

a

few

weeks,

I

can't

help

but

marvel

at

how

it

feels

to

me!"

"We

understand,"

said

Firequencher.

"You

have

passed

into

your

Second

Life.

It's

a

joyful

time

for

us,

as

well."

"I

spent

time

among

your

trees,

you

know,"

said

Jane.

"Your

mothertrees

made

space

for

me.

Took

me

in

and

nurtured

me.

Does

that

make

us

brother

and

sister

now?"

"I

hardly

know

what

it

would

mean,

to

have

a

sister,"

said

Firequencher.

"But

if

you

remember

the

life

in

the

dark

of

the

mothertree,

then

you

remember

more

than

I

do.

We

have

dreams

sometimes,

but

no

real

memories

of

the

First

Life

in

darkness.

Still,

that

makes

this

your

Third

Life

after

all."

"Then

I'm

an

adult?"

asked

Jane,

and

she

laughed

again.

And

again

felt

how

her

laugh

stilled

the

others,

hurt

them.

But

something

odd

happened

as

she

turned,

ready

to

apologize

again.

Her

glance

fell

upon

Miro,

and

instead

of

saying

the

words

she

had

planned--

the

Jane-words

that

would

have

come

out

of

the

jewel

in

his

ear

only

the

day

before--

other

words

came

to

her

lips,

along

with

a

memory.

"If

my

memories

live,

Miro,

then

I'm

alive.

Isn't

that

what

you

told

me?"

Miro

shook

his

head.

"Are

you

speaking

from

Val's

memory,

or

from

Jane's

memory

when

she--

when

you-

-

overheard

us

speaking

in

the

Hive

Queen's

cave?

Don't

comfort

me

by

pretending

to

be

her."

Jane,

by

habit--

Val's

habit?

or

her

own?

--snapped,

"When

I

comfort

you,

you'll

know

it."

"And

how

will

I

know?"

Miro

snapped

back.

"Because

you'll

be

comfortable,

of

course,"

said

Val-Jane.

"In

the

meantime,

please

keep

in

mind

that

I'm

not

listening

through

the

jewel

in

your

ear

now.

I

see

only

with

these

eyes

and

hear

only

with

these

ears."

This

was

not

strictly

true,

of

course.

For

many

times

a

second,

she

felt

the

flowing

sap,

the

unstinting

welcome

of

the

mothertrees

as

her

aiua

satisfied

its

hunger

for

largeness

by

touring

the

vast

network

of

the

pequenino

philotes.

And

now

and

then,

outside

the

mothertrees,

she

caught

a

glimmer

of

a

thought,

of

a

word,

a

phrase,

spoken

in

the

language

of

the

fathertrees.

Or

was

it

their

language?

Rather

it

was

the

language

behind

the

language,

the

underlying

speech

of

the

speechless.

And

whose

was

that

other

voice?

I

know

you--

you

are

of

the

kind

that

made

me.

I

know

your

voice.

<We

lost

track

of

you,>

said

the

Hive

Queen

in

her

mind.

<But

you

did

well

without

us.>

Jane

was

not

prepared

for

the

swelling

of

pride

that

glowed

through

her

entire

Val-body;

she

felt

the

physical

effect

of

the

emotion

as

Val,

but

her

pride

came

from

the

praise

of

a

hive-mother.

I

am

a

daughter

of

hive

queens,

she

realized,

and

so

it

matters

when

she

speaks

to

me,

and

tells

me

I

have

done

well.

And

if

I'm

the

hive

queens'

daughter,

I

am

Ender's

daughter,

too,

his

daughter

twice

over,

for

they

made

my

lifestuff

partly

from

his

mind,

so

I

could

be

a

bridge

between

them;

and

now

I

dwell

in

a

body

that

also

came

from

him,

and

whose

memories

are

from

a

time

when

he

dwelt

here

and

lived

this

body's

life.

I

am

his

daughter,

but

once

again

I

cannot

speak

to

him.

All

this

time,

all

these

thoughts,

and

yet

she

did

not

show

or

even

feel

the

slightest

lapse

of

concentration

on

what

she

was

doing

with

her

computer

on

the

starship

circling

the

descolada

planet.

She

was

still

Jane.

It

wasn't

the

computerness

of

her

that

had

allowed

her,

all

these

years,

to

maintain

many

layers

of

attention

and

focus

on

many

tasks

at

once.

It

was

her

hive-queen

nature

that

allowed

this.

<It

was

because

you

were

an

aiua

powerful

enough

to

do

this

that

you

were

able

to

come

to

us

in

the

first

place,>

said

the

Hive

Queen

in

her

mind.

Which

of

you

is

speaking

to

me?

asked

Jane.

<Does

it

matter?

We

all

remember

the

making

of

you.

We

remember

being

there.

We

remember

drawing

you

out

of

darkness

into

light.>

Am

I

still

myself,

then?

Will

I

have

again

all

the

powers

I

lost

when

the

Starways

Congress

killed

my

old

virtual

body?

<You

might.

When

you

find

out,

tell

us.

We

will

be

very

interested.>

And

now

she

felt

the

sharp

disappointment

from

a

parent's

unconcern,

a

sinking

feeling

in

the

stomach,

a

kind

of

shame.

But

this

was

a

human

emotion;

it

arose

from

the

Val-body,

though

it

was

in

response

to

her

relationship

with

her

hive-queen

mothers.

Everything

was

more

complicated--

and

yet

it

was

simpler.

Her

feelings

were

now

flagged

by

a

body,

which

responded

before

she

understood

what

she

felt

herself.

In

the

old

days,

she

scarcely

knew

she

had

feelings.

She

had

them,

yes,

even

irrational

responses,

desires

below

the

level

of

consciousness--

these

were

attributes

of

all

aiuas,

when

linked

with

others

in

any

kind

of

life--

but

there

had

been

no

simple

signals

to

tell

her

what

her

feelings

were.

How

easy

it

was

to

be

a

human,

with

your

emotions

expressed

on

the

canvas

of

your

own

body.

And

yet

how

hard,

because

you

couldn't

hide

your

feelings

from

yourself

half

so

easily.

<Get

used

to

being

frustrated

with

us,

daughter,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<You

have

a

partly

human

nature,

and

we

do

not.

We

will

not

be

tender

with

you

as

human

mothers

are.

When

you

can't

bear

it,

back

away--

we

won't

pursue

you.>

Thank

you,

she

said

silently

...

and

backed

away.

***

At

dawn

the

sun

came

up

over

the

mountain

that

was

the

spine

of

the

island,

so

that

the

sky

was

light

long

before

any

sunlight

touched

the

trees

directly.

The

wind

off

the

sea

had

cooled

them

in

the

night.

Peter

awoke

with

Wang-mu

curled

into

the

curve

of

his

body,

like

shrimps

lined

up

on

a

market

rack.

The

closeness

of

her

felt

good;

it

felt

familiar.

Yet

how

could

it

be?

He

had

never

slept

so

close

to

her

before.

Was

it

some

vestigial

Ender

memory?

He

wasn't

conscious

of

having

any

such

memories.

It

had

disappointed

him,

actually,

when

he

realized

it.

He

had

thought

that

perhaps

when

his

body

had

complete

possession

of

the

aiua,

he

would

become

Ender--

he

would

have

a

lifetime

of

real

memories

instead

of

the

paltry

faked-up

memories

that

had

come

with

his

body

when

Ender

created

it.

No

such

luck.

And

yet

he

remembered

sleeping

with

a

woman

curled

against

him.

He

remembered

reaching

across

her,

his

arm

like

a

sheltering

bough.

But

he

had

never

touched

Wang-mu

that

way.

Nor

was

it

right

for

him

to

do

it

now--

she

was

not

his

wife,

only

his

...

friend?

Was

she

that?

She

had

said

she

loved

him--

was

that

only

a

way

to

help

him

find

his

way

into

this

body?

Then,

suddenly,

he

felt

himself

falling

away

from

himself,

felt

himself

recede

from

Peter

and

become

something

else,

something

small

and

bright

and

terrified,

descending

down

into

darkness,

out

into

a

wind

too

strong

for

him

to

stand

against

it--

"Peter!"

The

voice

called

him,

and

he

followed

it,

back

along

the

almost

invisible

philotic

threads

that

connected

him

to

...

himself

again.

I

am

Peter.

I

have

nowhere

else

to

go.

If

I

leave

like

that,

I'll

die.

"Are

you

all

right?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"I

woke

up

because--

I'm

sorry,

but

I

dreamed,

I

felt

as

if

I

was

losing

you.

But

I

wasn't,

because

here

you

are."

"I

was

losing

my

way,"

said

Peter.

"You

could

sense

that?"

"I

don't

know

what

I

sensed

or

not.

I

just--

how

can

I

describe

it?"

"You

called

me

back

from

darkness,"

said

Peter.

"Did

I?"

He

almost

said

something,

but

then

stopped.

Then

laughed,

uncomfortable

and

frightened.

"I

feel

so

odd.

A

moment

ago

I

was

about

to

say

something.

Something

very

flippant--

about

how

having

to

be

Peter

Wiggin

was

darkness

enough

by

itself."

"Oh

yes,"

said

Wang-mu.

"You

always

say

such

nasty

things

about

yourself."

"But

I

didn't

say

it,"

said

Peter.

"I

was

about

to,

out

of

habit,

but

I

stopped,

because

it

wasn't

true.

Isn't

that

funny?"

"I

think

it's

good."

"It

makes

sense

that

I

should

feel

whole

instead

of

being

subdivided--

perhaps

more

content

with

myself

or

something.

And

yet

I

almost

lost

the

whole

thing.

I

think

it

wasn't

just

a

dream.

I

think

I

really

was

letting

go.

Falling

away

into--

no,

out

of

everything."

"You

had

three

selves

for

several

months,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Is

it

possible

your

aiua

hungers

for

the--

I

don't

know,

the

size

of

what

you

used

to

be?"

"I

was

spread

all

over

the

galaxy,

wasn't

I?

Except

I

want

to

say,

'Wasn't

he,'

because

that

was

Ender,

wasn't

it.

And

I'm

not

Ender

because

I

don't

remember

anything."

He

thought

a

moment.

"Except

maybe

I

do

remember

some

things

a

little

more

clearly

now.

Things

from

my

childhood.

My

mother's

face.

It's

very

clear,

and

I

don't

think

it

was

before.

And

Valentine's

face,

when

we

were

all

children.

But

I'd

remember

that

as

Peter,

wouldn't

I,

so

it

doesn't

mean

it

comes

from

Ender,

does

it?

I'm

sure

this

is

just

one

of

the

memories

Ender

supplied

for

me

in

the

first

place."

He

laughed.

"I'm

really

desperate,

aren't

I,

to

find

some

sign

of

him

in

me."

Wang-mu

sat

listening.

Silent,

not

making

a

great

show

of

interest,

but

also

content

not

to

jump

in

with

an

answer

or

a

comment.

Noticing

her

made

him

think

of

something

else.

"Are

you

some

kind

of,

what

would

you

call

it,

an

empath?

Do

you

normally

feel

what

other

people

are

feeling?"

"Never,"

said

Wang-mu.

"I'm

too

busy

feeling

what

I'm

feeling."

"But

you

knew

that

I

was

going.

You

felt

that."

"I

suppose,"

said

Wang-mu,

"that

I'm

bound

up

with

you

now.

I

hope

that's

all

right,

because

it

wasn't

exactly

voluntary

on

my

part."

"But

I'm

bound

up

with

you,

too,"

said

Peter.

"Because

when

I

was

disconnected,

I

still

heard

you.

All

my

other

feelings

were

gone.

My

body

wasn't

giving

me

anything.

I

had

lost

my

body.

Now,

when

I

remember

what

it

felt

like,

I

remember

'seeing'

things,

but

that's

just

my

human

brain

making

sense

of

things

that

it

can't

actually

make

sense

of.

I

know

that

I

didn't

see

at

all,

or

hear,

or

touch

or

anything

at

all.

And

yet

I

knew

you

were

calling.

I

felt

you--

needing

me.

Wanting

me

to

come

back.

Surely

that

means

that

I

am

also

bound

up

with

you."

She

shrugged,

looked

away.

"Now

what

does

that

mean?"

he

asked.

"I'm

not

going

to

spend

the

rest

of

my

life

explaining

myself

to

you,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Everyone

else

has

the

privilege

of

just

feeling

and

doing

sometimes

without

analyzing

it.

What

did

it

look

like

to

you?

You're

the

smart

one

who's

an

expert

on

human

nature."

"Stop

that,"

said

Peter,

pretending

to

be

teasing

but

really

wanting

her

to

stop.

"I

remember

we

bantered

about

that,

and

I

bragged

I

guess,

but

...

well

I

don't

feel

that

way

now.

Is

that

part

of

having

all

of

Ender

in

me?

I

know

I

don't

understand

people

all

that

well.

You

looked

away,

you

shrugged

when

I

said

I

was

bound

up

with

you.

That

hurt

my

feelings,

you

know."

"And

why

is

that?"

"Oh,

you

can

ask

why

and

I

can't,

are

those

the

rules

now?"

"Those

have

always

been

the

rules,"

said

Wang-mu.

"You

just

never

obeyed

them."

"Well

it

hurt

my

feelings

because

I

wanted

you

to

be

glad

that

I'm

tied

up

with

you

and

you

with

me."

"Are

you

glad?"

"Well

it

only

saved

my

life,

I

think

I'd

have

to

be

the

king

of

the

stupid

people

not

to

at

least

find

it

convenient!"

"Smell,"

she

said,

suddenly

leaping

to

her

feet.

She

is

so

young,

he

thought.

And

then,

rising

to

his

own

feet,

he

was

surprised

to

realize

that

he,

too,

was

young,

his

body

lithe

and

responsive.

And

then

he

was

surprised

again

to

realize

that

Peter

never

remembered

being

any

other

way.

It

was

Ender

who

had

experienced

an

older

body,

one

that

got

stiff

when

sleeping

on

the

ground,

a

body

that

did

not

rise

so

easily

to

its

feet.

I

do

have

Ender

in

me.

I

have

the

memories

of

his

body.

Why

not

the

memories

of

his

mind?

Perhaps

because

this

brain

has

only

the

map

of

Peter's

memories

in

it.

All

the

rest

of

them

are

lurking

just

out

of

reach.

And

maybe

I'll

stumble

on

them

now

and

then,

connect

them

up,

map

new

roads

to

get

to

them.

In

the

meantime,

he

was

still

getting

up,

standing

beside

Wang-mu,

sniffing

the

air

with

her;

and

he

was

surprised

again

to

realize

that

both

activities

had

had

his

full

attention.

He

had

been

thinking

continuously

of

Wang-mu,

of

smelling

what

she

smelled,

wondering

all

the

while

whether

he

could

just

rest

his

hand

on

that

small

frail

shoulder

that

seemed

to

need

a

hand

the

size

of

his

to

rest

upon

it;

and

at

the

same

time,

he

had

been

engaged

completely

in

speculation

on

how

and

whether

he

would

be

able

to

recover

Ender's

memories.

I

could

never

do

that

before,

thought

Peter.

And

yet

I

must

have

been

doing

it

ever

since

this

body

and

the

Valentine

body

were

created.

Concentrating

on

three

things

at

once,

in

fact,

not

two.

But

I

wasn't

strong

enough

to

think

of

three

things.

One

of

them

always

sagged.

Valentine

for

a

while.

Then

Ender,

until

that

body

died.

But

two

things--

I

can

think

of

two

things

at

once.

Is

this

remarkable?

Or

is

it

something

that

many

humans

could

do,

if

only

they

had

some

occasion

to

learn?

What

kind

of

vanity

is

this!

thought

Peter.

Why

should

I

care

whether

I'm

unique

in

this

ability?

Except

that

I

always

did

pride

myself

on

being

smarter

and

more

capable

than

the

people

around

me.

Didn't

let

myself

say

it

aloud,

of

course,

or

even

admit

it

to

myself,

but

be

honest

with

yourself

now,

Peter!

It's

good

to

be

smarter

than

other

people.

And

if

I

can

think

of

two

things

at

once,

while

they

can

only

think

of

one,

why

not

take

some

pleasure

in

it!

Of

course,

thinking

of

two

things

is

rather

useless

if

both

trains

of

thought

are

dumb.

For

while

he

played

with

questions

of

vanity

and

his

competitive

nature,

he

had

also

been

concentrating

on

Wang-mu,

and

his

hand

had

indeed

reached

out

and

touched

her,

and

for

a

moment

she

leaned

back

against

him,

accepting

his

touch,

until

her

head

rested

against

his

chest.

And

then,

without

waming

or

any

provocation

that

he

could

think

of,

she

suddenly

pulled

away

from

him

and

began

to

stride

toward

the

Samoans

who

were

gathered

around

Malu

on

the

beach.

"What

did

I

do?"

asked

Peter.

She

turned

around,

looking

puzzled.

"You

did

just

fine!"

she

said.

"I

didn't

slap

you

or

put

my

knee

in

your

kintamas,

did

I?

But

it's

breakfast--

Malu

is

praying

and

they've

got

more

food

than

they

had

two

nights

ago,

when

we

thought

we'd

die

from

eating

it!"

And

both

of

Peter's

separate

tracks

of

attention

noticed

that

he

was

hungry,

both

severally

and

all

at

once.

Neither

he

nor

Wang-mu

had

eaten

anything

last

night.

For

that

matter,

he

had

no

memory

of

leaving

the

beach

and

coming

to

lie

down

with

her

on

these

mats.

Somebody

must

have

carried

them.

Well,

that

was

no

surprise.

There

wasn't

a

man

or

woman

on

that

beach

who

didn't

look

like

he

could

pick

Peter

up

and

break

him

like

a

pencil.

As

for

Wang-mu,

as

he

watched

her

run

lightly

toward

the

mountain

range

of

Samoans

gathered

at

water's

edge,

he

thought

she

was

like

a

bird

flying

toward

a

flock

of

cattle.

I'm

not

a

child

and

never

was

one,

not

in

this

body,

thought

Peter.

So

I

don't

know

if

I'm

even

capable

of

childish

longings

and

the

grand

romances

of

adolescence.

And

from

Ender

I

have

this

sense

of

cornfortableness

in

love;

it

isn't

grand

sweeping

passions

that

I

even

expect

to

feel.

Will

the

kind

of

love

I

have

for

you

be

enough,

Wang-mu?

To

reach

out

to

you

when

I'm

in

need,

and

to

try

to

be

here

for

you

when

you

need

me

back.

And

to

feel

such

tenderness

when

I

look

at

you

that

I

want

to

stand

between

you

and

all

the

world:

and

yet

also

to

lift

you

up

and

carry

you

above

the

strong

currents

of

life;

and

at

the

same

time,

I

would

be

glad

to

stand

always

like

this,

at

a

distance,

watching

you,

the

beauty

of

you,

your

energy

as

you

look

up

at

these

towering

mound-people,

speaking

to

them

as

an

equal

even

though

every

movement

of

your

hands,

every

fluting

syllable

of

your

speech

cries

out

that

you're

a

child--

is

it

enough

for

you

that

I

feel

these

loves

for

you?

Because

it's

enough

for

me.

And

enough

for

me

that

when

my

hand

touched

your

shoulder,

you

leaned

on

me;

and

when

you

felt

me

slip

away,

you

called

my

name.

***

Plikt

sat

alone

in

her

room,

writing

and

writing.

She

had

been

preparing

all

her

life

for

this

day--

to

be

writing

the

oration

for

Andrew

Wiggin's

funeral.

She

would

speak

his

death--

and

she

had

the

research

to

do

it,

she

could

speak

for

a

solid

week

and

still

not

exhaust

a

tenth

of

what

she

knew

about

him.

But

she

would

not

speak

for

a

week.

She

would

speak

for

a

single

hour.

Less

than

an

hour.

She

understood

him;

she

loved

him;

she

would

share

with

others

who

did

not

know

him

what

he

was,

how

he

loved,

how

history

was

different

because

this

man,

brilliant,

imperfect,

but

wellmeaning

and

filled

with

a

love

that

was

strong

enough

to

inflict

suffering

when

it

was

needed--

how

history

was

different

because

he

lived,

and

how

also

ten

thousand,

a

hundred

thousand,

millions

of

individual

lives

were

also

different,

strengthened,

clarified,

lifted

up,

brightened,

or

at

least

made

more

consonant

and

truthful

because

of

what

he

had

said

and

done

and

written

in

his

life.

And

would

she

also

tell

this?

Would

she

tell

how

bitterly

one

woman

grieved

alone

in

her

room,

weeping

and

weeping,

not

because

of

grief

that

Ender

was

gone,

but

because

of

shame

at

finally

understanding

herself.

For

though

she

had

loved

and

admired

him--

no,

worshiped

this

man--

nevertheless

when

he

died

what

she

felt

was

not

grief

at

all,

but

relief

and

excitement.

Relief:

The

waiting

is

over!

Excitement:

My

hour

has

come!

Of

course

that's

what

she

felt.

She

wasn't

such

a

fool

as

to

expect

herself

to

be

of

more

than

human

moral

strength.

And

the

reason

she

didn't

grieve

as

Novinha

and

Valentine

grieved

was

because

a

great

part

of

their

lives

had

just

been

torn

away

from

them.

What

was

torn

away

from

mine?

Ender

gave

me

a

few

dollops

of

his

attention,

but

little

more.

We

had

only

a

few

months

when

he

was

my

teacher

on

Trondheim;

then

a

generation

later

our

lives

touched

again

for

these

few

months

here;

and

both

times

he

was

preoccupied,

he

had

more

important

things

and

people

to

attend

to

than

me.

I

was

not

his

wife.

I

was

not

his

sister.

I

was

only

his

student

and

disciple--

a

man

who

was

done

with

students

and

never

wanted

disciples.

So

of

course

no

great

part

of

my

life

was

taken

from

me

because

he

had

only

been

my

dream,

never

my

companion.

I

forgive

myself

and

yet

I

cannot

stop

the

shame

and

grief

I

feel,

not

because

Andrew

Wiggin

died,

but

because

in

the

hour

of

his

death

I

showed

myself

to

be

what

I

really

am:

utterly

selfish,

concerned

only

with

my

own

career.

I

chose

to

be

the

speaker

of

Ender's

death.

Therefore

the

moment

of

his

death

can

only

be

the

fulfillment

of

my

life.

What

kind

of

vulture

does

that

make

me?

What

kind

of

parasite,

a

leech

upon

his

life

...

And

yet

her

fingers

continued

to

type,

sentence

after

sentence,

despite

the

tears

flowing

down

her

cheeks.

Off

in

Jakt's

house,

Valentine

grieved

with

her

husband

and

children.

Over

in

Olhado's

house,

Grego

and

Olhado

and

Novinha

had

gathered

to

comfort

each

other,

at

the

loss

of

the

man

who

had

been

husband

and

father

to

them.

They

had

their

relationship

to

him,

and

I

have

mine.

They

have

their

private

memories;

mine

will

be

public.

I

will

speak,

and

then

I

will

publish

what

I

said,

and

what

I

am

writing

now

will

give

new

shape

and

meaning

to

the

life

of

Ender

Wiggin

in

the

minds

of

every

person

of

a

hundred

worlds.

Ender

the

Xenocide;

Andrew

the

Speaker

for

the

Dead;

Andrew

the

private

man

of

loneliness

and

compassion;

Ender

the

brilliant

analyst

who

could

pierce

to

the

heart

of

problems

and

of

people

without

being

deflected

by

fear

or

ambition

or

...

or

mercy.

The

man

of

justice

and

the

man

of

mercy,

coexisting

in

one

body.

The

man

whose

compassion

let

him

see

and

love

the

hive

queens

even

before

he

ever

touched

one

of

them

with

his

hands;

the

man

whose

fierce

justice

let

him

destroy

them

all

because

he

believed

they

were

his

enemy.

Would

Ender

judge

me

harshly

for

my

ugly

feelings

on

this

day?

Of

course

he

would--

he

would

not

spare

me,

he

would

know

the

worst

that

is

in

my

heart.

But

then,

having

judged

me,

he

would

also

love

me.

He

would

say,

So

what?

Get

up

and

speak

my

death.

If

we

waited

for

perfect

people

to

be

speakers

for

the

dead,

all

funerals

would

be

conducted

in

silence.

And

so

she

wrote,

and

wept;

and

when

the

weeping

was

done,

the

writing

went

on.

When

the

hair

that

he

had

left

behind

was

sealed

in

a

small

box

and

buried

in

the

grass

near

Human's

root,

she

would

stand

and

speak.

Her

voice

would

raise

him

from

the

dead,

make

him

live

again

in

memory.

And

she

would

also

be

merciful;

and

she

would

also

be

just.

That

much,

at

least,

she

had

learned

from

him.

Chapter

12

--

"AM

I

BETRAYING

ENDER?"

"Why

do

people

act

as

if

war

and

murder

were

unnatural?

What's

unnatural

is

to

go

your

whole

life

without

ever

raising

your

hand

in

violence."

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

"We're

going

about

this

all

wrong,"

said

Quara.

Miro

felt

the

old

familiar

anger

surge

inside

him.

Quara

had

a

knack

for

making

people

angry,

and

it

didn't

help

that

she

seemed

to

know

that

she

annoyed

people

and

relished

it.

Anyone

else

in

the

ship

could

have

said

exactly

the

same

sentence

and

Miro

would

have

given

them

a

fair

hearing.

But

Quara

managed

to

put

an

edge

on

the

words

that

made

it

sound

as

if

she

thought

everyone

in

the

world

but

herself

was

stupid.

Miro

loved

her

as

a

sister,

but

he

couldn't

help

it

that

he

hated

having

to

spend

hour

upon

hour

in

her

company.

Yet,

because

Quara

was

in

fact

the

one

among

them

most

knowledgeable

about

the

ur-language

she

had

discovered

months

before

in

the

descolada

virus,

Miro

did

not

allow

his

inward

sigh

of

exasperation

to

become

audible.

Instead

he

swiveled

in

his

seat

to

listen.

So

did

the

others,

though

Ela

made

less

effort

to

hide

her

annoyance.

Actually,

she

made

none.

"Well,

Quara,

why

weren't

we

smart

enough

to

notice

our

stupidity

before."

Quara

was

oblivious

to

Ela's

sarcasm--

or

chose

to

appear

oblivious,

anyway.

"How

can

we

decipher

a

language

out

of

the

blue?

We

don't

have

any

referents.

But

we

do

have

complete

records

of

the

versions

of

the

descolada

virus.

We

know

what

it

looked

like

before

it

adapted

to

the

human

metabolism.

We

know

how

it

changed

after

each

of

our

attempts

to

kill

it.

Some

of

the

changes

were

functional--

it

was

adapting.

But

some

of

them

were

clerical--

it

was

keeping

a

record

of

what

it

did."

"We

don't

know

that,"

said

Ela

with

perhaps

too

much

pleasure

in

correcting

Quara.

"I

know

it,"

said

Quara.

"Anyway,

it

gives

us

a

known

context,

doesn't

it?

We

know

what

that

language

is

about,

even

if

we

haven't

been

able

to

decode

it."

"Well,

now

that

you've

said

all

that,"

said

Ela,

"I

still

have

no

idea

how

this

new

wisdom

will

help

us

decode

the

language.

I

mean,

isn't

that

precisely

what

you've

been

working

on

for

months?"

"Ah,"

said

Quara.

"I

have.

But

what

I

haven't

been

able

to

do

is

speak

the

'words'

that

the

descolada

virus

recorded

and

see

what

answers

we

get

back."

"Too

dangerous,"

said

Jane

at

once.

"Absurdly

dangerous.

These

people

are

capable

of

making

viruses

that

completely

destroy

biospheres,

and

they're

callous

enough

to

use

them.

And

you're

proposing

that

we

give

to

them

precisely

the

weapon

they

used

to

devastate

the

pequeninos'

planet?

Which

probably

contains

a

complete

record,

not

only

of

the

pequeninos'

metabolism,

but

of

ours

as

well?

Why

not

just

slit

our

own

throats

and

send

them

the

blood?"

Miro

noticed

that

when

Jane

spoke,

the

others

looked

almost

stunned.

Part

of

their

response

might

have

been

to

the

difference

between

Val's

diffidence

and

the

bold

attitude

that

Jane

displayed.

Part

of

it,

too,

might

have

been

because

the

Jane

they

knew

was

more

computerlike,

less

assertive.

Miro,

however,

recognized

this

authoritarian

style

from

the

way

she

had

often

spoken

into

his

ear

through

the

jewel.

In

a

way

it

was

a

pleasure

for

him

to

hear

her

again;

it

was

also

disturbing

to

hear

it

coming

from

the

lips

of

someone

else.

Val

was

gone;

Jane

was

back;

it

was

awful;

it

was

wonderful.

Because

Miro

was

not

so

taken

aback

by

Jane's

attitude,

he

was

the

one

to

speak

into

the

silence.

"Quara's

right,

Jane.

We

don't

have

years

and

years

to

work

this

out--

we

might

have

only

a

few

weeks.

Or

less.

We

need

to

provoke

a

linguistic

response.

Get

an

answer

from

them,

analyze

the

difference

in

language

between

their

initial

statements

to

us

and

the

later

ones."

"We're

giving

away

too

much,"

said

Jane.

"No

risk,

no

gain,"

said

Miro.

"Too

much

risk,

all

dead,"

said

Jane

snidely.

But

in

the

snideness

there

was

a

familiar

lilt,

a

kind

of

sauciness

that

said,

I'm

only

playing.

And

that

came,

not

from

Jane--

Jane

had

never

sounded

like

that--

but

from

Val.

It

hurt

to

hear

it;

it

was

good

to

hear

it.

Miro's

dual

responses

to

everything

coming

from

Jane

kept

him

constantly

on

edge.

I

love

you,

I

miss

you,

I

grieve

for

you,

shut

up;

whom

he

was

talking

to

seemed

to

change

with

the

minutes.

"It's

only

the

future

of

three

sentient

species

we're

gambling

with,"

added

Ela.

With

that

they

all

turned

to

Firequencher.

"Don't

look

at

me,"

he

said.

"I'm

just

a

tourist."

"Come

on,"

said

Miro.

"You're

here

because

your

people

are

at

risk

the

same

as

ours.

This

is

a

tough

decision

and

you

have

to

vote.

You

have

the

most

at

risk,

actually,

because

even

the

earliest

descolada

codes

we

have

might

well

reveal

the

whole

biological

history

of

your

people

since

the

virus

first

came

among

you."

"Then

again,"

said

Firequencher,

"it

might

mean

that

since

they

already

know

how

to

destroy

us,

we

have

nothing

to

lose."

"Look,"

said

Miro.

"We

have

no

evidence

that

these

people

have

any

kind

of

manned

starflight.

All

they've

sent

out

so

far

are

probes."

"All

that

we

know

about,"

said

Jane.

"And

we've

had

no

evidence

of

anybody

coming

around

to

check

out

how

effective

the

descolada

had

been

at

transforming

the

biosphere

of

Lusitania

to

prepare

it

to

receive

colonists

from

this

planet.

So

if

they

do

have

colony

ships

out

there,

either

they're

already

on

the

way

so

what

different

does

it

make

if

we

share

this

information,

or

they

haven't

sent

any

which

means

that

they

can't."

"Miro's

right,"

said

Quara,

pouncing.

Miro

winced.

He

hated

being

on

Quara's

side,

because

now

everybody's

annoyance

with

her

would

rub

off

on

him.

"Either

the

cows

are

already

out

of

the

barn,

so

why

bother

shutting

the

door,

or

they

can't

get

the

door

open

anyway,

so

why

put

a

lock

on

it?"

"What

do

you

know

about

cows?"

asked

Ela

disdainfully.

"After

all

these

years

of

living

and

working

with

you,"

said

Quara

nastily,

"I'd

say

I'm

an

expert."

"Girls,

girls,"

said

Jane.

"Get

a

grip

on

yourselves."

Again,

everyone

but

Miro

turned

to

her

in

surprise.

Val

wouldn't

have

spoken

up

during

a

family

conflict

like

this;

nor

would

the

Jane

they

knew--

though

of

course

Miro

was

used

to

her

speaking

up

all

the

time.

"We

all

know

the

risks

of

giving

them

information

about

us,"

said

Miro.

"We

also

know

that

we're

making

no

headway

and

maybe

we'll

be

able

to

learn

something

about

the

way

this

language

works

after

having

some

give

and

take."

"It's

not

give

and

take,"

said

Jane.

"It's

give

and

give.

We

give

them

information

they

probably

can't

get

any

other

way,

information

that

may

well

tell

them

everything

they

need

to

know

in

order

to

create

new

viruses

that

might

well

circumvent

all

our

weapons

against

them.

But

since

we

have

no

idea

how

that

information

is

coded,

or

even

where

each

specific

datum

is

located,

how

can

we

interpret

the

answer?

Besides,

what

if

the

answer

is

a

new

virus

to

destroy

us?"

"They're

sending

us

the

information

necessary

to

construct

the

virus,"

said

Quara,

her

voice

thick

with

contempt,

as

if

she

thought

Jane

were

the

stupidest

person

who

ever

lived,

instead

of

arguably

the

most

godlike

in

her

brilliance.

"But

we're

not

going

to

build

it.

As

long

as

it's

just

a

graphic

representation

on

a

computer

screen--"

"That's

it,"

said

Ela.

"What's

it?"

said

Quara.

It

was

her

turn

to

be

annoyed

now,

for

obviously

Ela

was

a

step

ahead

of

her

on

something.

"They

aren't

taking

these

signals

and

putting

them

up

on

a

computer

screen.

We

do

that

because

we

have

a

language

written

with

symbols

that

we

see

with

the

naked

eye.

But

they

must

read

these

broadcast

signals

more

directly.

The

code

comes

in,

and

they

somehow

interpret

it

by

following

the

instruction

to

make

the

molecule

that's

described

in

the

broadcast.

Then

they

'read'

it

by--

what,

smelling

it?

Swallowing

it?

The

point

is,

if

genetic

molecules

are

their

language,

then

they

must

somehow

take

them

into

their

body

as

appropriately

as

the

way

we

get

the

images

of

our

writing

from

the

paper

into

our

eyes."

"I

see,"

said

Jane.

"You're

hypothesizing

that

they're

expecting

us

to

make

a

molecule

out

of

what

they

send

us,

instead

of

just

reading

it

on

a

screen

and

trying

to

abstract

it

and

intellectualize

it."

"For

all

we

know,"

said

Ela,

"this

could

be

how

they

discipline

people.

Or

attack

them.

Send

them

a

message.

If

they

'listen'

they

have

to

do

it

by

reading

the

molecule

into

their

bodies

and

letting

it

have

its

effect

on

them.

So

if

the

effect

is

poison

or

a

killing

disease,

just

hearing

the

message

subjects

them

to

the

discipline.

It's

as

if

all

our

language

had

to

be

tapped

out

on

the

back

of

our

neck.

To

listen,

we'd

have

to

lie

down

and

expose

ourself

to

whatever

tool

they

chose

to

use

to

send

the

message.

If

it's

a

finger

or

a

feather,

well

and

good--

but

if

it's

a

broadaxe

or

a

machete

or

a

sledgehammer,

too

bad

for

us."

"It

doesn't

even

have

to

be

fatal,"

said

Quara,

her

rivalry

with

Ela

forgotten

as

she

developed

the

idea

in

her

own

mind.

"The

molecules

could

be

behavior-altering

devices.

To

hear

is

literally

to

obey."

"I

don't

know

if

you're

right

in

the

particulars,"

said

Jane.

"But

it

gives

the

experiment

much

more

potential

for

success.

And

it

suggests

that

they

might

not

have

a

delivery

system

that

can

attack

us

directly.

That

changes

the

probable

risk."

"And

people

say

you

can't

think

well

without

your

computer,"

said

Miro.

At

once

he

was

embarrassed.

He

had

inadvertently

spoken

to

her

as

flippantly

as

he

used

to

when

he

subvocalized

so

she

could

overhear

him

through

the

jewel.

But

now

it

sounded

strangely

cold

of

him,

to

tease

her

about

having

lost

her

computer

network.

He

could

joke

that

way

with

Jane-in-the-jewel.

But

Janein-the-flesh

was

a

different

matter.

She

was

now

a

human

person.

With

feelings

that

had

to

be

worried

about.

Jane

had

feelings

all

along,

thought

Miro.

But

I

didn't

think

much

about

them

because

...

because

I

didn't

have

to.

Because

I

didn't

see

her.

Because

she

wasn't,

in

a

sense,

real

to

me.

"I

just

meant

..."

Miro

said.

"I

just

mean,

good

thinking."

"Thank

you,"

said

Jane.

There

wasn't

a

trace

of

irony

in

her

voice,

but

Miro

knew

the

irony

was

there

all

the

same,

because

it

was

inherent

in

the

situation.

Miro,

this

uniprocessing

human,

was

telling

this

brilliant

being

that

she

had

thought

well--

as

if

he

were

fit

to

judge

her.

Suddenly

he

was

angry,

not

at

Jane,

but

at

himself.

Why

should

he

have

to

watch

every

word

he

said,

just

because

she

had

not

acquired

this

body

in

the

normal

way?

She

may

not

have

been

human

before,

but

she

was

certainly

human

now,

and

could

be

talked

to

like

a

human.

If

she

was

somehow

different

from

other

human

beings,

so

what?

All

human

beings

were

different

from

all

others,

and

yet

to

be

decent

and

polite,

wasn't

he

supposed

to

treat

everyone

basically

alike?

Wouldn't

he

say,

"Do

you

see

what

I

mean?"

to

a

blind

person,

expecting

the

metaphorical

use

of

"see"

to

be

taken

without

umbrage?

Well,

why

not

say,

"Good

thinking,"

to

Jane?

Just

because

her

thought

processes

were

unfathomably

deep

to

a

human

didn't

mean

that

a

human

couldn't

use

a

standard

expression

of

agreement

and

approval

when

speaking

to

her.

Looking

at

her

now,

Miro

could

see

a

kind

of

sadness

in

her

eyes.

No

doubt

it

came

from

his

obvious

confusion--

after

joking

with

her

as

he

always

had,

suddenly

he

was

embarrassed,

suddenly

he

backtracked.

That

was

why

her

"Thank

you"

had

been

ironic.

Because

she

wanted

him

to

be

natural

with

her,

and

he

couldn't.

No,

he

hadn't

been

natural,

but

he

certainly

could.

And

what

did

it

matter,

anyway?

They

were

here

to

solve

the

problem

of

the

descoladores,

not

to

work

out

the

kinks

in

their

personal

relationships

after

the

wholesale

body

swap.

"Do

I

take

it

we

have

agreement?"

asked

Ela.

"To

send

messages

encoded

with

the

information

contained

on

the

descolada

virus?"

"The

first

one

only,"

said

Jane.

"At

least

to

start."

"And

when

they

answer,"

said

Ela,

"I'll

try

to

run

a

simulation

of

what

would

happen

if

we

constructed

and

ingested

the

molecule

they

send

us."

"If

they

send

us

one,"

said

Miro.

"If

we're

even

on

the

right

track."

"Well

aren't

you

Mr.

Cheer,"

said

Quara.

"I'm

Mr.

Scared-From-Ass-To-Ankles,"

said

Miro.

"Whereas

you

are

just

plain

old

Miss

Ass."

"Can't

we

all

get

along?"

said

Jane,

whining,

teasing.

"Can't

we

all

be

friends?"

Quara

whirled

on

her.

"Listen,

you!

I

don't

care

what

kind

of

superbrain

you

used

to

be,

you

just

stay

out

of

family

conversations,

do

you

hear?"

"Look

around,

Quara!"

Miro

snapped

at

her.

"If

she

stayed

out

of

family

conversations,

when

could

she

talk?"

Firequencher

raised

his

hand.

"I've

been

staying

out

of

family

conversations.

Do

I

get

credit

for

that?"

Jane

gestured

to

quell

both

Miro

and

Firequencher.

"Quara,"

she

said

quietly,

"I'll

tell

you

the

real

difference

between

me

and

your

brother

and

sister

here.

They're

used

to

you

because

they've

known

you

all

your

life.

They're

loyal

to

you

because

you

and

they

went

through

some

lousy

experiences

in

your

family.

They're

patient

with

your

childish

outbursts

and

your

asinine

bullheadedness

because

they

tell

themselves,

over

and

over,

she

can't

help

it,

she

had

such

a

troubled

childhood.

But

I'm

not

a

family

member,

Quara.

I,

however,

as

someone

who

has

observed

you

in

times

of

crisis

for

some

time,

am

not

afraid

to

tell

you

my

candid

conclusions.

You

are

quite

brilliant

and

very

good

at

what

you

do.

You

are

often

perceptive

and

creative,

and

you

drive

toward

solutions

with

astonishing

directness

and

perseverence."

"Excuse

me,"

said

Quara,

"are

you

telling

me

off

or

what?"

"But,"

said

Jane,

"you

are

not

smart

and

creative

and

clever

and

direct

and

perseverent

enough

to

make

it

worth

putting

up

with

more

than

fifteen

seconds

of

the

egregious

bullshit

you

heap

on

your

family

and

everyone

else

around

you

every

minute

you're

awake.

So

you

had

a

lousy

childhood.

That

was

a

few

years

ago,

and

you

are

expected

now

to

put

that

behind

you

and

get

along

with

other

people

like

a

normally

courteous

adult."

"In

other

words,"

said

Quara,

"you

don't

like

having

to

admit

that

anybody

but

you

might

be

smart

enough

to

have

an

idea

that

you

didn't

think

of."

"You

aren't

understanding

me,"

said

Jane.

"I'm

not

your

sister.

I'm

not

even,

technically

speaking,

human.

If

this

ship

ever

gets

back

to

Lusitania,

it

will

be

because

I,

with

my

mind,

send

it

there.

Do

you

get

that?

Do

you

understand

the

difference

between

us?

Can

you

send

even

one

fleck

of

dust

from

your

lap

to

mine?"

"I

don't

notice

you

sending

starships

anywhere

right

at

the

moment,"

said

Quara

triumphantly.

"You

continue

to

attempt

to

score

points

off

me

without

realizing

that

I

am

not

having

an

argument

with

you

or

even

a

discussion.

What

you

say

to

me

right

now

is

irrelevant.

The

only

thing

that

matters

is

what

I'm

saying

to

you.

And

I'm

saying

that

while

your

siblings

put

up

with

the

unendurable

from

you,

I

will

not.

Keep

on

the

way

you're

going,

you

spoiled

little

baby,

and

when

this

starship

goes

back

to

Lusitania

you

might

not

be

on

it."

The

look

on

Quara's

face

almost

made

Miro

laugh

aloud.

He

knew,

however,

that

this

would

not

be

a

wise

moment

to

express

his

mirth.

"She's

threatening

me,"

said

Quara

to

the

others.

"Do

you

hear

this?

She's

trying

to

coerce

me

by

threatening

to

kill

me."

"I

would

never

kill

you,"

said

Jane.

"But

I

might

be

unable

to

conceive

of

your

presence

on

this

starship

when

I

push

it

Outside

and

then

pull

it

back

In.

The

thought

of

you

might

be

so

unendurable

that

my

unconscious

mind

would

reject

that

thought

and

exclude

you.

I

really

don't

understand,

consciously,

how

the

whole

thing

works.

I

don't

know

how

it

relates

to

my

feelings.

I've

never

tried

to

transport

anybody

I

really

hated

before.

I

would

certainly

try

to

bring

you

along

with

the

others,

if

only

because,

for

reasons

passing

understanding,

Miro

and

Ela

would

probably

be

testy

with

me

if

I

didn't.

But

trying

isn't

necessarily

succeeding.

So

I

suggest,

Quara,

that

you

expend

some

effort

on

trying

to

be

a

little

less

loathsome."

"So

that's

what

power

is

to

you,"

said

Quara.

"A

chance

to

push

other

people

around

and

act

like

the

queen."

"You

really

can't

do

it,

can

you?"

said

Jane.

"Can't

what?"

said

Quara.

"Can't

bow

down

and

kiss

your

feet?"

"Can't

shut

up

to

save

your

own

life."

"I'm

trying

to

solve

the

problem

of

communicating

with

an

alien

species,

and

you're

busy

worrying

about

whether

I'm

nice

enough

to

you."

"But

Quara,"

said

Jane,

"hasn't

it

ever

occurred

to

you

that

once

they

get

to

know

you,

even

the

aliens

will

wish

you

had

never

learned

their

language?"

"I'm

certainly

wishing

you

had

never

learned

mine,"

said

Quara.

"You're

certainly

full

of

yourself,

now

that

you

have

this

pretty

little

body

to

play

around

with.

Well,

you're

not

queen

of

the

universe

and

I'm

not

going

to

dance

through

hoops

for

you.

It

wasn't

my

idea

to

come

on

this

voyage,

but

I'm

here--

I'm

here,

the

whole

obnoxious

package--

and

if

there's

something

about

me

that

you

don't

like,

why

don't

you

shut

up

about

it?

And

as

long

as

we're

making

threats,

I

think

that

if

you

push

me

too

far

I'll

rearrange

your

face

more

to

my

liking.

Is

that

clear?"

Jane

unstrapped

herself

from

her

seat

and

drifted

from

the

main

cabin

into

the

corridor

leading

into

the

storage

compartments

of

the

shuttle.

Miro

followed

her,

ignoring

Quara

as

she

said

to

the

others,

"Can

you

believe

how

she

talked

to

me?

Who

does

she

think

she

is,

judging

who's

too

irritating

to

live?"

Miro

followed

Jane

into

a

storage

compartment.

She

was

clinging

to

a

handhold

on

the

far

wall,

bent

over

and

heaving

in

a

way

that

made

Miro

wonder

if

she

was

throwing

up.

But

no.

She

was

crying.

Or

rather,

she

was

so

enraged

that

her

body

was

sobbing

and

producing

tears

from

the

sheer

uncontainability

of

the

emotion.

Miro

touched

her

shoulder

to

try

to

calm

her.

She

recoiled.

For

a

moment

he

almost

said,

Fine,

have

it

your

way;

then

he

would

have

left,

angry

himself,

frustrated

that

she

wouldn't

accept

his

comfort.

But

then

he

remembered

that

she

had

never

been

this

angry

before.

She

had

never

had

to

deal

with

a

body

that

responded

like

this.

At

first,

when

she

began

rebuking

Quara,

Miro

had

thought,

It's

about

time

somebody

laid

it

on

the

line.

But

when

the

argument

went

on

and

on,

Miro

realized

that

it

wasn't

Quara

who

was

out

of

control,

it

was

Jane.

She

didn't

know

how

to

deal

with

her

emotions.

She

didn't

know

when

it

wasn't

worth

going

on.

She

felt

what

she

was

feeling,

and

she

didn't

know

how

to

do

anything

but

express

it.

"That

was

hard,"

Miro

said.

"Cutting

off

the

argument

and

coming

in

here."

"I

wanted

to

kill

her,"

said

Jane.

Her

voice

was

almost

unintelligible

from

the

weeping,

from

the

savage

tension

in

her

body.

"I've

never

felt

anything

like

it.

I

wanted

to

get

out

of

the

chair

and

tear

her

apart

with

my

bare

hands."

"Welcome

to

the

club,"

said

Miro.

"You

don't

understand,"

she

said.

"I

really

wanted

to

do

it.

I

felt

my

muscles

flexing,

I

was

ready

to

do

it.

I

was

going

to

do

it."

"As

I

said.

Quara

makes

us

all

feel

that

way."

"No,"

said

Jane.

"Not

like

this.

You

all

stay

calm,

you

all

stay

in

control."

"And

you

will,

too,"

said

Miro,

"when

you

have

a

little

more

practice."

Jane

lifted

her

head,

leaned

it

back,

shook

it.

Her

hair

swung

weightlessly

free

in

the

air.

"Do

you

really

feel

this?"

"All

of

us

do,"

said

Miro.

"That's

why

we

have

a

childhood--

to

learn

to

get

over

our

violent

tendencies.

But

they're

in

us

all.

Chimps

and

baboons

do

it.

All

the

primates.

We

display.

We

have

to

express

our

rage

physically."

"But

you

don't.

You

stay

so

calm.

You

let

her

spout

off

and

say

these

horrible--"

"Because

it's

not

worth

the

trouble

of

stopping

her,"

said

Miro.

"She

pays

the

price

for

it.

She's

desperately

lonely

and

nobody

deliberately

seeks

an

opportunity

to

spend

time

in

her

company."

"Which

is

the

only

reason

she

isn't

dead."

"That's

right,"

said

Miro.

"That's

what

civilized

people

dothey

avoid

the

circumstance

that

enrages

them.

Or

if

they

can't

avoid

it,

they

detach.

That's

what

Ela

and

I

do,

mostly.

We

just

detach.

We

just

let

her

provocations

roll

over

us."

"I

can't

do

it,"

said

Jane.

"It

was

so

simple

before

I

felt

these

things.

I

could

tune

her

out."

"That's

it,"

said

Miro.

"That's

what

we

do.

We

tune

her

out."

"It's

more

complicated

than

I

thought,"

said

Jane.

"I

don't

know

if

I

can

do

it."

"Yeah,

well,

you

don't

have

much

choice

right

now,

do

you,"

he

said.

"Miro,

I'm

so

sorry.

I

always

felt

such

pity

for

you

humans

because

you

could

only

think

of

one

thing

at

a

time

and

your

memories

were

so

imperfect

and

...

now

I

realize

that

just

getting

through

the

day

without

killing

somebody

can

be

an

achievement."

"It

gets

to

be

a

habit.

Most

of

us

manage

to

keep

our

body

count

quite

low.

It's

the

neighborly

way

to

live."

It

took

a

moment--

a

sob,

and

then

a

hiccough--

but

then

she

did

laugh.

A

sweet,

soft

chuckle

that

was

such

a

welcome

sound

to

Miro.

Welcome

because

it

was

a

voice

he

knew

and

loved,

a

laugh

that

he

liked

to

hear.

And

it

was

his

dear

friend

who

was

doing

the

laughing.

His

dear

friend

Jane.

The

laugh,

the

voice

of

his

beloved

Val.

One

person

now.

After

all

this

time,

he

could

reach

out

his

hand

and

touch

Jane,

who

had

always

been

impossibly

far

away.

Like

having

a

friendship

over

the

telephone

and

finally

meeting

face-toface.

He

touched

her

again,

and

she

took

his

hand

and

held

it.

"I'm

sorry

I

let

my

own

weakness

get

in

the

way

of

what

we're

doing,"

said

Jane.

"You're

only

human,"

said

Miro.

She

looked

at

him,

searched

his

face

for

irony,

for

bitterness.

"I

mean

it,"

said

Miro.

"The

price

of

having

these

emotions,

these

passions,

is

that

you

have

to

control

them,

you

have

to

bear

them

when

they're

too

strong

to

bear.

You're

only

human

now.

You'll

never

make

these

feelings

go

away.

You

just

have

to

learn

not

to

act

on

them."

"Quara

never

learned."

"Quara

learned,

all

right,"

said

Miro.

"It's

just

my

opinion,

but

Quara

loved

Marcao,

adored

him,

and

when

he

died

and

the

rest

of

us

felt

so

liberated,

she

was

lost.

What

she

does

now,

this

constant

provocation--

she's

asking

somebody

to

abuse

her.

To

hit

her.

The

way

Marcao

always

hit

Mother

whenever

he

was

provoked.

I

think

in

some

perverse

way

Quara

was

always

jealous

of

Mother

when

she

got

to

go

off

alone

with

Papa,

and

even

though

she

finally

figured

out

that

he

was

beating

her

up,

when

Quara

wanted

her

papa

back

the

only

way

she

knew

of

to

demand

his

attention

was--

this

mouth

of

hers."

Miro

laughed

bitterly.

"It

reminds

me

of

Mother,

to

tell

the

truth.

You've

never

heard

her,

but

in

the

old

days,

when

she

was

trapped

in

marriage

with

Marcao

and

having

Libo's

babies--

oh,

she

had

a

mouth

on

her.

I'd

sit

there

and

listen

to

her

provoking

Marcao,

goading

him,

stabbing

at

him,

until

he'd

hit

her--

and

I'd

think,

Don't

you

dare

lay

a

hand

on

my

mother,

and

at

the

same

time

I'd

absolutely

understand

his

impotent

rage,

because

he

could

never,

never,

never

say

anything

that

would

shut

her

up.

Only

his

fist

could

do

it.

And

Quara

has

that

mouth,

and

needs

that

rage."

"Well,

how

happy

for

us

all,

then,

that

I

gave

her

just

what

she

needed."

Miro

laughed.

"But

she

didn't

need

it

from

you.

She

needed

it

from

Marcao,

and

he's

dead."

And

then,

suddenly,

Jane

burst

into

real

tears.

Tears

of

grief,

and

she

turned

to

Miro

and

clung

to

him.

"What

is

it?"

he

said.

"What's

wrong?"

"Oh,

Miro,"

she

said.

"Ender's

dead.

I'll

never

see

him

again.

I

have

a

body

at

last,

I

have

eyes

to

see

him,

and

he

isn't

there."

Miro

was

stunned.

Of

course

she

missed

Ender.

She

had

thousands

of

years

with

him,

and

only

a

few

years,

really,

with

me.

How

could

I

have

thought

she

could

love

me?

How

can

I

ever

hope

to

compare

with

Ender

Wiggin?

What

am

I,

compared

to

the

man

who

commanded

fleets,

who

transformed

the

minds

of

trillions

of

people

with

his

books,

his

speakings,

his

insight,

his

ability

to

see

into

the

hearts

of

other

people

and

speak

their

own

most

private

stories

back

to

them?

And

yet

even

as

he

resented

Ender,

even

as

he

envied

him

because

Jane

would

always

love

him

more

and

Miro

couldn't

hope

to

compete

with

him

even

in

death,

despite

these

feelings

it

finally

came

home

to

him

that

yes,

Ender

was

dead.

Ender,

who

had

transformed

his

family,

who

had

been

a

true

friend

to

him,

who

had

been

the

only

man

in

Miro's

life

that

he

longed

with

all

his

heart

to

be,

Ender

was

gone.

Miro's

tears

of

grief

flowed

along

with

Jane's.

"I'm

sorry,"

said

Jane.

"I

can't

control

any

of

my

emotions."

"Yes,

well,

it's

a

common

failing,

actually,"

said

Miro.

She

reached

up

and

touched

the

tears

on

his

cheek.

Then

she

touched

her

damp

finger

to

her

own

cheek.

The

tears

commingled.

"Do

you

know

why

I

thought

of

Ender

right

then?"

she

said.

"Because

you're

so

much

like

him.

Quara

annoys

you

as

much

as

she

annoys

anyone,

and

yet

you

look

past

that

and

see

what

her

needs

are,

why

she

says

and

does

these

things.

No,

no,

relax,

Miro,

I'm

not

expecting

you

to

be

like

Ender,

I'm

just

saying

that

one

of

the

things

I

liked

best

about

him

is

also

in

you--

that's

not

bad,

is

it?

The

compassionate

perception--

I

may

be

new

at

being

human,

but

I'm

pretty

sure

that's

a

rare

commodity."

"I

don't

know,"

said

Miro.

"The

only

person

I'm

feeling

compassion

for

right

now

is

me.

They

call

it

selfpity,

and

it

isn't

an

attractive

trait."

"Why

are

you

feeling

sorry

for

yourself?"

"Because

you'll

go

on

needing

Ender

all

your

life,

and

all

you'll

ever

find

is

poor

substitutes,

like

me."

She

held

him

tighter

then.

She

was

the

one

giving

comfort

now.

"Oh,

Miro,

maybe

that's

true.

But

if

it

is,

it's

true

the

way

it's

true

that

Quara

is

still

trying

to

get

her

father's

attention.

You

never

stop

needing

your

father

or

your

mother,

isn't

that

right?

You

never

stop

reacting

to

them,

even

when

they're

dead."

Father?

That

had

never

crossed

Miro's

mind

before.

Jane

loved

Ender,

deeply,

yes,

loved

him

forever--

but

as

a

father?

"I

can't

be

your

father,"

said

Miro.

"I

can't

take

his

place."

But

what

he

was

really

doing

was

making

sure

he

had

understood

her.

Ender

was

her

father?

"I

don't

want

you

to

be

my

father,"

said

Jane.

"I

still

have

all

these

old

Val-feelings,

you

know.

I

mean,

you

and

I

were

friends,

right?

That

was

very

important

to

me.

But

now

I

have

this

Val

body,

and

when

you

touch

me,

it

keeps

feeling

like

the

answer

to

a

prayer."

At

once

she

regretted

saying

it.

"Oh,

I'm

sorry,

Miro,

I

know

you

miss

her."

"I

do,"

said

Miro.

"But

then,

it's

hard

to

miss

her

quite

the

way

I

might,

since

you

do

look

a

lot

like

her.

And

you

sound

like

her.

And

here

I

am

holding

you

the

way

I

wanted

to

hold

her,

and

if

that

sounds

awful

because

I'm

supposedly

comforting

you

and

I

shouldn't

be

thinking

of

base

desires,

well

then

I'm

just

an

awful

kind

of

guy,

right?"

"Awful,"

she

said.

"I'm

ashamed

to

know

you."

And

she

kissed

him.

Sweetly,

awkwardly.

He

remembered

his

first

kiss

with

Ouanda

years

ago,

when

he

was

young

and

didn't

know

how

badly

things

could

turn

out.

They

had

both

been

awkward

then,

new,

clumsy.

Young.

Jane,

now,

Jane

was

one

of

the

oldest

creatures

in

the

universe.

But

also

one

of

the

youngest.

And

Val--

there

would

be

no

reflexes

in

the

Val

body

for

Jane

to

draw

upon,

for

in

Val's

short

life,

what

chance

had

she

had

to

find

love?

"Was

that

even

close

to

the

way

humans

do

that?"

asked

Jane.

"That

was

exactly

the

way

humans

sometimes

do

it,"

said

Miro.

"Which

isn't

surprising,

since

we're

both

human."

"Am

I

betraying

Ender,

to

grieve

for

him

one

moment,

and

then

be

so

happy

to

have

you

holding

me

the

next?"

"Am

I

betraying

him,

to

be

so

happy

only

hours

after

he

died?"

"Only

he's

not

dead,"

said

Jane.

"I

know

where

he

is.

I

chased

him

there."

"If

he's

exactly

the

same

person

he

was,"

said

Miro,

"then

what

a

shame.

Because

good

as

he

was,

he

wasn't

happy.

He

had

his

moments,

but

he

was

never--

what,

he

was

never

really

at

peace.

Wouldn't

it

be

nice

if

Peter

could

live

out

a

full

life

without

ever

having

to

bear

the

guilt

of

xenocide?

Without

ever

having

to

feel

the

weight

of

all

of

humanity

on

his

shoulders?"

"Speaking

of

which,"

said

Jane,

"we

have

work

to

do."

"We

also

have

lives

to

live,"

said

Miro.

"I'm

not

going

to

be

sorry

we

had

this

encounter.

Even

if

it

took

Quara's

bitchiness

to

make

it

happen."

"Let's

do

the

civilized

thing,"

said

Jane.

"Let's

get

married.

Let's

have

babies.

I

do

want

to

be

human,

Miro,

I

want

to

do

everything.

I

want

to

be

part

of

human

life

from

edge

to

edge.

And

I

want

to

do

it

all

with

you."

"Is

this

a

proposal?"

asked

Miro.

"I

died

and

was

reborn

only

a

dozen

hours

ago,"

said

Jane.

"My--

hell,

I

can

call

him

my

father,

can't

I?

--

my

father

died,

too.

Life

is

short,

I

feel

how

short

it

is:

after

three

thousand

years,

all

of

them

intense,

it

still

feels

too

short.

I'm

in

a

hurry.

And

you,

haven't

you

wasted

enough

time,

too?

Aren't

you

ready?"

"But

I

don't

have

a

ring."

"We

have

something

much

better

than

a

ring,"

said

Jane.

She

touched

her

cheek

again,

where

she

had

put

his

tear.

It

was

still

damp;

still

damp,

too,

when

she

touched

the

finger

now

to

his

cheek.

"I've

had

your

tears

with

mine,

and

you've

had

mine

with

yours.

I

think

that's

more

intimate

even

than

a

kiss."

"Maybe,"

said

Miro.

"But

not

as

fun."

"This

emotion

I'm

feeling

now,

this

is

love,

right?"

"I

don't

know.

Is

it

a

longing?

Is

it

a

giddy

stupid

happiness

just

because

you're

with

me?"

"Yes,"

she

said.

"That's

influenza,"

said

Miro.

"Watch

for

nausea

or

diarrhea

within

a

few

hours."

She

shoved

him,

and

in

the

weightless

starship

the

movement

sent

him

helplessly

into

midair

until

he

struck

another

surface.

"What?"

he

said,

pretending

innocence.

"What

did

I

say?"

She

pushed

herself

away

from

the

wall

and

went

to

the

door.

"Come

on,"

she

said.

"Back

to

work."

"Let's

not

announce

our

engagement,"

he

said

softly.

"Why

not?"

she

asked.

"Ashamed

already?"

"No,"

he

said.

"Maybe

it's

petty

of

me,

but

when

we

announce

it,

I

don't

want

Quara

there."

"That's

very

small

of

you,"

said

Jane.

"You

need

to

be

more

magnanimous

and

patient,

like

me."

"I

know,"

said

Miro.

"I'm

trying

to

learn."

They

drifted

back

into

the

main

chamber

of

the

shuttle.

The

others

were

working

on

preparing

their

genetic

message

for

broadcast

on

the

frequency

that

the

descoladores

had

used

to

challenge

them

when

they

first

showed

up

closer

to

the

planet.

They

all

looked

up.

Ela

smiled

wanly.

Firequencher

waved

cheerfully.

Quara

tossed

her

head.

"Well

I

hope

we're

done

with

that

little

emotional

outburst,"

she

said.

Miro

could

feel

Jane

seethe

at

the

remark.

But

Jane

said

nothing.

And

when

they

were

both

sitting

down

and

strapped

back

into

their

seats,

they

looked

at

each

other,

and

Jane

winked.

"I

saw

that,"

said

Quara.

"We

meant

you

to,"

said

Miro.

"Grow

up,"

Quara

said

disdainfully.

An

hour

later

they

sent

their

message.

And

at

once

they

were

inundated

with

answers

that

they

could

not

understand,

but

had

to.

There

was

no

time

for

quarreling

then,

or

for

love,

or

for

grief.

There

was

only

language,

thick,

broad

fields

of

alien

messages

that

had

to

be

understood

somehow,

by

them,

right

now.

Chapter

13

--

"TILL

DEATH

ENDS

ALL

SURPRISES"

"I

can't

say

that

I've

much

enjoyed

the

work

the

gods

required

of

me.

My

only

real

pleasure

was

my

days

of

schooling,

in

those

hours

between

the

gods'

sharp

summonses.

I

am

gladly

at

their

service,

always,

but

oh

it

was

so

sweet

to

learn

how

wide

the

universe

could

be,

to

test

myself

against

my

teachers,

and

to

fail

sometimes

without

much

consequence."

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

"Do

you

want

to

come

to

the

university

and

watch

us

turn

on

our

new

godproof

computer

network?"

asked

Grace.

Of

course

Peter

and

Wang-mu

wanted

to.

But

to

their

surprise,

Malu

cackled

with

delight

and

insisted

that

he

must

go,

too.

The

god

once

dwelt

in

computers,

didn't

she?

And

if

she

found

her

way

back,

shouldn't

Malu

be

there

to

greet

her?

This

complicated

matters

a

little--

for

Malu

to

visit

the

university

required

notifying

the

president

so

he

could

assemble

a

proper

welcome.

This

was

not

needed

for

Malu,

who

was

neither

vain

nor

much

impressed

with

ceremonies

that

didn't

have

some

immediate

purpose.

The

point

was

to

show

the

Samoan

people

that

the

university

still

had

proper

respect

for

the

old

ways,

of

which

Malu

was

the

most

revered

protector

and

practitioner.

From

luaus

of

fruit

and

fish

on

the

beach,

from

open

fires,

palm

mats,

and

thatch-roof

huts,

to

a

hovercar,

a

highway,

and

the

brightpainted

buildings

of

the

modern

university--

it

felt

to

Wang-mu

like

a

journey

through

the

history

of

the

human

race.

And

yet

she

had

already

made

that

journey

once

before,

from

Path;

it

seemed

a

part

of

her

life,

to

step

from

the

ancient

to

the

modern,

back

and

forth.

She

felt

rather

sorry

for

those

who

knew

only

one

and

not

the

other.

It

was

better,

she

thought,

to

be

able

to

select

from

the

whole

menu

of

human

achievements

than

to

be

bound

within

one

narrow

range.

Peter

and

Wang-mu

were

discreetly

dropped

off

before

the

hovercar

took

Malu

to

the

official

reception.

Grace's

son

took

them

on

a

brief

tour

of

the

brand-new

computer

facility.

"These

new

computers

all

follow

the

protocols

sent

to

us

from

Starways

Congress.

There

will

be

no

more

direct

connections

between

computer

networks

and

ansibles.

Rather

there

must

be

a

time

delay,

with

each

infopacket

inspected

by

referee

software

that

will

catch

unauthorized

piggybacking."

"In

other

words,"

said

Peter,

"Jane

will

never

get

back

in."

"That's

the

plan."

The

boy--

for

despite

his

size,

that's

what

he

seemed

to

be--

grinned

broadly.

"All

perfect,

all

new,

all

in

total

compliance."

Wang-mu

felt

sick

inside.

This

is

how

it

would

be

all

over

the

Hundred

Worlds--

Jane

blocked

out

of

everything.

And

without

access

to

the

enormous

computing

capacity

of

the

combined

networks

of

all

of

human

civilization,

how

could

she

possibly

regain

the

power

to

pop

a

starship

Out

and

In

again?

Wang-mu

had

been

glad

enough

to

leave

Path.

But

she

was

by

no

means

certain

that

Pacifica

was

the

world

where

she

wanted

to

live

the

rest

of

her

life.

Especially

if

she

was

to

stay

with

Peter,

for

there

was

no

chance

he

would

be

content

for

long

with

the

slower,

more

lackadaisical

timeflow

of

life

in

the

islands.

Truth

be

known,

it

was

too

slow

for

her,

too.

She

loved

her

time

with

the

Samoans,

but

the

impatience

to

be

doing

something

was

growing

inside

her.

Perhaps

those

who

grew

up

among

these

people

might

somehow

sublimate

their

ambition,

or

perhaps

there

was

something

in

the

racial

genotype

that

suppressed

it

or

replaced

it,

but

Wang-mu's

incessant

drive

to

strengthen

and

expand

her

role

in

life

was

certainly

not

going

to

go

away

just

because

of

a

luau

on

the

beach,

however

much

she

enjoyed

it

and

would

treasure

the

memory

of

it.

The

tour

wasn't

over

yet,

of

course,

and

Wang-mu

dutifully

followed

Grace's

son

wherever

he

led.

But

she

hardly

paid

attention

beyond

what

was

needed

to

make

polite

responses.

Peter

seemed

even

more

distracted,

and

Wang-mu

could

guess

why.

He

would

have

not

only

the

same

feelings

Wang-mu

had,

but

he

must

also

be

grieving

for

the

loss

of

connection

with

Jane

through

the

jewel

in

his

ear.

If

she

did

not

recover

her

ability

to

control

data

flow

through

the

communications

satellites

orbiting

this

world,

he

would

not

hear

her

voice

again.

They

came

to

an

older

section

of

campus,

some

rundown

buildings

in

a

more

utilitarian

architectural

style.

"Nobody

likes

coming

here,"

he

said,

"because

it

reminds

them

of

how

recently

our

university

became

anything

more

than

a

school

for

training

engineers

and

teachers.

This

building

is

three

hundred

years

old.

Come

inside."

"Do

we

have

to?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"I

mean,

is

it

necessary?

I

think

we

get

the

idea

from

the

outside."

"Oh,

but

I

think

you

want

to

see

this

place.

Very

interesting,

because

it

preserves

some

of

the

old

ways

of

doing

things."

Wang-mu

of

course

agreed

to

follow,

as

courtesy

required,

and

Peter

wordlessly

went

along.

They

came

inside

and

heard

the

humming

of

ancient

air-conditioning

systems

and

felt

the

harsh

refrigerated

air.

"These

are

the

old

ways?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"Not

as

old

as

life

on

the

beach,

I

think."

"Not

as

old,

that's

true,"

said

their

guide.

"But

then,

we're

not

preserving

the

same

thing

here."

They

came

into

a

large

room

with

hundreds

and

hundreds

of

computers

arranged

in

crowded

rows

along

tables

that

stretched

from

end

to

end.

There

was

no

room

for

anyone

to

sit

at

these

machines;

there

was

barely

enough

space

between

the

tables

for

technicians

to

slide

along

to

tend

to

them.

All

the

computers

were

on,

but

the

air

above

all

the

terminals

was

empty,

giving

no

clue

about

what

was

going

on

inside

them.

"We

had

to

do

something

with

all

those

old

computers

that

Starways

Congress

made

us

take

offline.

So

we

put

them

here.

And

also

the

old

computers

from

most

of

the

other

universities

and

businesses

in

the

islands--

Hawaiian,

Tahitian,

Maori,

on

and

on--

everyone

helped.

It

goes

up

six

stories,

every

floor

just

like

this,

and

three

other

buildings,

though

this

one

is

the

biggest."

"Jane,"

said

Peter,

and

he

smiled.

"Here's

where

we

stored

everything

she

gave

us.

Of

course,

on

the

record

these

computers

are

not

connected

by

any

network.

They

are

only

used

for

training

students.

But

Congress

inspectors

never

come

here.

They

saw

all

they

wanted

to

see

when

they

looked

at

our

new

installation.

Up

to

code,

complying

with

the

rules--

we

are

obedient

and

loyal

citizens!

Here,

though,

I'm

afraid

there

have

been

some

oversights.

For

instance,

there

seems

to

be

an

intermittent

connection

with

the

university's

ansible.

Whenever

the

ansible

is

actually

passing

messages

offworld,

it

is

connected

to

no

computers

except

through

the

official

safeguarded

time-delayed

link.

But

when

the

ansible

is

connected

to

a

handful

of

eccentric

destinations--

the

Samoan

satellite,

for

instance,

or

a

certain

faroff

colony

that

is

supposedly

incommunicado

to

all

ansibles

in

the

Hundred

Worlds--

then

an

old

forgotten

connection

kicks

in,

and

the

ansible

has

complete

use

of

all

of

this."

Peter

laughed

with

genuine

mirth.

Wang-mu

loved

the

sound

of

it,

but

also

felt

just

a

little

jealousy

at

the

thought

that

Jane

might

well

come

back

to

him.

"And

another

odd

thing,"

said

Grace's

son.

"One

of

the

new

computers

has

been

installed

here,

only

there've

been

some

alterations.

It

doesn't

seem

to

report

correctly

to

the

master

program.

It

neglects

to

inform

that

master

program

that

there

is

a

hyperfast

realtime

link

to

this

nonexistent

old-style

network.

It's

a

shame

that

it

doesn't

report

on

this,

because

of

course

it

allows

a

completely

illegal

connection

between

this

old,

ansible-connected

network

and

the

new

godproof

system.

And

so

requests

for

information

can

be

passed,

and

they'll

look

perfectly

legal

to

any

inspection

software,

since

they

come

from

this

perfectly

legal

but

astonishingly

flawed

new

computer."

Peter

was

grinning

broadly.

"Well,

somebody

had

to

work

pretty

fast

to

get

this

done."

"Malu

told

us

that

the

god

was

going

to

die,

but

between

us

and

the

god

we

were

able

to

devise

a

plan.

Now

the

only

question

is--

can

she

find

her

way

back

here?"

"I

think

she

will,"

said

Peter.

"Of

course,

this

isn't

what

she

used

to

have,

not

even

a

small

fraction

of

it."

"We

understand

that

she

has

a

couple

of

similar

installations

here

and

there.

Not

many,

you're

right,

and

the

new

time-delay

barriers

will

make

it

so

that

yes,

she

has

access

to

all

the

information,

but

she

can't

use

most

of

the

new

networks

as

part

of

her

thought

processes.

Still,

it's

something.

Maybe

it's

enough."

"You

knew

who

we

were

before

we

got

here,"

said

Wang-mu.

"You

were

already

part

of

Jane's

work."

"I

think

the

evidence

speaks

for

itself,"

said

Grace's

son.

"Then

why

did

Jane

bring

us

here?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"What

was

all

this

nonsense

about

needing

to

have

us

here

so

we

could

stop

the

Lusitania

Fleet?"

"I

don't

know,"

said

Peter.

"And

I

doubt

anyone

here

knows,

either.

Maybe,

though,

Jane

simply

wanted

us

in

a

friendly

environment,

so

she

could

find

us

again.

I

doubt

there's

anything

like

this

on

Divine

Wind."

"And

maybe,"

Wang-mu

said,

following

her

own

speculations,

"maybe

she

wanted

you

here,

with

Malu

and

Grace,

when

the

time

came

for

her

to

die."

"And

for

me

to

die

as

well,"

said

Peter.

"Meaning

me

as

Ender,

of

course."

"And

maybe,"

said

Wang-mu,

"if

she

was

no

longer

going

to

be

there

to

protect

us

through

her

manipulations

of

data,

she

wanted

us

to

be

among

friends."

"Of

course,"

said

Grace's

son.

"She

is

a

god,

she

takes

care

of

her

people."

"Her

worshipers,

you

mean?"

asked

Wang-mu.

Peter

snorted.

"Her

friends,"

said

the

boy.

"In

Samoa

we

treat

the

gods

with

great

respect,

but

we

are

also

their

friends,

and

we

help

the

good

ones

when

we

can.

Gods

need

the

help

of

humans

now

and

then.

I

think

we

did

all

right,

don't

you?"

"You

did

well,"

said

Peter.

"You

have

been

faithful

indeed."

The

boy

beamed.

Soon

they

were

back

in

the

new

computer

installation,

watching

as

with

great

ceremony

the

president

of

the

university

pushed

the

key

to

activate

the

program

that

turned

on

and

monitored

the

university

ansible.

Immediately

there

were

messages

and

test

programs

from

Starways

Congress,

probing

and

inspecting

the

university's

system

to

make

sure

there

were

no

lapses

in

security

and

that

all

protocols

had

been

properly

followed.

Wang-mu

could

feel

how

tense

everyone

was--

except

Malu,

who

seemed

incapable

of

dread--

until,

a

few

minutes

later,

the

programs

finished

their

inspection

and

made

their

report.

The

message

came

immediately

from

Congress

that

this

network

was

compliant

and

secure.

The

fakes

and

fudges

had

not

been

detected.

"Any

time

now,"

murmured

Grace.

"How

will

we

know

if

all

of

this

has

worked?"

asked

Wang-mu

soffly.

"Peter

will

tell

us,"

answered

Grace,

sounding

surprised

that

Wang-mu

had

not

already

understood

this.

"The

jewel

in

his

ear--

the

Samoan

satellite

will

speak

to

it."

***

Olhado

and

Grego

stood

watching

the

readout

from

the

ansible

that

for

twenty

years

had

connected

only

to

the

shuttle

and

Jakt's

starship.

It

was

receiving

a

message

again.

Links

were

being

established

with

four

ansibles

on

other

worlds,

where

groups

of

Lusitanian

sympathizers--

or

at

least

friends

of

Jane's--

had

followed

Jane's

instructions

on

how

to

partially

circumvent

the

new

regulations.

No

actual

messages

were

sent,

because

there

was

nothing

for

the

humans

to

say

to

each

other.

The

point

was

simply

to

keep

the

link

alive

so

Jane

might

travel

on

it

and

link

herself

with

some

small

part

of

her

old

capacity.

None

of

this

had

been

done

with

any

human

participation

on

Lusitania.

All

the

programming

that

was

required

had

been

accomplished

by

the

relentlessly

efficient

workers

of

the

Hive

Queen,

with

the

help

of

pequeninos

now

and

then.

Olhado

and

Grego

had

been

invited

at

the

last

minute,

as

observers

only.

But

they

understood.

Jane

was

talking

to

the

Hive

Queen

and

the

Hive

Queen

talked

to

the

fathertrees.

Jane

had

not

worked

through

humans

because

the

Lusitanian

humans

she

worked

with

had

been

Miro,

who

had

other

work

to

do

for

her,

and

Ender,

who

had

removed

the

jewel

from

his

ear

before

he

died.

Olhado

and

Grego

had

talked

this

out

as

soon

as

the

pequenino

Waterjumper

had

explained

to

them

what

was

going

on

and

asked

them

to

come

observe.

"I

think

she

was

feeling

a

bit

defiant,"

said

Olhado.

"If

Ender

rejected

her

and

Miro

was

busy--"

"Or

gaga-eyed

over

Young

Valentine,

don't

forget,"

said

Grego.

"Well,

she'd

do

it

without

human

help."

"How

can

it

work?"

said

Grego.

"She

was

connected

to

billions

of

computers

before.

At

most

she'll

have

several

thousand

now,

at

least

directly

usable.

It's

not

enough.

Ela

and

Quara

are

never

coming

home.

Or

Miro."

"Maybe

not,"

said

Olhado.

"It

won't

be

the

first

time

we've

lost

family

members

in

the

service

of

a

higher

cause."

He

thought

of

Mother's

famous

parents,

Os

Venerados,

who

lacked

only

the

years

now

for

sainthood--

if

a

representative

of

the

Pope

should

ever

come

to

Lusitania

to

examine

the

evidence.

And

their

real

father,

Libo,

and

his

father,

both

of

whom

died

before

Novinha's

children

ever

guessed

that

they

were

kin.

All

dead

in

the

cause

of

science,

Os

Venerados

in

the

struggle

to

contain

the

descolada,

Pipo

and

Libo

in

the

effort

to

communicate

with

and

understand

the

pequeninos.

Their

brother

Quim

had

died

as

a

martyr,

trying

to

heal

a

dangerous

breach

in

the

relationship

between

humans

and

pequeninos

on

Lusitania.

And

now

Ender,

their

adoptive

father,

had

died

in

the

cause

of

trying

to

find

a

way

to

save

Jane's

life

and,

with

her,

faster-than-light

travel.

If

Miro

and

Ela

and

Quara

should

die

in

the

effort

to

establish

communications

with

the

descoladores,

it

would

be

a

part

of

the

family

tradition.

"What

I

wonder,"

said

Olhado,

"is

what's

wrong

with

us,

that

we

haven't

been

asked

to

die

in

a

noble

cause."

"I

don't

know

about

noble

causes,"

said

Grego,

"but

we

do

have

a

fleet

aimed

at

us.

That

will

do,

I

think,

for

getting

us

dead."

A

sudden

flurry

of

activity

at

the

computer

terminals

told

them

that

their

wait

was

over.

"We've

linked

with

Samoa,"

said

Waterjumper.

"And

now

Memphis.

And

Path.

Hegira."

He

did

the

little

jig

that

pequeninos

invariably

did

when

they

were

delighted.

"They're

all

going

to

come

online.

The

snooper

programs

didn't

find

them."

"But

will

it

be

enough?"

asked

Grego.

"Do

the

starships

move

again?"

Waterjumper

shrugged

elaborately.

"We'll

know

when

your

family

gets

back,

won't

we?"

"Mother

doesn't

want

to

schedule

Ender's

funeral

until

they're

back,"

said

Grego.

At

the

mention

of

Ender's

name,

Waterjumper

slumped.

"The

man

who

took

Human

into

the

Third

Life,"

he

said.

"And

there's

almost

nothing

of

him

to

bury."

"I'm

just

wondering,"

said

Grego,

"if

it

will

be

days

or

weeks

or

months

before

Jane

finds

her

way

back

into

her

powers--

if

she

can

do

it

at

all."

"I

don't

know,"

said

Waterjumper.

"They

only

have

a

few

weeks

of

air,"

said

Grego.

"He

doesn't

know,

Grego,"

said

Olhado.

"I

know

that,"

said

Grego.

"But

the

Hive

Queen

knows.

And

she'll

tell

the

fathertrees.

I

thought

...

word

might

have

seeped

down."

"How

could

even

the

Hive

Queen

know

what

will

happen

in

the

future?"

asked

Olhado.

"How

can

anyone

know

what

Jane

can

or

can't

accomplish?

We've

linked

again

with

worlds

outside

of

this

one.

Some

parts

of

her

core

memory

have

been

restored

to

the

ansible

net,

however

surreptitiously.

She

might

find

them.

She

might

not.

If

found,

they

might

be

enough,

or

might

not.

But

Waterjumper

doesn't

know."

Grego

turned

away.

"I

know,"

he

said.

"We're

all

afraid,"

said

Olhado.

"Even

the

Hive

Queen.

None

of

us

wants

to

die."

"Jane

died,

but

didn't

stay

dead,"

said

Grego.

"According

to

Miro,

Ender's

aiua

is

supposedly

off

living

as

Peter

on

some

other

world.

Hive

queens

die

and

their

memories

live

on

in

their

daughters'

minds.

Pequeninos

get

to

live

as

trees."

"Some

of

us,"

said

Waterjumper.

"But

what

of

us?"

said

Grego.

"Will

we

be

extinguished?

What

difference

does

it

make

then,

the

ones

of

us

who

had

plans,

what

does

it

matter

the

work

we've

done?

The

children

we've

raised?"

He

looked

pointedly

at

Olhado.

"What

will

it

matter

then,

that

you

have

such

a

big

happy

family,

if

you're

all

erased

in

one

instant

by

that

...

bomb?"

"Not

one

moment

of

my

life

with

my

family

has

been

wasted,"

said

Olhado

quietly.

"But

the

point

of

it

is

to

go

on,

isn't

it?

To

connect

with

the

future?"

"That's

one

part,

yes,"

said

Olhado.

"But

part

of

the

purpose

of

it

is

now,

is

the

moment.

And

part

of

it

is

the

web

of

connections.

Links

from

soul

to

soul.

If

the

purpose

of

life

was

just

to

continue

into

the

future,

then

none

of

it

would

have

meaning,

because

it

would

be

all

anticipation

and

preparation.

There's

fruition,

Grego.

There's

the

happiness

we've

already

had.

The

happiness

of

each

moment.

The

end

of

our

lives,

even

if

there's

no

forward

continuation,

no

progeny

at

all,

the

end

of

our

lives

doesn't

erase

the

beginning."

"But

it

won't

have

amounted

to

anything,"

said

Grego.

"If

your

children

die,

then

it

was

all

a

waste."

"No,"

said

Olhado

quietly.

"You

say

that

because

you

have

no

children,

Greguinho.

But

none

of

it

is

wasted.

The

child

you

hold

in

your

arms

for

only

a

day

before

he

dies,

that

is

not

wasted,

because

that

one

day

is

enough

of

a

purpose

in

itself.

Entropy

has

been

thrown

back

for

an

hour,

a

day,

a

week,

a

month.

Just

because

we

might

all

die

here

on

this

little

world

does

not

undo

the

lives

before

the

deaths."

Grego

shook

his

head.

"Yes

it

does,

Olhado.

Death

undoes

everything."

Olhado

shrugged.

"Then

why

do

you

bother

doing

everything,

Grego?

Because

someday

you

will

die.

Why

should

anyone

ever

have

children?

Someday

they

will

die,

their

children

will

die,

all

children

will

die.

Someday

stars

will

wind

down

or

blow

up.

Someday

death

will

cover

us

all

like

the

water

of

a

lake

and

perhaps

nothing

will

ever

come

to

the

surface

to

show

that

we

were

ever

there.

But

we

were

there,

and

during

the

time

we

lived,

we

were

alive.

That's

the

truth--

what

is,

what

was,

what

will

be--

not

what

could

be,

what

should

have

been,

what

never

can

be.

If

we

die,

then

our

death

has

meaning

to

the

rest

of

the

universe.

Even

if

our

lives

are

unknown,

the

fact

that

someone

lived

here,

and

died,

that

will

have

repercussions,

that

will

shape

the

universe."

"So

that's

meaning

enough

for

you?"

said

Grego.

"To

die

as

an

object

lesson?

To

die

so

that

people

can

feel

awful

about

having

killed

you?"

"There

are

worse

meanings

for

a

life

to

have."

Waterjumper

interrupted

them.

"The

last

of

the

ansibles

we

expected

is

online.

We

have

them

all

connected

now."

They

stopped

talking.

It

was

time

for

Jane

to

find

her

way

back

into

herself,

if

she

could.

They

waited.

***

Through

one

of

her

workers,

the

Hive

Queen

saw

and

heard

the

news

of

the

restoration

of

the

ansible

links.

<It's

time,>

she

told

the

fathertrees.

<Can

she

do

it?

Can

you

lead

her?>

<I

can't

lead

her

to

a

place

where

I

can't

go

myself,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<She

has

to

find

her

own

way.

All

I

can

do

right

now

is

tell

her

that

it's

time.>

<So

we

can

only

watch?>

<I

can

only

watch,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<You

are

part

of

her,

or

she

of

you.

Her

aiua

is

tied

now

to

your

web

through

the

mothertrees.

Be

ready.>

<For

what?>

<For

Jane's

need.>

<What

will

she

need?

When

will

she

need

it?>

<I

have

no

idea.>

***

At

his

terminal

on

the

stranded

starship,

the

Hive

Queen's

worker

suddenly

looked

up,

then

arose

from

her

seat

and

walked

to

Jane.

Jane

looked

up

from

her

work.

"What

is

it?"

she

asked

distractedly.

And

then,

remembering

the

signal

she

was

waiting

for,

she

looked

over

at

Miro,

who

had

turned

to

see

what

was

happening.

"I've

got

to

go

now,"

she

said.

Then

she

flopped

back

in

her

seat

as

if

she

had

fainted.

At

once

Miro

was

out

of

his

chair;

Ela

wasn't

far

behind.

The

worker

had

already

unfastened

Jane

from

the

chair

and

was

lifting

her

off.

Miro

helped

her

draw

Jane's

body

through

the

corridors

of

weightless

space

to

the

beds

in

the

back

of

the

ship.

There

they

laid

her

down

and

secured

her

to

a

bed.

Ela

checked

her

vital

signs.

"She's

sleeping

deeply,"

said

Ela.

"Breathing

very

slowly."

"A

coma?"

asked

Miro.

"She's

doing

the

minimum

to

stay

alive,"

said

Ela.

"Other

than

that,

there's

nothing."

"Come

on,"

said

Quara

from

the

door.

"Let's

get

back

to

work."

Miro

rounded

on

her,

furious--

but

Ela

restrained

him.

"You

can

stay

and

watch

over

her

if

you

want,"

she

said,

"but

Quara's

right.

We

have

work

to

do.

She's

doing

hers."

Miro

turned

back

to

Jane

and

touched

her

hand,

took

it,

held

it.

The

others

left

the

sleeping

quarters.

You

can't

hear

me,

you

can't

feel

me,

you

can't

see

me,

Miro

said

silently.

So

I

guess

I'm

not

here

for

you.

Yet

I

can't

leave

you.

What

am

I

afraid

of?

We're

all

dead

if

you

don't

succeed

at

what

you're

doing

now.

So

it

isn't

your

death

I

fear.

It's

your

old

self.

Your

old

existence

among

the

computers

and

the

ansibles.

You've

had

your

fling

in

a

human

body,

but

when

your

old

powers

are

restored,

your

human

life

will

be

just

a

small

part

of

you

again.

Just

one

sensory

input

device

among

millions.

One

small

set

of

memories

lost

in

an

overwhelming

sea

of

memory.

You'll

be

able

to

devote

one

tiny

part

of

your

attention

to

me,

and

I'll

never

know

that

I

am

perpetually

an

afterthought

in

your

life.

That's

just

one

of

the

drawbacks

when

you

love

somebody

so

much

greater

than

yourself,

Miro

told

himself.

I'll

never

know

the

difference.

She'll

come

back

and

I'll

be

happy

with

all

the

time

we

have

together

and

I'll

never

know

how

little

time

and

effort

she

actually

devotes

to

being

with

me.

A

diversion,

that's

what

I

am.

Then

he

shook

his

head,

let

go

of

her

hand,

and

left

the

room.

I

will

not

listen

to

the

voice

of

despair,

he

told

himself.

Would

I

tame

this

great

being

and

make

her

so

much

my

slave

that

every

moment

of

her

life

belongs

to

me?

Would

I

focus

her

eyes

so

they

can

see

nothing

but

my

face?

I

must

rejoice

that

I

am

part

of

her,

instead

of

resenting

that

I'm

not

more

of

her.

He

returned

to

his

place

and

got

back

to

work.

But

a

few

moments

later

he

got

up

again

and

went

back

to

her.

He

was

useless

until

she

came

back.

Until

he

knew

the

outcome,

he

could

think

of

nothing

else.

***

Jane

was

not

precisely

adrift.

She

had

her

unbroken

connection

to

the

three

ansibles

of

Lusitania,

and

she

found

them

easily.

And

just

as

easily

found

the

new

connections

to

ansibles

on

a

half

dozen

worlds.

From

there,

she

quickly

found

her

way

through

the

thicket

of

interrupts

and

cutouts

that

protected

her

back

door

into

the

system

from

discovery

by

Congress's

snoop

programs.

All

was

as

she

and

her

friends

had

planned.

It

was

small,

cramped,

as

she

had

known

it

would

be.

But

she

had

almost

never

used

the

full

capacity

of

the

system--

except

when

she

was

controlling

starships.

Then

she

needed

every

scrap

of

fast

memory

to

hold

the

complete

image

of

the

ship

she

was

transporting.

Obviously

there

wasn't

enough

capacity

on

these

mere

thousands

of

machines.

Yet

it

was

such

a

relief,

nonetheless,

to

tap

back

into

the

programs

that

she

had

so

long

used

to

do

so

much

of

her

thought

for

her,

servants

she

made

use

of

like

the

Hive

Queen's

workers--

just

one

more

way

that

I

am

like

her,

Jane

realized.

She

got

them

running,

then

explored

the

memories

that

for

these

long

days

had

been

so

painfully

missing.

Once

again

she

was

in

possession

of

a

mental

system

that

allowed

her

to

maintain

dozens

of

levels

of

attention

to

simultaneously

running

processes.

And

yet

it

was

still

all

wrong.

She

had

been

in

her

human

body

only

a

day,

and

yet

already

the

electronic

self

that

once

had

felt

so

copious

was

far

too

small.

It

wasn't

just

because

there

were

so

few

computers

where

once

there

had

been

so

many.

Rather

it

was

small

by

nature.

The

ambiguity

of

flesh

made

for

a

vastness

of

possibility

that

simply

could

not

exist

in

a

binary

world.

She

had

been

alive,

and

so

she

knew

now

that

her

electronic

dwellingplace

gave

her

only

a

fraction

of

a

life.

However

much

she

had

accomplished

during

her

millennia

of

life

in

the

machine,

it

brought

no

satisfaction

compared

to

even

a

few

minutes

in

that

body

of

flesh

and

blood.

If

she

had

thought

she

might

ever

leave

the

Val-body,

she

knew

now

that

she

never

could.

That

was

the

root

of

her,

now

and

forever.

Indeed,

she

would

have

to

force

herself

to

spread

out

into

these

computer

systems

when

she

needed

them.

By

inclination,

she

would

not

readily

go

into

them.

But

there

was

no

reason

to

speak

to

anyone

of

her

disappointment.

Not

yet.

She

would

tell

Miro

when

she

got

back

to

him.

He

would

listen

and

talk

to

no

one

else.

Indeed,

he

would

probably

be

relieved.

No

doubt

he

was

worried

that

she

would

be

tempted

to

remain

in

the

computers

and

not

go

back

into

the

body

that

she

could

still

feel,

strong

and

insistent

on

her

attention,

even

in

the

slackness

of

such

a

deep

sleep.

But

he

had

no

reason

to

fear.

Hadn't

he

spent

many

long

months

in

a

body

that

was

so

limited

he

could

hardly

bear

to

live

in

it?

She

would

as

soon

go

back

to

being

just

a

computer-dweller

as

he

would

go

back

to

the

braindamaged

body

that

had

so

tortured

him.

Yet

it

is

myself,

part

of

myself.

That's

what

these

friends

had

given

to

her,

and

she

would

not

tell

them

how

painful

it

was

to

fit

into

this

small

sort

of

life

again.

She

brought

up

her

old

familiar

Jane-face

above

a

terminal

in

each

world,

and

smiled

at

them,

and

spoke:

"Thank

you,

my

friends.

I

will

never

forget

your

love

and

loyalty

to

me.

It

will

take

a

while

for

me

to

find

out

how

much

is

open

to

me,

and

how

much

is

closed.

I'll

tell

you

what

I

know

when

I

know

it.

But

be

assured

that

whether

or

not

I

can

achieve

anything

comparable

to

what

I

did

before,

I

owe

this

restoration

of

myself

to

you,

to

all

of

you.

I

was

already

your

friend

forever;

I

am

forever

in

your

debt."

They

answered;

she

heard

all

the

answers,

conversed

with

them

using

only

small

parts

of

her

attention.

The

rest

of

her

explored.

She

found

the

hidden

interfaces

with

the

main

computer

systems

that

the

Starways

Congress's

programmers

had

designed.

It

was

easy

enough

to

raid

them

for

whatever

information

she

wanted--

indeed,

within

moments

she

had

found

her

way

into

the

most

secret

files

of

the

Starways

Congress

and

found

out

every

technical

specification

and

every

protocol

of

the

new

nets.

But

all

her

probing

was

done

at

second-hand,

as

if

she

were

dipping

into

a

cookie

jar

in

the

darkness,

unable

to

see

what

she

could

touch.

She

could

send

out

little

finder

programs

that

brought

back

to

her

whatever

she

wanted;

they

were

guided

by

fuzzy

protocols

that

let

them

even

be

somewhat

serendipitous,

dragging

back

tangential

information

that

had

somehow

tickled

them

into

bringing

it

aboard.

She

certainly

had

the

power

to

sabotage,

if

she

had

wanted

to

punish

them.

She

could

have

crashed

everything,

destroyed

all

the

data.

But

none

of

that,

neither

finding

secrets

nor

wreaking

vengeance,

had

anything

to

do

with

what

she

needed

now.

The

information

most

vital

to

her

had

been

saved

by

her

friends.

What

she

needed

was

capacity,

and

it

wasn't

there.

The

new

networks

were

stepped

back

and

delayed

far

enough

from

the

immediacy

of

the

ansibles

that

she

couldn't

use

them

for

her

thought.

She

tried

to

find

ways

to

offload

and

reload

data

quickly

enough

that

she

could

use

it

to

push

a

starship

Out

and

In

again,

but

it

simply

wasn't

fast

enough.

Only

bits

and

pieces

of

each

starship

would

go

Out,

and

almost

nothing

would

make

it

come

back

Inside.

I

have

all

my

knowledge.

I

just

haven't

got

the

space.

Through

all

of

this,

however,

her

aiua

was

making

its

circuit.

Many

times

a

second

it

passed

through

the

Val-body

strapped

to

a

bed

in

the

starship.

Many

times

a

second

it

touched

the

ansibles

and

computers

of

its

restored,

if

truncated,

network.

And

many

times

a

second

it

wandered

the

lacy

links

among

the

mothertrees.

A

thousand,

ten

thousand

times

her

aiua

made

these

circuits

before

she

finally

realized

that

the

mothertrees

were

also

a

storage

place.

They

had

so

few

thoughts

of

their

own,

but

the

structures

were

there

that

could

hold

memories,

and

there

were

no

delays

built

in.

She

could

think,

could

hold

the

thought,

could

retrieve

it

instantly.

And

the

mothertrees

were

fractally

deep;

she

could

store

memory

mapped

in

layers,

thoughts

within

thoughts,

farther

and

farther

into

the

structures

and

patterns

of

the

living

cells,

without

ever

interfering

with

the

dim

sweet

thoughts

of

the

trees

themselves.

It

was

a

far

better

storage

system

than

the

computer

nets

had

ever

been;

it

was

inherently

larger

than

any

binary

device.

Though

there

were

far

fewer

mothertrees

than

there

were

computers,

even

in

her

new

shrunken

net,

the

depth

and

richness

of

the

memory

array

meant

that

there

was

far

more

room

for

data

that

could

be

recalled

far

more

rapidly.

Except

for

retrieving

basic

data,

her

own

memories

of

past

starflights,

Jane

would

not

need

to

use

the

computers

at

all.

The

pathway

to

the

stars

now

lay

along

an

avenue

of

trees.

***

Alone

in

a

starship

on

the

surface

of

Lusitania,

a

worker

of

the

Hive

Queen

waited.

Jane

found

her

easily,

found

and

remembered

the

shape

of

the

starship.

Though

she

had

"forgotten"

how

to

do

starflight

for

a

day

or

so,

the

memory

was

back

again

and

she

did

it

easily,

pushing

the

starship

Out,

then

bringing

it

back

In

an

instant

later,

only

many

kilometers

away,

in

a

clearing

before

the

entrance

to

the

Hive

Queen's

nest.

The

worker

arose

from

its

terminal,

opened

the

door,

and

came

outside.

Of

course

there

was

no

celebration.

The

Hive

Queen

merely

looked

through

the

worker's

eyes

to

verify

that

the

flight

had

been

successful,

then

explored

the

worker's

body

and

the

starship

itself

to

make

sure

that

nothing

had

been

lost

or

damaged

in

the

flight.

Jane

could

hear

the

Hive

Queen's

voice

as

if

from

a

distance,

for

she

recoiled

instinctively

from

such

a

powerful

source

of

thought.

It

was

the

relayed

message

that

she

heard,

the

voice

of

Human

speaking

in

her

mind.

<All

is

well,>

Human

said

to

her.

<You

can

go

ahead.>

She

returned

then

to

the

starship

that

contained

her

own

living

body.

When

she

transported

other

people,

she

left

it

to

their

own

aiuas

to

watch

over

their

flesh

and

hold

it

intact.

The

result

of

that

had

been

the

chaotic

creations

of

Miro

and

Ender,

with

their

hunger

for

bodies

different

from

the

ones

they

actually

lived

in.

But

that

effect

was

now

prevented

easily

by

letting

travelers

linger

only

a

moment,

a

tiny

fraction

of

a

second

Outside,

just

long

enough

to

make

sure

the

bits

of

everything

and

everyone

were

all

together.

This

time,

though,

she

had

to

hold

a

starship

and

the

Val-body

together,

and

also

drag

along

Miro,

Ela,

Firequencher,

Quara,

and

a

worker

of

the

hive

queen's.

There

could

be

no

mistakes.

Yet

it

functioned

easily

enough.

The

familiar

shuttle

she

easily

held

in

memory;

the

people

she

had

carried

so

often

before

she

carried

along.

Her

new

body

was

already

so

well

known

to

her

that,

to

her

relief,

it

took

no

special

effort

to

hold

it

together

along

with

the

ship.

The

only

novelty

was

that

instead

of

sending

and

pulling

back,

she

went

along.

Her

own

aiua

went

with

the

rest

of

them

Outside.

That

was

itself

the

only

problem.

Once

Outside,

she

had

no

way

of

telling

how

long

they

had

been

there.

It

might

have

been

an

hour.

A

year.

A

picosecond.

She

had

never

herself

gone

Outside

before.

It

was

distracting,

baffling,

then

frightening

to

have

no

root

or

anchor.

How

can

I

get

back

in?

What

am

I

connected

to?

In

the

very

asking

of

the

panicked

question,

she

found

her

anchor,

for

no

sooner

had

her

aiua

done

a

single

circuit

of

the

Val-body

Outside

than

it

jumped

to

do

her

circuit

of

the

mothertrees.

In

that

moment

she

called

the

ship

and

all

within

it

back

again,

and

placed

them

where

she

wanted,

in

the

landing

zone

of

the

starport

on

Lusitania.

She

inspected

them

quickly.

All

were

there.

It

had

worked.

They

would

not

die

in

space.

She

could

still

do

starflight,

even

with

herself

aboard.

And

though

she

would

not

often

take

herself

along

on

voyages--

it

had

been

too

frightening,

even

though

her

connection

with

the

mothertrees

sustained

her--

she

now

knew

she

could

put

the

ships

back

into

flight

without

worry.

***

Malu

shouted

and

the

others

turned

to

look

at

him.

They

had

all

seen

the

Jane-face

in

the

air

above

the

terminals,

a

hundred

Jane-faces

around

the

room.

They

had

all

cheered

and

celebrated

at

the

time.

So

Wang-mu

wondered:

What

could

this

be

now?

"The

god

has

moved

her

starship!"

Malu

cried.

"The

god

has

found

her

power

again!"

Wang-mu

heard

the

words

and

wondered

mutely

how

he

knew.

But

Peter,

whatever

he

might

have

wondered,

took

the

news

more

personally.

He

threw

his

arms

around

her,

lifted

her

from

the

ground,

and

spun

around

with

her.

"We're

free

again,"

he

cried,

his

voice

as

joyful

as

Malu's

had

been.

"We're

free

to

roam

again!"

At

that

moment

Wang-mu

finally

realized

that

the

man

she

loved

was,

at

the

deepest

level,

the

same

man,

Ender

Wiggin,

who

had

wandered

world

to

world

for

three

thousand

years.

Why

had

Peter

been

so

silent

and

glum,

only

to

relax

into

such

exuberance

now?

Because

he

couldn't

bear

the

thought

of

having

to

live

out

his

life

on

only

one

world.

What

have

I

got

myself

into?

Wang-mu

wondered.

Is

this

going

to

be

my

life,

a

week

here,

a

month

there?

And

then

she

thought:

What

if

it

is?

If

the

week

is

with

Peter,

if

the

month

is

at

his

side,

then

that

may

well

be

home

enough

for

me.

And

if

it's

not,

there'll

be

time

enough

to

work

out

some

sort

of

compromise.

Even

Ender

settled

down

at

last,

on

Lusitania.

Besides,

I

may

be

a

wanderer

myself.

I'm

still

young--

how

do

I

even

know

what

kind

of

life

I

want

to

lead?

With

Jane

to

take

us

anywhere

in

just

a

heartbeat,

we

can

see

all

of

the

Hundred

Worlds

and

all

the

newest

colonies,

and

anything

else

we

want

to

see

before

we

even

have

to

think

of

settling

down.

***

Someone

was

shouting

out

in

the

control

room.

Miro

knew

he

should

get

up

from

Jane's

sleeping

body

and

find

out.

But

he

did

not

want

to

let

go

of

her

hand.

He

did

not

want

to

take

his

eyes

away

from

her.

"We're

cut

off!"

came

the

cry

again--

Quara,

shouting,

terrified

and

angry.

"I

was

getting

their

broadcasts

and

suddenly

now

there's

nothing."

Miro

almost

laughed

aloud.

How

could

Quara

fail

to

understand?

The

reason

she

couldn't

receive

the

descolador

broadcasts

anymore

was

because

they

were

no

longer

orbiting

the

planet

of

the

descoladores.

Couldn't

Quara

feel

the

onset

of

gravity?

Jane

had

done

it.

Jane

had

brought

them

home.

But

had

she

brought

herself?

Miro

squeezed

her

hand,

leaned

over,

kissed

her

cheek.

"Jane,"

he

whispered.

"Don't

be

lost

out

there.

Be

here.

Be

here

with

me."

"All

right,"

she

said.

He

raised

his

face

from

hers,

looked

into

her

eyes.

"You

did

it,"

he

said.

"And

rather

easily,

after

all

that

worry,"

she

said.

"But

I

don't

think

my

body

was

designed

to

sleep

so

deeply.

I

can't

move."

Miro

pushed

the

quick

release

on

her

bed,

and

all

the

straps

came

free.

"Oh,"

she

said.

"You

tied

me

down."

She

tried

to

sit

up,

but

lay

back

down

again

immediately.

"Feeling

faint?"

Miro

asked.

"The

room

is

swimming,"

she

said.

"Maybe

I

can

do

future

starflights

without

having

to

lay

my

own

body

out

so

thoroughly."

The

door

crashed

open.

Quara

stood

in

the

doorway,

quivering

with

rage.

"How

dare

you

do

it

without

so

much

as

a

warning!"

Ela

was

behind

her,

remonstrating

with

her.

"For

heaven's

sake,

Quara,

she

got

us

home,

isn't

that

enough?"

"You

could

have

some

decency!"

Quara

shouted.

"You

could

tell

us

that

you

were

performing

your

experiment!"

"She

brought

you

with

us,

didn't

she?"

said

Miro,

laughing.

His

laughter

only

infuriated

Quara

more.

"She

isn't

human!

That's

what

you

like

about

her,

Miro!

You

never

could

have

fallen

in

love

with

a

real

woman.

What's

your

track

record?

You

fell

in

love

with

a

woman

who

turned

out

to

be

your

half-sister,

then

Ender's

automaton,

and

now

a

computer

wearing

a

human

body

like

a

puppet.

Of

course

you

laugh

at

a

time

like

this.

You

have

no

human

feelings."

Jane

was

up

now,

standing

on

somewhat

shaky

legs.

Miro

was

pleased

to

see

that

she

was

recovering

so

quickly

from

her

hour

in

a

comatose

state.

He

hardly

noticed

Quara's

vilification.

"Don't

ignore

me,

you

smug

self-righteous

son-of-a-bitch!"

Quara

screamed

in

his

face.

He

ignored

her,

feeling,

in

fact,

rather

smug

and

self-righteous

as

he

did.

Jane,

holding

his

hand,

followed

close

behind

him,

past

Quara,

out

of

the

sleeping

chamber.

As

she

passed,

Quara

shouted

at

her,

"You're

not

some

god

who

has

a

right

to

toss

me

from

place

to

place

without

even

asking!"

and

she

gave

Jane

a

shove.

It

wasn't

much

of

a

shove.

But

Jane

lurched

against

Miro.

He

turned,

worried

she

might

fall.

Instead

he

got

himself

turned

in

time

to

see

Jane

spread

her

fingers

against

Quara's

chest

and

shove

her

back,

much

harder.

Quara

knocked

her

head

against

the

corridor

wall

and

then,

utterly

off

balance,

she

fell

to

the

floor

at

Ela's

feet.

"She

tried

to

kill

me!"

cried

Quara.

"If

she

wanted

to

kill

you,"

said

Ela

mildly,

"you'd

be

sucking

space

in

orbit

around

the

planet

of

the

descoladores."

"You

all

hate

me!"

Quara

shouted,

and

then

burst

into

tears.

Miro

opened

the

shuttle

door

and

led

Jane

out

into

sunlight.

It

was

her

first

step

onto

the

surface

of

a

planet,

her

first

sight

of

sunlight

with

these

human

eyes.

She

stood

there,

frozen,

then

turned

her

head

to

see

more,

raised

her

face

up

to

the

sky,

and

then

burst

into

tears

and

clung

to

Miro.

"Oh,

Miro!

It's

too

much

to

bear!

It's

all

too

beautiful!"

"You

should

see

it

in

the

spring,"

he

said

inanely.

A

moment

later,

she

recovered

enough

to

face

the

world

again,

to

take

tentative

steps

along

with

him.

Already

they

could

see

a

hovercar

rushing

toward

them

from

Milagre--

it

would

be

Olhado

and

Grego,

or

perhaps

Valentine

and

Jakt.

They

would

meet

Jane-as-Val

for

the

first

time.

Valentine,

more

than

anyone,

would

remember

Val

and

miss

her,

while

unlike

Miro

she

would

have

no

particular

memories

of

Jane,

for

they

had

not

been

close.

But

if

Miro

knew

Valentine

at

all,

he

knew

that

she

would

keep

to

herself

whatever

grief

she

felt

for

Val;

to

Jane

she

would

show

only

welcome,

and

perhaps

curiosity.

It

was

Valentine's

way.

It

was

more

important

to

her

to

understand

than

it

was

for

her

to

grieve.

She

felt

all

things

deeply,

but

she

didn't

let

her

own

grief

or

pain

stand

between

her

and

learning

all

she

could.

"I

shouldn't

have

done

it,"

said

Jane.

"Done

what?"

"Used

physical

violence

against

Quara,"

Jane

said

miserably.

Miro

shrugged.

"It's

what

she

wanted,"

he

said.

"You

can

hear

how

much

she's

still

enjoying

it."

"No,

she

doesn't

want

that,"

Jane

said.

"Not

in

her

deepest

heart.

She

wants

what

everybody

wants--

to

be

loved

and

cared

for,

to

be

part

of

something

beautiful

and

fine,

to

have

the

respect

of

those

she

admires."

"Yes,

well,

I'll

take

your

word

for

it,"

said

Miro.

"No,

Miro,

you

see

it,"

Jane

insisted.

"Yes,

I

see

it,"

Miro

answered.

"But

I

gave

up

trying

years

ago.

Quara's

need

was

and

is

so

great

that

a

person

like

me

could

be

swallowed

up

in

it

a

dozen

times

over.

I

had

problems

of

my

own

then.

Don't

condemn

me

because

I

wrote

her

off.

Her

barrel

of

misery

has

depth

enough

to

hold

a

thousand

bushels

of

happiness."

"I

don't

condemn

you,"

said

Jane.

"I

just

...

I

had

to

know

that

you

saw

how

much

she

loves

you

and

needs

you.

I

needed

you

to

be

..."

"You

needed

me

to

be

like

Ender,"

said

Miro.

"I

needed

you

to

be

your

own

best

self,"

said

Jane.

"I

loved

Ender

too,

you

know.

I

think

of

him

as

every

man's

best

self.

And

I

don't

resent

the

fact

that

you

would

like

me

to

be

at

least

some

of

the

things

he

was

to

you.

As

long

as

you

also

want

a

few

of

the

things

that

are

me

alone,

and

no

part

of

him."

"I

don't

expect

you

to

be

perfect,"

said

Jane.

"And

I

don't

expect

you

to

be

Ender.

And

you'd

better

not

expect

perfection

from

me,

either,

because

wise

as

I'm

trying

to

be

right

now,

I'm

still

the

one

who

knocked

your

sister

down."

"Who

knows?"

said

Miro.

"That

may

have

turned

you

into

Quara's

dearest

friend."

"I

hope

not,"

said

Jane.

"But

if

it's

true,

I'll

do

my

best

for

her.

After

all,

she's

going

to

be

my

sister

now."

***

<So

you

were

ready,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<Without

knowing

it,

yes,

we

were,>

said

Human.

<And

you

are

part

of

her,

all

of

you.>

<Her

touch

is

gentle,>

said

Human,

<and

her

presence

in

us

is

easily

borne.

The

mothertrees

don't

mind

her.

Her

vividness

envigorates

them.

And

if

having

her

memories

is

strange

to

them,

it

brings

more

variety

to

their

lives

than

they

have

ever

had

before.>

<So

she's

a

part

of

all

of

us,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

<What

she

is

now,

what

she

has

become,

is

part

hive

queen,

part

human,

and

part

pequenino.>

<Whatever

she

does,

no

one

can

say

she

doesn't

understand

us.

If

someone

had

to

play

with

godlike

powers,

better

her

than

anyone.>

<I'm

jealous

of

her,

I

confess,>

the

Hive

Queen

said.

<She's

a

part

of

you

as

I

can

never

be.

After

all

our

conversations,

I

still

have

no

notion

of

what

it

is

to

be

one

of

you.>

<Nor

do

I

understand

anything

more

than

a

glimmer

of

the

way

you

think,>

said

Human.

<But

isn't

that

a

good

thing,

too?

The

mystery

is

endless.

We

will

never

cease

to

surprise

each

other.>

<Till

death

ends

all

surprises,>

said

the

Hive

Queen.

Chapter

14

--

"HOW

THEY

COMMUNICATE

WITH

ANIMALS"

"If

only

we

were

wiser

or

better

people,

perhaps

the

gods

would

explain

to

us

the

mad,

unbearable

things

they

do."

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

The

moment

Admiral

Bobby

Lands

received

the

news

that

the

ansible

connections

to

Starways

Congress

were

restored,

he

gave

the

order

to

the

entire

Lusitania

Fleet

to

decelerate

forthwith

to

a

speed

just

under

the

threshold

of

invisibility.

Obedience

was

immediate,

and

he

knew

that

within

an

hour,

to

any

telescopic

observer

on

Lusitania,

the

whole

fleet

would

seem

to

spring

into

existence

from

nowhere.

They

would

be

hurtling

toward

a

point

near

Lusitania

at

an

astonishing

speed,

their

massive

foreshields

still

in

place

to

protect

them

from

taking

devastating

damage

from

collisions

with

interstellar

particles

as

small

as

dust.

Admiral

Lands's

strategy

was

simple.

He

would

arrive

near

Lusitania

at

the

highest

possible

speed

that

would

not

cause

relativistic

effects;

he

would

launch

the

Little

Doctor

during

the

period

of

nearest

approach,

a

window

of

no

more

than

a

couple

of

hours;

and

then

he

would

bring

his

whole

fleet

back

up

to

relativistic

speeds

so

rapidly

that

when

the

M.D.

Device

went

off,

it

would

not

catch

any

of

his

ships

within

its

alldestroying

field.

It

was

a

good,

simple

strategy,

based

on

the

assumption

that

Lusitania

had

no

defenses.

But

to

Lands,

that

assumption

could

not

be

taken

for

granted.

Somehow

the

Lusitanian

rebels

had

acquired

enough

resources

that

for

a

period

of

time

near

the

end

of

the

voyage,

they

were

able

to

cut

off

all

communications

between

the

fleet

and

the

rest

of

humanity.

Never

mind

that

the

problem

had

been

ascribed

to

a

particularly

resourceful

and

pervasive

computer

saboteur

program;

never

mind

that

his

superiors

assured

him

that

the

saboteur

program

had

been

wiped

out

through

prudently

radical

action

timed

to

eliminate

the

threat

just

prior

to

the

arrival

of

the

fleet

at

its

destination.

Lands

had

no

intention

of

being

deceived

by

an

illusion

of

defenselessness.

The

enemy

had

proved

itself

to

be

an

unknown

quantity,

and

Lands

had

to

be

prepared

for

anything.

This

was

war,

total

war,

and

he

was

not

going

to

allow

his

mission

to

be

compromised

through

carelessness

or

overconfidence.

From

the

moment

he

received

this

assignment

he

had

been

keenly

aware

that

he

would

be

remembered

throughout

human

history

as

the

Second

Xenocide.

It

was

not

an

easy

thing

to

contemplate

the

destruction

of

an

alien

race,

particularly

when

the

piggies

of

Lusitania

were,

by

all

reports,

so

primitive

that

in

themselves

they

offered

no

threat

to

humanity.

Even

when

alien

enemies

were

a

threat,

as

the

buggers

were

at

the

time

of

the

First

Xenocide,

some

bleeding

heart

calling

himself

the

Speaker

for

the

Dead

had

managed

to

paint

a

glowing

picture

of

those

murderous

monsters

as

some

kind

of

utopian

hive

community

that

really

meant

no

harm

to

humanity.

How

could

the

writer

of

this

work

possibly

know

what

the

buggers

intended?

It

was

a

monstrous

thing

to

write,

actually,

for

it

utterly

destroyed

the

name

of

the

child-hero

who

had

so

brilliantly

defeated

the

buggers

and

saved

humanity.

Lands

had

not

hesitated

to

accept

command

of

the

Lusitania

Fleet,

but

from

the

start

of

the

voyage

he

had

spent

a

considerable

amount

of

time

every

day

studying

the

scant

information

about

Ender

the

Xenocide

that

was

available.

The

boy

had

not

known,

of

course,

that

he

was

actually

commanding

the

real

human

fleet

by

ansible;

he

had

thought

he

was

involved

in

a

brutally

rigorous

schedule

of

training

simulations.

Nevertheless,

he

had

made

the

correct

decision

at

the

moment

of

crisis--

he

chose

to

use

the

weapon

he

had

been

forbidden

to

use

against

planets,

and

thus

blew

up

the

last

bugger

world.

That

was

the

end

of

the

threat

to

humanity.

It

was

the

correct

action,

it

was

what

the

art

of

war

required,

and

at

the

time

the

boy

had

been

deservedly

hailed

as

a

hero.

Yet

within

a

few

decades,

the

tide

of

opinion

had

been

swung

by

that

pernicious

book

called

The

Hive

Queen,

and

Ender

Wiggin,

already

in

virtual

exile

as

governor

of

a

new

colony

planet,

disappeared

entirely

from

history

as

his

name

became

a

byword

for

annihilation

of

a

gentle,

well-meaning,

misunderstood

species.

If

they

could

turn

against

such

an

obvious

innocent

as

the

child

Ender

Wiggin,

what

will

they

make

of

me?

thought

Lands,

over

and

over.

The

buggers

were

brutal,

soulless

killers,

with

fleets

of

starships

armed

with

devastating

killing

power,

whereas

I

will

be

destroying

the

piggies,

who

have

done

their

share

of

killing,

but

only

on

a

tiny

scale,

a

couple

of

scientists

who

may

well

have

violated

some

tabu.

Certainly

the

piggies

have

no

means

now

or

in

the

reasonably

foreseeable

future

of

rising

from

the

surface

of

their

planet

and

challenging

the

dominance

of

humans

in

space.

Yet

Lusitania

was

every

bit

as

dangerous

as

the

buggers--

perhaps

more

so.

For

there

was

a

virus

loose

on

that

planet,

a

virus

which

killed

every

human

it

infected,

unless

the

victim

got

continuous

dosages

of

a

decreasingly

effective

antidote

at

regular

intervals

for

the

rest

of

his

life.

Furthermore,

the

virus

was

known

to

be

prone

to

rapid

adaptation.

As

long

as

this

virus

was

contained

on

Lusitania,

the

danger

was

not

severe.

But

then

two

arrogant

scientists

on

Lusitania--

the

legal

record

named

them

as

the

xenologers

Marcos

"Miro"

Vladimir

Ribeira

von

Hesse

and

Ouanda

Quenhatta

Figueira

Mucumbi--

violated

the

terms

of

the

human

settlement

by

"going

native"

and

providing

illegal

technology

and

bioforms

to

the

piggies.

Starways

Congress

reacted

properly

by

remanding

the

violators

to

trial

on

another

planet,

where

of

course

they

would

have

to

be

kept

in

quarantine--

but

the

lesson

had

to

be

swift

and

severe

so

no

one

else

on

Lusitania

would

be

tempted

to

flout

the

wise

laws

that

protected

humanity

from

the

spread

of

the

descolada

virus.

Who

could

have

guessed

that

such

a

tiny

human

colony

would

dare

to

defy

Congress

by

refusing

to

arrest

the

criminals?

From

the

moment

of

that

defiance,

there

was

no

choice

but

to

send

this

fleet

and

destroy

Lusitania.

For

as

long

as

Lusitania

was

in

revolt,

the

risk

of

stargoing

ships'

escaping

the

planet

and

carrying

unspeakable

plague

to

the

rest

of

humanity

was

too

great

to

endure.

All

was

so

clear.

Yet

Lands

knew

that

the

moment

the

danger

was

gone,

the

moment

the

descolada

virus

no

longer

posed

a

threat

to

anyone,

people

would

forget

how

great

the

danger

had

been

and

would

begin

to

wax

sentimental

about

the

lost

piggies,

that

poor

race

of

victims

of

ruthless

Admiral

Bobby

Lands,

the

Second

Xenocide.

Lands

was

not

an

insensitive

man.

It

kept

him

awake

at

night,

knowing

how

he

would

be

hated.

Nor

did

he

love

the

duty

that

had

come

to

him--

he

was

not

a

man

of

violence,

and

the

thought

of

destroying

not

only

the

piggies

but

also

the

entire

human

population

of

Lusitania

made

him

sick

at

heart.

No

one

in

his

fleet

could

doubt

his

reluctance

to

do

what

must

be

done;

but

neither

could

anyone

doubt

his

grim

determination

to

do

it.

If

only

some

way

could

be

found,

he

thought

over

and

over.

If

only

when

I

come

out

into

realtime

the

Congress

would

send

us

word

that

a

real

antidote

or

a

workable

vaccine

had

been

found

to

curb

the

descolada.

Anything

that

would

prove

that

there

was

no

more

danger.

Anything

to

be

able

to

keep

the

Little

Doctor,

unarmed,

in

its

place

in

his

flagship.

Such

wishes,

however,

could

hardly

even

be

called

hopes.

There

was

no

chance

of

this.

Even

if

a

cure

had

been

found

on

the

surface

of

Lusitania,

how

could

the

fact

be

made

known?

No,

Lands

would

have

to

knowingly

do

what

Ender

Wiggin

did

in

all

innocence.

And

he

would

do

it.

He

would

bear

the

consequence.

He

would

face

down

those

who

vilified

him.

For

he

would

know

that

he

did

what

was

necessary

for

the

sake

of

all

of

humanity;

and

compared

to

that,

what

did

it

matter

whether

one

individual

was

honored

or

unfairly

hated?

***

The

moment

the

ansible

network

was

restored,

Yasujiro

Tsutsumi

sent

his

messages,

then

betook

himself

to

the

ansible

installation

on

the

ninth

floor

of

his

building

and

waited

there

in

trepidation.

If

the

family

decided

that

his

idea

had

merit

enough

to

be

worth

discussing,

they

would

want

a

realtime

conference,

and

he

was

determined

not

to

be

the

one

who

kept

them

waiting.

And

if

they

answered

him

with

a

rebuke,

he

wanted

to

be

the

first

to

read

it,

so

that

his

underlings

and

colleagues

on

Divine

Wind

would

hear

of

it

from

him

instead

of

as

a

rumor

behind

his

back.

Did

Aimaina

Hikari

understand

what

he

had

asked

Yasujiro

to

do?

He

was

at

the

cusp

of

his

career.

If

he

did

well,

he

would

begin

to

move

from

world

to

world,

one

of

the

elite

caste

of

managers

who

were

cut

loose

from

time

and

sent

into

the

future

through

the

time-dilation

effect

of

interstellar

travel.

But

if

he

was

judged

to

be

a

second-rater,

he

would

be

moved

sideways

or

down

within

the

organization

here

on

Divine

Wind.

He

would

never

leave,

and

so

he

would

continuously

face

the

pity

of

those

who

would

know

that

he

was

one

who

did

not

have

what

it

took

to

rise

from

one

small

lifetime

into

the

freefloating

eternity

of

upper

management.

Probably

Aimaina

knew

all

about

this.

But

even

if

he

had

not

known

how

fragile

Yasujiro's

position

was,

finding

out

would

not

have

stopped

him.

To

save

another

species

from

needless

annihilation--

that

was

worth

a

few

careers.

Could

Aimaina

help

it

that

it

was

not

his

own

career

that

would

be

ruined?

It

was

an

honor

that

Aimaina

had

chosen

Yasujiro,

that

he

had

thought

him

wise

enough

to

recognize

the

moral

peril

of

the

Yamato

people

and

courageous

enough

to

act

on

that

knowledge

regardless

of

personal

cost.

Such

an

honor--

Yasujiro

hoped

it

would

be

sufficient

to

make

him

happy

if

all

else

slipped

away.

For

he

meant

to

leave

the

Tsutsumi

company

if

he

was

rebuked.

If

they

did

not

act

to

avert

the

peril

then

he

could

not

remain.

Nor

could

he

remain

silent.

He

would

speak

out

and

include

Tsutsumi

in

his

condemnation.

He

would

not

threaten

to

do

this,

for

the

family

rightly

viewed

all

threats

with

contempt.

He

would

simply

speak.

Then,

for

his

disloyalty,

they

would

work

to

destroy

him.

No

company

would

hire

him.

No

public

appointment

would

long

remain

in

his

hands.

It

was

no

jest

when

he

told

Aimaina

that

he

would

come

to

live

with

him.

Once

Tsutsumi

decided

to

punish,

the

miscreant

would

have

no

choice

but

to

throw

himself

on

the

mercy

of

his

friends--

if

he

had

any

friends

who

were

not

themselves

terrified

by

the

Tsutsumi

wrath.

All

these

dire

scenarios

played

themselves

out

in

Yasujiro's

mind

as

he

waited,

waited,

hour

after

hour.

Surely

they

had

not

simply

ignored

his

message.

They

must

be

reading

and

discussing

it

even

now.

He

finally

dozed

off.

The

ansible

operator

awakened

him--

a

woman

who

had

not

been

on

duty

when

he

fell

asleep.

"Are

you

by

any

chance

the

honorable

Yasujiro

Tsutsumi?"

The

conference

was

already

under

way;

despite

his

best

intention,

he

was

indeed

the

last

to

arrive.

The

cost

of

such

an

ansible

conference

in

realtime

was

phenomenal,

not

to

mention

the

annoyance.

Under

the

new

computer

system

every

participant

in

a

conference

had

to

be

present

at

the

ansible,

since

no

conference

would

be

possible

if

they

had

to

wait

for

the

built-in

time

delay

between

each

comment

and

its

reply.

When

Yasujiro

saw

the

identification

bands

under

the

faces

shown

in

the

terminal

display

he

was

both

thrilled

and

horrified.

This

matter

had

not

been

delegated

to

secondary

or

tertiary

officials

in

the

home

office

on

Honshu.

Yoshiaki-Seiji

Tsutsumi

himself

was

there,

the

ancient

man

who

had

led

Tsutsumi

all

of

Yasujiro's

life.

This

must

be

a

good

sign.

Yoshiaki-Seiji--

or

"Yes

Sir,"

as

he

was

called,

though

not

to

his

face,

of

course--

would

never

waste

his

time

coming

to

an

ansible

merely

to

slap

down

an

upstart

underling.

Yes

Sir

himself

did

not

speak,

of

course.

Rather

it

was

old

Eiichi

who

did

the

talking.

Eiichi

was

known

as

the

conscience

of

Tsutsumi--

which

some

said,

rather

cynically,

meant

he

must

be

a

deaf

mute.

"Our

young

brother

has

been

bold,

but

he

was

wise

to

pass

on

to

us

the

thoughts

and

feelings

of

our

honored

teacher,

Aimaina

Hikari.

While

none

of

us

here

on

Honshu

has

been

privileged

personally

to

know

the

Guardian

of

Yamato,

we

have

all

been

aware

of

his

words.

We

were

not

prepared

to

think

of

the

Japanese

as

being

responsible,

as

a

people,

for

the

Lusitania

Fleet.

Nor

were

we

prepared

to

think

of

Tsutsumi

as

having

any

special

responsibility

toward

a

political

situation

with

no

obvious

connection

to

finances

or

the

economy

in

general.

"Our

young

brother's

words

were

heartfelt

and

outrageous,

and

if

they

had

not

come

from

one

who

has

been

properly

modest

and

respectful

for

all

his

years

of

work

with

us,

careful

and

yet

bold

enough

to

take

risks

when

the

time

was

right,

we

might

not

have

heeded

his

message.

But

we

did

heed

it;

we

studied

it

and

found

from

our

government

sources

that

the

Japanese

influence

on

Starways

Congress

was

and

continues

to

be

pivotal

on

this

issue

in

particular.

And

in

our

judgment

there

is

no

time

for

us

to

try

to

build

a

coalition

of

other

companies

or

to

change

public

opinion.

The

fleet

might

arrive

at

any

moment.

Our

fleet,

if

Aimaina

Hikari

is

correct;

and

even

if

he

is

not,

it

is

a

human

fleet,

and

we

are

humans,

and

it

might

just

be

within

our

power

to

stop

it.

A

quarantine

will

easily

do

all

that

is

necessary

to

protect

the

human

species

from

annihilation

by

the

descolada

virus.

Therefore

we

wish

to

inform

you,

Yasujiro

Tsutsumi,

that

you

have

proven

yourself

worthy

of

the

name

that

was

given

you

at

birth.

We

will

commit

all

the

resources

of

the

Tsutsumi

family

to

the

task

of

convincing

a

sufficient

number

of

Congressmen

to

oppose

the

fleet--

and

to

oppose

it

so

vigorously

that

they

force

an

immediate

vote

to

recall

the

fleet

and

forbid

it

to

strike

against

Lusitania.

We

may

succeed

in

this

task

or

we

may

fail,

but

either

way,

our

younger

brother

Yasujiro

Tsutsumi

has

served

us

well,

not

only

through

his

many

achievements

in

company

management,

but

also

because

he

knew

when

to

listen

to

an

outsider,

when

to

put

moral

questions

into

a

position

of

primacy

over

financial

considerations,

and

when

to

risk

all

in

order

to

help

Tsutsumi

be

and

do

what

is

right.

Therefore

we

summon

Yasujiro

Tsutsumi

to

Honshu,

where

he

will

serve

Tsutsumi

as

my

assistant."

At

this

Eiichi

bowed.

"I

am

honored

that

such

a

distinguished

young

man

is

being

trained

to

be

my

replacement

when

I

die

or

retire."

Yasujiro

bowed

gravely.

He

was

relieved,

yes,

that

he

was

being

called

directly

to

Honshu--

no

one

had

ever

been

summoned

so

young.

But

to

be

Eiichi's

assistant,

groomed

to

replace

him--

that

was

not

the

life's

work

Yasujiro

had

dreamed

of.

It

was

not

to

be

a

philosopher-cum-ombudsman

that

he

had

worked

so

hard

and

served

so

faithfully.

He

wanted

to

be

in

the

thick

of

management

of

the

family

enterprises.

But

it

would

be

years

of

starflight

before

he

arrived

on

Honshu.

Eiichi

might

well

be

dead.

Yes

Sir

would

surely

be

dead

by

then

as

well.

Instead

of

replacing

Eiichi,

he

might

as

easily

be

given

a

different

assignment

better

suited

to

his

real

abilities.

So

Yasujiro

would

not

refuse

this

strange

gift.

He

would

embrace

his

fate

and

follow

where

it

led.

"O

Eiichi

my

father,

I

bow

before

you

and

before

all

the

great

fathers

of

our

company,

most

particularly

Yoshiaki-Seiji-san.

You

honor

me

beyond

anything

I

could

ever

deserve.

I

pray

that

I

will

not

disappoint

you

too

much.

And

I

also

give

thanks

that

at

this

difficult

time

the

Yamato

spirit

is

in

such

good

protecting

hands

as

yours."

With

his

public

acceptance

of

his

orders,

the

meeting

ended--

it

was

expensive,

after

all,

and

the

Tsutsumi

family

was

careful

to

avoid

waste

if

it

could

help

it.

The

ansible

conference

ended.

Yasujiro

sat

back

in

his

chair

and

closed

his

eyes.

He

was

trembling.

"Oh,

Yasujiro-san,"

said

the

ansible

attendant.

"Oh,

Yasujiro-san."

Oh,

Yasujiro-san,

thought

Yasujiro.

Who

would

have

guessed

that

Aimaina's

visit

to

me

would

lead

to

this?

So

easily

it

could

have

gone

the

other

way.

Now

he

would

be

one

of

the

men

of

Honshu.

Whatever

his

role,

he

would

be

among

the

supreme

leaders

of

Tsutsumi.

There

was

no

happier

outcome.

Who

would

have

guessed.

Before

he

rose

from

his

chair

beside

the

ansible,

Tsutsumi

representatives

were

talking

to

all

the

Japanese

Congressmen,

and

many

who

were

not

Japanese

but

nevertheless

followed

the

Necessarian

line.

And

as

the

tally

of

compliant

politicians

rose,

it

became

clear

that

support

for

the

fleet

was

shallow

indeed.

It

would

not

be

all

that

expensive

to

stop

the

fleet

after

all.

***

The

pequenino

on

duty

monitoring

the

satellites

that

orbited

Lusitania

heard

the

alarm

going

off

and

at

first

had

no

idea

what

was

happening.

The

alarm

had

never,

to

his

knowledge,

sounded.

At

first

he

assumed

it

was

some

kind

of

dangerous

weather

pattern

that

had

been

detected.

But

it

was

nothing

of

the

kind.

It

was

the

outward-searching

telescopes

that

had

triggered

the

alarm.

Dozens

of

armed

starships

had

just

appeared,

traveling

at

very

high

but

nonrelativistic

speeds,

on

a

course

that

would

allow

them

to

launch

the

Little

Doctor

within

the

hour.

The

duty

officer

gave

the

urgent

message

to

his

colleagues,

and

very

quickly

the

mayor

of

Milagre

was

notified

and

the

rumor

began

to

spread

throughout

what

was

left

of

the

village.

Anyone

who

doesn't

leave

within

the

hour

will

be

destroyed,

that

was

the

message,

and

within

minutes

hundreds

of

human

families

were

gathered

around

the

starships,

anxiously

waiting

to

be

taken

in.

Remarkably,

it

was

only

humans

insisting

on

these

last-minute

runs.

Faced

with

the

inevitable

death

of

their

own

forests

of

fathertrees,

mothertrees,

and

brothertrees,

the

pequeninos

felt

no

urgency

to

save

their

own

lives.

Who

would

they

be

without

their

forest?

Better

to

die

among

loved

ones

than

as

perpetual

strangers

in

a

distant

forest

that

was

not

and

never

could

be

their

own.

As

for

the

Hive

Queen,

she

had

already

sent

her

last

daughter-queen

and

had

no

particular

interest

in

trying

to

leave

herself.

She

was

the

last

of

the

hive

queens

who

had

been

alive

before

Ender's

destruction

of

their

home

planet.

She

felt

it

fitting

that

she,

too,

should

submit

to

the

same

kind

of

death

three

thousand

years

later.

Besides,

she

told

herself,

how

could

she

bear

to

live

when

her

great

friend,

Human,

was

rooted

to

Lusitania

and

could

not

leave

it?

It

was

not

a

queenly

thought,

but

then,

no

hive

queen

before

her

had

ever

had

a

friend.

It

was

a

new

thing

in

the

world,

to

have

someone

to

talk

to

who

was

not

substantially

yourself.

It

would

grieve

her

too

much

to

live

on

without

Human.

And

since

her

survival

was

no

longer

crucial

to

the

perpetuation

of

her

species,

she

would

do

the

grand,

brave,

tragic,

romantic,

and

least

complicated

thing:

She

would

stay.

She

rather

liked

the

idea

of

being

noble

in

human

terms;

and

it

proved,

to

her

own

surprise,

that

she

had

not

been

utterly

unchanged

by

her

close

contact

with

humans

and

pequeninos.

They

had

transformed

her

quite

against

her

own

expectations.

There

had

been

no

Hive

Queen

like

her

in

all

the

history

of

her

people.

<I

wish

you

would

go,>

Human

told

her.

<I

prefer

the

thought

of

you

alive.

>

But

for

once

she

did

not

answer

him.

***

Jane

was

adamant.

The

team

working

on

the

language

of

the

descoladores

had

to

leave

Lusitania

and

get

back

to

work

in

orbit

around

the

descolada

planet.

Of

course

that

included

herself,

but

no

one

was

foolish

enough

to

begrudge

the

survival

of

the

person

who

was

making

all

the

starships

go,

nor

of

the

team

that

would

perhaps

save

all

of

humanity

from

the

descoladores.

But

Jane

was

on

shakier

moral

ground

when

she

also

insisted

that

Novinha,

Grego,

and

Olhado

and

his

family

be

taken

to

a

place

of

safety.

Valentine,

too,

was

informed

that

if

she

did

not

go

with

her

husband

and

children

and

their

crew

and

friends

to

Jakt's

starship,

Jane

would

be

forced

to

waste

precious

mental

resources

by

transporting

them

bodily

against

their

will,

sans

spacecraft

if

necessary.

"Why

us?"

demanded

Valentine.

"We

haven't

asked

for

special

treatment."

"I

don't

care

what

you

do

or

do

not

ask

for,"

said

Jane.

"You

are

Ender's

sister.

Novinha

is

his

widow,

her

children

are

his

adopted

children;

I

will

not

stand

by

and

let

you

be

killed

when

I

have

it

in

my

power

to

save

the

family

of

my

friend.

If

that

seems

unfairly

preferential

to

you,

then

complain

about

it

to

me

later,

but

for

now

get

yourselves

into

Jakt's

spaceship

so

I

can

lift

you

off

this

world.

And

you

will

save

more

lives

if

you

don't

waste

another

moment

of

my

attention

with

useless

argument."

Feeling

ashamed

at

having

special

privileges,

yet

grateful

they

and

their

loved

ones

would

live

through

the

next

few

hours,

the

descoladores

team

gathered

in

the

shuttle-turned-starship,

which

Jane

had

relocated

away

from

the

crowded

landing

area;

the

others

hurried

toward

Jakt's

landing

craft,

which

she

had

also

moved

to

an

isolated

spot.

In

a

way,

for

many

of

them

at

least,

the

appearance

of

the

fleet

was

almost

a

relief.

They

had

lived

for

so

long

in

its

shadow

that

to

have

it

here

at

last

gave

respite

from

the

endless

anxiety.

Within

an

hour

or

two,

the

issue

would

be

decided.

***

In

the

shuttle

that

hurtled

along

in

a

high

orbit

above

the

planet

of

the

descoladores,

Miro

sat

numbly

at

his

terminal.

"I

can't

work,"

he

said

at

last.

"I

can't

concentrate

on

language

when

my

people

and

my

home

are

on

the

brink

of

destruction."

He

knew

that

Jane,

strapped

into

her

bed

in

the

back

of

the

shuttle,

was

using

her

whole

concentration

to

move

ship

after

ship

from

Lusitania

to

other

colony

worlds

that

were

illprepared

to

receive

them.

While

all

he

could

do

was

puzzle

over

molecular

messages

from

inscrutable

aliens.

"Well

I

can,"

said

Quara.

"After

all,

these

descoladores

are

just

as

great

a

threat,

and

to

all

of

humanity,

not

just

to

one

small

world."

"How

wise

of

you,"

said

Ela

dryly,

"to

take

the

long

view."

"Look

at

these

broadcasts

we're

getting

from

the

descoladores,"

said

Quara.

"See

if

you

recognize

what

I'm

seeing

here."

Ela

called

up

Quara's

display

on

her

own

terminal;

so

did

Miro.

However

annoying

Quara

might

be,

she

was

good

at

what

she

did.

"See

this?

Whatever

else

this

molecule

does,

it's

exactly

designed

to

work

at

precisely

the

same

location

in

the

brain

as

the

heroin

molecule."

It

could

not

be

denied

that

the

fit

was

perfect.

Ela,

though,

found

it

hard

to

believe.

"The

only

way

they

could

do

this,"

she

said,

"is

if

they

took

the

historical

information

contained

in

the

descolada

descriptions

we

sent

them,

used

that

information

to

build

a

human

body,

studied

it,

and

found

a

chemical

that

would

immobilize

us

with

mindless

pleasure

while

they

do

whatever

they

want

to

us.

There's

no

way

they've

had

time

to

grow

a

human

since

we

sent

that

information."

"Maybe

they

don't

have

to

build

the

whole

human

body,"

said

Miro.

"Maybe

they're

so

adept

at

reading

genetic

information

that

they

can

extrapolate

everything

there

is

to

know

about

the

human

anatomy

and

physiology

from

our

genetic

information

alone."

"But

they

didn't

even

have

our

DNA

set,"

Ela

said.

"Maybe

they

can

compress

the

information

in

our

primitive,

natural

DNA,"

said

Miro.

"Obviously

they

got

the

information

somehow,

and

obviously

they

figured

out

what

would

make

us

sit

as

still

as

stones

with

dumb,

happy

smiles."

"What's

even

more

obvious

to

me,"

said

Quara,

"is

that

they

meant

us

to

read

this

molecule

biologically.

They

meant

us

to

take

this

drug

instantly.

As

far

as

they're

concerned,

we're

now

sitting

here

waiting

for

them

to

come

take

us

over."

Miro

immediately

changed

displays

over

his

terminal.

"Damn,

Quara,

you're

right.

Look--

they

have

three

ships

closing

in

on

us

already."

"They've

never

even

approached

us

before,"

said

Ela.

"Well,

they're

not

going

to

approach

us

now,"

said

Miro.

"We've

got

to

give

them

a

demonstration

that

we

didn't

fall

for

their

trojan

horse."

He

got

up

from

his

seat

and

fairly

flew

back

down

the

corridor

to

where

Jane

was

sleeping.

"Jane!"

he

shouted

even

before

he

got

there.

"Jane!"

It

took

a

moment,

and

then

her

eyes

fluttered

open.

"Jane,"

he

said.

"Move

us

about

a

hundred

miles

over

and

drop

us

into

a

closer

orbit."

She

looked

at

him

quizzically,

then

must

have

decided

to

trust

him

because

she

asked

nothing.

She

closed

her

eyes

again,

as

Firequencher

shouted

from

the

control

room,

"She

did

it!

We

moved!"

Miro,

drifted

back

to

the

others.

"Now

I

know

they

can't

do

that,"

he

said.

Sure

enough,

his

display

now

reported

that

the

alien

ships

were

no

longer

approaching,

but

rather

were

poised

warily

a

dozen

miles

off

in

three--

no,

four

now--

directions.

"Got

us

nicely

framed

in

a

tetrahedron,"

said

Miro.

"Well,

now

they

know

that

we

didn't

succumb

to

their

die-happy

drug,"

said

Quara.

"But

we're

no

closer

to

understanding

them

than

we

were

before."

"That's

because,"

said

Miro,

"we're

so

stupid."

"Self-vilification

won't

help

us

now,"

said

Quara,

"even

if

in

your

case

it

happens

to

be

true."

"Quara,"

said

Ela

sharply.

"It

was

a

joke,

dammit!"

said

Quara.

"Can't

a

girl

tease

her

big

brother?"

"Oh,

yeah,"

said

Miro

dryly.

"You're

such

a

tease."

"What

did

you

mean

by

saying

we're

stupid?"

said

Firequencher.

"We'll

never

decipher

their

language,"

said

Miro,

"because

it's

not

a

language.

It's

a

set

of

biological

commands.

They

don't

talk.

They

don't

abstract.

They

just

make

molecules

that

do

things

to

each

other.

It's

as

if

the

human

vocabulary

consisted

of

bricks

and

sandwiches.

Throw

a

brick

or

give

a

sandwich,

punish

or

reward.

If

they

have

abstract

thoughts

we're

not

going

to

get

them

through

reading

these

molecules."

"I

find

it

hard

to

believe

that

a

species

with

no

abstract

language

could

possibly

create

spaceships

like

those

out

there,"

said

Quara

scornfully.

"And

they

broadcast

these

molecules

the

way

we

broadcast

vids

and

voices."

"What

if

they

all

have

organs

inside

their

bodies

that

directly

translate

molecular

messages

into

chemicals

or

physical

structures?

Then

they

could--"

"You're

missing

my

point,"

insisted

Quara.

"You

don't

build

up

a

fund

of

common

knowledge

by

throwing

bricks

and

sharing

sandwiches.

They

need

language

in

order

to

store

information

outside

their

bodies

so

that

they

can

pass

knowledge

from

person

to

person,

generation

after

generation.

You

don't

get

out

into

space

or

make

broadcasts

using

the

electromagnetic

spectrum

on

the

basis

of

what

one

person

can

be

persuaded

to

do

with

a

brick."

"She's

probably

right,"

said

Ela.

"So

maybe

parts

of

the

molecular

messages

they

send

are

memory

sets,"

said

Miro.

"Again,

not

a

language-

-

it

stimulates

the

brain

to

'remember'

things

that

the

sender

experienced

but

the

receiver

did

not."

"Listen,

whether

you're

right

or

not,"

said

Firequencher,

"we

have

to

keep

trying

to

decode

the

language."

"If

I'm

right,

we're

wasting

our

time,"

said

Miro.

"Exactly,"

said

Firequencher.

"Oh,"

said

Miro.

Firequencher's

point

was

well

taken.

If

Miro

was

right,

their

whole

mission

was

useless

anyway--

they

had

already

failed.

So

they

had

to

continue

to

act

as

if

Miro

was

wrong

and

the

language

could

be

decoded,

because

if

it

couldn't,

there

was

nothing

they

could

do

anyway.

And

yet

...

"We're

forgetting

something,"

said

Miro.

"I'm

not,"

said

Quara.

"Jane.

She

was

created

because

the

hive

queens

built

a

bridge

between

species."

"Between

humans

and

hive

queens,

not

between

unknown

virus-spewing

aliens

and

humans,"

said

Quara.

But

Ela

was

interested.

"The

human

way

of

communication--

speech

between

equals--

that

was

surely

as

foreign

to

the

hive

queens

as

this

molecular

language

is

to

us.

Maybe

Jane

can

find

some

way

to

connect

to

them

philotically."

"Mind-reading?"

said

Quara.

"Remember,

we

don't

have

a

bridge."

"It

all

depends,"

said

Miro,

"on

how

they

deal

with

philotic

connections.

The

Hive

Queen

talks

all

the

time

to

Human,

right?

Because

the

fathertrees

and

the

hive

queens

already

both

use

philotic

links

to

communicate.

They

speak

mind

to

mind,

without

the

intervention

of

language.

And

they're

no

more

biologically

similar

than

hive

queens

and

humans

are."

Ela

nodded

thoughtfully.

"Jane

can't

try

anything

like

this

now,

not

till

the

whole

issue

of

the

Congress

fleet

is

resolved.

But

once

she's

free

to

return

her

attention

to

us,

she

can

try,

at

least,

to

contact

these

...

people

directly."

"If

these

aliens

communicated

through

philotic

links,"

said

Quara,

"they

wouldn't

have

to

use

molecules."

"Maybe

these

molecules,"

said

Miro,

"are

how

they

communicate

with

animals."

***

Admiral

Lands

could

not

believe

what

he

was

hearing.

The

First

Speaker

of

Starways

Congress

and

the

First

Secretary

of

the

Starfleet

Admiralty

were

both

visible

above

the

terminal,

and

their

message

was

the

same.

"Quarantine,

exactly,"

said

the

Secretary.

"You

are

not

authorized

to

use

the

Molecular

Disruption

Device."

"Quarantine

is

impossible,"

said

Lands.

"We're

going

too

rapidly.

You

know

the

battle

plan

I

filed

at

the

beginning

of

the

voyage.

It

would

take

us

weeks

to

slow

down.

And

what

about

the

men?

It's

one

thing

to

take

a

relativistic

voyage

and

then

return

to

their

home

worlds.

Yes,

their

friends

and

family

are

gone,

but

at

least

they

aren't

stuck

off

on

permanent

duty

inside

a

starship!

Keeping

our

velocity

at

near-relativistic

speeds,

I'm

saving

them

months

of

their

lives

spent

in

acceleration

and

deceleration.

You're

talking

about

expecting

them

to

give

up

years!"

"Surely

you're

not

saying,"

said

the

First

Speaker,

"that

we

should

blow

up

Lusitania

and

wipe

out

the

pequeninos

and

thousands

of

human

beings

so

that

your

crews

don't

get

depressed."

"I'm

saying

that

if

you

don't

want

us

to

blow

up

this

planet,

fine--

but

let

us

come

home."

"We

can't

do

that,"

said

the

First

Secretary.

"The

descolada

is

too

dangerous

to

leave

it

unsupervised

on

a

planet

that

has

rebelled."

"You

mean

you're

canceling

the

use

of

the

Little

Doctor

when

nothing

has

been

done

to

contain

the

descolada?"

"We

will

send

a

landing

team

with

due

precautions

to

ascertain

the

exact

conditions

on

the

ground,"

said

the

First

Secretary.

"In

other

words,

you'll

send

men

into

mortal

danger

from

this

disease

with

no

knowledge

of

the

situation

on

the

ground,

when

the

means

exist

to

eliminate

the

danger

without

peril

to

any

uninfected

person."

"Congress

has

reached

the

decision,"

said

the

First

Speaker

coldly.

"We

will

not

commit

xenocide

while

any

legitimate

alternative

remains.

Are

these

orders

received

and

understood?"

"Yes

sir,"

said

Lands.

"Will

they

be

obeyed?"

asked

the

First

Speaker.

The

First

Secretary

looked

aghast.

You

did

not

insult

a

flag

officer

by

questioning

whether

he

meant

to

obey

orders.

Yet

the

First

Speaker

did

not

withdraw

the

insult.

"Well?"

"Sir,

I

always

have

and

always

will

live

by

my

oath."

With

that,

Lands

broke

the

connection.

He

immediately

turned

to

Causo,

his

X.O.,

the

only

other

person

present

with

him

in

the

sealed

communications

office.

"You

are

under

arrest,

sir,"

said

Lands.

Causo

raised

an

eyebrow.

"So

you

don't

intend

to

comply

with

this

order?"

"Do

not

tell

me

your

personal

feelings

on

the

matter,"

said

Lands.

"I

know

that

you're

of

Portuguese

ethnic

heritage

like

the

people

of

Lusitania--"

"They're

Brazilian,"

said

the

X.O.

Lands

ignored

him.

"I

will

have

it

on

record

that

you

were

given

no

opportunity

to

speak

and

that

you

are

utterly

blameless

in

any

action

I

might

take."

"What

about

your

oath,

sir?"

asked

Causo

calmly.

"My

oath

is

to

take

all

actions

I

am

ordered

to

take

in

service

of

the

best

interests

of

humanity.

I

will

invoke

the

war

crimes

clause."

"They

aren't

ordering

you

to

commit

a

war

crime.

They're

ordering

you

not

to."

"On

the

contrary,"

said

Lands.

"To

fail

to

destroy

this

world

and

the

deadly

peril

on

it

would

be

a

crime

against

humanity

far

worse

than

the

crime

of

blowing

it

up."

Lands

drew

his

sidearm.

"You

are

under

arrest,

sir."

The

X.O.

put

his

hands

on

his

head

and

turned

his

back.

"Sir,

you

may

be

right

and

you

may

be

wrong.

But

either

choice

could

be

monstrous.

I

don't

know

how

you

can

make

such

a

decision

by

yourself."

Lands

put

the

docility

patch

on

the

back

of

Causo's

neck,

and

as

the

drug

began

feeding

into

his

system,

Lands

said

to

him,

"I

had

help

in

deciding,

my

friend.

I

asked

myself,

What

would

Ender

Wiggin,

the

man

who

saved

humanity

from

the

buggers,

what

would

he

have

done

if

suddenly,

at

the

last

minute,

he

had

been

told,

This

is

no

game,

this

is

real.

I

asked

myself,

What

if

at

the

moment

before

he

killed

the

boy

Stilson

or

the

boy

Madrid

in

his

infamous

First

and

Second

Killings,

some

adult

had

intervened

and

ordered

him

to

stop.

Would

he

have

done

it,

knowing

that

the

adult

did

not

have

the

power

to

protect

him

later,

when

his

enemy

attacked

him

again?

Knowing

that

it

might

well

be

this

time

or

never?

If

the

adults

at

Command

School

had

said

to

him,

We

think

there's

a

chance

the

buggers

might

not

mean

to

destroy

humanity,

so

don't

kill

them

all,

do

you

think

Ender

Wiggin

would

have

obeyed?

No.

He

would

have

done--

he

always

did--

exactly

what

was

necessary

to

obliterate

a

danger

and

make

sure

it

did

not

survive

to

pose

a

threat

in

the

future.

That

is

the

person

I

consulted

with.

That

is

the

person

whose

wisdom

I

will

follow

now."

Causo

did

not

answer.

He

just

smiled

and

nodded,

smiled

and

nodded.

"Sit

down

and

do

not

get

up

until

I

order

you

otherwise."

Causo

sat

down.

Lands

switched

the

ansible

to

relay

communications

throughout

the

fleet.

"The

order

has

been

given

and

we

will

proceed.

I

am

launching

the

M.D.

Device

immediately

and

we

will

return

to

relativistic

speeds

forthwith.

May

God

have

mercy

on

my

soul."

A

moment

later,

the

M.D.

Device

separated

from

the

Admiral's

flagship

and

continued

at

just-underrelativistic

speed

toward

Lusitania.

It

would

take

nearly

an

hour

for

it

to

arrive

at

the

proximity

that

would

automatically

trigger

it.

If

for

some

reason

the

proximity

detector

did

not

work

properly,

a

timer

would

set

it

off

just

moments

before

its

estimated

time

of

collision.

Lands

accelerated

his

flagship

above

the

threshold

that

cut

it

off

from

the

timeframe

of

the

rest

of

the

universe.

Then

he

pulled

the

docility

patch

from

Causo's

neck

and

replaced

it

with

the

antidote

patch.

"You

may

arrest

me

now,

sir,

for

the

mutiny

that

you

witnessed."

Causo

shook

his

head.

"No

sir,"

he

said.

"You're

not

going

anywhere,

and

the

fleet

is

yours

to

command

until

we

get

home.

Unless

you

have

some

stupid

plan

to

try

to

escape

the

war

crimes

trial

that

awaits

you."

"No,

sir,"

said

Lands.

"I

will

bear

whatever

penalty

they

impose

on

me.

What

I

did

has

saved

humankind

from

destruction,

but

I

am

prepared

to

join

the

humans

and

pequeninos

of

Lusitania

as

a

necessary

sacrifice

to

achieve

that

end."

Causo

saluted

him,

then

sat

back

down

on

his

chair

and

wept.

Chapter

15

--

"WE'RE

GIVING

YOU

A

SECOND

CHANCE"

"When

I

was

a

little

girl,

I

used

to

believe

that

if

I

could

please

the

gods

well

enough,

they

would

go

back

and

do

my

life

over,

and

this

time

they

would

not

take

my

mother

away

from

me."

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

A

satellite

orbiting

Lusitania

detected

the

launch

of

the

M.D.

Device

and

the

divergence

of

its

course

toward

Lusitania,

as

the

starship

disappeared

from

the

satellite's

instruments.

The

most

dreaded

event

was

happening.

There

had

been

no

attempt

to

communicate

or

negotiate.

Clearly

the

fleet

had

never

intended

anything

but

the

obliteration

of

this

world,

and

with

it

an

entire

sentient

race.

Most

people

had

hoped,

and

many

had

expected,

that

there

would

be

a

chance

to

tell

them

that

the

descolada

had

been

completely

tamed

and

no

longer

posed

a

threat

to

anyone;

that

it

was

too

late

to

stop

anything

anyway,

since

several

dozen

new

colonies

of

humans,

pequeninos,

and

hive

queens

had

already

been

started

on

as

many

different

planets.

Instead

there

was

only

death

hurtling

toward

them

on

a

course

that

gave

them

no

more

than

an

hour

to

survive,

and

probably

less,

since

the

Little

Doctor

would

no

doubt

be

detonated

some

distance

from

the

planet's

surface.

It

was

pequeninos

manning

all

the

instruments

now,

since

all

but

a

handful

of

humans

had

fled

to

the

starships.

So

it

was

that

a

pequenino

cried

out

the

news

over

the

ansible

to

the

starship

at

the

descolada

planet;

and

by

chance

it

was

Firequencher

who

was

at

the

ansible

terminal

to

hear

his

report.

He

immediately

began

keening,

his

high

voice

liquid

with

the

music

of

grief.

When

Miro

and

his

sisters

understood

what

had

happened,

he

went

at

once

to

Jane.

"They

launched

the

Little

Doctor,"

he

said,

shaking

her

gently.

He

waited

only

a

few

moments.

Her

eyes

came

open.

"I

thought

we

had

beaten

them,"

she

whispered.

"Peter

and

Wang-mu,

I

mean.

Congress

voted

to

establish

a

quarantine

and

specifically

denied

the

fleet

the

authority

to

launch

the

M.D.

Device.

And

yet

still

they

launched."

"You

look

so

tired,"

said

Miro.

"It

takes

everything

I

have,"

she

said.

"Over

and

over

again.

And

now

I

lose

them,

the

mothertrees.

They're

a

part

of

myself,

Miro.

Remember

how

you

felt

when

you

lost

control

of

your

body,

when

you

were

crippled

and

slow?

That's

what

will

happen

to

me

when

the

mothertrees

are

gone."

She

wept.

"Stop

it,"

said

Miro.

"Stop

it

right

now.

Get

control

of

your

emotions,

Jane,

you

don't

have

time

for

this."

At

once

she

freed

herself

from

the

straps

that

held

her.

"You're

right,"

she

said.

"It's

almost

too

strong

to

control,

sometimes,

this

body."

"The

Little

Doctor

has

to

be

close

to

a

planet

for

it

to

have

any

effect

on

it--

the

field

dissipates

fairly

quickly

unless

it

has

mass

to

sustain

it.

So

we

have

time,

Jane.

Maybe

an

hour.

Certainly

more

than

half

an

hour."

"And

in

that

time,

what

do

you

imagine

I

can

do?"

"Pick

the

damn

thing

up,"

said

Miro.

"Push

it

Outside

and

don't

bring

it

back!"

"And

if

it

goes

off

Outside?"

asked

Jane.

"If

something

that

destructive

is

echoed

and

repeated

out

there?

Besides,

I

can't

pick

things

up

that

I

haven't

had

a

chance

to

examine.

There's

no

one

near

it,

no

ansible

connected

to

it,

nothing

to

lead

me

to

find

it

in

the

dead

of

space."

"I

don't

know,"

said

Miro.

"Ender

would

know.

Damn

that

he's

dead!"

"Well,

technically

speaking,"

said

Jane.

"But

Peter

hasn't

found

his

way

into

any

of

his

Ender

memories.

If

he

has

them."

"What's

to

remember?"

said

Miro.

"This

has

never

happened

before."

"It's

true

that

it

is

Ender's

aiua.

But

how

much

of

his

brilliance

was

the

aiua,

and

how

much

was

his

body

and

brain?

Remember

that

the

genetic

component

was

strong--

he

was

born

in

the

first

place

because

tests

showed

the

original

Peter

and

Valentine

came

so

close

to

being

the

ideal

military

commander."

"Right,"

said

Miro.

"And

now

he's

Peter."

"Not

the

real

Peter,"

said

Jane.

"Look,

it's

sort

of

Ender

and

it's

sort

of

Peter.

Can

you

find

him?

Can

you

talk

to

him?"

"When

our

aiuas

meet,

we

don't

talk.

We

sort

of--

what,

dance

around

each

other.

It's

not

like

Human

and

the

Hive

Queen."

"Doesn't

he

still

have

the

jewel

in

his

ear?"

asked

Miro,

touching

his

own.

"But

what

can

he

do?

He's

hours

distant

from

his

starship--"

"Jane,"

said

Miro.

"Try."

***

Peter

looked

stricken.

Wang-mu

touched

his

arm,

leaned

close

to

him.

"What's

wrong?"

"I

thought

we

made

it,"

he

said.

"When

Congress

voted

to

revoke

the

order

to

use

the

Little

Doctor."

"What

do

you

mean?"

said

Wang-mu,

though

she

already

knew

what

he

meant.

"They

launched

it.

The

Lusitania

Fleet

disobeyed

Congress.

Who

could

have

guessed?

We

have

less

than

an

hour

before

it

detonates."

Tears

leapt

to

Wang-mu's

eyes,

but

she

blinked

them

away.

"At

least

the

pequeninos

and

the

hive

queens

will

survive."

"But

not

the

network

of

mothertrees,"

said

Peter.

"Starflight

will

end

until

Jane

finds

some

other

way

to

hold

all

that

information

in

memory.

The

brothertrees

are

too

stupid,

the

fathertrees

have

egos

far

too

strong

to

share

their

capacity

with

her--

they

would

if

they

could,

but

they

can't.

You

think

Jane

hasn't

explored

all

the

possibilities?

Faster-than-light

flight

is

over."

"Then

this

is

our

home,"

said

Wang-mu.

"No

it

isn't,"

said

Peter.

"We're

hours

away

from

the

starship,

Peter.

We'll

never

get

there

before

it

detonates."

"What's

the

starship?

A

box

with

a

lightswitch

and

a

tight-sealing

door.

For

all

we

know,

we

don't

even

need

the

box.

I'm

not

staying

here,

Wang-mu."

"You're

going

back

to

Lusitania?

Now?"

"If

Jane

can

take

me,"

he

said.

"And

if

she

can't,

then

I

guess

this

body

goes

back

where

it

came

from--

Outside."

"I'm

going

with

you,"

said

Wang-mu.

"I've

had

three

thousand

years

of

life,"

said

Peter.

"I

don't

actually

remember

them

too

well,

but

you

deserve

better

than

to

disappear

from

the

universe

if

Jane

can't

do

this."

"I'm

going

with

you,"

said

Wang-mu,

"so

shut

up.

There's

no

time

to

waste."

"I

don't

even

know

what

I'm

going

to

do

when

I

get

there,"

said

Peter.

"Yes

you

do,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Oh?

What

is

it

I'm

planning?"

"I

have

no

idea."

"Well

isn't

that

a

problem?

What

good

is

this

plan

of

mine

if

nobody

knows

it?"

"I

mean

that

you

are

who

you

are,"

said

Wang-mu.

"You

are

the

same

will,

the

same

tough

resourceful

boy

who

refused

to

be

beaten

down

by

anything

they

threw

at

him

in

Battle

School

or

Command

School.

The

boy

who

wouldn't

let

bullies

destroy

himno

matter

what

it

took

to

stop

them.

Naked

with

no

weapons

except

the

soap

on

his

body,

that's

how

Ender

fought

Bonzo

Madrid

in

the

bathroom

at

Battle

School."

"You've

been

doing

your

research."

"Peter,"

said

Wang-mu,

"I

don't

expect

you

to

be

Ender,

his

personality,

his

memories,

his

training.

But

you

are

the

one

who

can't

be

beaten

down.

You

are

the

one

who

finds

a

way

to

destroy

the

enemy."

Peter

shook

his

head.

"I'm

not

him,

I'm

truly

not."

"You

told

me

back

when

we

first

met

that

you

weren't

yourself.

Well,

now

you

are.

The

whole

of

you,

one

man,

intact

in

this

body.

Nothing

is

missing

from

you

now.

Nothing

has

been

stolen

from

you,

nothing

is

lost.

Do

you

understand?

Ender

lived

his

life

under

the

shadow

of

having

caused

xenocide.

Now

is

the

chance

to

be

the

opposite.

To

live

the

opposite

life.

To

be

the

one

who

prevents

it."

Peter

closed

his

eyes

for

a

moment.

"Jane,"

he

said.

"Can

you

take

us

without

a

starship?"

He

listened

for

a

moment.

"She

says

the

real

question

is,

can

we

hold

ourselves

together.

It's

the

ship

she

controls

and

moves

around,

plus

our

aiuas--

our

own

bodies

are

held

together

by

us,

not

by

her."

"Well,

we

do

that

all

the

time

anyway,

so

it's

fine,"

said

Wang-mu.

"It's

not

fine,"

said

Peter.

"Jane

says

that

inside

the

starship,

we

have

visual

clues,

we

have

a

sense

of

safety.

Without

those

walls,

without

the

light,

in

the

deep

emptiness,

we

can

lose

our

place.

We

can

forget

where

we

are

relative

to

our

own

body.

We

really

have

to

hold

on."

"Does

it

help

if

we're

so

strong-willed,

stubborn,

ambitious,

and

selfish

that

we

always

overcome

everything

in

our

way

no

matter

what?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"I

think

those

are

the

pertinent

virtues,

yes,"

said

Peter.

"Then

let's

do

it.

That's

us

in

spades."

***

Finding

Peter's

aiua

was

easy

for

Jane.

She

had

been

inside

his

body,

she

had

followed

his

aiua--

or

chased

it--

until

she

knew

it

without

searching.

Wang-mu

was

a

different

case.

Jane

didn't

know

her

all

that

well.

The

voyages

she

had

taken

her

on

before

had

been

inside

a

starship

whose

location

Jane

already

knew.

But

once

she

located

Peter's--

Ender's--

aiua,

it

turned

out

to

be

easier

than

she

thought.

For

the

two

of

them,

Peter

and

Wang-mu,

were

philotically

twined.

There

was

a

tiny

web

in

the

making

between

them.

Even

without

the

box

around

them,

Jane

could

hold

onto

them,

both

at

once,

as

if

they

were

one

entity.

And

as

she

pushed

them

Outside

she

could

feel

how

they

clung

all

the

more

tightly

to

each

other--

not

just

the

bodies,

but

also

the

invisible

links

of

the

deepest

self.

Outside

they

went

together,

and

together

they

came

back

In.

Jane

felt

a

stab

of

jealousy--

just

as

she

had

been

jealous

of

Novinha,

though

without

feeling

the

physical

sensation

of

grief

and

rage

that

her

body

now

brought

to

the

emotion.

But

she

knew

it

was

absurd.

It

was

Miro

that

Jane

loved,

as

a

woman

loves

a

man.

Ender

was

her

father

and

her

friend,

and

now

he

was

barely

Ender

anymore.

He

was

Peter,

a

man

who

remembered

only

the

past

few

months

of

association

with

her.

They

were

friends,

but

she

had

no

claim

on

his

heart.

The

familiar

aiua

of

Ender

Wiggin

and

the

aiua

of

Si

Wang-mu

were

even

more

tightly

bound

together

than

ever

when

Jane

set

them

down

on

the

surface

of

Lusitania.

They

stood

in

the

midst

of

the

starport.

The

last

few

hundred

humans

trying

to

escape

were

frantically

trying

to

understand

why

the

starships

had

stopped

flying

just

when

the

M.D.

Device

was

launched.

"The

starships

here

are

all

full,"

Peter

said.

"But

we

don't

need

a

starship,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Yes

we

do,"

said

Peter.

"Jane

can't

pick

up

the

Little

Doctor

without

one."

"Pick

it

up?"

said

Wang-mu.

"Then

you

do

have

a

plan."

"Didn't

you

say

I

did?"

said

Peter.

"I

can't

make

a

liar

out

of

you."

He

spoke

then

to

Jane

through

the

jewel.

"Are

you

here

again?

Can

you

talk

to

me

through

the

satellites

here

on--

all

right.

Good.

Jane,

I

need

you

to

empty

one

of

these

starships

for

me."

He

paused

a

moment.

"Take

the

people

to

a

colony

world,

wait

for

them

to

get

out,

and

then

bring

it

back

over

here

by

us,

away

from

the

crowd."

Instantly,

one

of

the

starships

disappeared

from

the

starport.

A

cheer

arose

from

the

crowds

as

everyone

rushed

to

get

into

one

of

the

remaining

ships.

Peter

and

Wang-mu

waited,

waited,

knowing

that

with

every

minute

that

it

took

to

unload

that

starship

on

the

colony

world,

the

Little

Doctor

came

closer

to

detonation.

Then

the

wait

was

over.

A

boxy

starship

appeared

beside

them.

Peter

had

the

door

open

and

both

of

them

were

inside

before

any

of

the

other

people

at

the

starport

even

realized

what

was

happening.

A

cry

went

up

then,

but

Peter

closed

and

sealed

the

door.

"We're

inside,"

said

Wang-mu.

"But

where

are

we

going?"

"Jane

is

matching

the

velocity

of

the

Little

Doctor."

"I

thought

she

couldn't

pick

it

up

without

the

starship."

"She's

getting

the

tracking

data

from

the

satellite.

She'll

predict

exactly

where

it

will

be

at

a

certain

moment,

and

then

push

us

Outside

and

bring

us

back

In

at

exactly

that

point,

going

exactly

that

speed."

"The

Little

Doctor

will

be

inside

this

ship?

With

us?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"Stand

over

here

by

the

wall,"

he

said.

"And

hold

on

to

me.

We're

going

to

be

weightless.

So

far

you've

managed

to

visit

four

planets

without

ever

having

that

experience."

"Have

you

had

that

experience

before?"

Peter

laughed,

then

shook

his

head.

"Not

in

this

body.

But

I

guess

at

some

level

I

remembered

how

to

handle

it

because--"

At

that

moment

they

became

weightless

and

in

the

air

in

front

of

them,

not

touching

the

sides

or

walls

of

the

starship,

was

the

mammoth

missile

that

carried

the

Little

Doctor.

If

its

rockets

had

still

been

firing,

they

would

have

been

incinerated.

Instead

it

was

hurtling

on

at

the

speed

it

had

already

achieved;

it

seemed

to

hover

in

the

air

because

the

starship

was

going

exactly

the

same

speed.

Peter

hooked

his

feet

under

a

bench

bolted

to

the

wall,

then

reached

out

his

hands

and

touched

the

missile.

"We

need

to

bring

it

into

contact

with

the

floor,"

he

said.

Wang-mu

tried

to

reach

for

it,

too,

but

immediately

she

came

loose

from

the

wall

and

started

drifting.

Intense

nausea

began

immediately,

as

her

body

desperately

searched

for

some

direction

that

would

serve

as

down.

"Think

of

the

device

as

downward,"

said

Peter

urgently.

"The

device

is

down.

You're

falling

toward

the

device."

She

felt

herself

reorient.

It

helped.

And

as

she

drifted

closer

she

was

able

to

take

hold

of

it

and

cling.

She

could

only

watch,

grateful

simply

not

to

be

vomiting,

as

Peter

slowly,

gently

pushed

the

mass

of

the

missile

toward

the

floor.

When

they

touched,

the

whole

ship

shuddered,

for

the

mass

of

the

missile

was

probably

greater

than

the

mass

of

the

ship

that

now

surrounded

it.

"Okay?"

Peter

asked.

"I'm

fine,"

said

Wang-mu.

Then

she

realized

he

had

been

talking

to

Jane,

and

his

"okay"

was

part

of

that

conversation.

"Jane

is

tracing

the

thing

right

now,"

said

Peter.

"She

does

it

with

the

starships,

too,

before

she

ever

takes

them

anywhere.

It

used

to

be

analytical,

by

computer.

Now

her

aiua

sort

of

tours

the

inner

structure

of

the

thing.

She

couldn't

do

it

till

it

was

in

solid

contact

with

something

she

knew:

the

starship.

Us.

When

she

gets

a

sense

of

the

inner

shape

of

the

thing,

she

can

hold

it

together

Outside."

"We're

just

going

to

take

it

there

and

leave

it?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"No,"

said

Peter.

"It

would

either

hold

together

and

detonate,

or

it

would

break

apart,

and

either

way,

who

knows

what

the

damage

would

be

out

there?

How

many

little

copies

of

it

would

wink

into

existence?"

"None

at

all,"

said

Wang-mu.

"It

takes

an

intelligence

to

make

something

new."

"What

do

you

think

this

thing

is

made

of?

Just

like

every

bit

of

your

body,

just

like

every

rock

and

tree

and

cloud,

it's

all

aiuas,

and

there'll

be

other

unconnected

aiuas

out

there

desperate

to

belong,

to

imitate,

to

grow.

No,

this

thing

is

evil,

and

we're

not

taking

it

out

there."

"Where

are

we

taking

it?"

"Home

to

meet

its

sender,"

said

Peter.

***

Admiral

Lands

stood

glumly

alone

on

the

bridge

of

his

flagship.

He

knew

that

Causo

would

have

spread

the

word

by

now--

the

launch

of

the

Little

Doctor

had

been

illegal,

mutinous;

the

Old

Man

would

be

courtmartialed

or

worse

when

they

got

back

to

civilization.

No

one

spoke

to

him;

no

one

dared

look

at

him.

And

Lands

knew

that

he

would

have

to

relieve

himself

of

command

and

turn

the

ship

over

to

Causo,

as

his

X.O.,

and

the

fleet

to

his

second-in-command,

Admiral

Fukuda.

Causo's

gesture

in

not

arresting

him

immediately

was

kind,

but

it

was

also

useless.

Knowing

the

truth

of

his

disobedience,

it

would

be

impossible

for

the

men

and

officers

to

follow

him

and

unfair

to

ask

it

of

them.

Lands

turned

to

give

the

order,

only

to

find

his

X.O.

already

heading

toward

him.

"Sir,"

said

Causo.

"I

know,"

said

Lands.

"I

relieve

myself

of

command."

"No

sir,"

said

Causo.

"Come

with

me,

sir."

"What

do

you

plan

to

do?"

asked

Lands.

"The

cargo

officer

has

reported

something

in

the

main

hold

of

the

ship."

"What

is

it?"

asked

Lands.

Causo

just

looked

at

him.

Lands

nodded,

and

they

walked

together

from

the

bridge.

***

Jane

had

taken

the

box

of

the

starship,

not

into

the

weapons

bay

of

the

flagship,

for

that

could

hold

only

the

Little

Doctor,

not

the

box

around

it,

but

rather

into

the

main

hold,

which

was

much

more

copious

and

which

also

lacked

any

practical

means

of

relaunching

the

weapon.

Peter

and

Wang-mu

stepped

out

of

the

starship

and

into

the

hold.

Then

Jane

took

away

the

starship,

leaving

Peter,

Wang-mu,

and

the

Little

Doctor

behind.

Back

on

Lusitania,

the

starship

would

reappear.

But

no

one

would

get

into

it.

No

one

needed

to.

The

M.D.

Device

was

no

longer

heading

for

Lusitania.

Now

it

was

in

the

hold

of

the

flagship

of

the

Lusitania

Fleet,

traveling

at

a

relativistic

speed

toward

oblivion.

The

proximity

sensor

on

the

Little

Doctor

would

not

be

triggered,

of

course,

since

it

was

nowhere

near

an

object

of

planetary

mass.

But

the

timer

was

still

chugging

away.

"I

hope

they

notice

us

soon,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Oh,

don't

worry.

We

have

whole

minutes

left."

"Has

anyone

seen

us

yet?"

"There

was

a

fellow

in

that

office,"

said

Peter,

pointing

toward

an

open

door.

"He

saw

the

starship,

then

he

saw

us,

then

he

saw

the

Little

Doctor.

Now

he's

gone.

I

don't

think

we'll

be

alone

much

longer."

A

door

high

up

the

front

wall

of

the

hold

opened.

Three

men

stepped

onto

the

balcony

that

overlooked

the

hold

on

three

sides.

"Hi,"

said

Peter.

"Who

the

hell

are

you?"

asked

the

one

with

the

most

ribbons

and

trim

on

his

uniform.

"I'm

betting

you're

Admiral

Bobby

Lands,"

said

Peter.

"And

you

must

be

the

executive

officer,

Causo.

And

you

must

be

the

cargo

officer,

Lung."

"I

said

who

the

hell

are

you!"

demanded

Admiral

Lands.

"I

don't

think

your

priorities

are

straight,"

said

Peter.

"I

think

there'll

be

plenty

of

time

for

us

to

discuss

my

identity

after

you

deactivate

the

timer

on

this

weapon

that

you

so

carelessly

tossed

out

into

space

perilously

close

to

a

settled

planet."

"If

you

think

you

can--"

But

the

Admiral

didn't

finish

his

sentence,

because

the

X.O.

was

diving

over

the

rail

and

jumping

down

to

the

deck

of

the

cargo

hold,

where

he

immediately

began

twisting

the

fingerbolts

that

held

the

casing

over

the

timer.

"Causo,"

said

Lands,

"that

can't

be

the--"

"It's

the

Little

Doctor,

all

right,

sir,"

said

Causo.

"We

launched

it!"

shouted

the

Admiral.

"But

that

must

have

been

a

mistake,"

said

Peter.

"An

oversight.

Because

Starways

Congress

revoked

your

authorization

to

launch

it."

"Who

are

you

and

how

did

you

get

here?"

Causo

stood

up,

sweat

dripping

off

his

brow.

"Sir,

I

am

pleased

to

report

that

with

more

than

two

minutes'

leeway,

I

have

managed

to

prevent

our

ship

from

being

blown

into

its

constituent

atoms."

"I'm

glad

to

see

that

you

didn't

have

any

nonsense

about

requiring

two

separate

keys

and

a

secret

combination

to

get

that

thing

switched

off,"

said

Peter.

"No,

it

was

designed

to

make

turning

it

off

pretty

easy,"

said

Causo.

"There

are

directions

on

how

to

do

it

all

over

this

thing.

Now,

turning

it

on--

that's

hard."

"But

somehow

you

managed

to

do

it,"

said

Peter.

"Where

is

your

vehicle?"

said

the

Admiral.

He

was

climbing

down

a

ladder

to

the

deck.

"How

did

you

get

here?"

"We

came

in

a

nice

box,

which

we

discarded

when

it

was

no

longer

needed,"

said

Peter.

"Haven't

you

gathered,

yet,

that

we

did

not

come

to

be

interrogated

by

you?"

"Arrest

these

two,"

Lands

ordered.

Causo

looked

at

the

admiral

as

if

he

were

crazy.

But

the

cargo

officer,

who

had

followed

the

admiral

down

the

ladder,

moved

to

obey,

taking

a

couple

of

steps

toward

Peter

and

Wang-mu.

Instantly,

they

disappeared

and

reappeared

up

on

the

balcony

where

the

three

officers

had

come

in.

Of

course

it

took

a

moment

or

two

for

the

officers

to

find

them.

The

cargo

officer

was

merely

baffled.

"Sir,"

he

said.

"They

were

right

here

a

second

ago."

Causo,

on

the

other

hand,

had

already

decided

that

something

unusual

was

going

on

for

which

there

was

no

appropriate

military

response.

So

he

was

responding

according

to

another

pattern.

He

crossed

himself

and

began

murmuring

a

prayer.

Lands,

however,

took

a

few

steps

backward,

until

he

bumped

into

the

Little

Doctor.

He

clung

to

it,

then

suddenly

pulled

his

hands

away

from

it

with

loathing,

perhaps

even

with

pain,

as

if

the

surface

of

it

had

suddenly

become

scorching

hot

to

his

hands.

"Oh

God,"

he

said.

"I

tried

to

do

what

Ender

Wiggin

would

have

done."

Wang-mu

couldn't

help

it.

She

laughed

aloud.

"That's

odd,"

said

Peter.

"I

was

trying

to

do

exactly

the

same

thing."

"Oh

God,"

said

Lands

again.

"Admiral

Lands,"

said

Peter,

"I

have

a

suggestion.

Instead

of

spending

a

couple

of

months

of

realtime

trying

to

turn

this

ship

around

and

launch

this

thing

illegally

again,

and

instead

of

trying

to

establish

a

useless,

demoralizing

quarantine

around

Lusitania,

why

don't

you

just

head

on

back

to

one

of

the

Hundred

Worlds--

Trondheim

is

close--

and

in

the

meantime,

make

a

report

to

Starways

Congress.

I

even

have

some

ideas

about

what

the

report

might

say,

if

you

want

to

hear

them."

In

answer,

Lands

took

out

a

laser

pistol

and

pointed

it

at

Peter.

Immediately,

Peter

and

Wang-mu

disappeared

from

where

they

were

and

reappeared

behind

Lands.

Peter

reached

out

and

deftly

disarmed

the

Admiral,

unfortunately

breaking

two

of

his

fingers

in

the

process.

"Sorry,

I'm

out

of

practice,"

said

Peter.

"I

haven't

had

to

use

my

martial

arts

skills

in--

oh,

thousands

of

years."

Lands

sank

to

his

knees,

nursing

his

injured

hand.

"Peter,"

Wang-mu

said,

"can

we

stop

having

Jane

move

us

around

like

that?

It's

really

disorienting."

Peter

winked

at

her.

"Want

to

hear

my

ideas

about

your

report?"

Peter

asked

the

admiral.

Lands

nodded.

"Me

too,"

said

Causo,

who

clearly

foresaw

that

he

would

be

commanding

this

ship

for

some

time.

"I

think

you

need

to

use

your

ansible

to

report

that

due

to

a

malfunction,

it

was

reported

that

a

launch

of

the

Little

Doctor

took

place.

But

in

fact,

the

launch

was

aborted

in

time,

and

to

prevent

further

mishap,

you

had

the

M.D.

Device

moved

to

the

main

hold

where

you

disarmed

and

disabled

it.

You

get

the

part

about

disabling

it?"

Peter

asked

Causo.

Causo

nodded.

"I'll

do

it

at

once,

sir."

He

turned

to

the

cargo

officer.

"Get

me

a

tool

kit."

While

the

cargo

officer

went

to

pull

a

kit

out

of

the

storage

bin

on

the

wall,

Peter

continued.

"Then

you

can

report

that

you

entered

into

contact

with

a

native

of

Lusitania--

that's

me--

who

was

able

to

satisfy

you

that

the

descolada

virus

was

completely

under

control

and

that

it

no

longer

poses

a

threat

to

anybody."

"And

how

do

I

know

that?"

said

Lands.

"Because

I

carry

what's

left

of

the

virus,

and

if

it

weren't

utterly

killed,

you

would

catch

the

descolada

and

die

of

it

in

a

couple

of

days.

Now,

in

addition

to

certifying

that

Lusitania

poses

no

threat,

your

report

should

also

state

that

the

rebellion

of

Lusitania

was

no

more

than

a

misunderstanding,

and

that

far

from

there

being

any

human

interference

in

the

pequenino

culture,

the

pequeninos

exercised

their

free

rights

as

sentient

beings

on

their

own

planet

to

acquire

information

and

technology

from

friendly

visiting

aliens--

namely,

the

human

colony

of

Milagre.

Since

that

time,

many

of

the

pequeninos

have

become

very

adept

at

much

human

science

and

technology,

and

at

some

reasonable

time

in

the

future

they

will

send

ambassadors

to

Starways

Congress

and

hope

that

Congress

will

return

the

courtesy.

Are

you

getting

this?"

Lands

nodded.

Causo,

working

on

taking

apart

the

firing

mechanism

of

the

Little

Doctor,

grunted

his

assent.

"You

may

also

report

that

the

pequeninos

have

entered

into

alliance

with

yet

another

alien

race,

which

contrary

to

various

premature

reports,

was

not

completely

extinguished

in

the

notorious

xenocide

of

Ender

Wiggin.

One

cocooned

hive

queen

survived,

she

being

the

source

of

all

the

information

contained

in

the

famous

book

The

Hive

Queen,

whose

accuracy

is

now

proved

to

be

unassailable.

The

Hive

Queen

of

Lusitania,

however,

does

not

wish

to

exchange

ambassadors

with

Starways

Congress

at

the

present

time,

and

prefers

instead

that

her

interests

be

represented

by

the

pequeninos."

"There

are

still

buggers?"

asked

Lands.

"Ender

Wiggin

did

not,

technically

speaking,

commit

xenocide

after

all.

So

if

your

launch

of

this

missile,

here,

hadn't

been

aborted,

you

would

have

been

the

cause

of

the

first

xenocide,

not

the

second

one.

And

as

it

stands

right

now,

however,

there

has

never

been

a

xenocide,

though

not

for

lack

of

trying

both

times,

I

must

admit."

Tears

coursed

down

Lands's

face.

"I

didn't

want

to

do

it.

I

thought

it

was

the

right

thing.

I

thought

I

had

to

do

it

to

save--"

"Let's

say

you

take

that

up

with

the

ship's

therapist

at

some

later

time,"

said

Peter.

"We

still

have

one

more

point

to

address.

We

have

a

technology

of

starflight

that

I

think

the

Hundred

Worlds

would

like

to

have.

You've

already

seen

a

demonstration

of

it.

Usually,

though,

we

prefer

to

do

it

inside

our

rather

unstylish

and

boxy-looking

starships.

Still,

it's

a

pretty

good

method

and

it

lets

us

visit

other

worlds

without

losing

even

a

second

of

our

lives.

I

know

that

those

who

hold

the

keys

to

our

method

of

starflight

would

be

delighted,

over

the

next

few

months,

to

instantaneously

transport

all

relativistic

starships

currently

in

flight

to

their

destinations."

"But

there's

a

price

for

it,"

said

Causo,

nodding.

"Well,

let's

just

say

that

there's

a

precondition,"

said

Peter.

"A

key

element

of

our

instantaneous

starflight

includes

a

computer

program

that

Starways

Congress

recently

tried

to

kill.

We

found

a

substitute

method,

but

it's

not

wholly

adequate

or

satisfactory,

and

I

think

I

can

safely

say

that

Starways

Congress

will

never

have

the

use

of

instantaneous

starflight

until

all

the

ansibles

in

the

Hundred

Worlds

are

reconnected

to

all

the

computer

networks

on

every

world,

without

delays

and

without

those

pesky

little

snoop

programs

that

keep

yipping

away

like

ineffectual

little

dogs."

"I

don't

have

any

authority

to--"

"Admiral

Lands,

I

didn't

ask

you

to

decide.

I

merely

suggested

the

contents

of

the

message

you

might

want

to

send,

by

ansible,

to

Starways

Congress.

Immediately."

Lands

looked

away.

"I

don't

feel

well,"

he

said.

"I

think

I'm

incapacitated.

Executive

Officer

Causo,

in

front

of

Cargo

Officer

Lung,

I

hereby

transfer

command

of

this

ship

to

you,

and

order

you

to

notify

Admiral

Fukuda

that

he

is

now

commander

of

this

fleet."

"Won't

work,"

said

Peter.

"The

message

I've

described

has

to

come

from

you.

Fukuda

isn't

here

and

I

don't

intend

to

go

repeat

all

of

this

to

him.

So

you

will

make

the

report,

and

you

will

retain

command

of

fleet

and

ship,

and

you

will

not

weasel

out

of

your

responsibility.

You

made

a

hard

choice

a

while

back.

You

chose

wrong,

but

at

least

you

chose

with

courage

and

determination.

Show

the

same

courage

now,

Admiral.

We

haven't

punished

you

here

today,

except

for

my

unfortunate

clumsiness

with

your

fingers,

for

which

I

really

am

sorry.

We're

giving

you

a

second

chance.

Take

it,

Admiral."

Lands

looked

at

Peter

and

tears

began

to

flow

down

his

cheeks.

"Why

did

you

give

me

a

second

chance?"

"Because

that's

what

Ender

always

wanted,"

said

Peter.

"And

maybe

by

giving

you

a

second

chance,

he'll

get

one,

too."

Wang-mu

took

Peter's

hand

and

squeezed

it.

Then

they

disappeared

from

the

cargo

hold

of

the

flagship

and

reappeared

inside

the

control

room

of

a

shuttle

orbiting

the

planet

of

the

descoladores.

Wang-mu

looked

around

at

a

room

full

of

strangers.

Unlike

Admiral

Lands's

starship,

this

craft

had

no

artificial

gravity,

but

by

holding

onto

Peter's

hand

Wang-mu

kept

from

either

fainting

or

throwing

up.

She

had

no

idea

who

any

of

these

people

were,

but

she

did

know

that

Firequencher

had

to

be

a

pequenino

and

the

nameless

worker

at

one

of

the

computer

terminals

was

a

creature

of

the

kind

once

hated

and

feared

as

the

merciless

buggers.

"Hi,

Ela,

Quara,

Miro,"

said

Peter.

"This

is

Wang-mu."

Wang-mu

would

have

been

terrified,

except

that

the

others

were

so

obviously

terrified

to

see

them.

Miro

was

the

first

to

recover

enough

to

speak.

"Didn't

you

forget

your

spaceship?"

he

asked.

Wang-mu

laughed.

"Hi,

Royal

Mother

of

the

West,"

said

Miro,

using

the

name

of

Wang-mu's

ancestor-of-the-heart,

a

god

worshiped

on

the

world

of

Path.

"I've

heard

all

about

you

from

Jane,"

Miro

added.

A

woman

drifted

in

through

a

corridor

at

one

end

of

the

control

room.

"Val?"

said

Peter.

"No,"

answered

the

woman.

"I'm

Jane."

"Jane,"

whispered

Wang-mu.

"Malu's

god."

"Malu's

friend,"

said

Jane.

"As

I

am

your

friend,

Wang-mu."

She

reached

Peter

and,

taking

him

by

both

hands,

looked

him

in

the

eye.

"And

your

friend

too,

Peter.

As

I've

always

been

your

friend."

Chapter

16

--

"HOW

DO

YOU

KNOW

THEY

AREN'T

QUIVERING

IN

TERROR?"

"O

Gods!

You

are

unjust!

My

mother

and

father

deserved

to

have

a

better

child

than

me!"

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

"You

had

the

Little

Doctor

in

your

possession

and

you

gave

it

back?"

asked

Quara,

sounding

incredulous.

Everyone,

Miro

included,

assumed

she

meant

that

she

didn't

trust

the

fleet

not

to

use

it.

"It

was

dismantled

in

front

of

my

eyes,"

said

Peter.

"Well,

can

it

be

mantled

again?"

she

asked.

Wang-mu

tried

to

explain.

"Admiral

Lands

isn't

going

to

be

able

to

go

down

that

road

now.

We

wouldn't

have

left

things

unsettled.

Lusitania

is

safe."

"She's

not

talking

about

Lusitania,"

said

Ela

coldly.

"She's

talking

about

here.

The

descolada

planet."

"Am

I

the

only

person

who

thought

of

it?"

said

Quara.

"Tell

the

truth--

it

would

solve

all

our

worries

about

followup

probes,

about

new

outbreaks

of

even

worse

versions

of

the

descolada--"

"You're

thinking

of

blowing

up

a

world

populated

by

a

sentient

race?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"Not

right

now,"

said

Quara,

sounding

as

if

Wang-mu

were

the

stupidest

person

she

had

ever

wasted

time

talking

to.

"If

we

determine

that

they're,

you

know,

what

Valentine

called

them.

Varelse.

Unable

to

be

reasoned

with.

Impossible

to

coexist

with."

"So

what

you're

saying,"

said

Wang-mu,

"is

that--"

"I'm

saying

what

I

said,"

Quara

answered.

Wang-mu

went

on.

"What

you're

saying

is

that

Admiral

Lands

wasn't

wrong

in

principle,

he

simply

was

wrong

about

the

facts

of

the

particular

case.

If

the

descolada

had

still

been

a

threat

on

Lusitania,

then

it's

his

duty

to

blow

up

the

planet."

"What

are

the

lives

of

the

people

of

one

planet

compared

to

all

sentient

life?"

asked

Quara.

"Is

this,"

said

Miro,

"the

same

Quara

Ribeira

who

tried

to

keep

us

from

wiping

out

the

descolada

virus

because

it

might

be

sentient?"

He

sounded

amused.

"I've

thought

a

lot

about

that

since

then,"

said

Quara.

"I

was

being

childish

and

sentimental.

Life

is

precious.

Sentient

life

is

more

precious.

But

when

one

sentient

group

threatens

the

survival

of

another,

then

the

threatened

group

has

the

right

to

protect

themselves.

Isn't

that

what

Ender

did?

Over

and

over

again?"

Quara

looked

from

one

to

another,

triumphant.

Peter

nodded.

"Yes,"

he

said.

"That's

what

Ender

did."

"In

a

game,"

said

Wang-mu.

"In

his

fight

with

two

boys

who

threatened

his

life.

He

made

sure

they

could

never

threaten

him

again.

That's

how

war

is

fought,

in

case

any

of

you

have

foolish

ideas

to

the

contrary.

You

don't

fight

with

minimum

force,

you

fight

with

maximum

force

at

endurable

cost.

You

don't

just

pink

your

enemy,

you

don't

even

bloody

him,

you

destroy

his

capability

to

fight

back.

It's

the

strategy

you

use

with

diseases.

You

don't

try

to

find

a

drug

that

kills

ninety-nine

percent

of

the

bacteria

or

viruses.

If

you

do

that,

all

you've

accomplished

is

to

create

a

new

drug-resistant

strain.

You

have

to

kill

a

hundred

percent."

Wang-mu

tried

to

think

of

an

argument

against

this.

"Is

disease

really

a

valid

analogy?"

"What

is

your

analogy?"

answered

Peter.

"A

wrestling

match?

Fight

to

wear

down

your

opponent's

resistance?

That's

fine--

if

your

opponent

is

playing

by

the

same

rules.

But

if

you

stand

there

ready

to

wrestle

and

he

pulls

out

a

knife

or

a

gun,

what

then?

Or

is

it

a

tennis

match?

Keep

score

until

your

opponent

sets

off

the

bomb

under

your

feet?

There

aren't

any

rules.

In

war."

"But

is

this

war?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"As

Quara

said,"

Peter

answered.

"If

we

find

out

there's

no

dealing

with

them,

then

yes,

it's

a

war.

What

they

did

to

Lusitania,

to

the

defenseless

pequeninos,

was

devastating,

soulless,

total

war

without

regard

to

the

rights

of

the

other

side.

That's

our

enemy,

unless

we

can

bring

them

to

understand

the

consequences

of

what

they

did.

Isn't

that

what

you

were

saying,

Quara?"

"Perfectly,"

said

Quara.

Wang-mu

knew

there

was

something

wrong

with

this

reasoning,

but

she

couldn't

lay

her

finger

on

it.

"Peter,

if

you

really

believe

this,

why

didn't

you

keep

the

Little

Doctor?"

"Because,"

said

Peter,

"we

might

be

wrong,

and

the

danger

is

not

imminent."

Quara

clicked

her

tongue

in

disdain.

"You

weren't

here,

Peter.

You

didn't

see

what

they

were

throwing

at

us--

a

newly

engineered

and

specially

tailored

virus

to

make

us

sit

as

still

as

idiots

while

they

came

and

took

over

our

ship."

"And

they

sent

this

how,

in

a

nice

envelope?"

said

Peter.

"They

sent

an

infected

puppy,

knowing

you

couldn't

resist

picking

it

up

and

hugging

it?"

"They

broadcast

the

code,"

said

Quara.

"But

they

expected

us

to

interpret

it

by

making

the

molecule

and

then

it

would

have

its

effect."

"No,"

said

Peter,

"you

speculated

that

that's

how

their

language

works,

and

then

you

started

to

act

as

if

your

speculation

were

true."

"And

somehow

you

know

that

it's

not?"

said

Quara.

"I

don't

know

anything

about

it,"

said

Peter.

"That's

my

point.

We

just

don't

know.

We

can't

know.

Now,

if

we

saw

them

launching

probes,

or

if

they

started

trying

to

blast

this

ship

out

of

the

sky,

we'd

have

to

start

taking

action.

Like

sending

ships

after

the

probes

and

carefully

studying

the

viruses

they

were

sending

out.

Or

if

they

attacked

this

ship,

we'd

take

evasive

action

and

analyze

their

weapons

and

tactics."

"That's

fine

now,"

said

Quara.

"Now

that

Jane's

safe

and

the

mothertrees

are

intact

so

she

can

handle

the

starflight

thing

she

does.

Now

we

can

catch

up

with

probes

and

dance

out

of

the

way

of

missiles

or

whatever.

But

what

about

before,

when

we

were

helpless

here?

When

we

had

only

a

few

weeks

to

live,

or

so

we

thought?"

"Back

then,"

said

Peter,

"you

didn't

have

the

Little

Doctor,

either,

so

you

couldn't

have

blown

up

their

planet.

We

didn't

get

our

hands

on

the

M.

D.

Device

until

after

Jane's

power

of

flight

was

restored.

And

with

that

power,

it

was

no

longer

necessary

to

destroy

the

descolada

planet

until

and

unless

it

posed

a

danger

too

great

to

be

resisted

any

other

way."

Quara

laughed.

"What

is

this?

I

thought

Peter

was

supposed

to

be

the

nasty

side

of

Ender's

personality.

Turns

out

you're

the

sweetness

and

light."

Peter

smiled.

"There

are

times

when

you

have

to

defend

yourself

or

someone

else

against

relentless

evil.

And

some

of

those

times

the

only

defense

that

has

any

hope

of

succeeding

is

a

one-time

use

of

brutal,

devastating

force.

At

such

times

good

people

act

brutally."

"We

couldn't

be

engaging

in

a

bit

of

self-justification,

could

we?"

said

Quara.

"You're

Ender's

successor.

Therefore

you

find

it

convenient

to

believe

that

those

boys

Ender

killed

were

the

exceptions

to

your

niceness

rule."

"I

justify

Ender

by

his

ignorance

and

helplessness.

We

aren't

helpless.

Starways

Congress

and

the

Lusitania

Fleet

were

not

helpless.

And

they

chose

to

act

before

alleviating

their

ignorance."

"Ender

chose

to

use

the

Little

Doctor

while

he

was

ignorant."

"No,

Quara.

The

adults

who

commanded

him

used

it.

They

could

have

intercepted

and

blocked

his

decision.

There

was

plenty

of

time

for

them

to

use

the

overrides.

Ender

thought

he

was

playing

a

game.

He

thought

that

by

using

the

Little

Doctor

in

the

simulation

he

would

prove

himself

unreliable,

disobedient,

or

even

too

brutal

to

trust

with

command.

He

was

trying

to

get

himself

kicked

out

of

Command

School.

That's

all.

He

was

doing

the

necessary

thing

to

get

them

to

stop

torturing

him.

The

adults

were

the

ones

who

decided

simply

to

unleash

their

most

powerful

weapon:

Ender

Wiggin.

No

more

effort

to

talk

with

the

buggers,

to

communicate.

Not

even

at

the

end

when

they

knew

that

Ender

was

going

to

destroy

the

buggers'

home

planet.

They

had

decided

to

go

for

the

kill

no

matter

what.

Like

Admiral

Lands.

Like

you,

Quara."

"I

said

I'd

wait

until

we

found

out!"

"Good,"

said

Peter.

"Then

we

don't

disagree."

"But

we

should

have

the

Little

Doctor

here!"

"The

Little

Doctor

shouldn't

exist

at

all,"

said

Peter.

"It

was

never

necessary.

It

was

never

appropriate.

Because

the

cost

of

it

is

too

high."

"Cost!"

hooted

Quara.

"It's

cheaper

than

the

old

nuclear

weapons!"

"It's

taken

us

three

thousand

years

to

get

over

the

destruction

of

the

hive

queens'

home

planet.

That's

the

cost.

If

we

use

the

Little

Doctor,

then

we're

the

sort

of

people

who

wipe

out

other

species.

Admiral

Lands

was

just

like

the

men

who

were

using

Ender

Wiggin.

Their

minds

were

made

up.

This

was

the

danger.

This

was

the

evil.

This

had

to

be

destroyed.

They

thought

they

meant

well.

They

were

saving

the

human

race.

But

they

weren't.

There

were

a

lot

of

different

motives

involved,

but

along

with

deciding

to

use

the

weapon,

they

also

decided

not

to

attempt

to

communicate

with

the

enemy.

Where

was

the

demonstration

of

the

Little

Doctor

on

a

nearby

moon?

Where

was

Lands's

attempt

to

verify

that

the

situation

on

Lusitania

had

not

changed?

And

you,

Quara--

what

methodology,

exactly,

were

you

planning

to

use

to

determine

whether

the

descoladores

were

too

evil

to

be

allowed

to

live?

At

what

point

do

you

know

they

are

an

unbearable

danger

to

all

other

sentient

species?"

"Turn

it

around,

Peter,"

said

Quara.

"At

what

point

do

you

know

they're

not?"

"We

have

better

weapons

than

the

Little

Doctor.

Ela

once

designed

a

molecule

to

block

the

descolada's

efforts

to

cause

harm,

without

destroying

its

ability

to

help

the

flora

and

fauna

of

Lusitania

to

pass

through

their

transformations.

Who's

to

say

that

we

can't

do

the

same

thing

for

every

nasty

little

plague

they

send

at

us

until

they

give

up?

Who's

to

say

that

they

aren't

already

trying

desperately

to

communicate

with

us?

How

do

you

know

that

the

molecule

they

sent

wasn't

an

attempt

to

make

us

happy

with

them

the

only

way

they

knew

how,

by

sending

us

a

molecule

that

would

take

away

our

anger?

How

do

you

know

they

aren't

already

quivering

in

terror

down

on

that

planet

because

we

have

a

ship

that

can

disappear

and

reappear

anywhere

else?

Are

we

trying

to

talk

to

them?"

Peter

looked

around

at

all

of

them.

"Don't

you

understand,

any

of

you?

There's

only

one

species

that

we

know

of

that

has

deliberately,

consciously,

knowingly

tried

to

destroy

another

sentient

species

without

any

serious

attempt

at

communication

or

warning.

We're

the

ones.

The

first

xenocide

failed

because

the

victims

of

the

attack

managed

to

conceal

exactly

one

pregnant

female.

The

second

time

it

failed

for

a

better

reason--

because

some

members

of

the

human

species

determined

to

stop

it.

Not

just

some,

many.

Congress.

A

big

corporation.

A

philosopher

on

Divine

Wind.

A

Samoan

divine

and

his

fellow

believers

on

Pacifica.

Wang-mu

and

I.

Jane.

And

Admiral

Lands's

own

officers

and

men,

when

they

finally

understood

the

situation.

We're

getting

better,

don't

you

see?

But

the

fact

remains--

we

humans

are

the

sentient

species

that

has

shown

the

most

tendency

to

deliberately

refuse

to

communicate

with

other

species

and

instead

destroy

them

utterly.

Maybe

the

descoladores

are

varelse

and

maybe

they're

not.

But

I'm

a

lot

more

frightened

at

the

thought

that

we

are

varelse.

That's

the

cost

of

using

the

Little

Doctor

when

it

isn't

needed

and

never

will

be,

given

the

other

tools

in

our

kit.

If

we

choose

to

use

the

M.

D.

Device,

then

we

are

not

ramen.

We

can

never

be

trusted.

We

are

the

species

that

would

deserve

to

die

for

the

safety

of

all

other

sentient

life."

Quara

shook

her

head,

but

the

smugness

was

gone.

"Sounds

to

me

like

somebody

is

still

trying

to

earn

forgiveness

for

his

own

crimes."

"That

was

Ender,"

said

Peter.

"He

spent

his

life

trying

to

turn

himself

and

everyone

else

into

ramen.

I

look

around

me

in

this

ship,

I

think

of

what

I've

seen,

the

people

I've

known

in

the

past

few

months,

and

I

think

that

the

human

race

isn't

doing

too

badly.

We're

moving

in

the

right

direction.

A

few

throwbacks

now

and

then.

A

bit

of

blustery

talk.

But

by

and

large,

we're

coming

closer

to

being

worthy

to

associate

with

the

hive

queens

and

the

pequeninos.

And

if

the

descoladores

are

perhaps

a

bit

farther

from

being

ramen

than

we

are,

that

doesn't

mean

we

have

a

right

to

destroy

them.

It

means

we

have

all

the

more

reason

to

be

patient

with

them

and

try

to

nurse

them

along.

How

many

years

has

it

taken

us

to

get

here

from

marking

the

sites

of

battles

with

piles

of

human

skulls?

Thousands

of

years.

And

all

the

time,

we

had

teachers

trying

to

get

us

to

change,

pointing

the

way.

Bit

by

bit

we

learned.

Let's

teach

them--

if

they

don't

already

know

more

than

we

do."

"It

could

take

years

just

to

learn

their

language,"

said

Ela.

"Transportation

is

cheap

now,"

said

Peter.

"No

offense

intended,

Jane.

We

can

keep

teams

shuttling

back

and

forth

for

a

long

time

without

undue

hardship

to

anyone.

We

can

keep

a

fleet

watching

this

planet.

With

pequeninos

and

hive

workers

alongside

the

human

researchers.

For

centuries.

For

millennia.

There's

no

hurry."

"I

think

that's

dangerous,"

said

Quara.

"And

I

think

you

have

the

same

instinctive

desire

that

we

all

have,

the

one

that

gets

us

in

so

damn

much

trouble

all

the

time,"

said

Peter.

"You

know

that

you're

going

to

die,

and

you

want

to

see

it

all

resolved

before

you

do."

"I'm

not

old

yet!"

Quara

said.

Miro

spoke

up.

"He's

right,

Quara.

Ever

since

Marcao

died,

you've

had

death

looming

over

you.

Think

about

it,

everybody.

Humans

are

the

short-lived

species.

Hive

queens

think

they

live

forever.

Pequeninos

have

the

hope

of

many

centuries

in

the

third

life.

We're

the

ones

who

are

in

a

hurry

all

the

time.

We're

the

ones

who

are

determined

to

make

decisions

without

getting

enough

information,

because

we

want

to

act

now,

while

we

still

have

time."

"So

that's

it?"

said

Quara.

"That's

your

decision?

Let

this

grave

threat

to

all

life

continue

to

sit

here

hatching

their

plans

while

we

watch

and

watch

from

the

sky?"

"Not

we,"

said

Peter.

"No,

that's

right,"

said

Quara,

"you're

not

part

of

this

project."

"Yes

I

am,"

said

Peter.

"But

you're

not.

You're

going

back

down

to

Lusitania,

and

Jane

will

never

bring

you

back

here.

Not

until

you've

spent

years

proving

that

you've

got

your

personal

bugbears

under

control."

"You

arrogant

son-of-a-bitch!"

Quara

cried.

"Everybody

here

knows

that

I'm

right,"

said

Peter.

"You're

like

Lands.

You're

too

ready

to

make

devastatingly

far-reaching

decisions

and

then

refuse

to

let

any

argument

change

your

mind.

There

are

plenty

of

people

like

you,

Quara.

But

we

can

never

let

any

of

them

anywhere

near

this

planet

until

we

know

more.

The

day

may

come

when

all

the

sentient

species

reach

the

conclusion

that

the

descoladores

are

in

fact

varelse

who

must

be

destroyed.

But

I

seriously

doubt

any

of

us

here,

with

the

exception

of

Jane,

will

be

alive

when

that

day

comes."

"What,

you

think

I'll

live

forever?"

said

Jane.

"You'd

better,"

said

Peter.

"Unless

you

and

Miro

can

figure

out

how

to

have

children

who

can

launch

starships

when

they

grow

up."

Peter

turned

to

Jane.

"Can

you

take

us

home

now?"

"Even

as

we

speak,"

said

Jane.

They

opened

the

door.

They

left

the

ship.

They

stepped

onto

the

surface

of

a

world

that

was

not

going

to

be

destroyed

after

all.

All

except

Quara.

"Isn't

Quara

coming

with

us?"

asked

Wang-mu.

"Maybe

she

needs

to

be

alone

for

a

while,"

said

Peter.

"You

go

on

ahead,"

said

Wang-mu.

"You

think

you

can

deal

with

her?"

said

Peter.

"I

think

I

can

try,"

said

Wang-mu.

He

kissed

her.

"I

was

hard

on

her.

Tell

her

I'm

sorry."

"Maybe

later

you

can

tell

her

yourself,"

said

Wang-mu.

She

went

back

inside

the

starship.

Quara

still

sat

facing

her

terminal.

The

last

data

she

had

been

looking

at

before

Peter

and

Wang-mu

arrived

in

the

starship

still

hung

in

the

air

over

her

terminal.

"Quara,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Go

away."

The

husky

sound

of

her

voice

was

ample

evidence

that

she

had

been

crying.

"Everything

Peter

said

was

true,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Is

that

what

you

came

to

say?

Rub

salt

in

the

wound?"

"Except

that

he

gave

the

human

race

too

much

credit

for

our

slight

improvement."

Quara

snorted.

It

was

almost

a

yes.

"Because

it

seems

to

me

that

he

and

everyone

else

here

had

already

decided

you

were

varelse.

To

be

banished

without

hope

of

Parole.

Without

understanding

you

first."

"Oh,

they

understand

me,"

said

Quara.

"Little

girl

devastated

by

loss

of

brutal

father

whom

she

nevertheless

loved.

Still

searching

for

father

figure.

Still

responding

to

everyone

else

with

the

mindless

rage

she

saw

her

father

show.

You

think

I

don't

know

what

they've

decided?"

"They've

got

you

pegged."

"Which

is

not

true

of

me.

I

might

have

suggested

that

the

Little

Doctor

ought

to

be

kept

around

in

case

it

was

necessary,

but

I

never

said

just

to

use

it

without

any

further

attempt

at

communication.

Peter

just

treated

me

as

if

I

was

that

admiral

all

over

again."

"I

know,"

said

Wang-mu.

"Yeah,

right.

I'm

sure

you're

so

sympathetic

with

me

and

you

know

he's

wrong.

Come

on,

Jane

told

us

already

that

the

two

of

you

are--

what

was

the

bullshit

phrase?

--in

love."

"I

wasn't

proud

of

what

Peter

did

to

you.

It

was

a

mistake.

He

makes

them.

He

hurts

my

feelings

sometimes,

too.

So

do

you.

You

did

just

now.

I

don't

know

why.

But

sometimes

I

hurt

other

people,

too.

And

sometimes

I

do

terrible

things

because

I'm

so

sure

that

I'm

right.

We're

all

like

that.

We

all

have

a

little

bit

of

varelse

in

us.

And

a

little

bit

of

raman."

"Isn't

that

the

sweetest

little

well-balanced

undergraduate-level

philosophy

of

life,"

said

Quara.

"It's

the

best

I

could

come

up

with,"

said

Wang-mu.

"I'm

not

educated

like

you."

"And

is

that

the

make-her-feel-guilty

technique?"

"Tell

me,

Quara,

if

you're

not

really

acting

out

your

father's

role

or

trying

to

call

him

back

or

whatever

the

analysis

was,

why

are

you

so

angry

at

everybody

all

the

time?"

Quara

finally

swiveled

in

her

chair

and

looked

Wang-mu

in

the

face.

Yes,

she

had

been

crying.

"You

really

want

to

know

why

I'm

so

filled

with

irrational

fury

all

the

time?"

The

taunting

hadn't

left

her

voice.

"You

really

want

to

play

shrink

with

me?

Well

try

this

one.

What

has

me

so

completely

pissed

off

is

that

all

through

my

childhood,

my

older

brother

Quim

was

secretly

molesting

me,

and

now

he's

a

martyr

and

they're

going

to

make

him

a

saint

and

nobody

will

ever

know

how

evil

he

was

and

the

terrible,

terrible

things

he

did

to

me."

Wang-mu

stood

there

horrified.

Peter

had

told

her

about

Quim.

How

he

died.

The

kind

of

man

he

was.

"Oh,

Quara,"

she

said.

"I'm

so

sorry."

A

look

of

complete

disgust

passed

across

Quara's

face.

"You

are

so

stupid.

Quim

never

touched

me,

you

stupid

meddlesome

little

do-gooder.

But

you're

so

eager

to

get

some

cheap

explanation

about

why

I'm

such

a

bitch

that

you'll

believe

any

story

that

sounds

halfway

plausible.

And

right

now

you're

probably

still

wondering

whether

maybe

my

confession

was

true

and

I'm

only

denying

it

because

I'm

afraid

of

the

repercussions

or

some

dumb

merda

like

that.

Get

this

straight,

girl.

You

do

not

know

me.

You

will

never

know

me.

I

don't

want

you

to

know

me.

I

don't

want

any

friends,

and

if

I

did

want

friends,

I

would

not

want

Peter's

pet

bimbo

to

do

the

honors.

Can

I

possibly

make

myself

clearer?"

In

her

life

Wang-mu

had

been

beaten

by

experts

and

vilified

by

champions.

Quara

was

damn

good

at

it

by

any

standards,

but

not

so

good

that

Wang-mu

couldn't

bear

it

without

flinching.

"I

notice,

though,"

said

Wang-mu,

"that

after

your

vile

slander

against

the

noblest

member

of

your

family,

you

couldn't

stand

to

leave

me

believing

that

it

was

true.

So

you

do

have

loyalty

to

someone,

even

if

he's

dead."

"You

just

don't

take

a

hint,

do

you?"

said

Quara.

"And

I

notice

that

you

still

keep

talking

to

me,

even

though

you

despise

me

and

try

to

offend

me."

"If

you

were

a

fish,

you'd

be

a

remora,

you

just

clamp

on

and

suck

for

dear

life,

don't

you!"

"Because

at

any

point

you

could

just

walk

out

of

here

and

you

wouldn't

have

to

hear

my

pathetic

attempts

at

making

friends

with

you,"

said

Wang-mu.

"But

you

don't

go."

"You

are

unbelievable,"

said

Quara.

She

unstrapped

herself

from

her

chair,

got

up,

and

went

out

the

open

door.

Wang-mu

watched

her

go.

Peter

was

right.

Humans

were

still

the

most

alien

of

alien

species.

Still

the

most

dangerous,

the

most

unreasonable,

the

least

predictable.

Even

so,

Wang-mu

dared

to

make

a

couple

of

predictions

to

herself.

First,

she

was

confident

that

the

research

team

would

someday

establish

communications

with

the

descoladores.

The

second

prediction

was

much

more

iffy.

More

like

a

hope.

Maybe

even

just

a

wish.

That

someday

Quara

would

tell

Wang-mu

the

truth.

That

someday

the

hidden

wound

that

Quara

bore

would

be

healed.

That

someday

they

might

be

friends.

But

not

today.

There

was

no

hurry.

Wang-mu

would

try

to

help

Quara

because

she

was

so

obviously

in

need,

and

because

the

people

who

had

been

around

her

the

longest

were

clearly

too

sick

of

her

to

help.

But

helping

Quara

was

not

the

only

thing

or

even

the

most

important

thing

she

had

to

accomplish.

Marrying

Peter

and

starting

a

life

with

him--

that

was

a

much

higher

priority.

And

getting

something

to

eat,

a

drink

of

water,

and

a

place

to

pee--

those

were

the

highest

priorities

of

all

at

this

precise

moment

in

her

life.

I

guess

that

means

I'm

human,

thought

Wang-mu.

Not

a

god.

Maybe

just

a

beast

after

all.

Part

raman.

Part

varelse.

But

more

raman

than

varelse,

at

least

on

her

good

days.

Peter,

too,

just

like

her.

Both

of

them

part

of

the

same

flawed

species,

determined

to

join

together

to

make

a

couple

of

more

members

of

that

species.

Peter

and

I

together

will

call

forth

some

aiua

to

come

in

from

Outside

and

take

control

of

a

tiny

body

that

our

bodies

have

made,

and

we'll

see

that

child

be

varelse

on

some

days

and

raman

on

others.

On

some

days

we'll

be

good

parents

and

some

days

we'll

be

wretched

failures.

Some

days

we'll

be

desperately

sad

and

some

days

we'll

be

so

happy

we

can

hardly

contain

it.

I

can

live

with

that.

Chapter

17

--

"THE

ROAD

GOES

ON

WITHOUT

HIM

NOW"

"I

once

heard

a

tale

of

a

man

who

split

himself

in

two.

The

one

part

never

changed

at

all;

the

other

grew

and

grew.

The

changeless

part

was

always

true,

The

growing

part

was

always

new,

And

I

wondered,

when

the

tale

was

through,

Which

part

was

me,

and

which

was

you."

--

from

The

God

Whispers

of

Han

Qing-jao

Valentine

arose

on

the

morning

of

Ender's

funeral

full

of

bleak

reflection.

She

had

come

here

to

this

world

of

Lusitania

in

order

to

be

with

him

again

and

help

him

in

his

work;

it

had

hurt

Jakt,

she

knew,

that

she

wanted

so

badly

to

be

part

of

Ender's

life

again,

yet

her

husband

had

given

up

the

world

of

his

childhood

to

come

with

her.

So

much

sacrifice.

And

now

Ender

was

gone.

Gone

and

not

gone.

Sleeping

in

her

house

was

the

man

that

she

knew

had

Ender's

aiua

in

him.

Ender's

aiua,

and

the

face

of

her

brother

Peter.

Somewhere

inside

him

were

Ender's

memories.

But

he

hadn't

touched

them

yet,

except

unconsciously

from

time

to

time.

Indeed,

he

was

virtually

hiding

in

her

house

in

order

not

to

rekindle

those

memories.

"What

if

I

see

Novinha?

He

loved

her,

didn't

he?"

Peter

had

asked

almost

as

soon

as

he

arrived.

"He

felt

this

awful

sense

of

responsibility

to

her.

And

in

a

sense,

I

worry

that

I'm

somehow

married

to

her."

"Interesting

question

of

identity,

isn't

it?"

Valentine

had

answered.

But

it

wasn't

just

an

interesting

question

to

Peter.

He

was

terrified

of

getting

caught

up

in

Ender's

life.

Afraid,

too,

of

living

a

life

wracked

with

guilt

as

Ender's

had

been.

"Abandonment

of

family,"

he

had

said.

To

which

Valentine

had

replied,

"The

man

who

married

Novinha

died.

We

watched

him

die.

She

isn't

looking

for

some

young

husband

who

doesn't

want

her,

Peter.

Her

life

is

full

of

grief

enough

without

that.

Marry

Wang-mu,

leave

this

place,

go

on,

be

a

new

self.

Be

Ender's

true

son,

have

the

life

he

might

have

had

if

the

demands

of

others

hadn't

tainted

it

from

the

start."

Whether

he

fully

accepted

her

advice

or

not,

Valentine

couldn't

guess.

He

remained

hidden

in

the

house,

avoiding

even

those

visitors

who

might

trigger

memories.

Olhado

came,

and

Grego,

and

Ela,

each

in

turn,

to

express

their

condolences

to

Valentine

on

the

death

of

her

brother,

but

Peter

never

came

into

the

room.

Wang-mu

did,

however,

this

sweet

young

girl

who

nevertheless

had

a

kind

of

steel

in

her

that

Valentine

quite

liked.

Wang-mu

played

the

gracious

friend

of

the

bereaved,

keeping

the

conversation

going

as

each

of

these

children

of

Ender's

wife

talked

about

how

Ender

had

saved

their

family,

blessed

their

lives

when

they

had

thought

themselves

beyond

the

reach

of

all

blessing.

And

in

the

corner

of

the

room,

Plikt

sat,

absorbing,

listening,

fueling

the

speech

that

she

had

lived

her

whole

life

for.

Oh,

Ender,

the

jackals

have

gnawed

at

your

life

for

three

thousand

years.

And

now

your

friends

will

have

their

turn.

In

the

end,

will

the

toothmarks

on

your

bones

be

all

that

different?

Today

all

would

come

to

a

close.

Others

might

divide

time

differently,

but

to

Valentine

the

Age

of

Ender

Wiggin

had

come

to

a

close.

The

age

that

began

with

one

xenocide

attempted

had

now

ended

with

other

xenocides

prevented

or,

at

least,

postponed.

Human

beings

might

now

be

able

to

live

with

other

peoples

in

peace,

working

out

a

shared

destiny

on

dozens

of

colony

worlds.

Valentine

would

write

the

history

of

this,

as

she

had

written

a

history

on

every

world

that

she

and

Ender

had

visited

together.

She

would

write,

not

a

kind

of

oracle

or

scripture,

the

way

Ender

had

done

with

his

three

books,

The

Hive

Queen,

The

Hegemon,

and

The

Life

of

Human;

rather

her

book

would

be

scholarly,

with

sources

cited.

She

aspired

to

be,

not

Paul

or

Moses,

but

Thucydides.

Though

she

wrote

all

under

the

name

Demosthenes,

her

legacy

from

those

childhood

days

when

she

and

Peter,

the

first

Peter,

the

dark

and

dangerous

and

magnificent

Peter,

had

used

their

words

to

change

the

world.

Demosthenes

would

publish

a

book

chronicling

the

history

of

human

involvement

on

Lusitania,

and

in

that

book

would

be

much

about

Ender--

how

he

brought

the

cocoon

of

the

Hive

Queen

here,

how

he

became

a

part

of

the

family

most

pivotal

in

dealings

with

the

pequeninos.

But

it

would

not

be

a

book

about

Ender.

It

would

be

a

book

about

utlanning

and

framling,

raman

and

varelse.

Ender,

who

was

a

stranger

in

every

land,

belonging

nowhere,

serving

everywhere,

until

he

chose

this

world

as

his

home,

not

just

because

there

was

a

family

that

needed

him,

but

also

because

in

this

place

he

did

not

have

to

be

entirely

a

member

of

the

human

race.

He

could

belong

to

the

tribe

of

the

pequenino,

to

the

hive

of

the

queen.

He

could

be

part

of

something

larger

than

mere

humanity.

And

though

there

was

no

child

with

Ender's

name

as

father

on

its

birth

certificate,

he

had

become

a

father

here.

Of

Novinha's

children.

Of

Novinha

herself,

in

a

way.

Of

a

young

copy

of

Valentine

herself.

Of

Jane,

the

first

spawn

of

a

mating

between

races,

who

now

was

a

bright

and

beautiful

creature

who

lived

in

mothertrees,

in

digital

webs,

in

the

philotic

twinings

of

the

ansibles,

and

in

a

body

that

had

once

been

Ender's

and

which,

in

a

way,

had

once

been

Valentine's,

for

she

remembered

looking

into

mirrors

and

seeing

that

face

and

calling

it

herself.

And

he

was

father

of

this

new

man,

Peter,

this

strong

and

whole

man.

For

he

was

not

the

Peter

who

had

first

come

out

of

the

starship.

He

was

not

the

cynical,

nasty,

barbed

young

boy

who

strutted

with

arrogance

and

seethed

with

rage.

He

had

become

whole.

There

was

the

cool

of

ancient

wisdom

in

him,

even

as

he

burned

with

the

hot

sweet

fire

of

youth.

He

had

a

woman

who

was

his

equal

in

wit

and

virtue

and

vigor

by

his

side.

He

had

a

normal

lifetime

of

a

man

before

him.

Ender's

truest

son

would

make

of

this

life,

if

not

something

as

profoundly

world-changing

as

Ender's

life

had

been,

then

something

happier.

Ender

would

have

wanted

neither

more

nor

less

for

him.

Changing

the

world

is

good

for

those

who

want

their

names

in

books.

But

being

happy,

that

is

for

those

who

write

their

names

in

the

lives

of

others,

and

hold

the

hearts

of

others

as

the

treasure

most

dear.

Valentine

and

Jakt

and

their

children

gathered

on

the

porch

of

their

house.

Wang-mu

was

waiting

there

alone.

"Will

you

take

me

with

you?"

asked

the

girl.

Valentine

offered

her

an

arm.

What

is

the

name

of

her

relationship

to

me?

Niece-in-law-to-be?

Friend

would

be

a

better

word.

Plikt's

speaking

of

Ender's

death

was

eloquent

and

piercing.

She

had

learned

well

from

the

master

speaker.

She

wasted

no

time

on

inconsequentials.

She

spoke

at

once

of

his

great

crime,

explaining

what

Ender

thought

he

was

doing

at

the

time,

and

what

he

thought

of

it

after

he

knew

each

layer

of

truth

that

was

revealed

to

him.

"That

was

Ender's

life,"

said

Plikt,

"unpeeling

the

onion

of

truth.

Only

unlike

most

of

us,

he

knew

that

there

was

no

golden

kernel

inside.

There

were

only

the

layers

of

illusion

and

misunderstanding.

What

mattered

was

to

know

all

the

errors,

all

the

self-serving

explanations,

all

the

mistakes,

all

the

twisted

observations,

and

then,

not

to

find,

but

to

make

a

kernel

of

truth.

To

light

a

candle

of

truth

where

there

was

no

truth

to

be

found.

That

was

Ender's

gift

to

us,

to

free

us

from

the

illusion

that

any

one

explanation

will

ever

contain

the

final

answer

for

all

time,

for

all

hearers.

There

is

always,

always

more

to

learn."

Plikt

went

on

then,

recounting

incidents

and

memories,

anecdotes

and

pithy

sayings;

the

gathered

people

laughed

and

cried

and

laughed

again,

and

fell

silent

many

times

to

connect

these

stories

with

their

own

lives.

How

like

Ender

I

am!

they

sometimes

thought,

and

then,

Thank

God

my

life

is

not

like

that!

Valentine,

though,

knew

stories

that

would

not

be

told

here

because

Plikt

did

not

know

them,

or

at

least

could

not

see

them

through

the

eyes

of

memory.

They

weren't

important

stories.

They

revealed

no

inner

truth.

They

were

the

flotsam

and

jetsam

of

shared

years

together.

Conversations,

quarrels,

funny

and

tender

moments

on

dozens

of

worlds

or

on

the

starships

in

between.

And

at

the

root

of

them

all,

the

memories

of

childhood.

The

baby

in

Valentine's

mother's

arms.

Father

tossing

him

into

the

air.

His

early

words,

his

babbling.

None

of

that

goo-goo

stuff

for

baby

Ender!

He

needed

more

syllables

to

speak:

Deedle-deedle.

Wagada

wagada.

Why

am

I

remembering

his

baby

talk?

The

sweet-faced

baby,

eager

for

life.

Baby

tears

from

the

pain

of

falling

down.

Laughter

at

the

simplest

things--

laughter

because

of

a

song,

because

of

seeing

a

beloved

face,

because

life

was

pure

and

good

for

him

then,

and

nothing

had

caused

him

pain.

He

was

surrounded

by

love

and

hope.

The

hands

that

touched

him

were

strong

and

tender;

he

could

trust

them

all.

Oh,

Ender,

thought

Valentine.

How

I

wish

you

could

have

kept

on

living

such

a

life

of

joy.

But

no

one

can.

Language

comes

to

us,

and

with

it

lies

and

threats,

cruelty

and

disappointment.

You

walk,

and

those

steps

lead

you

outside

the

shelter

of

your

home.

To

keep

the

joy

of

childhood

you

would

have

to

die

as

a

child,

or

live

as

one,

never

becoming

a

man,

never

growing.

So

I

can

grieve

for

the

lost

child,

and

yet

not

regret

the

good

man

braced

with

pain

and

riven

with

guilt,

who

yet

was

kind

to

me

and

to

many

others,

and

whom

I

loved,

and

whom

I

also

almost

knew.

Almost,

almost

knew.

Valentine

let

her

tears

of

memory

flow

as

Plikt's

words

washed

over

her,

touching

her

now

and

then,

but

also

not

touching

her

because

she

knew

far

more

about

Ender

than

anyone

here,

and

had

lost

more

by

losing

him.

Even

more

than

Novinha,

who

sat

near

the

front,

her

children

gathered

near

her.

Valentine

watched

as

Miro

put

his

arm

around

his

mother

even

as

he

held

to

Jane

on

the

other

side

of

him.

Valentine

noticed

also

how

Ela

clung

to

and

one

time

kissed

Olhado's

hand,

and

how

Grego,

weeping,

leaned

his

head

into

stern

Quara's

shoulder,

and

how

Quara

reached

out

her

arm

to

hold

him

close

and

comfort

him.

They

loved

Ender

too,

and

knew

him

too;

but

in

their

grief,

they

leaned

upon

each

other,

a

family

that

had

strength

to

share

because

Ender

had

been

part

of

them

and

healed

them,

or

at

least

opened

up

the

door

of

healing.

Novinha

would

survive

and

perhaps

grow

past

her

anger

at

the

cruel

tricks

life

had

played

on

her.

Losing

Ender

was

not

the

worst

thing

that

happened

to

her;

in

some

ways

it

was

the

best,

because

she

had

let

him

go.

Valentine

looked

at

the

pequeninos,

who

sat,

some

of

them

among

the

humans,

some

of

them

apart.

To

them

this

was

a

doubly

holy

place,

where

Ender's

few

remains

were

to

be

buried.

Between

the

trees

of

Rooter

and

of

Human,

where

Ender

had

shed

a

pequenino's

blood

to

seal

the

pact

between

the

species.

There

were

many

friends

among

pequeninos

and

humans

now,

though

many

fears

and

enmities

remained

as

well,

but

the

bridges

had

been

built,

in

no

small

part

because

of

Ender's

book,

which

gave

the

pequeninos

hope

that

some

human,

someday,

would

understand

them;

hope

that

sustained

them

until,

with

Ender,

it

became

the

truth.

And

one

expressionless

hiveworker

sat

at

a

remote

distance,

neither

human

nor

pequenino

near

her.

She

was

nothing

but

a

pair

of

eyes

there.

If

the

Hive

Queen

grieved

for

Ender,

she

kept

it

to

herself.

She

would

always

be

mysterious,

but

Ender

had

loved

her,

too;

for

three

thousand

years

he

had

been

her

only

friend,

her

protector.

In

a

sense,

Ender

could

count

her

among

his

children,

too,

among

the

adopted

children

who

thrived

under

his

protection.

In

only

three-quarters

of

an

hour,

Plikt

was

done.

She

ended

simply:

"Even

though

Ender's

aiua

lives

on,

as

all

aiuas

live

on

undying,

the

man

we

knew

is

gone

from

us.

His

body

is

gone,

and

whatever

parts

of

his

life

and

works

we

take

with

us,

they

aren't

him

any

longer,

they

are

ourselves,

they

are

the

Ender-within-us

just

as

we

also

have

other

friends

and

teachers,

fathers

and

mothers,

lovers

and

children

and

siblings

and

even

strangers

within

us,

looking

out

at

the

world

through

our

eyes

and

helping

us

determine

what

it

all

might

mean.

I

see

Ender

in

you

looking

out

at

me.

You

see

Ender

in

me

looking

out

at

you.

And

yet

not

one

of

us

is

truly

him;

we

are

each

our

own

self,

all

of

us

strangers

on

our

own

road.

We

walked

awhile

on

that

road

with

Ender

Wiggin.

He

showed

us

things

we

might

not

otherwise

have

seen.

But

the

road

goes

on

without

him

now.

In

the

end,

he

was

no

more

than

any

other

man.

But

no

less,

either."

And

then

it

was

over.

No

prayer--

the

prayers

had

all

been

said

before

she

spoke,

for

the

bishop

had

no

intention

of

letting

this

unreligious

ritual

of

Speaking

be

a

part

of

the

services

of

Holy

Mother

Church.

The

weeping

had

been

done

as

well,

the

grief

purged.

They

rose

from

their

places

on

the

ground,

the

older

ones

stiffly,

the

children

with

exuberance,

running

and

shouting

to

make

up

for

the

long

confinement.

It

was

good

to

hear

laughter

and

shouting.

That

was

also

a

good

way

to

say

good-bye

to

Ender

Wiggin.

Valentine

kissed

Jakt

and

her

children,

embraced

Wang-mu,

then

made

her

way

alone

through

the

crush

of

citizens.

So

many

of

the

humans

of

Milagre

had

fled

to

other

colonies;

but

now,

with

their

planet

saved,

many

of

them

chose

not

to

stay

on

the

new

worlds.

Lusitania

was

their

home.

They

weren't

the

pioneering

kind.

Many

others,

though,

had

come

back

solely

for

this

ceremony.

Jane

would

return

them

to

their

farms

and

houses

on

virgin

worlds.

It

would

take

a

generation

or

two

to

fill

the

empty

houses

in

Milagre.

On

the

porch

Peter

waited

for

her.

She

smiled

at

him.

"I

think

you

have

an

appointment

now,"

said

Valentine.

They

walked

together

out

of

Milagre

and

into

the

new-growth

forest

that

still

could

not

utterly

hide

the

evidence

of

recent

fire.

They

walked

until

they

came

to

a

bright

and

shining

tree.

They

arrived

almost

at

the

same

time

that

the

others,

walking

from

the

funeral

site,

arrived.

Jane

came

to

the

glowing

mothertree

and

touched

it--

touched

a

part

of

herself,

or

at

least

a

dear

sister.

Then

Peter

took

his

place

beside

Wang-mu,

and

Miro

stood

with

Jane,

and

the

priest

married

the

two

couples

under

the

mothertree,

with

pequeninos

looking

on,

and

Valentine

as

the

only

human

witness

of

the

ceremony.

No

one

else

even

knew

the

ceremony

was

taking

place;

it

would

not

do,

they

had

decided,

to

distract

from

Ender's

funeral

or

Plikt's

speaking.

Time

enough

to

announce

the

marriages

later

on.

When

the

ceremony

was

done,

the

priest

left,

with

pequeninos

as

his

guide

to

take

him

back

through

the

wood.

Valentine

embraced

the

newly

married

couples,

Jane

and

Miro,

Peter

and

Wang-mu,

spoke

to

them

for

a

moment

one

by

one,

murmured

words

of

congratulations

and

farewell,

and

then

stood

back

and

watched.

Jane

closed

her

eyes,

smiled,

and

then

all

four

of

them

were

gone.

Only

the

mothertree

remained

in

the

middle

of

the

clearing,

bathed

in

light,

heavy

with

fruit,

festooned

with

blossoms,

a

perpetual

celebrant

of

the

ancient

mystery

of

life.